Today's Hours: 8:00am - 10:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    Howard I. Maibach, Alan H. Hall, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date, compact but comprehensive review of chemical skin injuries, differentiating them from thermal skin burns. After an introductory chapter on the history of chemical skin injuries and the scope of the problem, the anatomy, histology, physiology, and immunology of normal skin are described. Mechanisms involved in chemical penetration of normal skin are explained, and the effects of damaged skin on chemical penetration are analyzed. The remainder of the book discusses a variety of clinically relevant aspects, such as the different forms of chemical skin injury, including injuries that arise during skin peeling or due to hair products; preventive measures; emergency treatment; rinsing therapy; medical and surgical treatment; and the importance of providing relevant information to workers. The role of predictive toxicology is also considered. Chemical Skin Injury: Mechanisms, Prevention, Decontamination, Treatment is an ideal resource for readers who want to understand chemical skin injury, to put preventive measures in place, and to respond appropriately should a chemical skin injury occur.

    Contents:
    Skin in the Past and in the Modern Times
    Normal Skin Aspects
    Molecular Dimension of Skin Chemical Aggression
    Damaged Skin
    Practical Aspects of Skin Chemical Exposure and Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Philip K. Moore, Matt Whiteman.
    Summary: This book puts hydrogen sulfide in context with other gaseous mediators such as nitric oxide and carbon monoxide, reviews the available mechanisms for its biosynthesis and describes its physiological and pathophysiological roles in a wide variety of disease states. Hydrogen sulfide has recently been discovered to be a naturally occurring gaseous mediator in the body. Over a relatively short period of time this evanescent gas has been revealed to play key roles in a range of physiological processes including control of blood vessel caliber and hence blood pressure and in the regulation of nerve function both in the brain and the periphery. Disorders concerning the biosynthesis or activity of hydrogen sulfide may also predispose the body to disease states such as inflammation, cardiovascular and neurological disorders. Interest in this novel gas has been high in recent years and many research groups worldwide have described its individual biological effects. Moreover, medicinal chemists are beginning to synthesize novel organic molecules that release this gas at defined rates with a view to exploiting these new compounds for therapeutic benefit.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    edited by Endre A. Balazs.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Collagen, basal laminae elastin --
    v. 2. Glycosaminoglycans and proteoglycans --
    v. 3. Structural organization and function of the matrix.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D506 .C51 1970
    3
  • Digital
    edited by Dr. Ravin Narain.
    Contents:
    General methods of bioconjugation
    Covalent and noncovalent bioconjugation strategies
    Polymer bioconjugates
    Bioconjugates based on poly(ethylene glycol)s and polyglycerols
    Synthetic polymer bioconjugate systems
    Natural polymer bioconjugate systems
    Dendrimer bioconjugates: synthesis and applications
    Organic nanoparticles based bioconjugates
    Bioconjugation strategies: lipids, liposomes, polymersomes, and microbubbles
    Organic nanoparticle bioconjugate: micelles, cross-linked micelles, and nanogels
    Carbon nanotubes and fullerene C60 bioconjugates
    Inorganic nanomaterials bioconjugates (metals, metal oxides--quantum dots, iron-oxide)
    Gold nanomaterials bioconjugates
    Methods for magnetic nanoparticle synthesis and functionalization
    Quantum dots bioconjugates
    Silica nanoparticle bioconjugates
    Polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxanes (POSS) bioconjugates
    Cell-based, hydrogels/microgels and glyco-bioconjugates
    Cell-based bioconjugates
    Bioresponsive hydrogels and microgels
    Conjugation strategies used for the preparation of carbohydrate-conjugate vaccines
    Characterization, physico-(bio)chemical properties, and applications of bioconjugates
    Properties and characterization of bioconjugates
    Physico-chemical and biochemical properties of bioconjugates
    Applications of bioconjugates.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Print
    foreword by H.J. Emeléus.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D333 .K32
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Tracy M. Handel.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    edited by W. Russ Algar, Philip E. Dawson and Igor L. Medintz.
    Contents:
    Chemistries. A Brief Introduction to Traditional Bioconjugate Chemistry / W Russ Algar
    [3+2]-Dipolar Cycloadditions in Bioconjugation / Jason E Hein
    Diels-Alder and Inverse Diels-Alder Reactions / Roberto J Brea, Neal K Devaraj
    The Staudinger Ligation / Olaia Nieto-García, Marcie B Jaffee, Michaela Mühlberg, Christian P R Hackenberger
    Thiol-Ene Chemistry / Neil B Cramer, Christopher N Bowman
    Ligand-Directed Tosyl and Acyl Imidazole Chemistry / Kazuya Matsuo, Itaru Hamachi
    Bioorthogonal Labeling of Cellular Proteins by Enzymatic and Related Mechanisms / Scott A Walper, Kendrick B Turner, Igor L Medintz
    Metal-Mediated Bioconjugation / Justin M Chalker
    Front Matter
    Applications. Protein and Antibody Labeling / Angela M Mariani, Kim E Sapsford
    Activity-Based Protein Profiling / Eliane V Wolf, Steven H L Verhelst
    Nucleic Acid Labeling, Ligation, and Modification / Afaf H El-Sagheer, Tom Brown
    Chemoselective Reactions for Glycan Labeling / Janet E McCombs, Jennifer J Kohler
    Chemoselective Attachment of Lipids to Proteins / Christian F W Becker
    In Vivo Applications of Bioorthogonal Chemistries / Chelsea G Gordon, Carolyn R Bertozzi
    Immobilization of Biomolecular Probes for Arrays and Assay: Critical Aspects of Biointerfaces / Stella H North, Chris Rowe Taitt
    Chemical Ligations in the Design of Hydrogel Materials / Scott H Medina, Joel P Schneider
    Nanoparticle Bioconjugates: Materials that Benefit from Chemoselective and Bioorthogonal Ligation Chemistries / Melissa Massey, W Russ Algar
    Application of Engineered Viral Nanoparticles in Materials and Medicine / Michael D Glidden, John F Edelbrock, Amy M Wen, Sourabh Shukla, Yingfang Ma, Roger H French, Jonathan K Pokorski, Nicole F Steinmetz.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Jérôme Harmand, Claude Lobry, Alain Rapaport, Tewfik Sari.
    Contents:
    Bioreactors
    The Growth of a Single Species
    Competitive Exclusion
    Competition: the Density-Dependent Model
    More Complex Models
    Differential Equations
    Indications for the Exercises.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    edited by MiKaela Olsen, Kristine B. LeFebvre, Suzanne Walker, Elizabeth Dunphy.
    Summary: "Oncology nursing is a unique specialty that requires continuous learning to stay up to date on cancer pathophysiology, cutting-edge drugs, and the evidence-based management of cancer and cancer treatment-related toxicities. The Oncology Nursing Society's (ONS's) second edition of Chemotherapy and Immunotherapy Guidelines and Recommendations for Practice provides nurses with the tools to understand how medications are used in cancer treatment, the effect of medication-related toxicities, and evidence-based recommendations to manage and treat these toxicities. This edition features many new cancer therapies approved since the 2019 publication. Each drug is categorized as chemotherapy, hormone, targeted, or immunotherapy agents. Extensive drug tables in the book provide nurses with tips for managing patients receiving these drugs. The expansion of oral antineoplastic therapies, alone or in combination with infusion therapy, requires that nurses review a patient's complete cancer treatment plan and consider the side effects, toxicities, and adherence to oral drugs to ensure patient tolerance and efficacy. This second edition has seen content expanded on the topic of genomics as we move forward in the world of personalized oncology. Health equity is approached with information discussing financial distress, cultural disparities, and health literacy. The latest guidelines and recommendations for treatment, symptom management, and survivorship have been integrated into this new text. This edition features a QR code, provided with the purchase of this book, to download quarterly drug updates. You will see new evidence related to many aspects of cancer nursing care incorporated into this edition, such as hypersensitivity response, safe handling of hazardous drugs, and more. The editors want to thank all of the contributors to this edition who worked tirelessly, despite a pandemic, to make this new edition a reality. This work builds on the knowledge of many generations of oncology nurses and has been used nationally and internationally to guide oncology nursing practice. We are proud to continue to serve oncology nurses worldwide with an essential resource to guide their practice"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by MiKaela M. Olsen, Kristine B. LeFebvre, and Kelly J. Brassil.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Edouard J. Trabulsi, Costas D. Lallas, Anne E. Lizardi-Calvaresi, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to familiarize clinical practitioners in systemic therapy options and medical management of urologic malignancies including prostate cancer, bladder and upper tract urothelial carcinoma, and renal cell carcinoma. Organized by organ system, the text highlights new therapies such as novel forms of androgen deprivation, cytotoxic chemotherapy, immune check point and immunomodulatory agents, and targeted therapies. Written by experts in the field, the book also reviews current chemotherapy and immunotherapy regimens for genitourinary malignancies and discusses indications, outcomes, and toxicities, as well as clinical trial concepts. Each of the book's chapters offers a bulleted box of clinical pearls on the particular role of the APP. Chemotherapy and Immunotherapy in Urologic Oncology: A Guide for the Advanced Practice Provider is a resource for urologists, uro-radiologists, medical clinicians and family practitioners alike, familiarizing its audiences with systemic therapy regimens for urologic malignancies, as well as their expected outcomes and side effects. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Introduction: Integration of APP into Urologic Oncology Practice
    Part I: Prostate Cancer
    Chapter 2: Overview and Active Surveillance of Prostate Cancer
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Risk Factors
    Signs and Symptoms
    PSA and Screening
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Pathology
    Staging
    Risk Stratification
    Active Surveillance
    Bibliography
    Chapter 3: Monitoring and Managing Men Following Initial Treatment of Prostate Cancer
    Introduction
    Monitoring Categories
    Monitoring for Biochemical Recurrence Risk Stratification and Additional Testing
    Evidence of Recurrence
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Radical Prostatectomy and Survivorship After Radical Prostatectomy
    Radical Prostatectomy
    Survivorship after Radical Prostatectomy
    Urinary Recovery
    Sexual Recovery
    Works Cited
    Chapter 5: Multimodal Treatment Plans in Prostate Cancer
    Introduction
    Postoperative Radiation Therapy
    Genomics
    Bibliography
    Chapter 6: Radiotherapy for Prostate Cancer
    Radiotherapy Techniques
    External Beam Radiation Therapy
    Brachytherapy Radiation Therapy Based on Prostate Cancer Staging
    Fractionation Schedules and Dosing
    Moderate Hypofractionation
    Ultrahypofractionated Regimens
    Accuracy
    Palliative Radiation Therapy
    Use of Androgen Deprivation Therapy (ADT) with Radiotherapy
    Unfavorable Intermediate-Risk Disease
    High-Risk and Very-High-Risk Disease
    Possible Side Effects
    Unique Toxicities: Recognition, Treatment, and Management
    Fatigue
    Urinary Toxicities
    Gastrointestinal Toxicities
    Sexual Dysfunction
    Stress Fractures
    Methods of Minimizing Adverse Effects Survivorship after Radiotherapy
    Urinary Recovery
    Sexual Recovery
    Bowel Toxicity
    Secondary Malignancies
    Other Survivorship Considerations
    Assessing for Recurrence
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 7: Androgen Deprivation Therapy
    Introduction
    Mechanism of Action
    Regulation of Androgen Production
    Agents of Treatment
    Removal of Sources of Androgens
    Use of LHRH Agonists and GnRH Antagonists
    Antiandrogens: Nonsteroidal and Steroidal Antiandrogens
    Antiandrogen Withdrawal
    Side Effects Management
    Healthy Lifestyle
    Patient Counseling Second-Line Hormone Manipulation
    Ketoconazole
    References
    Chapter 8: Second-Generation Androgen-Targeted Agents
    Second-Generation Androgen-Targeted Agents
    Usage, Indications, and Side Effects of Abiraterone, Enzalutamide, Apalutamide, and Darolutamide
    Abiraterone (ZYTIGA™, YONSA™)
    Enzalutamide (XTANDI™)
    Apalutamide (ERLEADA™)
    Darolutamide (NUBEQA™)
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 9: Chemotherapy and Prostate Cancer
    Introduction
    Metastatic Hormone-Sensitive Prostate Cancer (mHSPC)
    Metastatic Castration-Resistant Prostate Cancer (mCRPC)
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Carolina Witchmichen Penteado Schmidt, Kaléu Mormino Otoni, editors.
    Summary: In response to the complexity involved in treating leukemia during pregnancy, and the need to find the most efficient treatment possible without harming the fetus, this book offers essential guidelines for institutions and practitioners alike. Pursuing a comprehensive approach, the book addresses a broad range of subjects, including: pregnancy and its characteristics; staging, pathology, morbidity and what to expect in each type of leukemia; chemotherapy for leukemia in pregnant women with complete trials; dose adjustment of chemotherapy for leukemia in pregnancy based on serum dosages; and pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics for this unique group of patients. In turn, subsequent chapters focus on protecting the fetus and neonatal management regarding chemotherapy for leukemia in pregnancy, including the treatment and risks for the fetus (for each type of leukemia), intrathecal therapy and its effects on the fetus; supportive drugs, antibiotics and antifungals for pregnant patients during chemotherapy, including intervention and dose adjustments; palliative care for women with leukemia in pregnancy; breastfeeding during treatment for leukemia; pharmacological aspects of supplements, vitamins and nutrition in pregnancy during leukemia treatment; and more. Combining contributions from highly qualified hematology professionals, who have pooled their knowledge to address the treatment of virtually every aspect of leukemia in pregnancy, the book is aimed at a complete pharmacological treatment, including guidelines and trials. It is a must-have not only for institutions providing care for hematology patients, but also for residency programs, research institutions, and professionals in areas that involve leukemia treatment for pregnant women - e.g. hematology, neonatology, obstetrics clinics, intensive medicine and critical care units.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Clinical Perspectives For Leukemia Treatment During Pregnancy
    Chemotherapy Protocols For Leukemia During Pregnancy
    Pharmacokinetics And Pharmacodynamics Of Chemotherapy For Leukemia In Pregnancy
    Clinical Care Of The Fetus And The Mother: Obstetrics Management For Patients On Treatment For Leukemia
    Antibiotic And Antifungal Therapies During Leukemia Treatment In Pregnancy
    Transfusion In Pregnant Patients Receiving Treatment For Leukemia
    Dose Adjustment Of Chemotherapy For Leukemia In Pregnancy Based On Serum Dosages
    Supportive drugs in leukemia treatment during pregnancy
    Breastfeeding During Chemotherapy Treatment For Leukemia
    Palliative Care For Patients With Leukemia During Pregnancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Iago Dillion Lima Cavalcanti.
    Summary: This book aims to address the infusion sequence of the main protocols used in the treatment of varied solid cancers. Since an inadequate infusion sequence can compromise the patient's treatment, this work will provide support to professionals working in the field of oncology in assessing each chemotherapy infusion sequence. The introductory chapters present the definition, indication, and the risks and benefits of polypharmacy in cancer therapy, and discuss the importance of drug combination in cancer treatment. Chapter 2 focuses on the challenges and also the toxicity of combination therapy in cancer, while chapter 3 highlights the parameters that must be evaluated before defining the infusion sequence, such as pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic profiles, drugs stability when diluted or reconstituted, toxicological profile of each drug, among others. The remaining chapters are divided by type of cancer. The content is focused on solid tumors, dividing the chapters according to breast, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, gynecological, head and neck, lung, and neurological cancers. In each chapter the epidemiological profiles, pathophysiology, therapeutic modalities, and the main chemotherapy protocols are addressed, as well as efficacy studies and data on the infusion sequence of each mentioned protocol. This work will be a valuable resource to physicians, nurses, and pharmacists, and may help to improve health service practices.

    Contents:
    Polypharmacy in Cancer Therapy
    Combined Therapy for the Treatment of Cancer
    Importance of the Infusion Order in the Treatment of Cancer
    Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Breast Cancer
    Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Tract Cancer
    Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Genitourinary Cancer
    Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Gynecological Cancer
    Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Head and Neck Cancer
    Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Lung Cancer
    Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Neurological Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Robert N. Taylor, Kirk P. Conrad, Sandra T. Davidge, Anne Cathrine Staff, James M. Roberts.
    Summary: Leon Chesley's Hypertensive Disorders in Pregnancy was initially published in 1978. Four decades later, hypertension complications in pregnancy are still a major cause of fetal and maternal morbidity and death, especially in less developed nations. It is also a leading cause of preterm birth now known to be a risk factor in remote cardiovascular disease. Despite this, hypertensive disorders remain marginally studied and management is often controversial. Chesley's Hypertensive Disorders in Pregnancy, Fifth Edition continues its tradition as one of the beacons to guide the field of preeclampsia research, recognized for its uniqueness and utility. This revision focuses on prediction, prevention, and management for clinicians, and is an essential reference text for clinical and basic investigators alike. It provides a superb analysis of the multiple topics that relate to hypertension in pregnancy, especially of preeclampsia.

    Contents:
    The spectrum of hypertensive disorders in pregnancy: Dr. Leon Chesley's legacy
    Epidemiology of hypertensive disorders in pregnancy
    Genetic factors in the etiology of preeclampsia/eclampsia
    Preconceptional and periconceptional pathways to preeclampsia
    Placentation and placental function in normal and preeclamptic pregnancies
    Unbiased approaches for addressing the complexities of the placenta's role in the preeclampsia syndrome
    The immunology of preeclampsia
    Trophoblast extracellular vesicles in preeclampsia
    Angiogenesis and preeclampsia
    Vascular endothelial cell dysfunction in preeclampsia
    Cardiovascular alterations in normal and preeclamptic pregnancy
    Cardiometabolic antecedents of preeclampsia
    Cerebrovascular pathophysiology in preeclampsia and eclampsia
    The kidney in normal pregnancy and preeclampsia
    Salt, aldosterone, and the renin-angiotensin system in pregnancy
    Platelets, coagulation, and the liver
    Clinical management and antihypertensive treatment of hypertensive disorders of pregnancy
    Prediction and prevention of preeclampsia
    Long-term effects of preeclampsia on mothers and offspring
    Animal models used for investigating pathophysiology of preeclampsia and identifying therapeutic targets
    Harmonization of data and biobanks for preeclampsia research.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Mary M. Salvatore, Ronaldo Collo Go, Monica A. Pernia M.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide to chest CTs for non-radiologists. A succinct and focused book, Chest CT for Non-Radiologists is designed to give the reader just the level of information they need to know. Chapters begin with the basics of a chest CT, including when they are necessary and the basic procedures, so physicians and medical professionals can best counsel their patients. The book then moves into various parts of the chest and the common diseases and presentations that would be found in a chest CT (lung fibrosis, pulmonary nodules, etc.). It teaches the reader what to look for and how to provide the most accurate and effective diagnosis for their patients. There are also several de-identified CT scans that allow the reader to test his or her skills. This is an ideal resource for non-radiologist physicians -- including pulmonologists, internal medicine physicians, emergency medicine physicians, and critical care specialists, residents, and medical students -- to learn the basics of the chest CT and thereby provide optimal care for their patients.

    Contents:
    Radiation Dose and Imaging Protocols
    The Scout Film
    The Trachea and Bronchi
    The Lung Parenchyma
    Lung Nodules
    The Mediastinum and Pleural
    The Upper Abdomen
    The Soft Tissues
    The Osseous Structures.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Thomas Kiefer, editor.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of successfully treating patients using chest drains, beginning with anatomy and ending with physiotherapy and pain management. The aim of the book is to provide medical professionals with a step-by-step guide to using a chest drain, with specific chapters on indications, kinds of chest drains, catheters, drainage systems, how to insert a chest tube, complications during placement and handling of a chest drain, removing a chest drain, management of the pleural space and post-procedural care. Unlike general thoracic surgery textbooks, this book gives a complete overview of chest drains in clinical practice to ensure the best possible care of patients. .

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy of the chest wall and the pleura
    2. Physiology and pathophysiology of the pleura
    3. Indications for draining the chest
    4. Different kinds of drains (-catheters)
    5. Different drainage systems and philosophies
    6. Inserting a chest drain: how to do
    7. Complications of chest drain insertion and management
    8. Care of patients having a chest drain
    9. Management of the pleural space: handling of chest tubes and drainage systems
    10. Pain management in patients with a chest drain
    11. Physiotherpy in patients with chest drains
    12. Removal of the chest drain: how to do it
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    James C. Reed.
    Contents:
    Chest wall lesions
    Pleural and subpleural opacities
    Pleural effusion
    Pleural thickening and pleural calcification
    Elevated diaphragm
    Shift of the mediastinum
    Widening of the mediastinum
    Anterior mediastinal mass
    Middle mediastinal mass
    Hilar enlargement
    Posterior mediastinal mass
    Atelectasis
    Segmental and lobar consolidations
    Diffuse air-space opacities
    Multifocal ill-defined opacities
    Diffuse fine nodular opacities
    Fine reticular opacities
    Coarse reticular opacities (honeycomb lung)
    Solitary pulmonary nodule
    Multiple nodules and masses
    Hyperlucent thorax
    Solitary lucent defect
    Multiple lucent lesions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Jannette Collins, Md, MEd, FCCP, FACR, Ben Felson Professor and Chair of Radiology, Professor of Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnati, Ohio, Eric J. Stern, MD, Professor of Radiology, Adjunct Professor of Medicine, Medicine Education and Bioinformatics, and Global Health, Vice-Chair, Academic Affairs, University of Washington, Settle, Washington.
    Summary: "A concise and readable text of chest radiology aimed at helping first and second-year radiology residents acquire the basic knowledge to interpret plain films and essential CT findings. Chapters start with learning objectives; schematic drawings and tables summarize common causes of radiologic abnormalities. A self-assessment exam at the end includes a variety of exercises, followed by detailed answers and explanations"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Gebhard Mathis, editor.
    Summary: This book, widely regarded as the standard work in the field, presents the state of the art in chest sonography with the aid of a wealth of excellent illustrations. It provides the reader with concise, easy-to-assimilate information on all aspects of the use of the modality, including indications, investigative techniques, diagnostic decision making, and imaging artifacts and pitfalls. Numerous tips and tricks and potential sources of diagnostic error are highlighted to aid in daily clinical practice. This fourth edition has been extensively revised to take full account of the latest techniques, study results, and meta-analyses, with inclusion of important additional illustrative material. An entirely new chapter is devoted to interstitial syndrome, and detailed guidance is provided on contrast-enhanced sonography, ultrasound techniques for evaluation of the mediastinum, and the role of chest sonography in emergency medicine. As the value of the technique continues to grow, readers will find Chest Sonography to be a superb up-to-date resource and guide.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Gebhard Mathis, editor.
    Summary: This book, widely regarded as the standard work in the field, presents the state of the art in chest sonography, enhanced by a wealth of excellent illustrations. It provides the reader with concise, easy-to-assimilate information on all aspects of the use of the modality, including indications, investigative techniques, diagnostic decision making, and imaging artifacts and pitfalls. Chapters offer numerous tips and tricks and highlight potential diagnostic error sources to aid in daily clinical practice. This edition has been extensively revised to consider the latest techniques, study results, and meta-analyses and includes essential additional illustrative material. Chapter revisions include detailed guidance on contrast-enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) and the use of thoracic point-of-care ultrasound (PoCUS) in emergency patients. As the technique's value and use continue to grow, readers will find Chest Sonography a valuable up-to-date resource and guide.

    Contents:
    Indications, Technical Equipment and Investigation Procedure
    Ultrasonography of the Chest Wall
    Pleura
    Interstitial Syndrome
    Lung Consolidation
    Mediastinum
    Endobronchial Sonography
    Vascularization and Contrast-Enhanced Ultrasound (CEUS)
    Image Artifacts and Pitfalls
    Interventional Chest Sonography
    From the Symptom to the Diagnosis
    Thoracic Point-of-Care Ultrasound (PoCUS) in Emergency Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Hendrik C. Dienemann, Hans H. Hoffmann, Frank C. Detterbeck, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Approach
    1. Video-Assisted Thoracoscopic Surgery / Michael Klopp
    2. Thoracotomy and Sternotomy / Joachim Pfannschmidt
    Part II. Trachea
    3. Tracheostomy / Konstantina Storz and Werner Schmidt
    4. Benign Tracheal Stenosis / Fernando A. Abdala
    5. Subglottic Tracheal Stenosis / Henning A. Gaissert and Douglas J. Mathisen
    6. Tracheal Injuries and Fistulas / Thomas Schneider
    7. Tracheobronchoplasty / Sidhu P. Gangadharan
    8. Malignant Tracheal Tumors
    Cameron D. Wright
    9. Endoscopic Maneuvers / Ralf Eberhardt
    Part III. Carinal Region
    10. Carinal Resection and Reconstruction / Hendrik C. Dienemann
    Part IV. Lung
    11. VATS Wedge Resection / Gaetano Rocco
    12. Open Wedge Resection / Junji Yoshida
    13. Laser Resection of Metastases / Axel Rolle
    14. Thoracotomy Pneumonectomy / Elisabeth U. Dexter and Todd L. Demmy
    15. Thoracoscopic-Assisted Pneumonectomy / Elisabeth U. Dexter and Todd L. Demmy
    16. Anatomic Segmental Resection / Hisao Asamura
    17. Pulmonary Lobectomy (Thoracotomy and VATS) / Bernard J. Park and Suyog A. Mokashi
    18. Bronchial Sleeve Resection / Hans Hoffmann
    19. Vascular Sleeve Resection / Bernward Passlick
    20. Lymph Node Dissection / Alper Toker
    21. Lung Sequestration / Erich Stoelben
    22. Pulmonary Malformation / Stefan Holland-Cunz
    23. Bronchiectasis / Semih Halezeroğlu
    24. Lung Volume Reduction Surgery / Stefan Welter and Georgios Stamatis
    25. Bullectomy / Konstantina Storz
    26. Aspergilloma / Ashok N. Babu and John D. Mitchell
    Part V. Mediastinum
    27. Video-Assisted Mediastinoscopic Lymphadenectomy (VAMLA) / Biruta Witte and Martin Hürtgen
    28. Transcervical Extended Mediastinal Lymphadenectomy (TEMLA) / Marcin Zieliński
    29. Endoscopic Staging / Felix J.F. Herth
    30. Mediastinotomy / M. Blair Marshall
    31. Transsternal Thymectomy / Joshua Sonett
    32. Thymectomy (VATS, da Vinci) / Jens C. Rückert, Marc Swierzy, Ralph I. Rückert, and Mahmoud Ismail
    33. Benign Neurogenic Tumors and Bronchogenic Cysts / Christiane Grünewald and Hendrik C. Dienemann
    34. Superior Vena Cava Resection / Lorenzo Spaggiari and Domenico Galetta
    35. Resection of Malignant Mediastinal Germ Cell Tumors / Kenneth A. Kesler
    Part VI. Pleura
    36. Benign and Malignant Pleural Effusions / Thomas Schneider
    37. Pleural Empyema / Michael Klopp
    38. Boerhaave's Syndrome / Gereon Gäbelein, Christoph Benckert, Uwe Eichfeld, and Sven Jonas
    39. Pneumothorax / Tomasz Grodzki
    40. Pleurectomy and Decortication for Mesothelioma / Raja M. Flores
    41. Chylothorax / Heike Zabeck
    Part VII. Chest Wall
    42. Chest Wall Resection and Repair / Joachim Pfannschmidt
    43. Resection of Sternal Tumors / K. Robert Shen
    44. Thoracoplasty / Ludwig Lampl
    45. Nuss Procedure for Pectus Excavatum / Ronald F. Lützenberg
    46. Superior Pulmonary Sulcus (Pancoast) Tumors / Rudolf A. Hatz
    Part VIII. Diaphragm
    47. Diaphragm Plication and Repair / Carsten N. Gutt and Robert Grabensee
    Part IX. Lung Transplantation
    48. Lung Transplantation / Jose Ramon Matilla Siguenza, Clemens Aigner, and Walter Klepetko
    Part X. Postoperative Complications
    49. Postoperative Complications / Heike Zabeck
    50. Sternal Infection / Ina C. Ennker and Jürgen C. Ennker.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Amulya K. Saxena, editor.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Shyam K. Kolvekar, Hans K. Pilegaard, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    David H. Chestnut, Cynthia A. Wong, Lawrence C. Tsen, Warwick D. Ngan Kee, Yaakov Beilin, Jill M. Mhyre, Brian T. Bateman, Naveen Nathan.
    Contents:
    The history of obstetric anesthesia
    Physiologic changes of pregnancy
    Uteroplacental blood flow
    The placenta : anatomy, physiology, and transfer of drugs
    Fetal physiology
    Antepartum fetal assessment and therapy
    Anesthesia for fetal surgery and other intrauterine procedures
    Intrapartum fetal assessment and therapy
    Neonatal assessment and resuscitation
    Fetal and neonatal neurologic injury
    Patient safety and team training
    Spinal, epidural, and caudal anesthesia : anatomy, physiology, and technique
    Local anesthetics and opioids
    Pharmacology during pregnancy and lactation
    In vitro fertilization and other assisted reproductive technology
    Problems of early pregnancy
    Nonobstetric surgery during pregnancy
    Obstetric management of labor and vaginal delivery
    Trial of labor and vaginal birth after cesarean delivery
    The pain of childbirth and its effect on the mother and the fetus
    Childbirth preparation and nonpharmacologic analgesia
    Systemic analgesia : parenteral and inhalational agents
    Epidural and spinal analgesia: anesthesia for labor and vaginal delivery
    Alternative regional analgesic techniques for labor and vaginal delivery
    Postpartum tubal sterilization
    Anesthesia for cesarean delivery
    Postoperative analgesia
    Aspiration : risk, prophylaxis, and treatment
    The difficult airway : risk, assessment, prophylaxis, and management
    Postpartum headache
    Neurologic complications of pregnancy and neuraxial anesthesia
    Shared decision-making and communication
    Preterm labor and delivery
    Abnormal presentation and multiple gestation
    Hypertensive disorders
    Infection
    Antepartum and postpartum hemorrhage
    Embolic disorders
    Maternal mortality
    Autoimmune disorders
    Cardiovascular disease
    Chronic pain during and after pregnancy
    Endocrine disorders
    Hematologic and coagulation disorders
    Liver disease
    Malignant hyperthermia
    Musculoskeletal disorders
    Neurologic and neuromuscular disease
    Obesity
    Psychiatric disorders
    Renal disease
    Respiratory disease
    Substance use disorders
    Trauma and critical care
    American Society of Anesthesiologists guidelines for neuraxial anesthesia in obstetrics
    Practice guidelines for obstetric anesthesia: an updated report by the American Society of Anesthesiologists Task Force On Obstetric Anesthesia and the Society for Obstetric Anesthesia and Perinatology
    Optimal goals for anesthesia care in obstetrics
    Information technology resources for obstetric anesthesia providers.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    R. Shane Tubbs, Mehmet Turgut, W. Jerry Oakes, editors.
    Summary: Focusing on the two most common forms of hindbrain herniation, the Chiari I and II malformations, this book reviews current understanding of the conditions, as well as their radiologic definition, details of operative intervention and prediction of outcome.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    by Cástulo de la Rocha, Diana Bontá, Joel García, and David E. Hayes-Bautista.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Chapter 1. Before the Chicanos
    Chapter 2. Lighting the Fuse
    Chapter 3. Is Health Care a Human Right?
    Chapter 4. Empowering a Movement
    Chapter 5. Controlling Our Destiny
    Chapter 6. Finding Friends, Fighting Foes
    Chapter 7. Putting Down Roots
    Chapter 8. Brown Students, White Coats
    Chapter 9. Shaping our Future
    Chapter 10. Grasping the Torch
    Afterword
    Acknowledgments
    Interviewees
    Image Credits
    About the Authors.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RA448.5.M4 D1 2020
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Stephen Higgs, Dana L. Vanlandingham, Ann Powers.
    Summary: Chikungunya and Zika viruses provides the primary "go-to" source for both historical and current information on these increasingly important human pathogens. Both viruses are newly emerged pathogens that have recently become established in greatly expanded global ranges, to threaten hitherto unexposed populations. Epidemics since 2004 have spread from Africa and Asia to Europe and have caused millions of cases in the Americas. The viruses have probably established themselves in South and Central America permanently leaving millions at risk for future infection. Chikungunya virus (CHIKV) causes severe crippling arthritis and symptoms that can last for months or years. Infections with Zika virus (ZIKV) have been associated with potentially fatal neurological symptoms notably to children of women infected during pregnancy. There are no approved vaccines or specific treatments available. Chikungunya and Zika viruses contributes significantly to our understanding of these pathogens. This dedicated monograph brings this combined knowledge together to provide a single up-to-date source of information.

    Contents:
    The origins of Chikungunya and Zika viruses - History of the discoveries
    Chikungunya virus and Zika virus transmission cycles
    Chikungunya and Zika disease
    Emergences of Chikungunya and Zika in Africa
    Chikungunya and Zika virus in Asia
    Chikungunya virus and Zika virus in Europe
    The emergence of Chikungunya and Zika viruses in the Americas
    Viral genetics of Chikungunya virus and Zika virus and its influence in their emergence and application for public health control strategies
    Diagnostics and laboratory techniques
    Animal models for Chikungunya virus and Zika virus
    Chikungunya and Zika virus vaccines
    Chikungunya and Zika: the future.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Mark Heise, editor.
    Summary: This book provides readers with a collection of latest reviews written by Chikungunya virus (CHIKV) research leaders who cover topics related to CHIKV replication, advances in CHIKV research reagents and model system development, as well as the pathogenesis of chronic CHIKV disease. Moreover, the volume updates on recent progress in the development of therapeutics and vaccines for treatment and prevention of CHIKV-induced disease. Chikungunya virus (CHIKV) is a mosquito-borne pathogen that has re-emerged to become a significant global disease threat. Although CHIKV has historically been associated with localized outbreaks of debilitating polyarthralgia in Africa and Asia, factors such as increased global travel and viral adaptation to new mosquito vectors have led to the introduction and spread of CHIKV in new regions of the world, including the Americas. The re-emergence of CHIKV has stimulated significant interest both in understanding the biology of CHIKV and in the development of medical countermeasures against the virus.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Molecular Virology of Chikungunya Virus
    Understanding molecular pathogenesis with chikungunya virus research tools
    Chronic Chikungunya Virus Disease
    Chikungunya Virus Vaccines: Platforms, Progress, and Challenges
    Small Molecule Inhibitors Targeting Chikungunya Virus.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Suzan J. Song, Peter Ventevogel, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to provide an overview of the latest theoretical insights from research on sociocultural aspects of mental health and connect these with clinical insights from practical mental health care provision. Using strengths-based, resiliency-oriented and family-centered approaches can enrich clinical practice in refugee mental health, but clinicians need to translate the emerging evidence into concrete steps and interventions. This requires additional skills for the assessment and management of mental health conditions in refugee children and families. The chapters in this book are written by a diverse group of authors using global, multi-disciplinary approaches. The chapters provide examples from various contexts including refugees who are displaced to neighboring countries, refugees 'on the move, and refugees and asylum seekers in resettlement settings. This book is therefore a unique resource for clinicians, researchers and policy makers working on mental health issues of refugee children and adolescents around the world.

    Contents:
    Showing Respect to Refugee Children Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    Contributors
    About the Authors
    Part I: Theoretical Approaches to Comprehensive Understanding of Child, Adolescent, and Family Refugee Mental Health
    1: Bridging the Humanitarian, Academic, and Clinical Fields Toward the Mental Health of Child and Adolescent Refugees
    Conceptual Debates in the Field of Child Refugee Mental Health
    Conceptual Debates in Humanitarian Mental Health and Psychosocial Support
    The Importance of Socio-ecological Approaches and Public Mental Health
    Why This Book?
    Using a Global Perspective Blending Research Findings with Clinical Wisdom
    Linking Treatment of the Individual with the Context of Family, Community, and Society
    Considering a Range of Clinical Issues
    Making the Text Accessible for Nonspecialists
    Defining the Core Concepts
    What Is a Refugee?
    What Is a Child?
    What Is the Migration Trajectory of a Refugee?
    What Is Trauma?
    How This Book Is Organized
    What This Book Hopes to Accomplish
    References
    2: Children and Adolescents in Conflict and Displacement
    Introduction
    Children, Adolescents, and Armed Conflict
    Society
    Community Interpersonal Relationships and Family
    Individual
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Unpacking Context and Culture in Mental Health Pathways of Child and Adolescent Refugees
    Introduction
    Defining "Context"
    Culture as a Social System
    Philosophical Approach
    Value Theories
    Clinical Approach
    Cultural Context in an Ecological Mode
    The Cultural in Socio-Ecology
    Researching Cultural Context in an Ecological Approach
    Interventions Incorporating an Ecological Approach
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Supporting Mental Health in Young Refugees: A Resilience Perspective Forced Migration Stressors
    Transition: Being, Belonging and Becoming in the Face of Migration
    Facilitating Adaptation and Positive Transformation: The Resilience Framework
    Social-Ecological Approaches to Resilience
    Supporting Resilience in Refugee Youths: A Multilevel Approach
    Strengthening Refugee Youths
    Building Supportive Environments Around Refugee Youths
    Advocacy
    Conclusion
    Bibliography
    Part II: Mental Health Assessment of Refugee Children
    5: Principles of the Mental Health Assessment of Refugee Children and Adolescents
    Introduction Engaging the Sociocultural Context
    The Role of the Socio-Ecological Context in an Assessment
    Unpacking Emotional and Behavioral Distress
    Dimensional Approach to Mental Health Problems
    Role of Culture and Context in Shaping "Normal"
    Developmental Understanding
    The Role of Development in Understanding Mental Health Problems
    Role of Development and Communication Style
    Working with Interpreters
    Considerations in Working with Interpreters
    Persistent Language Barriers
    Interpreters as Cultural Mediators
    Building an Alliance
    Understanding Confidentiality
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Caroline Rey-Salmon, Catherine Adamsbaum, editors.
    Summary: This book offers an interdisciplinary approach to child abuse providing a comprehensive overview of the topic. From fetal life to adolescence, various patterns of child abuse are described in 23 chapters with highlight on early diagnostic features and differential diagnoses. Data on psychological and domestic violence is also presented. Readers will improve their knowledge in the field of child abuse, helping to identify such situations at onset and subsequently prevent recurrences. This volume outlines and summarizes the main different judicial processes for child abuse around the world. The book also provides the unique angle and information from experts in France, who unlike other countries, are fully independent of all other parties i.e. judges, prosecutors and families, thus having a unique insight to the origin and context of the violence. Insight to their approach can lead to better prevention of abuse around the world. Written by a panel of authors including paediatricians, radiologists, forensic scientists, a judge, a magistrate and a psychologist, this book is of interest to professionals involved in pediatrics healthcare, students, medical doctors or nurses. Beyond the field of health, the book may also concern professionals of social and judicial areas who deal with child abuse.

    Contents:
    Introduction.- Historical approach.- Definitions and epidemiological data.- Judicial expertise in Europe
    Inflicted cutaneous lesions and burns: The skin
    Inflicted cutaneous lesions and burns: Abuse-related burns.- Inflicted skeletal injuries.- Inflicted injuries of brain and spinal cord.- Visceral injuries
    Retinal hemorrhages.- Injuries to the face, neck, mouth and scalp.- Sexual abuse
    female genital mutilation
    Chemical submission
    Childhood deprivation and neglect.- Psychological maltreatment.- Munchausen syndrome by proxy
    Fetus.- Maltreatment and adolescence.- Domestic violence: a form of child maltreatment.- Autopsy and histological findings
    Post mortem imaging.- Diagnostic strategies and recommendations.- The caregiver's position.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Edilma L. Yearwood, Geraldine S. Pearson, Jamesetta A. Newland.
    Summary: "Knowledge of the characteristics of normal development in typically developing infants, children, and youth is a necessary precursor for recognizing characteristics that are considered atypical for the developmental stage. This knowledge is essential for advanced practice psychiatric and primary care practitioners in nursing who screen and monitor for the early signs of developmental abnormalities, mental illness, or behavioral difficulties. These can be indicative of minor developmental issues or of serious diagnostic conditions such as autism spectrum disorder (ASD) that can be ameliorated, although not cured, with intensive early intervention services. Understanding developmental norms aids in early recognition of mental health disorders such as depression in children and youth (American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 2009)"-- Provided by publisher Research has shown that a range of adult psychiatric disorders and mental health problems originate at an early age, yet the psychiatric symptoms of an increasing number of children and adolescents are going unrecognized and untreated—there are simply not enough child psychiatric providers to meet this steadily rising demand. It is vital that advanced practice registered nurses (APRNs) and primary care practitioners take active roles in assessing behavioral health presentations and work collaboratively with families and other healthcare professionals to ensure that all children and adolescents receive appropriate treatment. Child and Adolescent Behavioral Health helps APRNs address the mental health needs of this vulnerable population, providing practical guidance on assessment guidelines, intervention and treatment strategies, indications for consultation, collaboration, referral, and more. Now in its second edition, this comprehensive and timely resource has been fully updated to include DSM-5 criteria and the latest guidance on assessing, diagnosing, and treating the most common behavioral health issues facing young people. New and expanded chapters cover topics including eating disorders, bullying and victimization, LGBTQ identity issues, and conducting research with high-risk children and adolescents. Edited and written by a team of accomplished child psychiatric and primary care practitioners, this authoritative volume: Provides state-of-the-art knowledge about specific psychiatric and behavioral health issues in multiple care settings Reviews the clinical manifestation and etiology of behavioral disorders, risk and management issues, and implications for practice, research, and education Offers approaches for interviewing children and adolescents, and strategies for integrating physical and psychiatric screening Discusses special topics such as legal and ethical issues, cultural influences, the needs of immigrant children, and child and adolescent mental health policy Features a new companion website containing clinical case studies to apply concepts from the chapters Designed to specifically address the issues faced by APRNs, Child and Adolescent Behavioral Health is essential reading for nurse practitioners and clinical nurse specialists, particularly those working in family, pediatric, community health, psychiatric, and mental health settings.

    Contents:
    Child , adolescent, and family development / Stephanie wright and Edilma L. Yearwood
    Temperament and self regulation / Pamela Galehouse and Marie Foley
    Neurobiology and neuorphysiology of behavioral/psychiatric disorders / Susan J. Boorin and Norman L. Keltner
    Integration of physical and psychiatric assessment / Veronica C. Doran and Jamesetta A. Newland
    Child sexual development / Gabrielle Abelard Emma Dundon
    Adolescent sexual behaviors / Bridgette M. Brawner and Anne M. Teitelman
    Assessing and managing the needs of LGBTQ youth / Liam C. Hein and Jose A. Parés‐Avila
    Adverse childhood experiences : providing trauma‐informed care to promote resilience in children and their families in health settings / Freida H. Outlaw, Lisa Milam and Patricia K. Bradley
    Psychopharmacology : issues in prescribing psychiatric medication to children and adolescents / Geraldine S. Pearson and Crystal Marie Bennett
    Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
    Geraldine S. Pearson and Cherry Leung
    Anxiety disorders / Geraldine S. Pearson and Kathleen Kenney‐Riley
    Mood dysregulation disorders / Mikki Meadows‐Oliver and Edilma L. Yearwood
    Deliberate self‐harm : nonsuicidal self‐injury and suicide in children and adolescents / Edilma L. Yearwood and Eve Bosnick
    Perceptual alterations disorders / Heeyoung Lee and Eunjung Kim
    Feeding and eating disorders in children and adolescents / Janiece E. DeSocio and Joan B. Riley
    Autism spectrum disorder / Judith Coucouvanis and Donna Hallas
    Learning and intellectual disabilities / Linda M. Finke and Patricia Ryan‐Krause
    Nonpharmacological treatment modalities : play and group therapies / Edilma L. Yearwood and Allison Grady
    Individual and family therapies / Kathleen Scharer
    Cognitive behavioral interventions in child and adolescent mental health treatment / Pamela Lusk and Jessica Lee Kozlowski
    Disorders specific to infants and young children / Joan A. Kearney and Shannon D'Alton
    Juvenile justice populations / Elizabeth Bonham and Moriah Freeman
    Substance use / Caroline R. McKinnon, Deborah Johnson and Linda Stephan
    Child and adolescent victims of trauma
    Dawn Bounds, Necole Leland and Angela F. Amar
    Children in out‐of‐home placement / Julie E. Bertram and Betty Boyle‐Duke
    Chronic and palliative care pediatric populations / Geraldine S. Pearson and Deborah Fisher
    Collaborative treatment with primary care / Madeleine M. Lloyd and Jamesetta A. Newland
    Legal and ethical issues / Margaret Hardy and Sarah B. Vittone
    Evidence‐based nursing practice / Donna Hallas and Pamela Lusk
    Cultural influences on child and adolescent mental health : needs of immigrant, refugee, displaced, and culturally vulnerable youth / Edilma L. Yearwood and Mikki Meadows‐Oliver
    Conducting behavioral health research with children and using research methods / Elizabeth Burgess and Dowdell Judith Fry‐McComish
    Advanced practice registered nurses interfacing with the school system / Melissa M. Gomes and Naomi A. Schapiro
    Child and adolescent mental health policy / Sally Raphel and Eileen K. Fry‐Bowers.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Cathy Laver-Bradbury [and three others].
    Summary: "This textbook provides an overview of child and adolescent mental health. The text covers all core aspects on the subject, from the importance of knowing why mental health in children is important, to how to assess, formulate and treat a variety of presentations seen in children and young people. Beginning with an overview of conditions and the background to emotional and behavioral problems, the book examines the different models and tools used to assess and treat children and young people and provides an outline of the practitioners working to help this population. Chapters consider the many diverse identities and groups within the population, addressing specific problems encountered in children, young people and their families from different cultural backgrounds. This revised edition addresses issues of current public debate such as gender identity and the role of social media in children and young people's development and behavior. Featuring authors from a variety of clinical and research backgrounds, this fully-revised third edition is an important resource for all professionals working with children, young people, and their families, including student and practitioner psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, mental health nurses and social care specialists"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    An introduction to children and young people's mental health. A brief history of child and adolescent mental health services (CAMHS) to the present day / Christopher Gale and Margaret J.J. Thompson
    The conceptual basis of mental health practice / Carlos Hoyos
    Medico-legal frameworks in making treatment decisions with children and young people / Suyog Dhakras
    Safeguarding within child and adolescent mental health services / Siobhan West
    Policy and practice in children and young people's mental health / Pathiba Chitsabesan and Bernidka Dubicka
    Commissioning services / Stephanie Ramsey
    The physical and psychological development of children and young people. Attachment theory / Christopher Gale
    Piaget's stages of cognitive development and Erikson's stages of psychosocial development / Margaret J.J. Thompson
    Emotion processing in child and adolescent psychopathology / Georgia Chronaki
    Emotional literacy in the education context / Helena Hoyos
    Assessing paediatric development in psychiatry / Catherine Thompson
    Genetics / Joanne Doherty and Anita Thapar
    Cognitive assessment in children and young people / Anastasia Sedikides
    Mental health and behavioural issues in children and young people with a learning disability / Chris Hardie [and three others]
    Speech and language disorders / Janet Stephens
    Feeding/eating problems in young children / Liz McCaughey, Sue Evans and Margaret J.J. Thompson
    Constipation and soiling ; Enuresis / Melissa Bracewell ; updated by Margaret J.J. Thompson
    Behavioural sleep problems in children and adolescents / Catherine Hill
    Epilepsy / Salvatore Rototendo and Margaret J.J. Thompson
    Chronic health conditions and mental well-being in children and young people / Julie Waine ; updated by Christopher Gale
    Sexual orientation / Charlotte Young ; updated by Christopher Gale
    Gender dysphoria in children and young people / Hannah Stynes, Martin McColl and Ellis Kennedy
    Cultural competence in working with children, young people and families / Karen Davies ; updated by Christopher Gale
    Young carers / Charlotte Pyatt ; updated by Christopher Gale
    Young carers from Black Asian minority ethnic (BAME) communities / Julia Pelle
    Trauma. Managing grief, loss and bereavement / Sue Ricketts
    Developmental trauma / Val Forster
    The effect of childhood maltreatment on brain development / Dennis Golm and Jana Kreppner
    Asylum seekers, refugees and homeless young people / Pam Campbell, Ann Spooner and Sarah Gale
    Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) / Alex Christie
    The assessment of children and young people's mental health. Making sense of behaviour / Carlos Hoyos
    Child and adolescent mental health assessment / Margaret J.J. Thompson, Cathy Laver-Bradbury and Chris Gale
    Genograms / Christine M. Hooper
    Family assessment / Andrew O'Toole and Anne Brewster
    Parenting styles and family scripts / Christine M. Hooper
    Transition / Cathy Laver-Bradbury
    Mental health issues presenting in children and young people. Epidemiology : summary of Mental health of children and young people in England (2017) / Margaret J.J. Thompson
    Autistic spectrum conditions / Jeremy Turk
    Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder / Margaret J.J. Thompson [and three others]
    Juvenile disruptive behaviour disorders : oppositional defiant disorder (ODD) and conduct disorder (CD) / Graeme Fairchild ; updated by Lucy Wilford
    Tic disorders and Tourette Syndrome / Valerie Brandt and Samuele Cortese
    Depression in children and young people / Anna Gibson
    Bipolar disorder in children and young people / Cara Sturgess
    Fear and anxiety / Julie Hadwin and Roxanne Magdalena
    OCD and related disorders / Phill Nagle, Christopher Gale and Jo Barker
    Psychosis in children and young people / Tony James and Lakshmeesh Muttur Somasheekar
    Eating disorders / Jo Barker and Lynne Oldman
    Somatoform and related disorders in children and young people / Sally Wicks
    Chronic fatigue syndrome/myalgic encephalomyelitis in children and young people / Sally Wicks ; updated by Margaret J.J. Thompson
    School attendance problems / Helen Carlow
    Addictions / Jack Groom
    Screen-based activities and social media / Vicki Bright and Cathy Laver-Bradbury
    Self-harm and suicide / Anthony Crabb ; edited by Margaret J.J. Thompson, with material from Suyog Dhakras and Julie Waine
    Therapeutic approaches to working with children, young people and their families. General principles of clinical psychopharmacology in children and adolescents : a practical guide / Samuele Cortese
    Creative therapies (art and play) / Margaret Josephs [and three others]
    Child and adolescent psychotherapy / Miranda Passey
    Counselling children and young people / Jacquie Kelly
    Cognitive behavioural therapy / Sarah Mottram
    Cognitive analytic therapy (CAT) / Sally Gray and Di Glackin
    Dialectical behavioural therapy / Laura Nisbet
    Theory and practice of behaviour modification / Hannah Kovshoff and Jayne Muldowney
    Social stories / Liz Smith
    Family therapy models and practice / Monica Roman-Morales and Christine M. Hooper
    Brief solution-focussed therapy / Jonathan Prosser
    Narrative therapy / Andrew O'Toole and Anne Brewster
    The open dialogue approach / Cathy Laver-Bradbury and Monica Roman-Morales
    The group process / Stuart Gemmell and Cathy Laver-Bradbury
    Theoretical underpinnings in parent-led interventions to treat psychopathology in children / Catherine Thompson, Margaret J.J. Thompson and Cathy Laver-Bradbury
    Parenting programmes / Cathy Laver-Bradbury
    Making sense of available services. Early access : self-help for children, young people and families with mental health difficulties / Melissa McKimm and Christopher Gale
    Early access : feel the fear and do it anyway : setting up a volunteer support group / Gill Waring
    Early access : overview of third-sector support for children, young people and their families / Christopher Gale and Alice Mooney
    Early access : health visiting service / Naomi Pang
    Early access : family nurse partnership : a Southampton model / Diane Henty and Kirsteen Anderssen ; updated by Andrea Thwaites
    Early access : primary mental health in the community / Margaret J.J. Thompson and Roy Smith
    Early access : the development and practice of ELSA / Sheila Burton
    Early access : emotional literacy and first aid in schools / Helena Hoyos
    Early access : a CAMHS' single point of access : Nottingham City's whole system model / Anna Masding
    Specialist services : child and adolescent mental health services (CAMHS) / Cathy Laver-Bradbury
    Specialist services : forensic child and adolescent psychiatry / Suyog Dhakras, Jonathan Bigg and Alison Wallis
    Building resilience and strength (BRS) / Michelle Simmonds
    Specialist services : secure adolescent inpatient / Oliver White
    Specialist services : acute inpatient / Holli McGloughlin
    Specialist services : an inpatient unit for children with complex health needs / Sally Wicks ; updated by Margaret J.J. Thompson
    Specialist services : role of the educational psychologist / Helena Hoyos and Lucy Manger
    Specialist services : education for children with autism spectrum disorders and social stories for parents of autistic children / Sandra Teale ; updated by Margaret J.J. Thompson
    Specialist services : working with children in care and residential schools (a whole service/systems approach to emotion-regulation) / Cathie O'Brien
    Social care provision for children and families in CAMHS : the importance of the role of a social worker within CAMHS teams...without becoming a therapist / Gabrielle Loades.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2021
  • Digital
    / Douglas Davies and Michael F. Troy.
    Summary: "This book describes child development and how it can be applied to practice with children. Developmental knowledge provides a framework for understanding children in relation to the tasks and issues relevant to their age. These, in turn, are determined by physical, social, emotional, and neurodevelopmental norms that transform in meaningful ways from birth through adolescence. Only with a sound grounding in this knowledge can we determine whether a child's emotions, thoughts, or behaviors fall within normal expectations. Part I, "Contexts of Development: A Transactional Approach," introduces the idea that the child's development is the outcome of the interplay of normative developmental maturation and the context within which it occurs. Part II, "The Course of Child Development," represents the core of the book, looking at childhood through the lens of discrete expected stages"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Contexts of development: A transactional approach
    Attachment as context for development
    Brain development
    Risk and protective factors: The child, family, and community contexts
    Analysis of risk and protective factors: Practice applications
    The course of child development
    Infant development
    Practice with infants
    Toddler development: Core domains
    Toddler development: Integrated domains
    Practice with toddlers
    Preschool development: Core domains
    Preschool development: Integrated domains
    Practice with preschoolers
    Middle childhood development: Core domains
    Middle childhood development: Integrated domains
    Practice with school-age children
    Conclusion: Development knowledge and practice.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital/Print
    Kathryn E. Barnard, Sandra J. Eyres, editors.
    Digital Access Google Books 1979
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RJ50 .C48 1979
    1
  • Digital
    Marguerite Dunitz-Scheer, Peter J. Scheer.
    Summary: This book is the result of thousands of encounters with tube-fed infants and their families over the past four decades. The ailing and fragile children, suffering from a myriad of medical conditions acted as muses and mentors teaching more than could be expected. This book is addressed to medical professionals, early interventionists, pediatricians, child surgeons, nurses, dieticians, occupational therapists, speech and language pathologists (SLPs), feeding specialists, psychologists, physiotherapists, infant psychiatrists as well as parents. The medically fragile child (MFC) is the subject of the authors work when it is concerned with enteral nutrition support (ENS) by means of a feeding tube (ENT). As pediatricians and psychotherapists, they have been treating eating and feeding disorders of children since 1986 and with this book they pass on knowledge they have garnered over three decades. Over 5,000 children have been weaned off their feeding tubes. Tube weaning requires the evaluation of medical, nutritional, sensory, developmental, metabolic and growth-related findings. The review of the literature around this subject has provided a source of inspiration as well as critical self-reflection; the authors wish to offer their insight and ideas on how to approach child-led tube-management and tube-weaning to all healthcare professional involved in the management of these children.

    Contents:
    The fascination of eating development
    Presentation of the EAT-concept
    How eating development can get stuck
    Focus on the child itself
    The composition and task of the feeding-team
    The assessment of functional aspects before tube placement
    Temporary versus permanent ENT
    Taking care of oral skills during ENT
    Nutritional aspects
    Unintended side-effects of ENT
    Tube management and maintenance
    Major diagnostic groups receiving ENT
    Tube dependence
    The specific role of the individual professions within the feeding team
    Tube weaning
    Play picnics and making food worlds
    Common obstacles due to specific conditions and special needs
    What happens afterwards? A new life for children and parents
    Outlook.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Joshua Feder, MD, Elizabeth Tien, MD, Talia Puzantian, PharmD, BCPP.
    Summary: The Child Medication Fact Book is a comprehensive reference guide covering all the important facts, from cost to pharmacokinetics, about the most commonly prescribed medications in child and adolescent psychiatry. Composed of single-page, reader-friendly fact sheets and quick-scan medication tables, this book offers guidance, clinical pearls, and bottom-line assessments of more than 70 of the most common medications you use and are asked about in your practice. Versions of this book can be purchased with a 10-credit CME online post-test. Featuring: NEW: 14 treatment algorithms to guide patient care The latest on new medications such as Adhansia, Qelbree, Rexulti, and Rozerem 76 medication fact sheets Expanded complementary treatment chapter including lavender essential oil and saffron 13 quick-scan medication reference tables 11 appendices including informed consent, rating scales, and mental health apps, with eight corresponding tables Get the information you need at a glance: Off-label uses Dosage and generic availability Mechanism of action Cost information Bottom-line impression.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Introduction
    General Tips on Child and Adolescent Psychopharmacology
    ADHD Medications
    Amphetamine (Adzenys XR-ODT, Dyanavel XR, Evekeo) Fact Sheet [G]
    Atomoxetine (Strattera) Fact Sheet [G]
    Clonidine (Catapres, Kapvay) Fact Sheet [G]
    Dexmethylphenidate (Azstarys, Focalin, Focalin XR) Fact Sheet [G]
    Dextroamphetamine (Dexedrine, ProCentra, Zenzedi) Fact Sheet [G]
    Dextroamphetamine Transdermal (Xelstrym) Fact Sheet
    Guanfacine (Intuniv, Tenex) Fact Sheet [G]
    Lisdexamfetamine (Vyvanse) Fact Sheet
    Methamphetamine (Desoxyn) Fact Sheet [G] Methylphenidate IR (Methylin, Ritalin) Fact Sheet [G]
    Methylphenidate ER (Concerta, Ritalin SR and LA, others) Fact Sheet [G]
    Methylphenidate Transdermal (Daytrana) Fact Sheet
    Mixed Amphetamine Salts (Adderall, Adderall XR, Mydayis) Fact Sheet [G]
    Viloxazine XR (Qelbree) Fact Sheet
    Antidepressants
    Bupropion (Wellbutrin, others) Fact Sheet [G]
    Citalopram (Celexa) Fact Sheet [G]
    Desvenlafaxine (Pristiq) Fact Sheet [G]
    Duloxetine (Cymbalta, Drizalma Sprinkle) Fact Sheet [G]
    Escitalopram (Lexapro) Fact Sheet [G]
    Fluoxetine (Prozac, Prozac Weekly) Fact Sheet [G] Fluvoxamine (Luvox, Luvox CR) Fact Sheet [G]
    Mirtazapine (Remeron) Fact Sheet [G]
    Paroxetine (Paxil, Paxil CR, Pexeva) Fact Sheet [G]
    Selegiline Transdermal (EMSAM) Fact Sheet
    Sertraline (Zoloft) Fact Sheet [G]
    Trazodone Fact Sheet [G]
    Tricyclic Antidepressants (TCAs) Fact Sheet [G]
    Venlafaxine (Effexor, Effexor XR) Fact Sheet [G]
    Antipsychotics
    Aripiprazole (Abilify) Fact Sheet [G]
    Asenapine (Saphris, Secuado) Fact Sheet [G]
    Brexpiprazole (Rexulti) Fact Sheet
    Chlorpromazine (Thorazine) Fact Sheet [G]
    Clozapine (Clozaril, FazaClo, Versacloz) Fact Sheet [G] Haloperidol (Haldol) Fact Sheet [G]
    Lurasidone (Latuda) Fact Sheet
    Olanzapine (Lybalvi, Symbyax, Zyprexa) Fact Sheet [G]
    Paliperidone (Invega) Fact Sheet [G]
    Perphenazine (Trilafon) Fact Sheet [G]
    Quetiapine (Seroquel) Fact Sheet [G]
    Risperidone (Risperdal) Fact Sheet [G]
    Ziprasidone (Geodon) Fact Sheet [G]
    Long-Acting Injectable (LAI) Antipsychotics
    Anxiolytics and Hypnotics
    Antihistamines (Diphenhydramine, Doxylamine, Hydroxyzine) Fact Sheet [G]
    Buspirone (BuSpar) Fact Sheet [G]
    Clonazepam (Klonopin) Fact Sheet [G]
    Lorazepam (Ativan) Fact Sheet [G] Prazosin (Minipress) Fact Sheet [G]
    Propranolol (Inderal) Fact Sheet [G]
    Ramelteon (Rozerem) Fact Sheet [G]
    Complementary Treatments
    Lavender Essential Oil (CalmAid, Silexan) Fact Sheet [G]
    L-Methylfolate (Deplin) Fact Sheet [G]
    Magnesium Fact Sheet [G]
    Melatonin Fact Sheet [G]
    N-Acetylcysteine (NAC) Fact Sheet [G]
    Omega-3 Fatty Acids (Fish Oil) Fact Sheet [G]
    S-Adenosyl-L-Methionine (SAMe) Fact Sheet [G]
    Saffron Fact Sheet [G]
    St. John's Wort Fact Sheet [G]
    Vitamin D Fact Sheet [G]
    Mood Stabilizers
    Carbamazepine (Tegretol) Fact Sheet [G]
    Lamotrigine (Lamictal, Subvenite) Fact Sheet [G]
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Rachael Clawson, Lisa Warwick and Rachel Fyson.
    Summary: The Child Protection Handbook explains how to recognise abuse and protect at-risk children for those working with children and young people aged under 18, including in social care, education, health services, and sport and leisure settings. The book has been fully updated to incorporate the impact of new technology as well as current legal and policy frameworks that govern statutory child protection intervention in the UK. It considers all aspects of child protection, including organisational issues, children's rights, the needs of those from diverse backgrounds, and the impacts of the Covid-19 pandemic on child protection work. With accessible, up-to-date information presented in an easy-to-navigate format, the Handbook is ideal for all busy practitioners wanting to improve outcomes for children, young people and their families. Fully updated since the last edition in 2007 - perfect for all those working with children and young people. Easy to navigate and locate information - suitable as a reference book for busy practitioners Illustrative boxes in each chapter, drawing on practice case examples to highlight current issues and dilemmas. All concepts explained in straightforward, jargon-free language. Reflective points to encourage the reader to think about their own practice and apply new knowledge. Key questions for students and teachers to check understanding and to explore concepts further. Links to resources and further reading.
  • Digital
    edited by David Skuse, Helen Bruce, Linda Dowdney.
    Contents:
    Family and systemic influences / Barbara Maughan
    Child development and cultural considerations in clinical practice / Ruma Bose and Sanjida Sattar
    Neurobehavioural development in infancy : the buffering and transducing role of the mother/caretaker-infant dyad / Cindy H. Liu and Ed Tronick
    Genetic and biological influences / David Skuse
    Clinical evaluation of development from birth to 5 years / Ajay Sharma, Tony O'Sullivan and Gillian Baird
    Emotional development in the first year of life / Howard Steele
    Young people with learning disabilities / David Dossetor
    Language development / Thomas Klee and Stephanie F. Stokes
    Development of social cognition / Virginia Slaughter
    Social and emotional development in middle childhood / Alan Carr
    Social-cognitive development during adolescence / Sarah-Jayne Blakemore
    Attachment in the early years : theory, research and clinical implications / Pasco Fearon
    Promoting infant mental health / Christine Puckering
    Promoting children's well-being : the prevention of depression and anxiety / Paul Stallard
    Fostering resilience in adolescents / Angela Veale
    Sexual orientation, sexual health and gender dysphoria / Justin Wakefield
    Child users of online and mobile technologies : risks, harms and intervention / Peter K. Smith and Sonia Livingstone
    Chidlren bereaved by parent or sibling death / Linda Dowdney
    Stress and reactions to stress in children / David Trickey
    Children's developing sense of moral agency, and the disruptions associated with war exposure / Cecilia Wainryb
    Child maltreatment / Danya Glaser
    The neuroscience and genetics of childhood maltreatment / Eamon McCrory, Vanessa B. Puetz and Essi Viding
    Autism spectrum disorder : an evolving construct / William Mandy
    Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder / Antonio Muñoz-Solomando and Anita Thapar
    Anxiety disorders in children and adolescents / Aaron Vallance and Elena Garralda
    Childhood behavioural disorders / Graeme Lamb and Ramya Srinivasan
    Depression and suicidal behaviour / Julia Gledhill and Matthew Hodes
    Eating disorders in adolescence / Dasha Nicholls
    Emerging personality disorder / Eileen Vizard
    Literacy disorders / Valerie Muter and Margaret J. Snowling
    Challenges in child and adolescent obsessive compulsive disorder / Elaine Chung, Anup Kharod and Isobel Heyman
    Medically unexplained symptoms/functional symptoms in children and adolescents / Eve McAllister, Laura Markham, Anna Coughtrey and Isobel Heyman
    Paediatric bipolar disorder / Anthony James
    Early intervention in psychosis / Paolo Fusar-Poli and Giulia Spada
    Developmental language disorder / Gina Conti-Ramsden and Kevin Durkin
    Substance misuse in young people / K.A.H. Mirza, Roshin M. Sudesh and Sudeshni Mirza
    New perspectives on the classification of child psychiatric disorders / Elena Garralda
    Paediatric neuropsychological assessment : domans for assessment / Jane Gilmour and Bettina Hohnen
    Cognitive behavioural therapy for children and adolescents / Cathy Creswell and Thomas G. O'Connor
    Psychodynamic psychotherapy for children and adolescents / Eilis Kennedy
    Systemic and family approaches to intervention / Philip Messent
    Mentalization / Dickon Bevington
    Parenting programmes for conduct problems / Stephen Scott and Sajid Humayun
    Paediatric psychopharmacology : special considerations / Paramala Santosh and Rakendu Suren
    Paediatric liaison / Peter Hindley
    Promoting educational success : how findings from neuroscience can guide educators to work optimally with the brain / Bettina Hohnen
    Continuities and discontinuities in youth mental healthcare / Helen Bruce and Linda Dowdney
    The children and young people's improving access to psychological therapies (CYP IAPT) programme in England / Peter Fonagy, Kathryn Pugh and Anne O'Herlihy.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Christian Harkensee, Karen Olness, B. Emily Esmaili, editors.
    Summary: This is a practical book for any health professional working with refugee children and families in various settings, from the initial humanitarian crisis, through displacement, living in camps, transfer between countries, settling in host countries, to return to the country of origin. Providing a holistic and intergenerational perspective, topics include the psychological impact, growth and nutrition, the management of chronic illness and infectious diseases, as well as the health of girls, pregnant women and mothers. Finally social issues such as education and the development of a healthy future generation are addressed. Child Refugee and Migrant Health is a hands-on resource for anyone who cares for children, assessing and addressing their health and psychological needs, in the best way possible, with the available resources, in any setting. There is a strong focus not just on caring for refugee and migrant children in crisis situations, but also on their families, long term physical and mental health.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Introduction
    Chapter 1: Refugee Children and their families: The bigger Picture
    Part 2: Psychosocial Aspects of children in humanitarian emergencies. Chapter 2: Assessment and Early Intervention
    Chapter 3: The Return to Happiness Program
    Chapter 4: How Schools and Teachers can help displaced Children
    Chapter 5: Trauma and PTSD in children who are refugees or immigrants
    Chapter 6: Children's understanding of and adjustment to death in the aftermath of a crisis
    Chapter 7: Unaccompanied Minors
    Chapter 8: How to help parents and other caretakers
    Chapter 9: Coping with cultural Differences
    Chapter 10: Clinics for Migrant and Refugee Children
    Part 3: A lifetime perspective on child refugee and migrant health
    Chapter 11: Malnutrition
    Chapter 12: Food Security
    Chapter 13: Child Development and developmental Concerns
    Chapter 14: Child Health Promotion for refugees and other vulnerable populations
    Part 4: Field Guide
    Chapter 15: Preparation and Wellbeing for Humanitarian Workers
    Chapter 16: Environment of Care
    Chapter 17: Epidemiology and Infectious Diseases Outbreaks
    Chapter 18: Data Management Systems for Child Refugees and Migrants
    Chapter 19: Field Pharmacy
    Chapter 20: Working with Interpreters
    Chapter 21: Food and Nutrition Survey
    Chapter 22: Nutrient Deficiencies
    Chapter 23: Respiratory Illnesses
    Chapter 24: Gastrointestinal Issues in Refugee Settings
    Chapter 25: Childhood Infectious Diseases in Refugee Populations
    Chapter 26: Adolescent Health
    Chapter 27: Reproductive Health
    Chapter 28: Newborn Care
    Chapter 29: Burns, Bites and Stings
    Chapter 30: Managing Epilepsy in Low Resource Settings
    Chapter 31: Chronic Diseases
    Chapter 32: Palliative Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Tanya S. Hinds, Angelo P. Giardino.
    Summary: This brief approaches the challenging topic of child sexual abuse from an objective, evidence-based perspective. It offers an overview of child sexual abuse, including definitions and a clear explanation of the epidemiology. The text also explores the conceptual frameworks that seek to explain how a child comes to be sexually abused by an adult or older adolescent. In the chapters, the authors present credible prevalence and incidence studies that are used to provide a scientific response to how common this problem is. In addition, they address the policy implications for a myriad of prevention and treatment initiatives as well as related issues such as delayed reporting and the risk for sexual abuse within child serving organizations. Finally, the brief concludes with the authors' recommendations for the future on how best to prevent child sexual abuse in the first place. Prevention of child sexual abuse is very different than prevention of child physical abuse and neglect and requires a different framework and set of initiatives. Child Sexual Abuse: Current Evidence, Clinical Practice, and Policy Directions is a must-have resource for a range of professionals including healthcare providers, child advocates, clinical social workers, public health officials, mental health providers, and legislative staff professionals. It also is written in a readable manner for members of the lay public.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Incidence and Prevalence of Child Sexual Abuse
    1.1 Definition
    1.2 Scope of the Problem
    1.3 Child, Caregiver, and Environmental Risk Factors
    References
    Chapter 2: Clinical Perspective
    2.1 Listening and History Taking
    2.1.1 Obtaining a History from Caregiver(s)
    2.1.2 Obtaining a History from the Child
    2.2 Physical Examination
    2.2.1 Anogenital Exam
    2.2.2 Variations of Normal Anogenital Anatomy
    2.2.3 Hymenal Injuries
    2.2.4 Anal and Other Non-Hymenal Injuries 2.2.5 Interpreting Anogenital Findings (or Lack Thereof): The Normalcy of a Normal Anogenital Exam
    2.3 Differential Diagnosis and "Mimics" of Sexual Trauma
    2.4 Forensic Examination
    2.5 Diagnostic Testing and Treatment of Sexually Transmitted Infections
    2.5.1 Post-Exposure STI and Pregnancy Prophylaxis
    2.6 Summary
    References
    Chapter 3: Related Issues
    3.1 Delayed Disclosures in Child Sexual Abuse
    3.2 Accuracy of History/Interview in Child Sexual Abuse
    3.2.1 The Child
    3.2.1.1 Before School Age Children (0-5 Years) 3.2.1.2 School Age Children and Adolescents (6-11 Years)
    3.2.1.3 Adolescents (12-18 Years)
    3.2.2 The Caregiver
    3.2.3 Society
    3.2.4 Multicultural Considerations
    3.2.4.1 China/Taiwan
    3.2.4.2 Australian Aboriginals
    3.2.5 Conclusion
    3.3 Risk of Child Sexual Abuse of Children with Disabilities
    3.3.1 Definition of Children with Disabilities
    3.3.2 Conclusion
    3.4 Risk of Child Sexual Abuse in Youth Serving Organizations
    3.4.1 The Scope of the Problem
    3.4.2 Response and Prevention
    3.4.3 Conclusion
    3.5 Online Sexual Solicitations of Minors
    3.5.1 Introduction 3.5.2 Unique Qualities of Internet Cases
    3.5.3 Offender Characteristics/Demographics
    3.5.4 The Declining Trend in Online Sexual Solicitation of Minors
    3.5.5 Prevention
    3.5.6 Future Research
    3.6 Backlash Against Child Sexual Abuse
    3.6.1 Introduction
    3.6.2 The Backlash Context
    3.6.3 Looking Towards the Future
    References
    Chapter 4: Compassion Fatigue, Burnout, and Coping Strategies among Child-Serving Professionals
    4.1 Ending Violence against Children
    4.2 Compassionate Service and Idealism
    4.3 Secondary Traumatic Stress, Compassion Fatigue, and Burnout 4.4 Positive Coping Strategies
    4.5 Organizational Support
    4.6 Summary
    References
    Chapter 5: Policy Direction: Focus on Prevention
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Background
    5.2.1 CSA Prevention vs. Child Physical Abuse Prevention
    5.2.2 Calls for CSA Prevention
    5.2.3 Research and Evaluation on Existing CSA Prevention Programs
    5.2.3.1 Child-Focused Skills Training
    5.2.3.2 Adult-Focused Education and Training
    5.3 Conclusion
    Appendix: Organizations that Promote CSA Prevention
    References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Diego Riva, Gianfranco Minini, editors.
    Contents:
    Anatomy And Physiology Of The Pelvic Floor
    Perineal And Anal Sphincter Obstetric Injury
    A Computerized Model Of Pelvic Floor Muscles Physiology During Delivery
    Clinical Approach To The Evaluation Of Pelvic Floor Dysfunctions
    Echographic Diagnosis Of Pelvic Floor Injuries Childbirth Related
    Combined Three-Dimensional Transperineal Ultrasonography (3-D TPUS) and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) After Vaginal Delivery
    Pelvic Floor EMG: Principles, Technique And Applications
    Sexual Function After Delivery
    The controversial role of episiotomy
    Perineal Care During Pregnancy, Delivery And Post-Partum
    Genital Prolapse And Urinary Incontinence After Childbirth
    Faecal Incontinence After Childbirth: Diagnostic And Clinical Aspects
    Principles And Methods Of Physiotherapy After Delivery
    Surgery For Urinary Incontinence And Prolapse Shortly After Childbirth
    A Practical Approach To Pelvic Floor Dysfunctions After Childbirth: Diagnostic And Therapeutic Flow-Charts
    Clinical Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Stergios K. Doumouchtsis, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Anatomy of the Female Pelvis
    2. Anorectal Anatomy and Physiology
    3. Epidemiology of Childbirth Trauma and Associated Pelvic Floor Disorders
    4. The Effect of Pregnancy on the Pelvic Floor
    5. Mode of Delivery and Perineal Trauma
    6. Episiotomy
    7. Types of Pelvic Floor Injury During Childbirth
    8. Principles of Assessment of Childbirth Injury
    9. Management of Childbirth Injury
    10. Further Investigations and Follow-up: Pelvic Floor Trauma Ultrasound
    11. Childbirth and Lower Urinary Tract Complications
    12. Childbirth Trauma and Lower Gastrointestinal Tract Complications
    13. Healing Process and Complications
    14. Pregnancy, Puerperium and Pelvic Organ Prolapse
    15. Obstetric Fistula
    16. Prediction, Risk Assessment, and Prevention of Childbirth Trauma
    17. Pelvic Floor Physiotherapy for the Prevention and Management of Childbirth Trauma
    18. Prognosis of Childbirth Trauma.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Heather C. Forkey, Jessica L. Griffin, Moira Szilagyi.
    Summary: Trauma-informed care is emerging as a critical component of pediatric best practices. With this new practical guide, pediatricians and other child health professionals will learn to identify, evaluate, and treat children and families affected by trauma and adversity when they present at the office.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction
    Part 1. Building the Resilient Child
    Chapter 1. Brain Development: Early Childhood Through Adolescence
    Chapter 2. Promoting Resilience
    Chapter 3. Attachment
    Chapter 4. Parenting
    Chapter 5. Cultural Connections (Andrea Ocampo Rosales, MA)
    Part 2. Effects of Adversity and Trauma
    Chapter 6. Pathophysiology of Trauma
    Chapter 7. How Trauma Can Manifest in Children and Teens
    Part 3. Promoting Recovery From Trauma
    Chapter 8. Engagement
    Chapter 9. Patient Evaluation and Differential Diagnosis.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Digital
    Gianfranco Spalletta, Delfina Janiri, Federica Piras and Gabriele Sani, editors.
    Summary: This volume presents a comprehensive overview of childhood trauma, considering the psychopathological definition and its neurobiological implications as well as its impact on different psychiatric disorders. The focus on childhood trauma rather than that occurring in adulthood is important due to its general "neuro-psyco-socio" and its specific biological implications, since trauma during childhood impacts directly on neurodevelopment. It has been suggested that early life stress increases vulnerability to psychiatric disorders; however, the exact mechanisms of this association are not yet completely understood. Although childhood trauma could be considered too unspecific to be an important risk factor for individual psychiatric disorders since it seems to occur across the board, it impacts differently on different psychiatric disorders, and it can modulate their clinical expression. Therefore, the assessment of early trauma needs to be included in the clinical evaluation of patients with psychiatric disorders. The volume will be an invaluable tool for psychiatrists, helping them to select suitable pharmacological, psychotherapeutic and rehabilitative treatments.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: General
    1: Introduction on Childhood Trauma in Mental Disorders: A Comprehensive Approach
    References
    2: The Concept of Childhood Trauma in Psychopathology: Definitions and Historical Perspectives
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Epidemiology of Childhood Trauma Worldwide
    2.2.1 Physical and Sexual Abuse, Neglect, Witnessing Violence
    2.2.2 Large-Scale Natural and Manmade Disasters: Children in Specific Regions of the World and Marginalized Children Are Disproportionately at Risk
    2.2.3 Unintentional Injuries 2.3 Historical Perspectives on Childhood Trauma
    2.4 The Relationship Between Childhood Trauma and Developmental Psychopathology
    2.4.1 Childhood Trauma, Childhood Mental Disorders, and Adult Mental Disorders
    2.4.2 Developmental Trajectories and Developmental Cascades
    2.4.3 Equifinality and Multifinality
    2.4.4 Typical Development, Resilient Development, and Pathological Development
    2.5 Risk and Protective Factors
    2.6 Theories of Vulnerability
    References
    Part II: Neurobiology
    3: Neuroimaging and Cognition of Early Traumatic Experiences
    3.1 Introduction 3.1.1 Trauma and Normal Brain Development
    3.1.2 The Effects of Childhood Trauma on Neuropsychological Function and Cognitive Development
    3.1.3 The Effects of Childhood Trauma on Brain Development and Morphology
    3.1.3.1 Hippocampus
    3.1.3.2 Amygdala
    3.1.3.3 Prefrontal Cortex
    3.1.3.4 Sensory Cortex and Fiber Pathways
    3.1.3.5 Corpus Callosum
    3.1.3.6 Cerebellum
    3.2 Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging Studies in Maltreated Subjects
    3.2.1 Threat Processing
    3.2.2 Reward Processing
    3.2.3 Emotion Regulation
    3.2.4 Executive Control
    3.3 Conclusions 5.2.1 Physical Bases of Electrophysiologic Activity
    5.2.2 Types of EEG Recordings
    5.2.2.1 Conventional EEG
    5.2.2.2 Continuous EEG
    5.2.2.3 Quantitative EEG
    5.2.3 Types of EEG Analyses
    5.2.3.1 Spectral Analysis
    5.2.3.2 Frontal Asymmetry
    5.2.3.3 Coherence
    5.2.3.4 Event-Related Potentials (ERPs)
    5.2.3.5 Source Analyses
    5.3 EEG Evidences in Childhood Trauma
    5.3.1 Spectral Analysis
    5.3.2 Cortical Asymmetry
    5.3.3 Coherence
    5.3.4 ERPs
    5.3.5 Source Analyses
    5.4 Neurobiology of Childhood Trauma: A Neurophysiological Perspective
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    volume editor, Kristin Hansen Lagattuta.
    Contents:
    Introduction : integrated approaches to studying the development of emotion / Hansen Lagattuta, K.
    Emotion processing in infancy / Hoehl, S.
    Developmental affective psychophysiology : using physiology to inform our understanding of emotional development / Hastings, P.D., Kahle, S.S., Han, G.H.-P.
    Emotional development in maltreated children / Cicchetti, D., Ng, R.
    Temperament and attention as core mechanisms in the early emergence of anxiety / Pérez-Edgar, K., Taber-Thomas, B., Auday, E., Morales, S.
    Emotional competence and social relations / Lemerise, E.A., Harper, B.D.
    Emotion socialization in the family with an emphasis on culture / Camras, LA., Shuster, M.M., Fraumeni, B.R.
    Gender and voice in emotional reminiscing / Fivush, R.
    How does talk about thoughts, desires, and feelings foster children's socio-cognitive development? : mediators, moderators and implications for intervention / Hughes, C., White, N., Ensor, R.
    The mysterious emotional life of little red riding hood / Harris, PL., de Rosnay, M., Ronfard, S.
    Author index
    Subject index.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    edited by James K. Luiselli.
    Summary: "Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a relatively new diagnostic label which reflects the variability and differentiation of symptomatology among children and youth commonly described as having autistic disorder, high-functioning autism (HFA), and Asperger's syndrome. Current best practices have emerged from decades of evidence-based research, research-to-practice translation of empirically supported procedures, and consensus-driven recommendations from multiple disciplines. As a result, practitioners have many educational and intervention choices for children and youth with ASD-what is critical is that these options are informed by empirical outcomes that have been replicated in experimental trials (group and single-case) and disseminated to professionals and researchers alike."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Conducting diagnostic screening and assessment / Johnny L. Matson, Jennifer S. Beighley, Lindsey W. Williams, and Anna C. May
    Comorbidity among children and youth with autism spectrum disorder / Nicole Neil, Laura Moum, and Peter Sturmey
    Progress and outcome measurement / Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Jonathan Baker, and Leigh Grannan
    Early intensive behavioral intervention: current status and future directions / Linda A. LeBlanc, Natalie A. Parks, and Nicole M. Hanney
    Computer-based instruction / Jeff Sigafoos, Sathiyaprakash Ramdoss, Debora Kagohara, Robert C. Pennington, Giulio E. Lancioni, and Mark F. O'Reilly
    Naturalistic approaches to social skills training and development / Mark F. O'Reilly, Audrey Sorrells, Summer Gainey, Jeff Sigafoos, Giulio E. Lancioni, Russell Lang, Mandy Risploi, and Tonya Davis
    Augmentative and alternative communication / Ralf W. Schlosser, Jeff Sigafoos, Howard Shane, Rajinder Koul, and Parimala Raghavendra
    Self-management and self-regulation / Mark R. Dixon and Autumn McKeel
    Pivotal response treatment / Lynn Kern Koegel, Brittany Lynn Koegel, Robert L. Koegel, and Ty W. Vernon
    Evaluating and improving intervention integrity / Florence D. Digennaro Reed and Derek D. Reed
    Food selectivity and refusal / Charles S. Gulotta and Peter A. Girolami
    Sleep problems / V. Mark Durand
    Exercise, physical activity, and sports / James K. Luiselli
    Mindful caregiving and support / Nirbhay N. Singh, Giulio E. Lancioni, Alan S.W. Winton, Judy Singh, Ashvind N. Adkins Singh, and Angela D. Adkins Singh
    Cognitive-behavioral therapy / Robert R. Selles, Danielle Ung, Josh Nadeau, and Eric A. Storch
    Behavioral family intervention / Adel C. Najdowski and Evelyn R. Gould
    Commentary: conclusions and future directions / James K. Luiselli.
    Digital Access Oxford [2014]
  • Digital
    Julia Downing, editor.
    Summary: This manual enables individuals working in children's palliative care (CPC) globally to learn through engaging real-world cases. The aim is to provide a clinical case-based resource that is globally relevant and accessible to those working in CPC. Drawing on case histories from around the world that reflect key issues and elements of CPC, it provides a practical approach grounded in experience. It addresses multidisciplinary care in the management of children and their families; discusses cases from an international perspective, and shares examples from a variety of countries, utilising cases across a range of ages and conditions, demonstrating holistic care. It represents the first case-based manual on global CPC and is endorsed and promoted by the International Children's Palliative Care Network (ICPCN). Children's palliative care is a rapidly developing field, both in the UK and internationally. The provision of CPC varies considerably, with provision often being insufficient, and over 65% of countries having no recognised CPC service provision whatsoever. As such, while there are an estimated 21.6 million children who require palliative care, in many areas of the world, CPC is poor or non-existent, and children are treated like little adults without their distinctive needs being recognised or understood. There is also a dearth of literature on CPC, hence this clinical case-based manual fills a gap in the market, and is aimed at a global audience, making it a unique text in the field.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction to children's palliative care and serious health related suffering, along with how to use this case based manual
    Chapter 2. The need for and gaps in provision of children's palliative care globally
    Chapter 3. Universal Health Coverage and Serious Health related Suffering (SHS)
    Chapter 4. Children's palliative care across a range of conditions, settings and resources
    Chapter 5. The importance of good holistic assessment
    Chapter 6. Communication to children and their families
    Chapter 7. Pain assessment and management
    Chapter 8. Respiratory care
    Chapter 9. Gastrointestinal symptoms
    Chapter 10. Fatigue
    Chapter 11. Nutritional support
    Chapter 12. Psychological care and distress
    Chapter 13. Spiritual care
    Chapter 14. Social and cultural support
    Chapter 15. End of life care
    Chapter 16. Supporting the family at the time of death
    Chapter 17. Anticipatory grief and bereavement support
    Chapter 18. Perinatal and neonatal palliative care
    Chapter 19. Supporting the adolescent and young adult
    Chapter 20. Managing ethical issues
    Chapter 21. Collaborative working and use of national, regional and international networks
    Chapter 22. Empowering the team through education
    Chapter 23. Integrating research into care
    Chapter 24. Conclusion
    Chapter 25. Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel W. Lee, Nirali N. Shah.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    When to refer a patient for CAR-T cell therapy
    Optimizing the apheresis product
    CAR T cells: cell processing laboratory considerations
    Peri-CAR-T cell management
    Management of cytokine release syndrome
    Special considerations for ICU management of patients receiving CAR therapy
    Neurotoxicities after CAR-T cell immunotherapy
    Hematologic and non-CRS toxicities
    Response assessment and post-CAR-T cell therapy management
    Relapse management and role for consolidative hematopoietic stem cell transplantation following CAR-T cell therapy
    Promising chimeric antigen receptors for non-B cell hematological malignancies, pediatric solid tumors, and carcinomas
    CAR T cell therapy for CNS malignancies
    CAR 2.0: the next generation of synthetic receptor-based cellular therapy for cancer.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Nicole L. Draper, editor.
    Summary: This text provides a comprehensive, up-to-date review of chimerism. The first part of the volume presents the causes of chimerism, specifically focusing on fertilization and early embryonic errors, pregnancy and multiple gestations, and transplantation and transfusion. The second part of the volume outlines clinical identification and consequences of chimerism. Chapters in this section focus on the effects of chimerism on testing in relationship determination and forensics, prenatal genetic testing and screening, and blood and HLA typing. This part also reviews new data concerning matching donors and recipients for transplantation, while outlining the risks of transplantation, such as graft-vs-host disease and passenger lymphocyte syndrome. Additionally, evidence on the role of chimerism in autoimmune disease and cancer is presented. Written by experts in the field, Chimerism: A Clinical Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians and researchers that will help guide patient management and stimulate investigative efforts.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kevin D. Hunt, Indiana University, Bloomington.
    Summary: "The chimpanzee is one of our planet's best-loved and most instantly recognisable animals. Splitting from the human lineage between four and six million years ago, it is (along with its cousin, the bonobo) our closest living relative, sharing around 94% of our DNA. First encountered by Westerners in the seventeenth century, virtually nothing was known about chimpanzees in their natural environment until 1960, when Jane Goodall travelled to Gombe to live and work with them. Accessibly written, yet fully referenced and uncompromising in its accuracy and comprehensiveness, this book encapsulates everything we currently know about chimpanzees: from their discovery and why we study them to their anatomy, physiology, genetics and culture. The text is beautifully illustrated and infused with examples and anecdotes drawn from the author's 30 years of primate observation, making this a perfect resource for students of biological anthropology and primatology as well as nonspecialists interested in chimpanzees"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Christophe Boesch, Roman Wittig, Catherine Crockford, Linda Vigilant, Tobias Deschner, Fabian Leendertz.
    Summary: "The Taï Chimpanzee Project (Taï National Park, Cote D'Ivoire) has yielded unprecedented insights into the nature of cooperation, cognition, and culture in our closest living relatives. Founded in 1979 by Christophe and Hedwige Boesch, the project has entered its 40th year of continuous research. Alongside other famous long-term chimpanzee study sites at Gombe and Mahale in East Africa, the tireless work of the team at Taï has contributed to the fields of behavioural ecology and anthropology, as well as improving public awareness of the urgent need to protect this already endangered species. Encompassing important research topics including chimpanzee ecology, reproductive behaviour, tool use, culture, communication, cognition and conservation, this book provides an engaging account of how Taï chimpanzees are adapted to African jungle life and how they have developed unique forms of cooperation with less violence, regular adoptions and complex cultural differences between groups"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Cover
    Half-title page
    Title page
    Copyright page
    Dedication page
    Contents
    List of Contributors
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    1 War and peace in the Taï chimpanzee forest: running a long-term chimpanzee research project
    2 Developments in statistical methods applied over four decades of research in the Taï Chimpanzee Project
    3 Observation protocol and long-term data collection in Taï
    4 The Wild Chimpanzee Foundation (WCF) and the Taï Chimpanzee Project (TCP)
    5 Insights from genetic analyses of the Taï chimpanzees
    6 Endocrinological analyses at Taï 7 Chimpanzee behavioural diversity and the contribution of the Taï Chimpanzee Project
    8 An energetic model of foraging optimization: wild chimpanzee hammer selection for nut-cracking
    9 Demography and life history of five chimpanzee communities in Taï National Park
    10 Adoption in the Taï chimpanzees: costs, benefits and strong social relationships
    11 Spatial integration of unusually high numbers of immigrant females into the South Group: further support for the bisexually bonded model in Taï chimpanzees
    12 Forty years striving to capture culture among the Taï chimpanzees 13 Cultural diversity of nut-cracking behaviour between two populations of wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes verus) in the Côte d'Ivoire
    14 Ecological and social influences on rates of social play in immature wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes verus)
    15 Long-term diet of the chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes verus) in Taï National Park: interannual variations in consumption
    16 Why Taï mangabeys do not use tools to crack nuts like sympatric-living chimpanzees: a cognitive limitation on monkey feeding ecology
    17 Providing research for conservation from long-term field sites 18 Rank changes in female chimpanzees in Taï National Park
    19 Effects of large-scale knockouts on chimpanzee association networks
    20 Why do the chimpanzees of the Taï Forest share meat? The value of bartering, begging and hunting
    21 Group-specific social dynamics affect urinary oxytocin levels in Taï male chimpanzees
    22 The chimpanzees of the Taï Forest as models for hominine microorganism ecology and evolution
    23 Acute infectious diseases occurring in the Taï chimpanzee population: a review 24 Why does the chimpanzee vocal repertoire remain poorly understood and what can be done about it?
    25 Evidence for sexual dimorphism in chimpanzee vocalizations: a comparison of male and female call production and acoustic parameters
    26 Gestural usage and development in two chimpanzee groups of different subspecies (Pan troglodytes verus/P.t. schweinfurthii)
    27 Spatial cognitive abilities in foraging chimpanzees
    28 Temporal cognition in Taï chimpanzees
    Index
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Zongcheng Yang, editor.
    Summary: This is a comprehensive book in burn surgery, written by 25 experts in China. It summarizes the theoretical basis of and clinical experience in the prevention and control of burn injuries. It is a comprehensive and up-to-date reference book for surgeons and scientists working with burn management. The different degree of burns and surgical techniques during burn wound care, reconstruction and healing are reviewed separately. Authors also introduce successful cases in different kinds of burns. Editor Zongcheng Yang is a professor at Southwest Hospital, Third Military Medical University, Chongqing, China.

    Contents:
    Development of burn medicine in China / Zongcheng Yang
    The alterations of microcirculation in burns / Keseng Zhao and Qiaobing Huang
    Burn shock / Zhenrong Guo and Zhaofan Xia
    Infection in burns / Guangxia Xiao and Weishi Xu
    Bacterial endotoxin and exotoxin in severe burns / Yongming Yao
    Advances in burn immunology / Daizhi Peng
    Burn wound care / Bi Chen [and 4 others]
    Reconstruction of burn in late phase / Bi Chen and Xiaoyuan Huang
    Burn wound healing / Shuliang Lu
    Growth factors and stem cells for wound repair and tissue regeneration / Xiaobing Fu
    Inhalation injury / Zongcheng Yang, Guohui Li
    Electrical burns / Yonghua Sun
    Combined radiation-burn injuries / Tianmin Cheng
    Postburn multiple organ dysfunction / Jiake Chai and Zhiyong Sheng
    Metabolism in burns / Shiliang Wang and Shilin Deng
    Nutrition in burns / Shiliang Wang and Shilin Deng
    Pathological changes of visceral organs and endocrine glands after burns / Yisheng Chen and Jingquan Shi.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jörg Kastner, MD, LAc; Private Practice, Lünen, Germany.
    Summary: "For millennia, the Chinese have taught that a balanced and nutritious diet is an integral part of maintaining good health while healing a wide range of disorders. Here, in a new, third edition of the acclaimed Chinese Nutrition Therapy, the author further demystifies Chinese dietetics, one of the pillars of Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM). Joerg Kastner's introduction to the principles of TCM and the "energetics" of foods emphasizes a holistic approach throughout, providing readers with tools for integrating the principles of Chinese dietetics into their daily lives. Included are a comprehensive classification of more than 300 readily available foods: vegetables, grains, herbs and spices, fruit, meat, seafood, dairy products, and oils and fats. Many clinical examples and treatment suggestions artfully combine Western medical conditions with Chinese diagnostic and therapeutic techniques. The explanation of causes of diseases according to Traditional Chinese Medicine, the different symptoms, and the lists of recommended foods and foods to avoid are supplemented by advice on the appropriate acupuncture treatments. This third edition has been expanded with chapters covering allergies, food sensitivities, dietary support in oncologic cases, fasting, "superfoods" and smoothies. Where appropriate, bridges have been constructed between the paradigms of TCM and those of contemporary scientific medicine. Highlights:
  • Digital
    edited by Xijun Wang ; associate editors, Aihua Zhang, Hui Sun.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Origin of Chinmedomics
    Ch. 2. Methods and protocols of Chinmedomics
    Ch. 3. Chinmedomics advancing drug discovery and development from Yinchenhao Tang
    Ch. 4. Chinmedomics approach dissects therapeutic properties of ShenQiWan acting on ShenYangXu Syndrome
    Ch. 5. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers analysis of jaundice syndrome
    Ch. 6. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers analysis of GanYu PiXu Syndrome
    Ch. 7. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers of Yinhuang Syndrome and evaluation of Yinchensini Tang
    Ch. 8. Metabolite profiling and biomarkers analysis of jaundice sydrome-related animal models
    Ch. 9. Metabolomic evaluation of hepatoprotective effect of Yinchenhao Tang and its major bioactive constituents
    Ch. 10. Metabolomics and proteomics annotate therapeutic mechanisms of geniposide
    Ch. 11. Metabolic profiling and potential biomarkers of ShenYinXu Syndrome and the therapeutic effect of Liuweidihuang Wan
    Ch. 12. Metabolic profiling of healthy persons treated with Liuweidihuang Wan
    Ch. 13. Metabolic profiling and potential biomarkers analysis of ShenYangXu Syndrome
    Ch. 14. Metabolic evaluation of ShenQiWan nourishing ShenYangXu Syndrome
    Ch. 15. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers analysis of XinQiXu Syndrome
    Ch. 16. Active constituents screening based on correlation analysis between marker metabolites and the absorbed constituents in WenXin formulae
    Ch. 17. Targeted synergism effects of the combined active constituents of Yinchenhao Tang
    Ch. 18. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers of Type 2 Diabetes and the effective evaluation of the Tinaqi Jiangtang capsule
    Ch. 19. Metabolic biomarkers of alcohol liver damage and the intervention effect of Yinchenhao Tang
    Ch. 20. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers analysis of insomnia and the intervention effects of Suanzaoren Decoction and its related active ingredients
    Ch. 21. Metabolic biomarkers of nonbacterial prostatisis and the treatment evaluation of Phellodendri Amurensis cortex and its main components
    Ch. 22. Metabolic profiling provides a system for the understanding of Alzheimer's Disease in rates post-treatment with Kaixin San
    Ch. 23. Metabolic profiles delineate the effect of Shengmai San on Alzheimer's Disease in rats
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Zhiyong Tang.
    Contents:
    An Introduction to Chiral Nanomaterials: Origin, Construction, and Optical Application / Zhengtao Li, Lin Shi, Zhiyong Tang
    Chirality at Nanoscale - Theory and Mechanism / Wei Zhang
    Plasmonic Chiral Materials / Chengyi Song, Chen Zhang, Peng Tao
    Optically Active and Chiral Semiconductor Nanocrystals / Assaf Ben Moshe, Gil Markovich
    Chirality in Gold Nanoclusters / Chenjie Zeng, Zhikun Wu, Rongchao Jin
    Chiral Mesoporous Silica Materials / Yuanyuan Cao, Shunai Che
    DNA-Based Chiral Nanostructures / Hua Kuang, Chuanlai Xu
    Applications in Catalysis / Tomohiro Yasukawa, Hiroyuki Miyamura, Shū Kobayashi
    Applications in Polymer Science / Yi Li, Baozong Li, Yonggang Yang.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Edzard Ernst.
    Summary: Of all forms of alternative medicine, chiropractic is the one that is most generally accepted. In the UK, for instance, chiropractors are regulated by statute and even have their own 'Royal College of Chiropractic. In the US, chiropractics country of origin, most chiropractors carry the title 'doctor and many consumers believe they are medically trained. Despite this high level of acceptance, chiropractic is wide open to criticism. The claims and assumptions made by chiropractors are far from evidence based. Chiropractic manipulations are of doubtful effectiveness and have regularly been associated with severe adverse effects, including multiple fatalities. The advice issued by chiropractors to patients and consumers is often less than responsible. The behaviour of chiropractors and their organisations is frequently less than professional. This book presents and discusses recent evidence in and around chiropractic in a factual and unemotional manner. It amounts to an evidence-based critique of this profession and discloses the often dangerously misleading information published for the lay audience. It thereby contributes to advancing public health and critical thinking.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1 Introduction
    2 The History of Chiropractic
    3 Current Popularity of Chiropractic
    4 Subluxation
    5 Spinal Manipulation
    6 Other Alternative Modalities Used by Chiropractors
    Acupuncture
    Applied Kinesiology
    Chelation Therapy
    Cupping
    Detox
    Dietary Supplements
    Energy Healing
    Homeopathy
    Massage
    Mind-Body Therapies
    Vega Test
    7 Therapeutic Claims by (and Ambitions of) Chiropractors
    8 Other Manual Therapies
    Bowen Technique
    Craniosacral Therapy
    Dorn Method
    Khalifa Therapy
    Naprapathy
    Osteopathy Polarity Therapy
    Rolfing
    Tragerwork
    Visceral Osteopathy
    9 What Is Evidence?
    10 Effectiveness of Spinal Manipulation for Spinal Problems
    Treatment of Acute Low Back Pain
    Treatment of Chronic Low Back Pain
    Treatment of Neck Pain
    11 Effectiveness of Spinal Manipulation in Other Problems
    Migraine
    Other Forms of Headache
    Otitis Media
    Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
    Fibromyalgia
    Treatment of Shoulder Problems
    Osteoarthritis
    Sport Injuries
    Any Non-spinal Pain
    Opioid Over-Use
    Hypertension
    Gastrointestinal Problems
    12 Chiropractic for Children Potential for Harm
    13 Disease Prevention
    14 Direct Risks of Spinal Manipulation
    Minor Problems
    Cerebral Accidents
    Eye Injuries
    Other Serious Complications
    Deaths
    Relative Safety
    15 Indirect Risks
    Risks of Useless Treatments
    Risks of Diagnostic Methods
    Vaccinations
    16 Professionalism and Education
    Regulators
    Professional Organisations of Chiropractors
    Individual Chiropractors
    17 Ethical Issues
    Nonsensical Research
    Informed Consent
    18 Postscript
    Glossary
    Useful Links and Books
    Critical Books on Chiropractic
    Books by DD Palmer
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rainer Thiele.
    Summary: Rainer Thiele deals with chiropractic and examines two questions: Is chiropractic treatment of lower back pain a successful therapeutic approach? Is chiropractic treatment a standard treatment for headaches? On the topic of chiropractic in lower back pain, a congress abstract was published by the author using the latest randomized clinical studies and discussed as a poster contribution to the 16th Congress for Health Services Research in Berlin. A systematic review answers the question about chiropractic treatment of headaches. Contents Chiropractic Treatment for Headache Chiropractic Treatment for Lower Back Pain Target Groups Researchers, lecturers and students of chiropractic, osteopathy and orthopedics Chiropractors, osteopaths, orthopedists, pain medics About the Author Dr. scient. med. Rainer Thiele wrote this work as part of his doctoral studies in medical science at the UFL (Private University of Liechtenstein) as a cumulative dissertation. He is managing director of the specialist practice for Chiropractic / Osteopathy and Sports Medicine in Munich.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    hrsg. von Prof. Dr. M. Kirschner und Prof. Dr. C. Nordmann.
    Contents:
    [v.7] Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M31 .C53
    10
  • Print
    von Ferdinand Sauerbruch, zugleich 2. Aufl. der Technik der Thoraxchirurgie von F. Sauerbruch und E.D. Schumacher ...
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M536 .S25 1920
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Shakeel Ahmed and Saiqa Ikram.
    Summary: This book delves deeply in to the preparation, characterization and multiple applications of chitin and chitosan. The 17 chapters written by leading experts is an excellent reference source and state-of-the-art review for researchers and scientists using chitosan or biopolymers in their respective areas. This book is divided into following sections:- Production and derivatives of chitosan- Chitosan in the textile and food industries- Chitosan in biomedical applications- Chitosan in agriculture and water treatment The book is practical as readers will be able to see descriptions of chitosan production methods as well as techniques that can be used to estimate and modify their physical and chemical properties. It provides a full description not only of the traditional and recent developments in the applications of chitosan in the fields of biotechnology, environmental studies, food, medicine, water treatments, drug delivery, but it includes all of the therapeutically usages as well.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Pal Maliga.
    Contents:
    The Plastid Genomes of Flowering Plants
    Next Generation Technologies to Determine Plastid Genome Sequences
    Plastid Gene Transcription: Promoters and RNA Polymerases
    Plastid mRNA Translation
    Engineering Chloroplasts for High-Level Foreign Protein Expression
    Excision of Plastid Marker Genes Using Directly Repeated DNA Sequences
    Fluorescent Labeling and Confocal Microscopic Imaging of Chloroplasts and Non-Green Plastids
    Plastid Transformation in Nicotiana tabacum and Nicotiana sylvestris by Biolistic DNA Delivery to Leaves
    Nicotiana tabacum PEG-mediated Plastid Transformation
    Plastid Transformation of Tobacco Suspension Cell Cultures
    Tryptophan and Indole Analog Mediated Plastid Transformation
    Plastid Marker Gene Excision in Greenhouse-Grown Tobacco by Agrobacterium-Delivered Cre Recombinase
    Determination of the Half-Life of Chloroplast Transcripts in Tobacco Leaves
    Quantification of Organellar DNA and RNA Using Real-Time PCR
    Plastid Transformation for Rubisco Engineering and Protocols for Assessing Expression
    Plastid Transformation in Tomato
    Stable Plastid Transformation of Petunia
    Plastid Transformation in Potato
    Solanum tuberosum
    Plastid Transformation in Eggplant
    Plastid Transformation in Lettuce (Lactuca sativa L.) by Polyethylene Glycol Treatment of Protoplasts
    Plastid Transformation in Lettuce (Lactuca sativa L) by Biolistic DNA Delivery
    Plastid Transformation in Soybean
    Plastid Transformation in Cabbage (Brassica oleracea L. var. capitata L.) by the Biolistic Process
    Plastid Transformation in Sugar Beet Beta vulgaris
    Integration and Expression of gfp in the Plastid of Medicago sativa L.
    Rapid Screening for the Robust Expression of Recombinant Proteins in Algal Plastids
    A Simple, Low Cost Method for Chloroplast Transformation of the Green Alga Chlamydomonas reinhardtii
    Tools for Regulated Gene Expression in the Chloroplast of Chlamydomonas
    Plastid Transformation in Physcomitrella patens
    Plastid Transformation of Sporelings and Suspension-cultured Cells from the Liverwort Marchantia polymorpha L.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gordon Moore, John A. Quelch, Emily Boudreau.
    Contents:
    Introducing choice
    Is healthcare special?
    Conditions for creating a consumer market
    The decision-making process
    The six E's of consumer decision-making
    Consumer segmentation strategies
    Making a consumer choice system work.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    Shyam Menon, Venkata Lekharaju, Christopher Wadsworth, Laura Dwyer, Richard Sturgess.
    Summary: This book presents the latest approaches to cholangioscopy and covers recent innovations in single-operator cholangioscopy platforms, which have evolved from fibre-optic technology to digital endoscopes and have significantly advanced the management of biliary disease. The first part presents the development of cholangioscopy and hepatobiliary anatomy and then goes on to discuss the indications for this technique. With dedicated chapters on each stage of the technique, the book subsequently covers patient preparation and nursing issues, set-up, and different types of cholangioscopy. This book offers a highly topical resource, and addresses the technical challenges related to the procedure, including the different systems available. Accompanied by an extensive library of videos and images, it represents a unique and novel resource for all advanced biliary endoscopists.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction/history of cholangioscopy
    2. Hepatobiliary anatomy for the endoscopist
    3. Indications for cholangioscopy
    4. Patient preparation and nursing issues
    5. Single operator cholangioscopy
    a. Set up
    b. Technique
    c. Diagnostic cholangioscopy
    d. Lithotripsy
    6. Direct cholangioscopy
    7. Developments / future applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    B. Fernando Santos, Nathaniel Soper, editors.
    Summary: This volume addresses the current lack of knowledge of many general surgeons and trainees in the comprehensive management of patients with choledocholithiasis, with an emphasis on how the surgeon can provide single-stage management for the majority of patients. It begins with a historical perspective on surgical techniques for laparoscopic common bile duct exploration (LCBDE) and reviews the knowledge and experience gained during the "open" era. Subsequent chapters cover preoperative evaluation, decision-making, and operative management, including intraoperative cholangiography, intraoperative ultrasound, laparoscopic and open common bile duct exploration, laparoscopic placement of biliary stents and other adjuncts, and laparoscopic bilio-enteric bypass. The volume also provides the reader with material on the full spectrum of options including chapters on endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography and percutaneous approaches to the biliary tree. The chapters on individual procedures emphasize the technical aspects of the procedures, and include rich visual resources to guide the reader (illustrations, photographs, and videos to demonstrate typical cases and also challenging cases), as well as their outcomes and complication management. Finally, there is a discussion of how to identify and overcome logistical and institutional barriers to the adoption of LCBDE, and how simulation may be used to help teach the procedure. Choledocholithiasis: Comprehensive Surgical Management will be of great value and utility to General Surgeons, Hepatobiliary Surgeons, Surgical Residents and Fellows, Endoscopists, and Interventional Radiologists.

    Contents:
    Historical Perspective on the Treatment of Choledocholithiasis: Lessons Learned and Techniques Prior to the Laparoscopic Era
    Current Understanding of Choledocholithiasis- Clinical Presentation and Pre-operative Evaluation
    Preoperative Decision-making Algorithm
    Intraoperative Ultrasound- Technique, Results, Pearls/Pitfalls, Rationale, and Benefits of Routine Use
    Intraoperative Cholangiography- Technique, Results, Pearls/Pitfalls, Rationale, and Benefits of Routine Use
    Laparoscopic Trans-cystic Exploration (Deciding who to Approach, Contraindications, Techniques- Cannulation, Dilation, Flouro-guided v. Choledochoscopy, Results, Complications, and Their Management.- Laparoscopic transcholedochal exploration (deciding who to approach, contraindications, technique of choledochotomy, instruments
    catheters, scopes, etc., closure
    primary v. t-tube v. internal drainage, results, complications and their management).- Stone fragmentation technologies and the approach to impacted stones (laser, mechanical lithotripsy, shock-wave, pneumatic and ultrasonic lithotriptors).- Adjuncts to common bile duct exploration (stents, drains, balloon dilation, antegrade sphincterotomy).- Open Common Bile Duct Exploration (indications/role in the modern era, technique, outcomes/complications).- Role of bilioenteric bypass in management of biliary stone disease (how to decide who needs this, technique, results/complications and management).- Endoscopic sphincterotomy for choledocholithiasis
    preoperative v. postoperative, techniques, stone fragmentation for large stones, complications and management, outcomes, recent issues of infection with multi-drug resistant bacteria and implications).- Endoscopic ultrasound (EUS)- role in diagnosis and management of choledocholithiasis, transhepatic EUS approaches.- Laparoscopic-assisted ERCP (rendezvous procedures and transgastric ERCP)
    Percutaneous techniques (transhepatic drainage)
    Overcoming Institutional and Logistical Barriers to LCBDE.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    G. Balakrish Nair and Yoshifumi Takeda, editors.
    Summary: The most feared attribute of the human pathogen Vibrio cholerae is its ability to cause outbreaks that spread like wildfire, completely overwhelming public health systems and causing widespread suffering and death. This volume starts with a description of the contrasting patterns of outbreaks caused by the classical and El Tor biotypes of V. cholerae. Subsequent chapters examine cholera outbreaks in detail, including possible sources of infection and molecular epidemiology on three different continents, the emergence of new clones through the bactericidal selection process of lytic cholera phages, the circulation and transmission of clones of the pathogen during outbreaks, and novel approaches to modeling cholera outbreaks. A further contribution deals with the application of the genomic sciences to trace the spread of cholera epidemics and how this information can be used to control cholera outbreaks. The book closes with an analysis of the potential use of killed oral cholera vaccines to stop the spread of cholera outbreaks.

    Contents:
    Cholera outbreaks in the classical biotype era
    Cholera outbreaks in the El Tor biotype era and the impact of the new El Tro variants
    Cholera outbreaks in India
    Cholera outbreaks in South-East Asia
    Cholera outbreaks in Africa
    Cholera outbreak in Haiti: where and how did it begin?
    Role of phages in the epidemiology of cholera
    Circulation and transmission of clones of Vibrio cholerae during cholera outbreaks
    Modeling cholera outbreaks
    Genomic science in understanding cholera outbreaks and evolution of Vibrio cholerae as a human pathogen
    When, how, and where can oral cholera vaccines be used to interrupt cholera outbreaks?
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Elizabeth J. Carey, Keith D. Lindor, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Diagnosis of Cholestasis / Andrea A. Gossard
    2. Drug-Induced Cholestasis / Einar S. Björnsson
    3. Primary Biliary Cirrhosis / Marina G. Silveira
    4. Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis / Meredith Borman and Bertus Eksteen
    5. IgG4 Related Cholangitis / Said Al Mamari, Emma L. Culver, and Roger W. Chapman
    6. Rare Causes of Cholestasis / Tamir Miloh and Ozlem Pinar Bulut
    7. Cholestatic Variants of Viral Disease and Alcohol / Mary A. Atia and Bashar Aqel
    8. Cholestasis Related to Systemic Disorders / Anitha Yadav and Elizabeth J. Carey
    9. Complications of Cholestasis / Abrar Ahmed and Marlyn J. Mayo
    10. Cholestasis Post-Liver Transplantation / Denise M. Harnois and Kymberly D. S. Watt
    11. Cholestasis in the Hospitalized Patient / Anne M. Larson
    12. Endoscopic Management of Biliary Obstruction / James H. Tabibian and Todd H. Baron.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Avia Rosenhouse-Dantsker, Anna N. Bukiya, editors.
    Summary: "In this book, renowned scientists describe the role of steroid chirality and modification of lipid membrane physical properties in the modulation of G protein-coupled receptors and ion channels. The application of commonly-used technical approaches such as mass spectrometry and nucleic magnetic resonance transfer spectroscopy for studies on cholesterol distribution and alteration of lipid bilayer characteristics is also discussed. This book offers comprehensive insights into the current understanding of cholesterol-driven modulation of protein function via mechanisms that extend beyond lipid-protein direct interactions. In the first part, the chapters introduce the reader to the use of the chemical derivatives of cholesterol as a valuable laboratory tool in the studies of cholesterol-driven modulation of protein function. In the second part, examples of cholesterol-induced changes in membrane physical characteristics are presented and discussed in light of their multifaceted contribution to the effect of cholesterol on protein function. The book will be of interest to undergraduate and graduate students as well as basic science and medical researchers with a keen interest in the biophysical properties of cholesterol and physiological consequences of cholesterol presence in biological systems"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Includes bibliographical references and index. Sterol specificity in modulating protein function. Chirality effect on cholesterol modulation of protein function / Jitendra D. Belani
    A critical analysis of molecular mechanisms underlying membrane cholesterol sensitivity of GPCRs / Md. Jafurulla, G. Aditya Kumar, Bhagyashree D. Rao, Amitabha Chattopadhyay
    Regulation of BK channel activity by cholesterol and its derivatives / Anna N. Bukiya, Alex M. Dopico
    Chiral specificity of cholesterol orientation within cholesterol binding sites in inwardly rectifying K+ channels / Nicolas Barbera, Irena Levitan
    Indirect modulation of protein function by cholesterol. Cholesterol effects on the physical properties of lipid membranes viewed by solid-state NMR spectroscopy / Trivikram R. Molugu, Michael F. Brown
    Effect of cholesterol on the dipole potential of lipid membranes / Ronald J. Clarke
    Mass spectrometry imaging of cholesterol / Stephanie M. Cologna
    Cholesterol-dependent gating effects on ion channels / Qiu-Xing Jiang.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Francis J. Hornicek, editor.
    Summary: Chondrosarcoma, a rare cancer that develops from cartilage cells, occurs mainly in the bones but can also appear in the soft tissue of the pelvis, hip and shoulder. Unfortunately, these cancers are highly resistant to both chemotherapy and radiation, and no successful adjuvant therapies currently exist. As such, surgical treatment and resection remain the mainstays of management for patients with these tumors. This concise text is a comprehensive presentation of the current knowledge regarding the development, diagnosis and management of chondrosarcomas. Part I discusses pathology, molecular biology and imaging features of chondrosarcomas. The different types of skeletal and extraskeletal tumors are presented in detail in part II, including conventional and secondary tumors. Management approaches are outlined and described in part III - limb salvage surgery is the most common, and although less effective, radiation and chemotherapy are indicated in certain cases. Part IV examines the future of chondrosarcoma management and development of novel adjuvant therapies, as well as the relationship of this disease to similar types (e.g., chordoma). Bringing together the most up-to-date information on this rare cancer, Chondrosarcoma will be a valuable resource for orthopedic oncologists, researchers and all medical professionals treating these challenging tumors.

    Contents:
    Part I. Biology of Chondrosarcoma
    Pathology of Chondrosarcoma
    Advances in the Molecular Biology of Chondrosarcoma
    Imaging Features of Chondrosarcoma
    Part II. Skeletal and Extraskeletal Chondrosarcoma
    Chondrosarcomas: Conventional and Secondary
    Primary Soft Tissue Chondrosarcoma
    Part III. Management of Chondrosarcoma
    Chondrosarcoma of the Axial Skeleton
    Chondrosarcoma of the Appendicular Skeleton
    Chondrosarcoma of the Hand
    Chondrosarcoma of the Clavicle
    Radiation Therapy for Chondrosarcoma
    Systemic Therapy for Chondrosarcoma
    Vascular Issues in Complex Surgical Resection of Chondrosarcoma
    Part IV. The Future of Chondrosarcoma Research and Treatment
    The Future of Chondrosarcoma Research and Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gary X. Wang, Mark A. Anderson, Lauren Uzdienski, Susanna I. Lee.
    Summary: This book will enable practicing physicians and trainees to learn, in a clinically relevant and intellectually stimulating way, guidelines for appropriate ordering of imaging exams. The new edition provides more than 460 clinical case scenarios, organized into subspecialty modules (breast, cardiac, thoracic, gastrointestinal, urologic, women's, pediatric, vascular, musculoskeletal, and neurologic imaging). Each scenario is presented as a quiz in which the reader is invited to select the best option from various imaging modalities. All choices are given ratings of appropriateness and is consistent with the American College of Radiology (ACR) Appropriateness Criteria. Furthermore, a brief solution to each case is included. Finally, over 500 radiologic images are included each associated with a clinical case to illustrate the diagnostic capabilities of the imaging exam. This second edition incorporates new content and revisions to remain consistent with the updated ACR Appropriateness Criteria since the original publication in 2012. It will be an ideal tool both for self-study and for quantitative evaluation of students’ knowledge.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Breast Imaging
    3. Cardiac Imaging
    4. Thoracic Imaging
    5. Gastrointestinal Imaging
    6. Urologic Imaging
    7. Women's Imaging
    8. Vascular Imaging
    9. Pediatric Imaging
    10. Musculoskeletal Imaging
    11. Neurologic Imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Daniel M. Sciubba, Joseph H. Schwab, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the epidemiology, pathogenesis, diagnosis, and management of chordomas of the mobile spine and sacrum. Historically, knowledge about how to deliver such state-of-the-art care has not been widespread, resulting in inconsistent treatment, and, all too often, suboptimal outcomes for chordoma patients. This text is an important step towards broadening that knowledge, and, in turn, improving the care provided to chordoma patients. The book is divided into 4 parts comprising 16 chapters. The first part focuses on the pathophysiology and molecular drivers of chordoma. The second focuses on the epidemiology and clinical history, as well as the histological, oncologic, and radiographic work-up of chordoma. The third part focuses primarily on the technical aspects of surgery for chordoma. It is broken down by anatomic region, with the final two chapters focusing on the soft tissue and bony reconstruction following chordoma resection. The last part focuses on the exciting field of adjuvant therapies for chordoma. This includes both radiation therapies and novel chemotherapeutic options for recurrent, metastatic, and dedifferentiated chordoma. Written by world experts from leading chordoma centers, Chordoma of the Spine serves as a valuable reference for spinal oncologists and general spine surgeons who may encounter chordoma patients in their practice. It provides the most up-to-date evidence regarding all aspects of treating patients with this disease. By focusing on this specific pathology of the spine, this resource condenses expert-level research into understandable treatment algorithms.

    Contents:
    Section I Pathophysiology and Molecular Mechanisms of Chordoma
    Notochordal Morphogenesis and the Origin of Chordoma
    Molecular and Genetic Mechanisms of Spinal Chordoma
    Section II Epidemiology, Clinical History, and Work-Up for Chordoma.-Historical Overview, Demographics, and Clinical Presentation of Spinal Chordoma
    Clinical Work up, Diagnostic Imaging and Biopsy
    Histopathologic Classification of Spinal Chordoma
    Multi-disciplinary Planning for Treatment
    Section III Surgical Management of Chordoma
    Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Occipitocervical Junction
    Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Cervical Spine
    Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Thoracic Spine
    Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Lumbar Spine
    Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Sacrum
    Soft Tissue Reconstruction Following Surgery for Sacral Chordoma
    Vascular Reconstruction After EnBloc Resection
    Section IV Radiation and Chemotherapeutic Adjuvants for Chordoma
    Photon Therapy for Chordoma of the Spine
    Heavy Particle Therapy for Chordoma
    Systemic Therapy, Trials and Future Directions for Chordoma of the Spine
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] M. Necmettin Pamir, Ossama Al-Mefty, Luis A.B. Borba.
  • Digital
    edited by Griffith R. Harsh IV, Francisco Vaz-Guimaraes.
    Contents:
    Section I. Embryology, pathology, and molecular biology
    Section II. Demographics, presentation, and diagnosis
    Section III. Surgery of skull base tumors
    Section IV. Surgery of spinal and sacral tumors
    Section V. Radiation therapy of chordomas and chondrosarcomas-- Section VI. Special considerations
    Section VII. Patient advocacy
    Index.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Federico E. Micheli, Peter A. LeWitt.
    Contents:
    1. A Clinician's Approach to Chorea / Peter A. LeWitt
    2. Benign Hereditary Chorea / Carlos Zúñiga-Ramírez and Héctor Alberto González-Usigli
    3. Chorea-Acanthocytosis / Andreas Hermann
    4. Sydenham's Chorea / Francisco Cardoso
    5. Huntington's Disease: Clinical Phenotypes and Therapeutics / Michael Orth
    6. Huntington's Disease: Molecular Pathogenesis and New Therapeutic Perspectives / Claudia Perandones and Ignacio Muñoz-Sanjuan
    7. Huntington Disease and Huntington Disease-Like Syndromes: An Overview / Susanne A. Schneider and Felix Gövert
    8. McLeod Syndrome / Hans H. Jung
    9. Neuroferritinopathy / Vanderci Borges and Roberta Arb Saba
    10. Neurodegeneration with Brain Iron Accumulation / Nardocci Nardo , Vanessa Cavallera , Luisa Chiapparini, and Giovanna Zorzi
    11. Aceruloplasminemia / Hiroaki Miyajima
    12. Chorea in Inherited Ataxias / Hélio A. Ghizoni Teive and Renato Puppi Munhoz
    13. Chorea in Prion Diseases / Marie-Claire Porter and Simon Mead
    14. Inherited Metabolic Disorders Causing Chorea / Mônica Santoro Haddad
    15. Drug-Induced Chorea / Federico E. Micheli
    16. Structural Causes of Chorea / Jon Snider and Roger L. Albin
    17. Chorea: A Surgical Approach / Raul Martinez-Fernandez and Elena Moro
    18. Chorea in Childhood / Emilio Fernández-Alvarez
    19. Psychogenic Chorea / Juan Carlos Giugni , Daniel Martínez-Ramírez, and Ramon L. Rodríguez-Cruz.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jay Chhablani, Jorge Ruiz-Medrano.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The history of the choroid
    Chapter 2. Electron microscopy of the human choroid
    Chapter 3. Choroidal histopathology
    Chapter 4. Choroidal imaging techniques: Past, current, and future
    Chapter 5. Dystrophies
    Chapter 6. Choroidal imaging in dry age-related macular degeneration
    Chapter 7. Neovascular (wet) age-related macular degeneration
    Chapter 8. Choroidal neovascularization secondary to diseases other than age-related macular degeneration
    Chapter 9. Central serous chorioretinopathy
    Chapter 10. Pachychoroid
    Chapter 11. High myopia
    Chapter 12. Vogt-Koyanagi-Harada disease
    Chapter 13. Chorioretinal inflammatory non-infectious diseases
    Chapter 14. Infectious chorioretinal diseases
    Chapter 15. Choroidal findings in systemic disorders
    Chapter 16. The choroid in retinal vascular diseases
    Chapter 17. Choroidal tumors
    Chapter 18. Imaging and diagnosis of polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy
    Chapter 19. Other choroidal disorders
    Chapter 20. Imaging choroidal disorders: The future.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Jay Chhablani, editor.
    Summary: The book discusses all aspects of choroidal neovascularization (CNV), including the basics, clinical conditions associated with CNV, clinical trials related to CNV, future directions and rehabilitation. The first section covers the pathogenesis, proposed mechanisms, disease models, histopathology and electronmicroscopy. The next section explores CNV secondary to various clinical conditions, such as age-related macular degeneration (AMD), myopia, and less common conditions like choroidal osteoma. The book also covers clinical features, imaging characteristics, and treatment approaches, as well as clinical trials in CNV conditions with recent updates. Lastly, it features chapters on stem cell therapy, gene therapy, new molecules, and lasers, as well as a section on rehabilitation, which addresses home monitoring and low vision aids. This book is intended for retina specialists, retina fellows and general ophthalmologists.

    Contents:
    Section I: History
    History of choroidal neovascularization (CNV)
    initial understanding and development
    Section II: Basics
    Pathogenesis - various proposed mechanisms
    Histopathology - recent understanding in relationship with imaging
    Electron microscopy - update in choroidal changes
    Section III: Clinical classification
    Neovascular age-related macular degeneration (AMD) - clinical features, imaging, protocols and outcomes
    CNV secondary to pathologic myopia - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
    Pachychoroid related CNV - recent updates, imaging and outcomes
    Inflammatory CNV - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
    Dystrophy related CNV - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
    CNV secondary to angioid streaks - clinical features, imaging and treatment protocols
    Idiopathic CNV - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
    CNV associated with idiopathic juxtafoveal telangiectasia - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
    CNV associated with other causes - laser induced, idiopathic intracranial hypertension, choroidal osteoma, trauma, choroidal coloboma, choroidal nevus, etc
    Peripapillary CNVM - overview of various causes, imaging features and treatment outcomes
    Pediatric CNVM - overview of various causes, imaging features and treatment outcomes
    Polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy (PCV) - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
    Section IV: Treatment options
    Anti-VEGF current options - Ranibizumab, Bevacizumab, Aflibercept, Ziv-aflibercept, Conbercept
    Photodynamic therapy - current status in anti-VEGF era
    Surgical intervention - graft, retinal implant, the implantable miniature telescope, surgical removal of CNV, subretinal tissue plasminogen activator
    Section V: Clinical trials
    n-AMD trials - comprehensive overview of PDT and anti-VEGF trials in AMD
    Myopic CNV trials - comprehensive overview of PDT and anti-VEGF trials in AMD
    Non-AMD CNV trials - comprehensive overview of various trials in non-AMD related CNV causes
    PCV trials - comprehensive overview of PDT and anti-VEGF trials in PCV
    Section VI: Future directions
    Stem cells in AMD - current status and future expectations
    Newer molecules - newer targets in CNV and the upcoming research
    Radiotherapy - role of radiotherapy and clinical trials
    Other options - role of subthreshold laser, and other therapies in CNV
    Section VII: Rehabilitation
    Low vision aids
    Peripheral vision development - newer approach for macular diseases
    Monitoring techniques - advanced home monitoring techniques and initial experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    John R. Peteet, H. Steven Moffic, Ahmed Hankir, Harold G. Koenig, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to help readers appreciate the many-faceted relationship between Christianity, one of the world's major faith traditions, and the practice of psychiatry. Chapter authors in this book first consider challenges posed by historical antagonisms, church-based mental health stigma, and controversy over phenomena such as hearing voices. Next, others explore both how Christians often experience conditions such as mood and psychotic disorders, disorders in children and adolescents, moral injury and PTSD, and ways that their faith can serve as a resource in their healing. Twelve Step spirituality, originally informed by Christianity, is the subject of a chapter, as are issues raised for Christians by disability, death and dying. A set of chapters then focuses on the state of integration of Christian beliefs and practices into psychotherapy, treatment delivery, educational programming, clergy/clinician collaboration, and treatment by a non-Christian psychiatrist. Finally, there are chapters by a mental health professional who has been a patient, a Jewish psychiatrist, a Muslim psychiatrist knowledgeable about Christianity and psychiatry in the Muslim majority world, and a Christian psychiatrist. These chapters provide context, diversity and personal perspectives. Christianity and Psychiatry is a valuable resource for mental health professionals seeking to understand and address the particular challenges that arise when caring for Christian patients. .

    Contents:
    The Fraught History of Psychiatry and Christianity
    Mental Illness Stigma in Christian Communities
    Psychotic symptoms and spiritual phenomena
    Mood Disorders & Christianity
    Working with Christian Children and Families
    Trauma
    Understanding Moral Injury in Individuals: Current Models, Concepts, and Treatments
    Moral Injury in Christian Organizations: Sacred Moral Injury
    Christianity and Disability
    Miracles and Care at the End of Life
    Addiction and Twelve-Step Spirituality
    Models of integration of Christian worldview and psychiatry
    Christian Integrated Psychotherapy
    Models of Delivering Christian Psychiatric Care
    Clergy-Clinician Collaboration
    Principles and Practice in Educating Christians About Mental Health- A Primer
    Called to lead?
    Treating Christian Patients as a Non-Christian Psychiatrist
    A Jewish Psychiatrist's Perspective
    Christianity from a British-Muslim Psychiatrist's Perspective
    A Christian Psychiatrist's Perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Srikumar P. Chellappan.
    Summary: Updated and revised, this thorough volume is organized such that it begins with techniques related to the study of chromatin structure. Protocols for reconstitution of chromatin on solid supports for analysis, preparation of positioned mononucleosomes, techniques to study premature chromatin condensation, and the use of comparative genomic hybridization to assess genomic aberration are included as well. Novel techniques for imaging chromatin using atomic force microscopy and the isolation of specific genomic regions using engineered DNA binding molecules generated by CRISPR are then examined. That section is followed by protocols to analyze DNA and histone modifications, while the third section includes methods to study DNA replication and repair, in the context of chromatin. Last but not least, protocols for studying chromatin and its relation with transcriptional regulation are presented in a fourth section. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and up-to-date, Chromatin Protocols, Third Edition aims to help researchers in facilitating in-depth molecular analysis of various aspects of chromatin structure and function.

    Contents:
    Beads-on-a-string on a bead : reconstitution and analysis of chromatin on a solid support / Raphael Sandaltzopoulos and Peter B. Becker
    Preparation and analysis of positioned mononucleosomes / Olga I. Kulaevaand Vasily M. Studitsky
    Chromatin imaging with time-lapse atomic force microscopy / Yuri L. Lyubchenko and Luda S. Shlyakhtenko
    Isolation of specific genomic regions and ifentification of associated molecules by engineered DNA-binding molecule-mediated chromatin immunoprecipitation (enChIP) using CRISPR / Toshitsugu Fujita and Hodaka Fujii
    Drug-induced premature chromosome condensation (PCC) protocols : cytogenetic approaches in mitotic chromosome and interphase chromatin / Eisuke Gotoh
    Analysis of genomic aberrations using comparative genomic hybridization of metaphase chromosomes / Melanie A. Carless
    Histone deacetylase activity assay / Lirong Peng, Zhigang Yuan, and Edward Seto
    In vitro histone demethylase assays / Kenji Kokura, Lidong Sun, and Jia Fang
    Integrated DNA methylation and chromatin structural analysis at single-molecule resolution / Carolina E. Pardo ... [et al.]
    Determination of DNA methylation levels using illumina HumanMethylation450 BeadChips / Melanie A. Carless
    Investigation of genomic methylation status using methylation-specific and bisulfite sequencing polymerase chain reaction / Melanie A. Carless
    In vitro and in vivo assays for studying histone ubiquitination and deubiquitination / Heui-Yun Joo ... [et al.]
    Immunostaining analysis of tissue cultured cells and tissue sections using phospho-histone H3 (Serine 10) antibody / Jaya Padmanabhan
    Identification and characterization of nonhistone chromatin proteins : human positive coactivator 4 as a candidate / Sujata Kumari ... [et al.]
    Methods to study transcription-coupled repair in chromatin / / Hélène Gaillard, Ralf Erik Wellinger, and Andrés Aguilera
    Analysis of DNA replication associated chromatin decondensation : in vivo assay for understanding chromatin remodeling mechanisms of selected proteins / Sergiy Borysov, Victoria L. Bryant, and Mark G. Alexandrow
    Non-radioactive assay methods for the assessment of telomerase activity and telomere length / Partha P. Banerjee and Shankar Jagadeesh
    Detecting ATM-dependent chromatin modification in DNA damage response / Durga Udayakumar ... [et al.]
    Imaging local deposition of newly synthesized histones in UVC-damaged chromatin / Salomé Adam ... [et al.]
    In vitro replication assay with mammalian cell extracts / Wasia Rizwani and Srikumar P. Chellappan
    Fluorescent in situ hybridization on comets : FISH comet / Sergey Shaposhnikov, Naouale El Yamani, and Andrew R. Collins
    Methods to study histone chaperone function in nucleosome assembly and chromatin transcription / Parijat Senapati ... [et al.]
    Preparation of mononucleosomal templates for analysis of transcription with RNA polymerase using spFRET / Kseniya S. Kudryashova ... [et al.]
    Transcriptome-wide identification of in vivo interactions between RNAs and RNA-binding proteins by RIP and PAR- CLIP assays / Edgar González-Buendía ... [et al.]
    Chromatin immunoprecipitation assays : analyzing transcription factor binding and histone modifications in vivo / Smitha Pillai, Piyali Dasgupta, and Srikumar P. Chellappan
    ChIP on chip and ChIP-Seq assays : genome-wide analysis of transcription factor binding and histone modifications / Smitha Pillai and Srikumar P. Chellappan
    ChIP-on-Chip analysis methods for affymetrix tiling arrays / Sean J. Yoder.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jason Knott, Keith Latham, editors.
    Summary: Five leaders in the field of mammalian preimplantation embryo development provide their own perspectives on key molecular and cellular processes that mediate lineage formation during the first week of life. The first cell-fate decision involves the formation of the pluripotent inner cell mass (ICM) and extraembryonic trophectoderm (TE). The second cell-fate choice encompasses the transformation of ICM into extraembryonic primitive endoderm (PE) and pluripotent epiblast. The processes, which occur during the period of preimplantation development, serve as the foundation for subsequent developmental events such as implantation, placentation, and gastrulation. The mechanisms that regulate them are complex and involve many different factors operating spatially and temporally over several days to modulate embryonic chromatin structure, impose cellular polarity, and direct distinct gene expression programs in the first cell lineages.

    Contents:
    CHD1 controls cell lineage specification through zygotic genome activation
    Chromatin remodelling proteins and cell fate decisions in mammalian preimplantation development
    Transcriptional regulation and genes involved in first lineage specification during preimplantation development
    ROCK and RHO playlist for preimplantation development: Streaming to HIPPO pathway and apicobasal polarity in the first cell differentiation
    XEN and the art of stem cell maintenance
    molecular mechanisms maintaining cell fate and self-renewal in extraembryonic endoderm stem (XEN) cell lines.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Udy, Marvin J.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Chemistry of chromium and its compounds
    v. 2. Metallurgy of chromium and its alloys.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D333 .U21
    1
  • Digital
    B. Michael Ghadimi, Thomas Ried, editors.
    Contents:
    DNA repair and chromosomal translocations
    CINcere modelling: what have mouse models for chromosome instability taught us?
    Telomere dysfunction, chromosomal instability and cancer
    Genetic instability and disease progostication
    Causes of chromosomal instability
    Patterns of chromosomal aberrations in solid tumors
    Yeast as models of mitotic fidelty
    The diverse effects of complex chromosome rearrangements and chromothripsis in cancer development
    Consequence of aneuploidy in cancer: transcriptome and beyond.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Shondra M. Pruett-Miller.
    Contents:
    Genome editing by targeted chromosomal mutagenesis
    Piggybac transposon-based insertional mutagenesis in mouse haploid embryonic stem cells
    Using phage integrases in a site-specific dual integrase cassette exchange strategy
    Therapeutic genome mutagenesis using synthetic donor DNA and triplex-forming molecules
    Genome engineering using adeno-associated virus (AAV)
    Engineering of customized meganucleases via in vitro compartmentalization and in cellulo optimization
    Efficient design and assembly of custom TALENs using the golden gate platform
    Ligation-independent cloning (LIC) assembly of TALEN genes
    Assembly and characterization of megatals for hyperspecific genome engineering applications
    Genome engineering using CRISPR-Cas9 system
    Donor plasmid design for codon and single base genome editing using zinc finger nucleases
    Endogenous gene tagging with fluorescent proteins
    Silencing long noncoding RNAs with genome-editing tools
    Gene editing using ssODNs with engineered endonucleases
    Genome editing in human pluripotent stem cells using site-specific nucleases
    Strategies to increase genome editing frequencies and to facilitate the identification of edited cells
    Using engineered endonucleases to create knockout and knockin zebrafish models
    Creating knockout and knockin rodents using engineered endonucleases via direct embryo injection
    Simple sperm preservation by freeze-drying for conserving animal strains.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Editors: David Stewart and Bruce Stillman.
    Contents:
    Chromatin, histones, and instability
    Chromosome biology and genome architecture
    Centromeres and kinetochores
    Organizing chromosomes during segregation
    Mitosis and cell cycle
    Meiosis
    Germ cells, imprinting, gene dosage, and regulation
    Heterochromatin, errors, and damage
    Dorcas Cummings lectures.
  • Digital
    Yu Zhang, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Historical and clinical perspectives on chromosomal translocations
    2. Induction of chromosomal translocations with CRISPR-Cas9 and other nucleases: understanding the repair mechanisms that give rise to translocations
    3. Dynamics of double-strand breaks: implications for the formation of chromosome translocations
    4. The CRISPR/Cas9 system as a tool to engineer chromosomal translocation in vivo
    5. Generation of genomic alteration from cytidine deamination
    6. The role for the DSB response pathway in regulating chromosome translocations
    7. Telomeres and chromosomal translocations
    8. 3D genomie organization influences the chromosome translocation pattern
    9. The role of chromosome deletions in human cancers
    10. Processing-challenges generated by clusters of DNA double-strand breaks underpin increased effectiveness of high-LET radiation and chromothripsis.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Leonardo Kapural.
    Summary: Chronic Abdominal Pain is a comprehensive resource focused on the management of chronic abdominal pain. Chapters begin with an overview of pain generation, adaptive mechanisms and various diagnostic approaches. A complete range of novel, conservative, minimally invasive and surgical therapeutic options and their proper selection are then discussed along with evidence-based and practical clinical aspects of patient care. Authored by a team of world-renowned physicians and researchers, this definitive guide provides novel algorithms for contemporary treatment of chronic abdominal pain, giving pain medicine clinicians and practitioners the knowledge needed to assess and treat patients with abdominal pain.

    Contents:
    Etiology and Mechanisms of Chronic Abdominal Pain
    The Epidemiology of Chronic Abdominal Pain.- Establishing Diagnosis of Chronic Abdominal Pain: Gastroenterologist View.- Establishing Diagnosis of Chronic Abdominal Pain: Pain Medicine view.- Lessons Learned from Visceral Sensory Stimulation: Implications for Treatment of Chronic Abdominal Pain
    Abdominal Pain in Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS)
    Gastroparesis: Pathophysiology of Chronic Abdominal Pain and Current Treatment
    Chronic Pain Due to Postsurgical Intra-Abdominal Adhesions: Therapeutic Options
    Chronic Pancreatitis with or without Acute Exacerbations: Novel Options for Pain Control
    Chronic Abdominal Pain of Gynecologic Causes: Diagnosis and Treatment
    Pediatric Chronic Abdominal Pain: Etiology, Diagnosis and Treatment
    Interventional Treatment of Chronic Abdominal Pain in Children
    Cancer-Related Abdominal Pain
    Opioids in Abdominal Pain
    Sympathetic Blocks for Chronic Abdominal Pain
    Radiofrequency and Neurolysis for the Treatment of Chronic Visceral Abdominal Pain
    Regional Anesthesia for Abdominal/Truncal Pain
    Chronic Abdominal Wall Pain: Diagnosis and Interventional Treatment
    Spinal Cord Stimulation for Chronic Abdominal Pain
    Peripheral Nerve Stimulation for Chronic Abdominal Pain
    Gastric and other Visceral Stimulation for Chronic Painful Gastrointestinal Motility Disorders
    Intrathecal Therapy for Non-malignant and Malignant Abdominal Pain
    Surgical Options for Chronic Visceral Abdominal Pain
    Neurosurgical Options for Control of Chronic and Malignant Abdominal Pain
    Psychological Determinants and Treatments for Chronic Abdominal Pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Didac Mauricio, Núria Alonso.
    Summary: "Chronic Complications of Diabetes Mellitus: Current Outlook and Novel Pathophysiological Insights provides a holistic view of the disease, discussing not only its classical complications but also the under recognized and managed conditions associated with diabetes. Chapters also discuss advances in our understanding of the genomic architecture of diabetes complications and how precision medicine can be used to personalize their management. Endocrinologists, diabetologists, primary care physicians and researchers interested in complications of diabetes mellitus and cutting-edge information will find this to be a comprehensive tome on the topic"-- publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Overview on chronic complications of diabetes mellitus – Epidemiology of chronic complications of diabetes: A global perspective – Molecular mechanisms involved in hyperglycemia-induced cellular damage – Vascular calcification in diabetes mellitus: Molecular mechanisms and clinical implications – Pathogenesis of diabetic atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease – Diabetic retinopathy: New insights – Macular edema: A fearful complication of diabetic eye disease – Retinal neurodegeneration: Importance in diabetes management – Diabetic neuropathy: Current issues in diagnosis and prevention – Pathophysiological and clinical aspects of nonclassical targets of microangiopathy – Diabetic bone disease: Metabolic and microvascular damage – Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease: What comes before and what are the consequences? – The diabetic lung – Diabetes-related cognitive impairment and dementia – Cancer in diabetes: Who is who? – Role of glycemic legacy and glycemic variability in the development and progression of complications of diabetes – Prevention and management of chronic kidney disease in diabetes – Heart failure in diabetes: Current clinical management – Diabetic eye disease: Novel therapeutic strategies – Management of diabetic foot disease
    Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024]
  • Digital
    [edited by] James A. de Lemos, Torbjørn Omland.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Dunbar Gram, Rowan Milner, Remo Lobetti.
    Contents:
    Part One. Communication and Caregiving
    1. Communication, caregiving, and chronic disease
    Part Two. Syndromes and Clinical Signs of Chronic Disease
    2. Pruritus, atopic dermatitis, and pyoderma
    3. Managing mobility: an integrative approach (orthopedic and neurologic impairments of mobility)
    4. Chronic diseases of the eye and adnexa
    5. Heart disease
    6. Canine cognitive dysfunction
    7. Vestibular syndromes
    8. Seizure disorders
    9. Feline hyperthyroidism
    10. Hypoadrenocorticism in dogs
    11. Canine hypothyroidism
    12. Hyperadrenocorticism in dogs and cats
    13. Diabetes mellitus
    14. Chronic pancreatitis
    15. Mega-esophagus and esophageal dysmotility
    16. Chronic gastritis
    17. Ulcerative colitis
    18. Mega-colon
    19. Inflammatory bowel disease
    20. Protein-losing enteropathy
    21. Cholecystitis
    22. Biliary mucocele
    23. Chronic hepatitis
    24. Portosystemic liver stunts
    25. Hepatic lipidosis
    26. Feline cholangitis
    27. Chronic kidney disease
    28. Chronic urinary tract infection
    29. Feline interstitial cystitis
    30. Canine chronic bronchitis
    31. Bronchiectasis
    32. Interstitial lung diseases
    33. Feline asthma
    34. Collapsing trachea
    25. Allergic rhinitis
    Part Three. End of Life
    36. Hospice care and end of life.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] John L. Dornhoffer, Michael B. Gluth.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Timothy P. Daaleman, Margaret R. Helton, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Junwei Yang, Weichun He, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and systematic review of the latest findings in a wide spectrum of clinically important aspects of chronic kidney disease (CKD), focusing on clinical diagnosis and therapeutics. CKD is a global health problem with a rising morbidity and mortality. The last decade has seen significant improvements in determining the incidence, prevalence, and complications of CKD, mainly thanks to the definitions of CKD developed by the National Kidney Foundation's Kidney Disease Outcomes Quality Initiative (K/DOQI). However, increased recognition of CKD has led to awareness of the limitations of its clinical diagnosis and treatment, which are essential to patients' wellbeing. This book is of particular value not only to nephrologists, but also to general practitioners and residents with an interest in CKD. It offers a well-organized exposition of the current knowledge base. Compared with previously published books on kidney disease and CKD, it has a smaller number of more concise chapters. As a result, readers can easily obtain an overview of the most important topics in CKD. We hope that practitioners will gain as much from reading this practical guide to clinical management of CKD as we have from editing it. Junwei Yang is a professor at Nanjing Medical University and a chief physician at the Centre for Kidney Disease, Second Affiliated Hospital, Nanjing, China.

    Contents:
    Chronic Kidney Disease
    Complications of Chronic Kidney Disease
    Management of Chronic Kidney Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jonathan Himmelfarb, T. Alp Ikizler.
    Summary: "From basic science to practical clinical tools, Chronic Kidney Disease, Dialysis, and Transplantation, 4th Edition provides you with the up-to-date, authoritative guidance you need to safely and effectively manage patients with chronic renal disease. Covering all relevant clinical management issues, this companion volume to Brenner and Rector's The Kidney presents the knowledge and expertise of renowned researchers and clinicians in the fields of hemodialysis, peritoneal dialysis, critical care nephrology, and transplantation - for an all-in-one, indispensable guide to every aspect of this fast-changing field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Chronic kidney disease. Chronic kidney disease: definitions, epidemiology, cost, and outcomes
    Measurement and estimation of kidney function
    Diabetic kidney disease
    Hypertensive kidney disease
    Chronic kidney disease in the elderly
    The pediatric patient with chronic kidney disease
    Genetic causes of chronic kidney disease
    Section 2: Complications and management of chronic kidney disease. The role of the chronic kidney disease clinic and multidisciplinary team care
    Anemia in chronic kidney disease
    Mineral bone disorders in chronic kidney disease
    Vitamin D disorders in chronic kidney disease
    Cardiovascular disease in chronic kidney disease
    Nutrition, metabolism and hormonal function in chronic kidney disease
    Inflammation in chronic kidney disease
    Sleep disorders in chronic kidney disease
    Depression and neurocognitive function in chronic kidney disease
    Medication management in chronic kidney disease
    The pathophysiology of uremia
    Timing and initiation and modality options for renal replacement therapy
    Ethical challenges and the role of palliative care in kidney disease
    Section 3: Dialysis. Dialysis and end stage kidney disease: epidemiology, cost, and outcomes
    Principles of hemodialysis
    Vascular access
    Hemodialysis adequacy
    Hemodialysis-associated infections
    Acute complications associated with hemodialysis
    Frequent hemodialysis: physiological, epidemiological, and practical aspects
    Home hemodialysis
    Peritoneal physiology
    The utilization and outcomes of peritoneal dialysis
    Peritoneal dialysis solutions, prescription and adequacy
    Peritoneal dialysis-related infections
    Noninfectious complications of peritoneal dialysis
    Section 4: Transplantation. Transplant epidemiology, costs and outcomes
    Transplantation immunobiology
    Evaluation of donors and recipients
    Surgical management of the renal transplant recipient
    Immunosuppresive therapy
    Diagnosis and therapy of graft dysfunction
    Infection in renal transplant recipients
    Noninfectious complications after kidney transplantation
    Recurrent and de novo renal diseases after kidney transplantation
    Pediatric renal transplantation
    Chronic kidney disease in the kidney transplant recipient
    Section 5: Acute kidney injury. Acute kidney injury: epidemiology, costs and outcomes
    Metabolic and nutritional complications of acute kidney injury
    Acute kidney injury diagnostics and biomarkers
    Pharmacological interventions in acute kidney injury
    Dialytic management for acute renal failure
    Extracorporeal treatment of poisonings.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Matthew R. Weir, Edgar V. Lerma, editors.
    Summary: The treatment of hypertension has become the most important intervention in the management of all forms of chronic kidney disease. Chronic Kidney Disease and Hypertension is a current, concise, and practical guide to the identification, treatment and management of hypertension in patients with chronic kidney disease. In depth chapters discuss many relevant clinical questions and the future of treatment through medications and or novel new devices.

    Contents:
    Changes in Guideline Trends and Applications in Practice: JNC 2013 and the future
    Central BP monitoring, Home BP Monitoring, Ambulatory BP Monitoring in CKD
    Resistant hypertension in patients with chronic kidney disease
    Neurogenic Factors In Hypertension Associated With Chronic Kidney Disease
    Novel Molecules
    Dual Inhibitors: RAAS Blockers/Combination Therapies: What Do All These Trials Mean?
    Renal Sympathetic Denervation
    Novel baroreceptor activation therapy
    Blood Pressure Vaccines
    Masked Hypertension: Does it Lead to CVD or CKD?
    White Coat Hypertension- Do We Really Understand It Now?
    Uric Acid And Hypertension
    Is There Really A Link?.- Preeclampsia: Angiogenic factors, blood pressure, and the kidney
    Inflammation and Hypertension
    Genome-Wide Association Studies (Gwas) Of Blood Pressure In Different Populations
    Endocrine Hypertension and Chronic Kidney Disease
    Hypertension in Children with Chronic Kidney Disease
    Obesity/OSA/Metabolic syndrome in pts with CKD and hypertension-the missing link.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Guillermo García-García, MD, FACP, FASN, Lawrence Y. Agodoa, MD, Keith C. Norris, MD, PhD, FACP, FASN.
    Summary: Chronic Kidney Disease in Disadvantaged Populations investigates the increased incidence and prevalence of kidney disease in vulnerable populations world-wide. The volume explores the complex interactions of genetic, biologic, cultural and socioeconomic factors such as the environment, and specific health behaviors that seem to be responsible for a significant proportion of the health disparities in these communities. Each chapter is written by leading experts in the field and analyzes the prevalence and incidence of pre-dialysis kidney disease in disadvantaged populations across both developed and developing countries. In addition, each contribution analyzes differentiated risk factors and compares the disparities in access to screening, prevention strategies, treatment protocols and renal replacement therapies. Chronic Kidney Disease in Disadvantaged Populations is essential reading for residents, fellows, clinicians and biomedical researchers working in nephrology, internal medicine, and epidemiology, especially those working in areas with high concentrations of disadvantaged populations.Presents a comprehensive account of both traditional and non-traditional risk factors for kidney diseaseExplores the mechanisms by which poverty increases the burden of kidney disease in these populations, barriers to access to renal health care, including renal replacement therapies, organ donation, and organ commercializationOffers the latest perspectives on outcomes in renal replacement therapies as well as prevention strategies
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    volume editor, Kosaku Nitta.
    Contents:
    Clinical effect of pre-dilution hemodiafiltration based on the permeation of the hemodiafilter / Yamashita, A.C., Sakurai, K
    The past, present and future of the dialyzer / Mineshima, M
    Importance of abnormal bone metabolism in the acceleration of atherosclerosis in hemodialysis patients / Inaba, M
    Dysregulated iron metabolism in patients on hemodialysis / Nakanishi, T., Hasuike, Y., Otaki, Y., Nanami, M., Kuragano, T
    The present status of and perspectives on home hemodialysis therapy in Japan / Masakane, I., Hanafusa, N., Kita, T., Hasegawa, T., Maeda, K
    Safety and efficacy evaluation of lanthanum carbonate for hyperphosphatemia in end-stage renal disease patients / Shigematsu, T., Ohya, M., Negi, S., Masumoto, A.R., Nakashima, Y.M., Iwatani, Y., Moribata, M.K., Yamanaka, S., Tatsuta, K., Mima, T
    Klotho/FGF23 axis in CKD / Tsuchiya, K., Nagano, N., Nitta, K
    Cell sheet-based tissue engineering for mesothelial cell injury / Kawanishi, K.; Nitta, K
    Erythropoiesis-stimulating agent hyporesponsiveness in end-stage renal disease patients / Ogawa, T., Nitta, K
    Past and present perspectives on encapsulating peritoneal sclerosis / Kawanishi, H., Shintaku, S., Banshodani, M., Hashimoto, S
    DPP-4 inhibitors in diabetic patients with chronic kidney disease or end-stage kidney disease on dialysis in clinical practice / Abe, M., Okada, K
    Present status and future of peritoneal dialysis in Japan / Nakamoto, H
    Cost-effectiveness of hemodialysis in Japan / Takura, T
    Vascular access for long-term hemodialysis/hemodiafiltration patients in Japan / Tsuchida, K., Nagai, K., Minakuchi, J., Kawashima, S
    New aspects of cerebrovascular diseases in dialysis patients / Naganuma, T., Takemoto, Y
    Current topics of purification and constitutions of dialysis fluid / Tomo, T
    Vascular calcification in end-stage renal disease patients / Nitta, K., Ogawa, T.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    editors: Sheikh Rayees, Inshah Din, Gurdarshan Singh, Fayaz A Malik.
    Summary: Chronic lung diseases: pathophysiology and therapeutics provides a much-needed reference tool for pathologists, practicing pulmonologists and researchers who are currently working on lung related diseases. Each chapter addresses a specific lung disease, which it introduces before turning to the diseases pathophysiology, current treatment and future prospects. Various key lung diseases are covered, including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, lung cancer, tuberculosis, chronic pneumonia, acute respiratory distress syndrome, asthma, cystic fibrosis and pulmonary hypertension. Medical students and researchers whose work involves pulmonary related disorders will find this work both instructive and informative.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    Therapeutic Advances in the Management of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Chapter 2
    Asthma: Pathophysiology, Current Status and Therapeutics
    Chapter 3
    Cystic Fibrosis: Biology and Therapeutics
    Chapter 4
    Chronic Pneumonia
    Chapter 5
    Tuberculosis
    Chapter 6
    Lung cancer
    Pathophysiology and Current Advancements in Therapeutics
    Chapter 7
    Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Therapeutics, Pathobiology and Prognosis
    Chapter 8
    Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    An Update on Therapeutics and Pathophysiological Understanding.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Michael Hallek, Barbara Eichhorst, Daniel Catovsky, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes current knowledge on chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), taking into account the most recent research. All aspects are considered, including pathophysiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, follow-up, and complications and their management. Readers will find important information on the various prognostic markers as well as practical guidance on the use of different diagnostic procedures. A key focus of the book is the changing treatment paradigm in CLL as progress in understanding of pathogenesis and pathophysiology leads to the identification of new potential therapeutic targets. General treatment concepts are clearly described, and it is explained how choice of treatment for CLL depends on stage, age, and performance status as well as specific genetic aberrations. In addition, frontline therapeutic strategies for disease relapse, including allogeneic stem cell transplantation, are reported. Looking beyond CLL, the diagnosis and therapy of T-cell prolymphocytic leukemia and T-cell large granular lymphocyte leukemia, two rare CLL-related entities, are addressed. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Rüdiger Hehlmann, editor.
    Summary: This book provides state-of-the-art reviews of key issues and recent developments relating to chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), acquainting the reader with advances in research, treatment, and promotion of public health. Among the management topics addressed are the choices, advantages, and pitfalls of first-, second-, and third-line treatments; the European LeukemiaNet recommendations; management of adverse effects of tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKI); management of CML blast crisis; management of pregnancy in the context of CML; the role of hematopoietic cell transplantation; the current experience with TKI discontinuation; and the value of interferon α in improving the outcome of TKI treatment. Various aspects of relevance to treatment outcome are discussed, including prognostic scores, molecular monitoring (principles and interlaboratory standardization), and response-related predictors of survival. Furthermore, updates are provided on the increasing prevalence of CML and its implications and on the changing cost of care for CML, taking into account the impact of availability of generic imatinib.

    Contents:
    Cytogenetics of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia (CML)
    The Biology and Pathogenesis of Chronic Myeloid Leukaemia
    Epidemiology of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia.-Imatinib and the first line CML Therapy
    CML Therapy: A Focus on Second and Third Generation Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors
    Adverse events associated with ATP-competitive BCR-ABL1 tyrosine kinase inhibitors in chronic myeloid leukemia
    Pharmacoeconomic considerations for tyrosine kinase inhibitors in the treatment of chronic myeloid leukemia
    Standardization of molecular monitoring for chronic myeloid leukemia: 2021 update
    Prognostic Scores for Patients with Chronic Myeloid Leukemia under Particular Consideration of Disease-Specific Death
    A Review and an Update of European LeukemiaNet Recommendations for the Management of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
    The Role of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in CML
    CML end-phase and blast crisis: implications and management
    The Interferon-alpha Revival in CML
    Managing Pregnancy in Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
    Response-Related Predictors of Survival and of Treatment Free Remission in CML
    Discontinuation or cessation of tyrosine kinase inhibitor treatment in Chronic myeloid leukemia patients with deep molecular response.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Hiroyuki Nakamura, Kazutetsu Aoshiba, editors.
    Summary: This book considers chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) not as a simple inflammation of the lung but as a systemic inflammatory disease. Beginning with epidemiological studies, etiology, diagnosis and treatment, it elaborates further, illustrating some comorbidities and associations with other respiratory diseases. As such it provides numerous improved and more comprehensive treatment methods, including drug therapies as well as some non-drug therapies. There are also chapters describing the pathogenesis, genetic abnormalities and newly discovered pathogenetic mechanisms that are expected to be studied further in the future. Edited and written by pioneering researchers, each chapter summarizes the latest trends, describes future prospects and explores the unresolved and critical questions. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease - A Systemic Inflammatory Disease is a valuable resource to beginning researchers, physicians engaged in clinical practice, supervisors, and basic researchers whose work includes COPD.

    Contents:
    Part I Definition and Epidemiology
    1. Definition of COPD
    2. Epidemiology of COPD
    Part II Genetic Predisposition and Pathogenic Mechanisms
    3. Genetic predisposition to COPD
    4. Pathogenesis of COPD--Persistence of airway inflammation
    5. Pathogenesis of COPD 3- Oxidative stress
    6. Pathogenesis of COPD 4
    Part III Comorbidities
    7. Pathogenesis of comorbidities in COPD
    8. Assessment of inflammation in COPD
    Part IV Management and Treatment
    9. Exercise therapy for COPD
    10. Nutritional therapy for COPD
    11. Home oxygen therapy for COPD
    12. Bronchodilators for COPD
    13. Inhaled corticosteroids for COPD
    14. New anti-inflammatory drugs for COPD
    15. Exacerbation of COPD
    Part V Associations with other Respiratory Diseases
    16. Asthma-COPD overlap syndrome (ACOS)
    17.Combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema (CPFE)
    18. Association of COPD and lung cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Carl Y. Saab.
    Summary: It is only natural for someone in pain to attend to the body part that hurts. Yet this book tells the story of persistent pain having negative effects on brain function. The contributors, all leading experts in their respective fields of pain electrophysiology, brain imaging, and animal models of pain, strive to synthesize compelling and, in some ways, connected hypotheses with regard to pain-related changes in the brain. Together, they contribute their clinical, academic, and theoretical expertise in a comprehensive overview that attempts to define the broader philosophical context of pain (disentangling sensical from nonsensical claims), list the changes known to take place in the brains of individuals with chronic pain and animal models of pain, address the possible causes and mechanisms underlying these changes, and detail the techniques and analytical methods at our disposal to "visualize" and study these changes. Philosophical and social concepts of pain; testimonials of chronic-pain patients. Clinical data from pain patients' brains. Advances in noninvasive brain imaging for pain patients. Combining theoretical and empirical approaches to the analysis of pain-related brain function. Manipulation of brain function in animal models. Emerging neurotechnology principles for pain diagnostics and therapeutics.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Carl Y. Saab
    Morphological Brain Changes in Chronic Pain : Mystery and Meaning / Eric Newman, Eric Moulton, Lino Becerra, David Borsook - Thalamic Burst Firing in Response to Experimental Pain Stimuli and in Patients with Chronic Neuropathic Pain May Be a Carrier for Pain-Related Signals / T. M. Markman, C. C. Liu, J. C. Zhang, K. Kobayashi, J. H. Kim, Frederick A. Lenz
    Central Pain : A Thalamic Deafferentation Generating Thalamocortical Dysrhythmia / Rodolfo R. Llinas and Kerry Walton
    Surgical Interventions for Pain / Daniel M. Aghion, Garth Rees Cosgrove
    Thalamocortical Abnormalities in Spinal Cord Injury Pain / Asaf Keller, Radi Al-Masri
    Discussion / Carl Y. Saab.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jessica Merlin, Peter A Selwyn, Glenn Treisman, Angela Giovanniello.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of chronic pain in HIV-infected individuals
    Pathophysiology of chronic pain in individuals with HIV
    Musculoskeletal pain in individuals with HIV
    Headache in individuals with HIV
    HIV and peripheral neuropathy
    Common medical comorbid conditions and chronic pain in HIV
    Psychiatric comorbidities among individuals with HIV and chronic pain
    Comorbid substance use among HIV-infected individuals with chronic pain
    Treatment of chronic pain syndromes in the HIV-infected person
    Potential benefit and harm of prescription opioids in HIV
    Safer opioid prescribing in HIV-infected patients with chronic pain
    Communicating about chronic pain assessment, diagnostic testing, and management in individuals with HIV
    The "difficult patient" with HIV and chronic pain
    HIV-related pain in low and middle-income countries with reference to Sub-Saharan Africa
    Pain at the end of life in individuals with AIDS
    Disparities and barriers in management of chronic pain among vulnerable populations with HIV infection.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Koki Shimoji, Antoun Nader, Wolfgang Hamann, editors.
    Summary: This book covers a range of topics, from the cause and identity of pain, to pain relief management. Starting from the mechanism of pain, it continues to pain management techniques such as nerve blocks, drugs (pain killers), noninvasive manipulations psychological techniques and electric management, before describing the management of various painful conditions such as headaches, back pain, extremities pain, post-herpetic pain or complex regional pain syndrome. It also provides the format of case reports which can be used to explain management options. A novel feature of the book is that it provides additional insights into how clinicians involve patients in treating their own pain through guided self-assessment and self-management. Recent studies have revealed that pain is not only a biological alarm that warns of disease, but can also be the disease itself, or the catalyst of a vicious circle of pain and disease. Providing rapid pain relief is often effective in sparking the rapid recovery from various diseases. This book offers the perfect guide for all clinicians, not only those working at pain clinics but all those who have to treat patients who are in pain.

    Contents:
    Part-1: Basic Considerations. History of Pain
    Theories of Pain
    Anatomical Physiology of pain
    Pathophysiology of Pain
    Pharmacology of Analgesics
    Investigation of the Chronic Pain Patient
    Interventional Treatment of Chronic Pain
    Nerve Blocks
    Minimally Invasive Techniques in Pain Clinic (Methods Treating Chronic Pain other than Nerve Brocks)
    Pain Measurements. Part-2: Pain Management Techniques. Back Pain
    Postherpetic Neuralgia
    Neuropathic Pain
    Complex Regional Pain Syndrome (CRPS)
    Neuropathic Pain Syndrome: Diabetic and Other Neuropathies
    Phantom Limb Pain
    Neuropathic pain syndromes
    Psychological and Psychiatric Pain Conditions
    Headache
    Trigeminal Neuralgia
    Orofacial Pain
    Myofascial Pain Syndrome and Fibromyalgia
    Urogenital Pain Including Pelvic Pain
    Chest pain
    Central Pain
    Cancer Pain
    Arthritis Pain; Rheumatoid Arthritis, Osteoarthritis and Fibromyalgia
    Vascular Pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Zhao-Shen Li, Zhuan Liao, Jian-Min Chen, Claude Férec, editors.
    Summary: This book is a concise guide to the clinical diagnosis and management of chronic pancreatitis, presenting the latest research into the disease. It focuses on pathogenesis, epidemiology, genetics, diagnosis, endoscopic and surgical treatment, and prognosis. It also offers comprehensive descriptions of 4 diagnostic methods and discusses the contemporary management of chronic pancreatitis, including conservative, ESWL, interventional and surgical treatments. The final chapter includes 6 typical case presentations, which taken together provide a standard description of this condition.

    Contents:
    The history of chronic pancreatitis research
    Definition and classification of chronic pancreatitis
    The epidemiology of chronic pancreatitis
    The etiology of chronic pancreatitis
    The histopathology of chronic pancreatitis
    The pathogenesis of chronic pancreatitis
    The genetics of chronic pancreatitis
    Interventional/endoscopic management
    Surgical treatment
    Special types of chronic pancreatitis
    Chronic pancreatitis and pancreatic cancer
    The future developments of chronic pancreatitis research
    Case presentations.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Alessandro Giammò, Antonella Biroli, editors.
    Summary: This book provides readers with a holistic approach to chronic pelvic pain which is an extremely complex condition with associated pelvic dysfunctions. This approach significantly facilitates and accelerates the clinical assessment and subsequent follow-up. The pathophysiologic mechanisms involving the nervous system, the pelvic organs and the pelvic floor are discussed, deepening the possible implications on mind, sexuality and pelvic dysfunctions. Evaluation and diagnosis are examined for different types of syndromes. Moreover, since the Bladder Pain Syndrome and the Interstitial Cystitis are main causes of pelvic pain, an original diagnostic approach is proposed specifically for these conditions. In order to deliver the best clinical outcomes, this new system provides a multidisciplinary approach, both in the diagnostic phase and in the therapeutic phase The most recent therapies for chronic pelvic pain following a multidisciplinary approach have been described. As such, the book content will greatly benefit all professionals dealing with this debilitating disease, supporting them in their daily clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: The Nervous System and Pain
    1: Introduction to Pain
    1.1 Anatomy of Pain Pathways
    1.2 Physiology of Pain
    1.3 Classification of Pain
    1.4 Conclusion
    References
    2: Neurophysiology of Visceral Pain
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Clinical Presentation of Visceral Pain
    2.2.1 True Visceral Pain
    2.2.2 Referred Pain and Hyperalgesia (Viscero-somatic Convergence)
    2.2.3 Visceral Hyperalgesia
    2.2.4 Viscero-visceral Hyperalgesia
    2.3 Pathophysiology of Visceral Pain 2.3.1 Visceral Nociceptors and the Primary Afferent
    2.3.2 Peripheral Sensitization
    2.3.2.1 Transient Receptor Potential Vallinoid
    2.3.3 The Role of Dorsal Columns
    2.3.4 Central Processing
    2.3.5 Central Sensitization
    2.3.6 Descending Control of Visceral Pain
    2.3.7 The Role of Gut Microbiota in Visceral Pain
    2.4 Conclusion
    References
    3: Neuroinflammation and Chronic Pelvic Pain Syndrome
    3.1 Chronic Pelvic Pain
    3.2 Neuroinflammation
    3.3 Microglia and Astrocytes in Chronic Pain
    3.4 Molecular Mediators in Chronic Pain 3.5 Targeting Excessive Inflammation as a Therapy for Neuropathic Pain
    3.6 Clinical Significance and Future Perspectives
    3.7 PEA
    3.8 Polydatin
    3.9 PEA and Polydatin as Future Treatment of Chronic Pelvic Pain
    References
    Part II: The Organs, Pelvic Functions and Pain
    4: Chronic Pelvic Pain and Chronic Pelvic Pain Syndrome: Classification and Epidemiology
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Definitions
    4.3 Classification
    4.3.1 Classification of CPPS
    4.4 Dyspareunia
    4.5 Perineal Pain Syndrome
    4.6 Epidemiology
    References 5: Bladder Pain Syndrome/Interstitial Cystitis
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Definition
    5.3 Epidemiology
    5.4 Non-bladder Syndromes (NBS)
    5.5 Etiology and Pathogenesis
    5.5.1 Infection
    5.5.2 Mastocytosis
    5.5.3 Dysfunctional Bladder Epithelium
    5.5.4 Neurogenic Inflammation
    5.5.5 Reduced Vascularization
    5.5.6 Pelvic Floor Dysfunction
    5.5.7 Autoimmunity
    5.6 Diagnosis
    5.7 O'Leary Sant Symptom and Pain Index
    5.8 Gynecological Associated/Confusable Disease
    5.9 Treatment
    5.10 Multimodal Medical Therapy
    5.10.1 First Line: Conservative Therapy 5.10.2 Second Line: Medical Therapy
    5.11 Oral Therapy
    5.11.1 Pain Modulators
    5.11.2 Analgesics (Grade of Recommendation: C-Level of Evidence: 4)
    5.11.2.1 Tricyclic Antidepressants(TCAs)
    Doxepin, Desipramine, Duloxetine
    5.11.3 Protection of the Mucosal Surface
    5.11.3.1 Antihistamines
    5.11.3.2 Immunosuppressant
    5.11.3.3 Other Oral Medications
    5.12 Intravesical Instillation or Bladder Wall Injection
    5.12.1 Third to Fourth Line: Procedural Intervention
    5.13 Conclusions
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gérard Mick, Virginie Guastella, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Chronic Post-Surgical Pain: General Aspects
    How to Study Chronic Post-Surgical Pain the Example of Neuropathic Pain
    Epidemiology of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
    Part 2: Risk Factors for Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
    Predisposing Factors for Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
    Mononeuropathies Caused by Surgery: From Anatomy to Prevention
    Surgical Factors Influencing the Occurrence of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
    Psychosocial Factors Involved in the Occurrence of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
    Part 3: Perioperative Strategies for the Prevention of Post-Surgical Pain
    Perioperative Analgesia by Opioids: Rationale and Practical Basics
    The Role of Coxibs in the Management of Postoperative Pain
    Perioperative Strategy for Prevention of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain: General Foundations
    Antiepileptics and Perioperative Anti-Hyperalgesia: A Survey
    Part 4: Clinical Aspects of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
    Neuropathic Post-Surgical Pain
    Scar Neuromas
    Chronic Post-Mastectomy Pain: Clinical Aspects
    Chronic Pain after Total Knee Replacement.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alexander V. Akleyev.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of chronic radiation syndrome (CRS) based on observations in a unique sample of residents of the Techa riverside villages in the southern Urals who were exposed to radioactive contamination in the 1950s owing to releases of liquid radioactive wastes from Mayak Production Association, which produced plutonium for weapons. In total, 940 cases of CRS were diagnosed in this population and these patients were subjected to detailed analysis. The opening chapters address the definition and classification of CRS, epidemiology and pathogenesis, covering molecular and cellular mechanisms, radioadaptation, and the role of tissue reactions. The pathoanatomy of CRS during the development and recovery stages is discussed for all organ systems. Clinical manifestations of CRS at the different stages are then described in detail and the dynamics of hematopoietic changes are thoroughly examined. In the following chapters, principles of diagnosis (including assessment of the exposure doses to critical organs) and differential diagnosis from a wide range of other conditions are discussed and current and potential treatment options, described. The medical and social rehabilitation of persons with CRS is also covered. This book, which casts new light on the condition, will be of value for all practitioners and researchers with an interest in CRS.

    Contents:
    1. Definition, classification and clinical presentation of Chronic Radiation Syndrome (CRS) associated with total exposure to external gamma-radiation
    2. Epidemiology of Chronic Radiation Syndrome
    3. Mechanisms involved in Chronic Radiation exposure effects. Pathogenesis of Chronic Radiation Syndrome
    4. Pathoanatomy of Chronic Radiation Syndrome during the period of its development and at recovery stage
    5. Clinical manifestations of Chronic Radiation Syndrome
    6. Dynamics of Hematopoietic Changes in Persons with CRS
    7. Diagnosis of Chronic Radiation Syndrome
    8. Treatment of Persons with CRS
    9. General Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Luo Zhang, Claus Bachert, editors.
    Summary: Chronic rhinosinusitis (CRS) is one of the most common health care complaints, with the prevalence of 5-12% worldwide. This book aims to present the new findings in mechanism, diagnosis and management of this widespread condition to clinical practitioners. All practical information about CRS is compiled; therefore busy clinicians would not have to perform exhaustive literature studies to diagnose CRS. This book firstly presents the advances in the understanding of epidemiology, genetics, mechanisms, phenotypes, and immunology of this disorder. In the following chapters, details in clinical diagnosis of CRS are summarized, especially clinical characteristics in paediatric CRS. Later chapters introduce medical, surgical, and innovative treatments of CRS, with brief case studies. The role of allergies, asthma, allergic fungal rhinosinusitis, and systemic diseases are also discussed. With the illustrative figures, this book is a comprehensive and quick reference to otolaryngologists, paediatricians, family care physicians, allergists, professional clinical staff, and medical students.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Epidemiology and Impact of CRS
    Genetics and Epigenetics of CRS
    Mechanisms
    Phenotypes of CRS
    Endotypes of CRS
    Co-morbidities of CRS
    Diagnosis
    Associated Auto-Immune Disorders
    Pediatric CRS
    Differential Diagnosis
    Medical Treatment
    Surgical Approaches
    Innovative Treatments and Management
    Unmet Needs, Future Directions for Investigation and Innovation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Subramoniam Vaidyanathan, Riju Ramachandran Menon, Pradeep Jacob, Binni John.
    Summary: Chronic venous disorders are a major health problem due to their wide prevalence and socio-economic considerations. This book is a comprehensive manual providing state- of- the- art information on the diagnosis and management of these common problems. Till recently venous disorders have been getting secondary attention as compared to their arterial counterpart. However, the last two decades witnessed major technological advancements and therapeutic strategies for these problems. Written with a surgical perspective, this monograph covers the latest developments and recommended procedures in an easy-to-read format guiding the surgeon to prepare a rational treatment plan. Supplemented with numerous figures and illustrations, the chapters update the readers with how to evaluate such patients in their practices, selection criteria for appropriate procedures and how to manage the complications. The book includes basics of venous disorders, primary varicose veins and recurrence after surgery, chronic venous insufficiency, venous ulcers and congenital venous malformations. Detailed coverage of endo-venous procedures such as radio-frequency ablation, laser ablation and foam sclerotherapy are additional essential features of this book. Primarily intended for the practicing general surgeon, this volume is also relevant for residents in general surgery and vascular surgery.

    Contents:
    Section I
    Basics Chapter 1 Venous diseases
    a historical survey
    Chapter 2
    Lower limb venous anatomy
    Chapter 3
    Venous physiology and haemodynamics of lower limbs
    Chapter 4
    Chronic venous disorders. Classification, severity assessment and nomenclature. Section II
    Primary varicose veins -C2 clinical class
    Chapter 5
    Epidemiology and risk factors
    Chapter 6
    Primary varicose veins : symptoms and diagnosis
    Chapter 7
    Open surgery for primary varicose veins
    Chapter 8
    Endovenous thermal ablation
    Chapter 9
    Sclerotherapy
    Chapter 10
    Recurrent varicose veins Section III
    Chronic venous insufficiency and leg ulcer
    C3-C6 clinical class
    Chapter 11
    Chronic venous insufficiency and venous ulcers: pathophysiology
    Chapter 12
    Chronic venous insufficiency
    clinical features and investigations
    Chapter 13
    Principles of treatment of chronic venous insufficiency
    Chapter 14
    The post-thrombotic syndrome. Pathophysiology, clinical features and management
    Chapter 15
    Care of ulcer and compression therapy
    Chapter 16
    Pharmacotherapy of CVI
    Chapter 17
    Strategies for the management of incompetent perforating veins
    Chapter 18
    Deep vein valve reconstruction.- Chapter 19
    Deep vein obstruction
    management strategies. Section IV
    Assorted venous problems
    Chapter 20
    Venous telangiectasia and reticular veins- Clinical class CI
    Chapter 21
    Pelvic venous syndromes
    Chapter 22
    Non thrombotic iliac vein lesion (May Thurner syndrome)
    Chapter 23
    Klippel Trenaunay Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Melvin A. Shiffman, Mervin Low, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Chronic Wounds
    Impact of Host Defence Peptides on Chronic Wounds and Infections
    Low-Level Laser Therapy (LLLT) in Wound Healing
    Biologic Tools for Genetic Engineering Chronic Wounds
    Challenges and Opportunities in Drug Delivery for Wound Healing
    Engineered Biomaterials for Chronic Wound Healing
    Chronic Wounds of the Upper Extremity and their Management
    Marjolin's Ulcer
    Radiation Wounds and their Management: Reconstructive Options
    Co-Opting Developmental Signaling Pathways to Promote Wound Healing
    Segmentation and Management of Chronic Wound Images: A Computer-Based Approach
    Extracellular Matrix and Other Factors that Impact on Cutaneous Scarring
    Part 2: Wound Dressings
    Introduction to Wound Dressings
    Wound Dressings and Comparative Effectiveness Data
    Early Wound Dressing Removal
    Electrospun Antimicrobial Wound Dressings: Novel Strategies to Fight Against Wound Infections
    Cognition and Wound Healing
    Part 3: Wound Healing
    Acute Wound Healing: Normal Mechanisms
    Stem Cell Therapies for Wound Healing
    The Role of miR-205 during Skin Wound Reepithelialization
    Porcine Acellular Lung Matrix in Wound Healing and Hernia Repair
    Wound Healing Problems in the Mouth
    Skin Substitutes in Wound Healing and the Stimulatory Effects of Adipose-Derived Stem Cells for the Proliferation of Keratinocytes on Chitosan
    Why isnt this Wound Healing?
    Traditional and Non-Traditional Evaluation of Wound Healing Process
    Mechanoregulation of Wound Healing and Skin Homeostasis
    Impact of Amnion-Derived Mesenchymal Stem Cells on Wound Healing
    Kinin Receptors in Skin Wound Healing.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dagmar Rinnenburger.
    Summary: This book comprehensively and critically discusses chronicity as a crucial challenge for the future of medicine in an era of aging populations and the steady growth of non-communicable comorbidities. It describes how health systems that are still designed and based on the treatment of acute diseases are suffering from crowded emergency rooms and growing conflicts between patients, while medical staff increasingly face frustration and the risk of burn-out. The author not only shares her own clinical and personal experience in the care of end stage COPD or ALS patients with respiratory insufficiency, but also explores how primary care, incremental medicine and initiative medicine can improve the care provided for these patients. In turn, the book examines how developing countries are facing the chronicity issue in their daily struggles with communicable diseases like diarrhea and infections, and with non-communicable ones like obesity, diabetes and asthma. It also discusses the cost-related challenges that could accompany a possible paradigm shift from chronic to curable status, as was the case with hepatitis C. Due to the inevitable link between chronicity and end of life, the author tactfully addresses palliative care, focusing on the importance of shared decision-making as well as a full awareness of the future scenarios. Uniquely reflecting life-long clinical experience and stimulating discussion on a highly topical issue, this book appeals to a wide readership, from health professionals through caregivers to patients with chronic conditions.

    Contents:
    Stories from a world where everyone can enter, and where many already reside
    Chronic / Acute: two opposite scenarios?
    The burden on chronicity
    The strain of being chronically ill
    The strain of treating chronic patients
    How to treat the sick and, above all, where?
    The rainbow of places of care disrupted by the COVID-19 pandemic
    The epidemiological shift from acute to chronic in India
    Asthma can be lethal (but it is also possible to live with it)
    Education as therapy: a history of failure?
    Primary care, incremental care and initiative anticipatory healthcare
    Chronic meets chronic (when doctors are dangerous)
    Chronic seeks chronic: the opportunities of Web 2.0
    The decline of chronic illness towards the end of life
    If chronic illness works with palliative care
    In the spotlight or behind the scenes?
    In conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kuniaki Otsuka, Germaine Cornelissen, Franz Halberg.
    Summary: This fascinating volume applies the concept of chronomics to the medical treatment of hypertension. It starts with the recent updates on chronomics, the analytic techniques, and their application to community-based assessments. The authors advocate the use of 7-day/24-h records of blood pressure, which is effective for finding masked hypertension, masked morning surge, and other rhythm abnormalities. Most organisms, from cyanobacteria to mammals, are known to use the circadian mechanism. However, our body systems also demonstrate circaseptan (roughly weekly), circannual (roughly yearly), and even longer rhythms. Chronomics monitors the physiological data and then analyzes the superimposed rhythms, isolating the cycles mathematically to determine how organisms and their environment interact. It is the study of interactions among time structures (chronomes) in and around us.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA1231.A8 C4 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Vanessa Machin.
    Summary: "Churchill's Guide to UK Medicolegal Essentials provides a no-nonsense guide to managing those everyday clinical scenarios that have potential or obvious legal implications. With a clear, practical and easy-to-read style, it takes you through everything that you need to know including the UK legal systems, complaints handling, clinical governance and risk management, disciplinary procedures, and how the law relates to alcohol, drugs, mental health and end of life."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2024
  • Digital
    Xiaozhong Hu, Xiaofeng Lin, Weibo Song, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Brent A. Vogt.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Olivia Engmann, Marco Brancaccio, editors.
    Summary: In this book, leading experts in the field review how circadian rhythms impact the brain. An essential function of mammalian life is the exploitation of the regularities provided by the 24-hour cycle of day and night. The development and evolution of circadian clock mechanisms have allowed us to optimally adapt our behavior and physiology to the external world. Not surprisingly, a growing body of evidence links the disruption of circadian rhythms by genetic, lifestyle and environmental factors to illnesses of the brain. In the first section of the book, readers will learn about the molecular and anatomic architecture of circadian function in mammals. The ways in which environmental disruptions and misalignments can influence such mechanisms and therefore impair brain function and health status are also addressed. In the second part, the focus shifts to those brain regions responsible for brain function and the body-wide regulation of circadian function. Amongst others, special attention is paid to the role of astrocytes and the brain's reward and hyprocretin / orexin systems. The book concludes with an extensive discussion on the consequences of circadian rhythm dysfunction. Several chapters present the latest findings on Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, schizophrenia, autism spectrum disorder, drug abuse and mood disorders. Written by auhorities in the field, the book provides a state-of-the-art review of the latest findings on circadian clocks in the brain and highlights their potentially far-reaching impacts on our health and well-being. As such, it is essential reading for all neuroscientists and clinicians seeking to understand the intricate connections between circadian rhythms and brain health and illness.

    Contents:
    PART I. Molecular Gears of the Circadian Clock
    Introduction to the Clock System
    Circadian Clocks, Sleep, and Metabolism
    Linking Depression to Epigenetics: Role of the Circadian Clock
    PART II. Brain Regions Implicated in Circadian Rhythms
    The Brain's Reward System in Health and Disease
    Brain Clocks, Sleep and Mood
    Astrocyte Circadian Timekeeping in Brain Health and Neurodegeneration
    PART III. Clock and Mental Illness
    The Role of the Circadian System in Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
    How Psychoactive Drugs and the Circadian Clock Are Enlightening One Another
    Circadian Rhythms in Mood Disorders
    The Reciprocal Interaction Between Sleep and Alzheimer's Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Amita Sehgal.
    Summary: Two new volumes of Methods in Enzymology continue the legacy of this premier serial with quality chapters authored by leaders in the field. Circadian Rhythms and Biological Clocks Part A and Part B is an exceptional resource for anybody interested in the general area of circadian rhythms. As key elements of timekeeping are conserved in organisms across the phylogenetic tree, and our understanding of circadian biology has benefited tremendously from work done in many species, the volume provides a wide range of assays for different biological systems. Protocols are provided to assess clock function, entrainment of the clock to stimuli such as light and food, and output rhythms of behavior and physiology. This volume also delves into the impact of circadian disruption on human health. Contributions are from leaders in the field who have made major discoveries using the methods presented here.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Junjie Xiao, editor.
    Summary: Provides an essential overview of the rapidly advancing field of circular RNAs -- newly discovered RNAs that are generated by back-splicing precursor mRNA and perform regulatory functions in many biological processes. Although many aspects of circular RNAs' biology and mechanisms of gene regulation remain unclear, they have been found to be abundant, evolutionally conserved, and stable in cells; further, they have numerous potential functions. The book consists of eight parts:1) An overview of circular RNAs, 2) Bioinformatics for circular RNAs, 3) Biogenesis of circular RNAs, 4) Molecular mechanisms and gene regulation of circular RNAs, 5) Circular RNAs as potential disease biomarkers, 6) Circular RNAs and human diseases, 7) Circular RNAs in Plants and in Archaea, and 8) Future prospects. Given its focus, the book will be especially useful for researchers and students in the fields of biochemistry, molecular biology, cell biology, and medicine.

    Contents:
    Overview. An overview of circular RNAs / Rajendra Awasthi, Anurag Kumar Singh, Gaurav Mishra, Anand Maurya, Dinesh Kumar Chellappan, Gaurav Gupta [and others]
    Bioinformatics for circular RNAs. RNA sequencing and prediction tools for circular RNAs analysis / Elena López-Jiménez, Ana M. Rojas, Eduardo Andrés-León
    Online databases and circular RNAs / Seyed Hamid Aghaee-Bakhtiari
    Biogenesis of circular RNAs. Circular RNA splicing / Nicole Eger, Laura Schoppe, Susanne Schuster, Ulrich Laufs, Jes-Niels Boeckel
    Circular RNAs biogenesis in eukaryotes through self-cleaving hammerhead ribozymes / Marcos de la Peña
    Molecular mechanisms and gene regulation of circular RNAs. circular RNAs act as mirna sponges / Amaresh Chandra Panda
    Regulation of transcription by circular RNAs / Rumela Bose, Rupasri Ain
    Functional analysis of circular RNAs / Shanmugapriya, Hisham Alkatib Huda, Soundararajan Vijayarathna, Chern Ein Oon, Yeng Chen, Jagat R. Kanwar [and others]
    Circular RNAs as potential disease biomarkers. Circular RNA in exosomes / Daniele Fanale, Simona Taverna, Antonio Russo, Viviana Bazan
    Circular RNAs in blood / Angela Vea, Vicenta Llorente-Cortes, David de Gonzalo-Calvo
    Circular RNA in saliva / Farinaz Jafari Ghods
    Emerging role of circular RNAs as potential biomarkers for the diagnosis of human diseases / Rupal Ojha, Raj Nandani, Nina Chatterjee, Vijay Kumar Prajapati
    Circular RNAs as novel biomarkers for cardiovascular diseases / Qiulian Zhou, Zhongrong Zhang, Yihua Bei, Guoping Li, Tianhui Wang
    Circular RNAs as biomarkers for cancer / Lu Xia, Meiyi Song, Mengxue Sun, Fei Wang, Changqing Yang
    Circular RNAs and human diseases. Circular RNAs in cardiovascular diseases / Lijun Wang, Xiangmin Meng, Guoping Li, Qiulian Zhou, Junjie Xiao
    Circular RNAs and neuronal development / Lena Constantin
    Circular RNAs in cancer / Susanne Lux, Lars Bullinger
    Circular RNAs in brain physiology and disease / S. Gokul, G. K. Rajanikant
    Circular RNA and alzheimer's disease / Rumana Akhter
    Circular RNA in liver: health and diseases / Meiyi Song, Lu Xia, Mengxue Sun, Changqing Yang, Fei Wang
    Circular RNAs in organ fibrosis / Jianhua Yao, Qiying Dai, Zhuyuan Liu, Lei Zhou, Jiahong Xu
    Circular RNAs in metabolic diseases / Tianhui Wang, Wen Pan, Jun Hu, Zhongrong Zhang, Guoping Li, Yajun Liang
    Circular RNAs in vascular functions and diseases / Shengguang Ding, Yujiao Zhu, Yajun Liang, Haitao Huang, Yiming Xu, Chongjun Zhong
    Functional role of circular RNA in regenerative medicine / Richard Y. Cao, Qiying Dai, Qing Li, Jian Yang
    The role of circular RNAs in cerebral ischemic diseases: ischemic stroke and cerebral ischemia/reperfusion injury / Jian Yang, Mengli Chen, Richard Y. Cao, Qing Li, Fu Zhu
    Circular RNAs in plants and in archaea. Circrnas in plants / Xuelei Lai, Jérémie Bazin, Stuart Webb, Martin Crespi, Chloe Zubieta, Simon J. Conn
    Circular RNAs and plant stress responses / Celso Gaspar Litholdo Jr., Guilherme Cordenonsi da Fonseca
    Future prospects. Prospective advances in circular RNA investigation / Siti Aishah Sulaiman, Nor Azian Abdul Murad, Ezanee Azlina Mohamad Hanif, Nadiah Abu, Rahman Jamal.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Peter Igaz, editor.
    Summary: MicroRNAs as the endogenous mediators of RNA interference have experienced an unprecedented career in recent years, highlighting their pathogenic, diagnostic and potential therapeutic relevance. Beside tissue microRNAs, they are also found in body fluids, most notably in blood. Significant differences of circulating microRNA levels have been found in various diseases, making them candidates for minimally invasive markers of disease, for example tumor malignancy. The book focuses on the potential diagnostic applicability of circulating microRNAs in various diseases and their potential biological significance.

    Contents:
    Part I: General features and technical issues related to circulating microRNA
    1. Introduction to microRNAs: biogenesis, action, relevance of tissue microRNAs in disease pathogenesis, diagnosis and therapy. The concept of circulating microRNAs
    2. Extracellular microRNAs in membrane vesicles and non-vesicular carriers
    3. Technical aspects related to the analysis of circulating microRNAs
    Part II: Diagnostic relevance of circulating microRNAs
    4. Circulating blood-borne microRNAs as biomarkers in solid tumors
    5. Circulating microRNA as biomarkers in hematological malignancies
    6 Circulating microRNAs as biomarkers in cardiovascular diseases
    7 Circulating microRNAs in neurodegenerative diseases
    8 Circulating extracellular microRNA in systemic autoimmunity
    9. Circulating microRNAs in inflammatory bowel diseases
    10. Circulating microRNAs in diabetes progression: discovery, validation and research translation
    11. Diagnostic relevance of microRNAs in other body fluids including urine, feces and saliva
    Part III: Potential biological relevance of circulating microRNA
    12 Circulating microRNAs as hormones
    intercellular and inter-organ conveyors of epigenetic information?
    13. Are circulating microRNAs involved in tumor surveillance?
    14.-Hypothetic interindividual and interspecies relevance of microRNAs released in body fluids.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Peter B. Gahan, Michael Fleischhacker, Bernd Schmidt, editors.
    Contents:
    Circulating cell-free miR-373, miR-200a, miR-200b and miR-200c in patients with epithelial ovarian cancer / Xiaodan Meng, Volkmar Müller, Karin Milde-Langosch, Fabian Trillsch, Klaus Pantel [and others]
    Cell-free miRNA-141 and miRNA-205 as prostate cancer biomarkers / Ivan D. Osipov, Ivan A. Zaporozhchenko, Anna A. Bondar, Marat M. Zaripov [and others]
    Clinical utility of circulating tumor DNA for molecular assessment and precision medicine in pancreatic cancer / Erina Takai, Yasushi Totoki, Hiromi Nakamura, Mamoru Kato, Tatsuhiro Shibata [and others]
    An enquiry concerning the characteristics of cell-free DNA released by cultured cancer cells / Abel Jacobus Bronkhorst, Johannes F. Wentzel, Janine Aucamp, Etresia van Dyk [and others]
    Detection of p53 mutations in circulating DNA of transplanted hepatocellular carcinoma patients as a biomarker of tumor recurrence / N. García-Fernández, Hada C. Macher, Amalia Rubio, Pilar Jiménez-Arriscado [and others]
    Unbiased detection of somatic copy number aberrations in cfDNA of lung cancer cases and high-risk controls with low coverage whole genome sequencing / Fiona Taylor, James Bradford, Penella J. Woll, Dawn Teare, Angela Cox
    Liquid Profiling in Lung Cancer & Quantification of extracellular miRNAs in bronchial lavage / Bernd Schmidt, Grit Rehbein, Michael Fleischhacker
    Screening of KRAS mutation in pre- and post-surgery serum of patients suffering from colon cancer by COLD-PCR HRM / Elena Trujillo-Arribas, Hada C. Macher, Pilar Jiménez-Arriscado [and others]
    Non-dividing cell virtosomes affect in vitro and in vivo tumour cell replication / Mariano Garcia-Arranz, Damian Garcia-Olmo, Luz Vega-Clemente, Maurice Stroun [and others]
    Features of circulating DNA fragmentation in blood of healthy females and breast cancer patients / Svetlana N. Tamkovich, Natalia A. Kirushina, Vladimir E. Voytsitskiy [and others]
    Liquid profiling of circulating nucleic acids as a novel tool for the management of cancer patients / Stefan Holdenrieder
    Characterization of human pregnancy specific glycoprotein (PSG) gene copy number variations in pre-eclampsia patients / Chia Lin Chang, Chia Yu Chang, Da Xian Lee, Po Jen Cheng
    Non-invasive prenatal diagnosis of feto-maternal platelet incompatibility by cold high resolution melting analysis / Marta Ferro, Hada C. Macher, Pilar Noguerol, Pilar Jimenez-Arriscado [and others]
    Implementing non-invasive prenatal diagnosis (NIPD) in a National Health Service laboratory: from dominant to recessive disorders / Suzanne Drury, Sarah Mason, Fiona McKay, Kitty Lo, Christopher Boustred, Lucy Jenkins [and others]
    Comparative analysis of harmful physical factors effect on the cell genome / Irina N. Vasilyeva, Valery N. Zinkin, Vladimir G. Bespalov
    Heterochromatic tandem repeats in the extracellular DNA / Olga I. Podgornaya, Irina N. Vasilyeva, Vladimir G. Bespalov
    A historical and evolutionary perspective on circulating nucleic acids and extracellular vesicles: circulating nucleic acids as homeostatic genetic entities / Janine Aucamp, Abel Jacobus Bronkhorst, Piet J. Pretorius
    Comparison of microRNA content in plasma and urine indicates the existence of a transrenal passage of selected microRNAs / Eva Pazourkova, Sarka Pospisilova, Iveta Svobodova, Ales Horinek, Antonin Brisuda [and others]
    A quantitative assessment of cell-free DNA utilizing several housekeeping genes: measurements from four different cell lines / Janine Aucamp, Abel Jacobus Bronkhorst, Johannes F. Wentzel, Piet J. Pretorius
    Oligodeoxynucleotide analogues of circulating DNA inhibit dsRNA-induced immune response at the early stages of signal transduction cascade in a cell type-dependent manner / Anna V. Cherepanova, Zhanna K. Nazarkina, Pavel P. Laktionov
    Evaluation of the state of transplanted liver health by monitoring of organ-specific genomic marker in circulating DNA from receptor / Hada C. Macher, G. Suárez-Artacho, Pilar Jiménez-Arriscado, S. Álvarez-Gómez [and others]
    Vesicular and extra-vesicular RNAs of human blood plasma / Anna V. Savelyeva, Dmitriy N. Baryakin, Elena D. Chikova, Elena V. Kuligina [and others]
    Artificial analogues of circulating box C/D RNAs induce strong innate immune response and microRNA activation in human adenocarcinoma cells / Grigory A. Stepanov, Julia A. Filippova, Anna A. Nushtaeva, Elena V. Kuligina [and others]
    Multiple ways of cfDNA reception and following ROS production in endothelial cells / Anna Yu. Alekseeva, Larisa V. Kameneva, Svetlana V. Kostyuk, Natalia N. Veiko
    Protein content of circulating nucleoprotein complexes / Svetlana N. Tamkovich, Oleg S. Tutanov, Danil S. Serdukov, Maxim S. Belenikin [and others]
    Digital PCR of genomic rearrangements for monitoring circulating tumour DNA / Hongdo Do, Daniel Cameron, Ramyar Molania, Bibhusal Thapa, Gareth Rivalland [and others]
    mFast-SeqS as a monitoring and pre-screening tool for tumor-specific aneuploidy in plasma DNA / Jelena Belic, Marina Koch, Peter Ulz, Martina Auer, Teresa Gerhalter, Sumitra Mohan [and others]
    Methodological variables in the analysis of cell-free DNA / Abel Jacobus Bronkhorst, Janine Aucamp, Piet J. Pretorius
    Novel technology for enrichment of biomolecules from cell-free body fluids and subsequent DNA sizing / Vipulkumar Patel, Peter Celec, Magdalena Grunt, Heidi Schwarzenbach, Ingo Jenneckens [and others]
    A rapid and sensitive method for detection of the T790M mutation of EGFR in plasma DNA / Hideharu Kimura, Shingo Nishikawa, Hayato Koba, Taro Yoneda, Takashi Sone [and others]
    Evaluation of different blood collection tubes and blood storage conditions for the preservation and stability of cell-free circulating DNA for the analysis of the methylated mSEPT9 colorectal cancer screening marker / Jurgen Distler, Reimo Tetzner, Gunter Weiss, Thomas König, Anne Schlegel [and others]
    Purification of circulating cell-free DNA from plasma and urine using the automated large-volume extraction on the QIAsymphony® SP instrument / Alexander Wolf, Katharina Beller, Sebastian Groemminger, Wera Hofmann, Matthias Sachse [and others]
    Detection and quantification of KIT mutations in ctDNA by plasma Safe-SeqS / Johannes Fredebohm, Daniel H. Mehnert, Ann-Kathrin Löber, Frank Holtrup [and others]
    Lost in translation? Ethical challenges of implementing a new diagnostic procedure / Dagmar Schmitz
    Academia meets industry / Christian Schäfer, Tobias Paprotka, Ellen Heitzer, Mark Eccleston, Johannes Noe [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Richard J. Cote, Ram H. Datar, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Foreword
    Section I. Technologies for CTC Identification
    1. Significance of Studying Circulating Tumor Cells
    2. Affinity-Based Enrichment of Circulating Tumor Cells
    3. Size-Based and Non-Affinity Based Microfluidic Devices for Circulating Tumor Cell Enrichment and Characterization
    4. Molecular Assays for the Detection and Molecular Characterization of CTCs
    5. Cancer Stem Cells and Circulating Tumor Cells Molecular Markers, Isolation Techniques and Clinical Implications
    Section II. Fundamental Studies of CTC
    6. Circulating Tumor Cells and Tumor Dormancy.- 7. Prevention of Conversion of Tumor Dormancy into Proliferative Metastases
    8. Genesis of Circulating Tumor Cells through Epithelial-Mesenchymal Transition as a Mechanism for Distant Dissemination
    Section III. CTC Analysis
    9. CTC Analysis FISH, ISH, Array-CGH and Other Molecular Assays
    10. Genome-Wide Gene Copy Number Analysis of Circulating Tumor Cells
    11. Perspectives on the Functional Characterization and In Vitro Maintenance of Circulating Tumor Cells
    12. Prognostic Implications of CTC in Breast Cancer
    Section IV. Potential Clinical Applications of CTC
    13. CTC in Advanced Breast Cancer Prognosis, Monitoring and Clinical Utility
    14. Evolution of Metastatic Disease: The Need for Monitoring and Emerging Therapeutic Opportunities
    15. CTC for Biomarker and Companion Diagnostic Development
    16. Perspectives on Clinical Applications of CTCs
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Roberto Piñeiro, editor.
    Summary: This book compiles the latest research and key findings about the role of circulating tumor cells (CTCs) in Breast Cancer progression, both from the research and clinical standpoint. Based on latest advancements, the content of the book is set out to provide a clear overview about the biology and use of CTCs as a tool for the monitoring and management of breast cancer patients. This work covers basic concepts about the process of metastasis, the biology of CTCs and their potential applications as a biomarker in breast cancer. It will enable readers to delve into the process of epithelial-mesenchymal plasticity (EMP), mechanisms and clinical implications of tumor cell dormancy and minimal residual disease, and into the phenotypical and molecular heterogeneity of CTCs and CTC clusters, including the epigenetic characterization of CTCs. Readers will find out about the key technologies used for the isolation of CTCs as well as the latest advances towards the characterization of CTCs, involving single cell analyses and patient-derived models. It will discuss the evidences about the use of CTCs as a tool to monitor breast cancer progression and therapy response, as well as to unravel mechanisms of resistance to therapy and to identify new therapeutic targets favoring the development of novel anticancer drugs. Lastly, it will discuss ongoing clinical trials and try to foresee the future of CTCs in terms of clinical application and implementation in the clinical routine. The topic of this book is particularly relevant for cancer researchers and oncologist with an interest in the field, looking to refresh or to broaden their knowledge and understanding about the use of CTCs as a diagnostic biomarker in breast cancer.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Biology of Breast Cancer Metastasis and Importance of the Analysis of CTCs
    Epithelial-Mesenchymal Plasticity in Circulating Tumor Cells, the Precursors of Metastasis
    Disseminated Tumor Cells and Dormancy in Breast Cancer Progression
    Methodology for the Isolation and Analysis of CTCs
    Advances in the Characterization of Circulating Tumor Cells in Metastatic Breast Cancer: Single Cell Analyses and Interactions, and Patient-derived Models for Drug Testing
    Circulating Tumor Cells (CTCs) Heterogeneity in Metastatic Breast Cancer: Different Approaches for Different Needs
    Relevance of CTC Clusters in Breast Cancer Metastasis
    Epigenetics of Circulating Tumor Cells in Breast Cancer
    Circulating Tumor Cells: Applications for Early Breast Cancer
    Clinical Relevance and Therapeutic Application of CTCs in Advanced Breast Cancer. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Samuel S. Lee, Richard Moreau.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Alessandra Gentile, Stefano La Malfa, Ziniu Deng, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews how the release of the citrus genome facilitates the investigation of ancestral species, the study of their complex biological features, and the genetic basis of agronomic traits of paramount importance for their sustainable cultivation. The first chapters discuss citrus origin and distribution, and the economic importance and varietal composition of the cultivated species, providing an overview of citrus and related genera genetic resources. The book then describes the role of traditional breeding techniques (for scion and rootstocks) as well as the potential of genomic breeding and innovative protocols for biotechnological approaches. The second part provides essential information on the genus Citrus, the attributes of pure citrus species, genetic admixtures, hybrids and citrus relatives, and on the horticultural classification of cultivated species, varieties and rootstocks. The third part then focuses on the different molecular mechanisms, covering various aspects of citrus biology, including the role of beneficial compounds of citrus fruits. In addition, it examines the molecular responses of citrus to abiotic stresses and to field and post-harvest diseases. Providing insights gained in recent years, it is a valuable guide for those who are interested in gene discovery, comparative genomics, molecular breeding and new breeding techniques. It is particularly useful for scientists, breeders and students at universities and public sector institutes involved in research for the citrus industry.

    Contents:
    Citrus origin, diffusion and economic importance
    Genetic resources of Citrus and related genera
    Conventional breeding of cultivated varieties
    Conventional breeding of rootstocks
    Ploidy manipulation as breeding strategy
    Markers, maps and marker-assisted selection
    From the draft genome of sweet orange toward a pan-genome
    New Breeding Techniques for Citrus
    From flower to fruit in citrus
    Genetic control of ripening
    Pigments in citrus: importance and genetic background
    Essential oils in citrus
    Abiotic stress resistance
    Biotechnological approaches for the resistance to citrus huanglongbling
    Genetic basis of canker resistance
    Molecular mechanisms for resistance to biotic stresses
    Future perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by A. Joseph Layon, Andrea Gabrielli, Mihae Yu, Kenneth E. Wood.
    Summary: "Covering every problem encountered in today's intensive care unit, this leading critical care textbook presents the knowledge and expertise of more than 350 global experts in this fast-changing field. Beginning with the social aspects of medicine, it then discusses monitoring and organ system pathobiology followed by specific diseases states/syndromes. Each chapter begins with immediate concerns and proceeds to broader-based discussions of relevant pathophysiologic and clinical issues. KEY FEATURES: Features new chapters on Critical Care Implications in Acute Care Surgery, The Obstetric Patient, and Brain Death and Management of the Potential Organ Donor; all chapters thoroughly revised including up-to-date discussions of what happens after the patient leaves the ICU. Covers surgical critical care more thoroughly than any other text. Includes expert coverage of pharmacology, nutrition, toxicology and the environment, disaster management, point-of-care testing, bedside ultrasound, surgical infections, and much more. Presents information in a reader-friendly manner, streamlining the print text to focus on the material most important for bedside care in the ICU. Expertly edited by leaders in every area of critical care: Dr. Mihae Yu (surgery), Dr. A. Joseph Layon (internal medicine), and Drs. Layon and Andrea Gabrielli (anesthesiology), who are joined in this edition by Dr. Kenneth Wood (internal medicine). Your book purchase includes a complimentary download of the enhanced eBook for iOS, Android, PC & Mac. Take advantage of these practical features that will improve your eBook experience: The ability to download the eBook on multiple devices at one time -- providing a seamless reading experience online or offline. Powerful search tools and smart navigation cross-links that allow you to search within this book, or across your entire library of VitalSource eBooks Multiple viewing options that enable you to scale images and text to any size without losing page clarity as well as responsive design. The ability to highlight text and add notes with one click"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    volume editors, Takeshi Nakanishi, Takahiro Kuragano.
    Contents:
    Current topics in vascular access : superficialization of arteriovenous fistula / Nanami, M., Suemitsu, K., Nagasawa, Y., Hasuike, Y., Kuragano, T., Nakanishi, T.
    Malnutrition-wasting conditions in older dialysis patients : an individualized approach / Hanafusa, N., Tsuchiya, K., Nitta, K.
    Blood purification for paediatric patients / Ishikawa, K.; Oyama, K.
    Chronic inflammation and progression of diabetic kidney disease / Furuya, F., Ishii, T., Kitamura, K.
    Correlation between aortic calcification score and biochemical parameters in hemodialysis patients / Maruyama, N., Higuchi, T., Ono, M., Oguma, H., Nakamura, Y., Utsunomiya, K., Akiya, Y., Horikami, T., Yamazaki, T., Okawa, E., Ando, H., Abe, M.
    New Japanese Society of Dialysis Therapy guidelines for peritoneal dialysis / Ito, Y., Tawada, M., Yuasa, H., Ryuzaki, M.
    Recent advances in the management of vascular calcification in patients with end-stage renal disease / Nitta, K., Ogawa, T., Hanafusa, N., Tsuchiya, K.
    Carnitine profile by tandem mass spectrometry and dialysis patients / Kamei, D., Kamei, Y., Tanaka, N., Tsukada, M., Miwa, N., Hanafusa, N., Mineshima, M., Nitta, K., Tsuchiya, K.
    The current status and future of peritoneal dialysis in Japan / Nakamoto, H.
    Economic issues of chronic kidney disease and end-stage renal disease / Takemoto, Y., Naganuma, T.
    Clinical benefit of an adsorptive technique for elderly long-term hemodialysis patients / Kuragano, T., Kida, A., Yahiro, M., Nakanishi, T.
    Iron metabolism in chronic kidney disease patients / Honda, H., Hosaka, N., Ganz, T., Shibata, T.
    Hypoxia-inducible factor-prolyl hydroxylase domain inhibitors to treat anemia in chronic kidney disease / Sakashita, M., Tanaka, T., Nangaku, M.
    The hepcidin-anemia axis : pathogenesis of anemia in chronic kidney disease / Nakanishi, T., Kimura, T., Kuragano, T.
    Anemia management considering the pathophysiology of elderly chronic kidney disease patients / Kuragano, T., Mizusaki, K., Kimura, T., Nakanishi, T.
    Digital Access Karger 2019
  • Digital
    Bo Gao, Alexander M. McKinney, editors ; Shi Zhou, Shi Zuo, associate editors.
    Summary: This book systematically summarizes classic imaging signs' characteristics and theory for whole body imaging, serving as a clinical guide for the understanding, prevention, and diagnosis of miscellaneous entities. In recent years, with the rapid evolution of modern imaging modalities, radiology has secured an irreplaceable role in diagnosis within standard clinical practice and being familiar with radiological signs has become essential. The book provides a multimodality review of more than 300 commonly utilized radiologic signs in radiography, CT, MRI, US, angiography, and nuclear medicine, including PET-CT. It is designed to enhance recognition of specific imaging patterns and enable the image interpreter to confidently reach an accurate diagnosis. Divided into ten chapters dedicated to different anatomic areas, each sign includes detailed discussion that explains the history and meaning of the descriptive or metaphoric sign, alongside illustrative photos for memory aid and clarification. Uniquely written from a practical point of view, each case leads you through a radiology expert's thought process in analyzing the classic signs with considerations of common misinterpretations and imaging pitfalls. The cases then highlight clinical presentation, relevant pathology, anatomy, physiology, and pertinent imaging features of common disease processes. Key information is distilled into succinct, bulleted points with detailed illustrations and images. This book is an ideal reference and review for practicing radiologists, as well as trainees preparing for licensing examinations.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Brain
    Head and Neck
    Chest
    Solid organs of Upper Abdomen
    Gastrointestinal Tracts
    Peritoneum and Pelvis
    MSK
    Spine
    Vascular and interventional.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Paul A. Banaszkiewicz, Deiary F. Kader, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    David Mertz.
    Summary: A comprehensive guide for data scientists to master effective data cleaning tools and techniques Key Features Master data cleaning techniques in a language-agnostic manner Learn from intriguing hands-on examples from numerous domains, such as biology, weather data, demographics, physics, time series, and image processing Work with detailed, commented, well-tested code samples in Python and R Book Description It is something of a truism in data science, data analysis, or machine learning that most of the effort needed to achieve your actual purpose lies in cleaning your data. Written in David's signature friendly and humorous style, this book discusses in detail the essential steps performed in every production data science or data analysis pipeline and prepares you for data visualization and modeling results. The book dives into the practical application of tools and techniques needed for data ingestion, anomaly detection, value imputation, and feature engineering. It also offers long-form exercises at the end of each chapter to practice the skills acquired. You will begin by looking at data ingestion of data formats such as JSON, CSV, SQL RDBMSes, HDF5, NoSQL databases, files in image formats, and binary serialized data structures. Further, the book provides numerous example data sets and data files, which are available for download and independent exploration. Moving on from formats, you will impute missing values, detect unreliable data and statistical anomalies, and generate synthetic features that are necessary for successful data analysis and visualization goals. By the end of this book, you will have acquired a firm understanding of the data cleaning process necessary to perform real-world data science and machine learning tasks. What you will learn How to think carefully about your data and ask the right questions Identify problem data pertaining to individual data points Detect problem data in the systematic "shape" of the data Remediate data integrity and hygiene problems Prepare data for analytic and machine learning tasks Impute values into missing or unreliable data Generate synthetic features that are more amenable to data science, data analysis, or visualization goals. Who this book is for This book is designed to benefit software developers, data scientists, aspiring data scientists, and students who are interested in data analysis or scientific computing. Basic familiarity with statistics, general concepts in machine learning,...
  • Digital
    Rodrick Wallace, Luis Fernando Chaves, Luke R. Bergmann, Constância Ayres, Lenny Hogerwerf, Richard Kock, Robert G. Wallace.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    William Wan.
    Summary: "This book is a 25-year milestone celebration of DAS' efforts in creating awareness for dyslexia and providing quality support for people with dyslexia in Singapore. It showcases an overview of how the association developed over the years and the key role DAS has played in shaping dyslexia intervention. Today, DAS is one of the forerunners in dyslexia support in Asia, and experts around the world have taken interest in the way they help dyslexics tackle the unique multilingual culture and high education standard. Also featured are personal stories of individuals who struggle with learning differences, as well as passionate advocates, educators and supporters whose efforts have paved the way for dyslexics to achieve success in life."-- Publisher's website.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Digital
    Nivaldo Alonso, Cassio Eduardo Raposo-Amaral, editors.
    Summary: The aim of this book is to discuss cleft lip and palate deformities in a comprehensive way, presenting it from the basics to the most clinically and surgically relevant issues. First, the basic concepts of embryology and pathogenesis of the facial deformities will be discussed. Special attention will be paid to the genetics underlying this condition. Following that, basic principles of surgical treatment through the most recent advances in the field will be presented, along with most important evidences from the literature and the personal experience of the editors and authors. Cleft Lip and Palate Treatment presents the state of the art and advances in the field and is intended to serve as a comprehensive guide for a broad audience. All the specialties involved in the comprehensive care of these craniofacial deformities will be presented in this book.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Promoting Comprehensive Cleft Care into a Unified Heath System in Brazil: Challenges and Achievements
    Global Cleft Lip And Palate Care: A Brief Review
    Genetics of Cleft Lip and Palate: Perspectives in Surgery Management and Outcome
    Classification of Cleft Phenotypes
    An overview of Protocols and Outcomes in Cleft Care
    Unilateral Cleft Repair
    Treatment of Bilateral Cleft Lip and Palate: Protocol for Surgical Treatment
    Current Management of Bilateral Cleft Lip
    Cleft Palate: Anatomy and Surgery
    Buccinator Myomucosal Flap in Cleft Repair: The SOBRAPAR Hospital Experience
    Velopharyngeal Insufficiency: Etiopathology and Treatment
    Surgical Management of Velopharyngeal Insufficiency: The Sobrapar Hospital Algorithm
    Speech Therapie in Cleft Patients
    Robin Sequence
    Bone Graft in Alveolar Cleft Lip and Palate
    Bone Substitute Alveolar Bone Grafting with Rhbmp-2
    Orthodontic Treatment of Patients with Orofacial Cleft
    Orthognatic Surgery in Cleft Patients
    Secondary Unilateral Cleft Rhinoplasty
    The Rare Facial Cleft
    Three Dimensional Digital Stereophotogrammetry in Cleft Care
    Standardized Two Dimensional Photographic Documentation of Cleft Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mikko Saarikoski, Camilla Strandell-Laine, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Brian P. Griffin, Samir R. Kapadia, Venu Menon.
    Summary: "Providing a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review of every area of contemporary cardiovascular medicine, The Cleveland Clinic Cardiology Review is an excellent tool for learning and reviewing key concepts in major areas of cardiology. The ThirdEdition contains fully revised content, review questions used on the board exam. A new, easy-to-follow chapter template facilitates quick review and retention of the material. Emphasizes board-relevant clinical material and accurate, real-world clinical decision making.Covers every major topic you'll encounter on certification and recertification exams, including congenital heart disease, electrophysiology, valvular heart disease, vascular disease, and pharmacology, and more.Presents review questions with each chapter for thorough exam preparation and self-assessment.Uses a new, consistent format for most chapters: introduction, clinical presentation, diagnosis, algorithm, treatment, suggested readings, and questions/answers.Written by distinguished clinicians from the Cleveland Clinic Foundation's Department of Cardiovascular Medicine and based on the Cleveland Clinic Foundation's popular annual Intensive Review of Cardiology course. Enrich Your eBook Reading ExperienceRead directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone.Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital
    editors, James K. Stoller, Craig Nielsen, Janet Buccola, Andrei Brateanu.
    Contents:
    Section I. Multidisciplinary skills for the internet
    Section II. Infectious disease
    Section III. Hermatology and medical oncology
    Section IV. Rheumatology
    Section V. Pulmonary and critical care medicine
    Section VI. Endocrinology
    Section VII. Nephrology and hypertension
    Section VIII. Gastroenterology
    Section IX. Cardiology.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] Scott R. Steele.
    Summary: "Tips and Tricks in Surgery will be a series of books that offer the sort of wisdom attending surgeons pass on to residents or fellows about how to perform surgery (it is patterned after the series being developed in the orthopaedic surgery program). Keith Lillemoe, chair of surgery at MGH, is the series editor. Each volume will cover one area of surgery and will be written by faculty and residents of a single institution renowned for its work in that area"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Camille Sabella, Robert J. Cunningham III.
    Summary: "Review for the pediatric boards with confidence! <B>The Cleveland Clinic Intensive Review of Pediatrics, 5th Edition</B>, provides the core pediatric material you need to know in a practical format ideal for board review and preparation._ Up-to-date subspecialty chapters provide concise overviews with bulleted lists, tables, photographs, and radiographs, as well as new multiple-choice questions with detailed rationales._ Board simulation chapters in every section and at the end of the book, along with three practice exams, build your test-taking skills. Key Features:<ul><li>Evaluate your strengths and weaknesses, review important concepts efficiently, and gain experience answering board-style questions.</li><li>An essential resource for physicians preparing for certification or recertification, and for primary care physicians seeking to update their knowledge of pediatrics.</li><li>Written primarily by distinguished faculty from Cleveland Clinic Children's Hospital.</li></ul>Your book purchase includes a complimentary download of the enhanced eBook for iOS, Android, PC & Mac. Take advantage of these practical features that will improve your eBook experience:<ul><li>The ability to download the eBook on multiple devices at one time -- providing a seamless reading experience online or offline</li><li>Powerful search tools and smart navigation cross-links that allow you to search within this book, or across your entire library of VitalSource eBooks</li><li>Multiple viewing options that enable you to scale images and text to any size without losing page clarity as well as responsive design</li><li>The ability to highlight text and add notes with one click</li></ul>"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Ahmet Bahadir Ergin, A. Laurence Kennedy, Manjula K. Gupta, Amir H. Hamrahian.
    Summary: Developed via a peer review process that included 25 experienced endocrinologists and utilizing the best current evidence, The Cleveland Clinic has created a practical set of protocols for over 25 commonly used dynamic endocrine tests. The cornerstone of clinical endocrinology, these evidence-based protocols play an important role in clinical decision-making and are important element of billing and compliance with high quality standards. Included here are various tests for pituitary and adrenal disorders, thyroid disorders, and glucose metabolism and pancreatic disorders, presented systematically with indications, preparation, materials needed, precautions, procedure, interpretation, and caveats. Filling the gap left by a lack of national guidelines, The Cleveland Clinic Manual of Dynamic Endocrine Testing is an up-to-date practical guide for endocrinologists, nurses, and their staff, inside or outside of the US, who need to perform and interpret dynamic endocrine testing in their everyday practice, as well as medical students, residents and fellows who have interest in endocrinology.

    Contents:
    Part I: Dynamic Tests in Pituitary/Adrenal Disorders
    ACTH Stimulation Test for Adrenal Insufficiency with Total Cortisol Levels
    ACTH Stimulation Test for Adrenal Insufficiency with Free Cortisol Levels
    ACTH Stimulation Test for Late Onset (Non-classic) 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency
    Metyrapone Stimulation Test
    Two Day Low Dose Dexamethasone Suppression Test
    Combined CRH Dexamethasone Suppression Test
    Overnight Low Dose Dexamethasone Suppression Test ? 1 mg
    Overnight High Dose Dexamethasone Suppression Test ? 8 mg
    Ovine Corticotropin Releasing Hormone (oCRH) Stimulation Test
    Insulin Tolerance Test (ITT)
    Glucagon Stimulation Test for GHD (GST)
    GHRH-Arginine GH Stimulation Test
    Growth Hormone Suppression Test (Post-Glucose Administration)
    Clonidine Suppression Test for Pheochromocytoma
    Intravenous Saline Suppression Test for Evaluation of Primary Aldosteronism
    Oral Sodium Loading Test
    Captopril Challenge Test
    Water Deprivation Test for DI
    Part II: Dynamic Tests in Thyroid Disorders
    Thyroid Cancer Follow-up: Withdrawal Protocol
    Thyroid Cancer Follow-up: Thyrogen Injection with No Scan
    Thyroid Cancer Follow-up: Thyrogen Injection with Scan with/without Treatment
    Levothyroxine Absorption Test
    Part III: Dynamic Tests in Glucose Metabolism/Pancreas Disorders
    Seventy-two Hour Fast for Insulinoma
    Glucagon Stimulation to Test Beta Cell Reserve
    Mixed Meal Hypoglycemia Test
    Secretin Stimulation Test for Gastrinoma
    Part IV: Invasive Dynamic Endocrine Testing
    Inferior Petrosal Sinus Sampling
    Adrenal Venous Sampling.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Samir K. Shah, Daniel G. Clair, editors.
    Summary: This book, from the faculty and residents of one of the world?s most respected hospitals, provides a comprehensive and concise approach to vascular disease. Beginning with the foundations of vascular disease and diagnosis, this text moves on to cover critical disease processes. Each section of the book, dedicated to a unique pathology, explains salient pathophysiology, presentation, diagnosis, treatment options, and outcomes. A special emphasis is given to both open and endovascular techniques and their related pitfalls. Additionally, reflecting the growing importance of evidence-based medicine, readers are provided with references to critical publications that underpin diagnostic and therapeutic recommendations. Diagnosis, treatment, and more are provided succinctly, allowing this text to be broad in focus while remaining in a convenient portable format. As a brief review for practicing physicians or a primary educational text for fellows, residents, and medical students, Cleveland Clinic Manual of Vascular Surgery is a valuable addition to everyone?s library.

    Contents:
    Arterial Aneurysms
    Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    Acute Lower Limb Ischemia
    Aortoiliac Disease
    Upper Limb Ischemia
    Mesenteric Ischemia
    Renovascular Disease
    Lymphatic
    Lymphedema
    Miscellaneous
    Portal Hypertension
    Hemodialysis Access
    Vasculitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Toby Cosgrove, MD., President and CEO of Cleveland Clinic.
    Summary: There's a revolution going on right now. On the frontiers of medicine, some doctors have developed an approach for treating people that is more effective, more humane, and more affordable. It's an approach to healthcare that has captured the attention of the media and business elite--and the President of the United States. It's all happening at Cleveland Clinic, one of the most innovative, forward-looking medical institutions in the nation. In this groundbreaking book, the man who leads this global organization, Toby Cosgrove, MD, reveals how the Clinic works so well and argues persuasively for why it should be the model for the nation. He details how Cleveland Clinic focuses on the eight key trends that are shaping the future of medicine. At its core is Cleveland Clinic's emphasis on patient care and patient experience. A refreshingly positive and practical vision of healthcare, The Cleveland Clinic Way is essential reading for healthcare and business executives, medical professionals, industry analysts, and policymakers. It gives leaders lessons they can apply to their own organizations to achieve results and empowers average Americans to make more informed healthcare decisions.

    Contents:
    Group practices provide better, and cheaper, care
    Collaborative care is more effective
    Care should be monitored and recorded for quality
    21st century care should be innovative
    Care should be a healing experience for body and mind
    Wellness depends on healthcare, not sickcare
    Care should take place in different settings for comfort and value
    Care should be tailor-made for you
    Conclusion : toward a healthier future.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Burger, Justin Gundlach.
    Summary: Presents comprehensively the currently un-mapped constellation of issues related to climate change, public health, and the law.

    Contents:
    Part I: The Context
    Introduction / Michael Burger and Justin Gundlach
    The Duty to Protect Public Health from Climate Change Impacts / Michael Burger
    The Public Health Sector's Challenges and Responses / Jill Krueger and Colleen Healy Boufides
    Part II: Cross-Cutting Issues
    Government Speech and the First Amendment / David C. Vladeck
    Disease Surveillance / Jason A. Smith and Chandrakala Ganesh
    The Built Environment / Justin Gundlach and Jennifer Kein
    Part III: Impacts and Interventions
    Heat / Sara Hoverter
    Oceans and Coasts / Robin Kundis Craig
    Infectious Disease / Lindsay F. Wiley
    Food Systems / Margot J. Pollans
    Migration / Maxine Burkett
    Part IV: Interplay with International & Domestic Environmental Law
    International Institutions and the Developing World / William Onzivu
    How Existing Environmental Laws Respond to Climate Change and Its Mitigation / Justin Gundlach
    Incorporating Public Health Assessments into Climate Change Action / Jessica Wentz.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Kent E. Pinkerton, William N. Rom, editors.
    Summary: This book is a guide to the research, findings, and discussions of US and international experts on climate change and respiratory health. Since the publication of the first edition, climate change has been increasingly acknowledged as being directly related to the prevalence and incidence of respiratory morbidity. Evidence is increasing that climate change does drive respiratory disease onset and exacerbation as a result of increased ambient and indoor air pollution, desertification, heat stress, wildfires, and the geographic and temporal spread of pollens, molds and infectious agents. This second edition is fully updated to include the latest research by international experts on topics such as heat waves causing critical care-related diseases, climate-driven air pollution increases, and high-level ozone and ozone exposure linked to idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, lung cancer, and acute lower respiratory infection. Seven new chapters have also been added on extreme weather and agricultural safety in California; desert dust effects on lung health; climate policy and the EPA; California's integrated approach to air quality and climate change; integrating climate change, the environment, and sustainability themes into professional health science courses; and the role of the physician as climate advocate. This is an ideal guide for all pulmonologists and health professionals treating patients with pulmonary disease.

    Contents:
    Introduction: consequences of global warming to planetary and human health
    Climate variability and change data and information for global public health
    Climate change: updates on recent global and United States temperature anomalies and impacts to water, forests and environmental health
    Eyewitness to climate change
    Arctic connections to global warming and health
    Assessing the health risks of climate change
    Heat waves and rising temperatures: Human health impacts and the determinants of vulnerability
    Climate, air quality and allergy: emerging methods for detecting linkages
    The human health co-benefits of air quality improvements associated with climate change mitigation
    Asthma, hayfever, pollen, & climate change
    California and climate changes: an update
    Vector-borne diseases in a changing climate and world
    Dengue fever and climate change
    Climate variability and change: food, water and societal impacts
    Hurricanes and health: vulnerability in an age of climate change
    The impact of climate change and extreme weather conditions on agricultural health and safety in california
    Household air pollution from cookstoves: impacts on health and climate
    Biomass fuel and lung diseases: an Indian perspective
    Climate change and women's health: risks and opportunities
    The impact of climate change on public health in small island states and caribbean countries
    Global climate change, desertification, and its consequences in Turkey and the Middle East
    Climate change and the risk of desertification with a focus in the United States
    Federal Programs in climate change and health research
    Management of climate change adaptation at the United States centers for disease control and prevention
    Rules, rulings, and repeals: the shifting state of climate policy at U.S. EPA
    California's integrated approach to air quality and climate change
    Climate change and public health interventions
    Integrating climate change, the environment, and sustainability themes into professional health sciences courses: a case study across a university system
    The physician's response to climate change.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Vinaya Kumar Hebsale Mallappa, Mahantesh Shirur, editors.
    Summary: This book provides insights on innovative strategies to build resilient food systems in the wake of challenges posed by climate change. Providing food security to the growing population especially in developing countries without exacerbating the environment is a major challenge. Climate change is expected to reduce agricultural productivity, leading to a decline in overall food availability and significantly increasing the number of malnourished children in developing countries. Interventions for enhancing the adaptive capacity of farmers especially of small holders needs immediate impetus. The policy formulation and development programs must reorient in the wake of the new expectations and deliverables. This book comprises of sixteen chapters that discuss the trends in global agriculture development and food system. The book highlights different aspects of household food and nutritional security. The chapters covering diverse aspects address food system, rural and urban food chain, factors affecting their sustainability and short and long term solutions to make them climate resilient. Important issues having significant implications on climate change such as Waste management, Value chain, Agri-marketing, etc. are also covered. The book would be an important resource for researchers in food science, environmental sciences and agriculture. It would also be beneficial for students and future scientists working on sustainable agriculture and food security. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    About the Book
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Abbreviations
    1: Building a Resilient Food System: Challenges and a Way Forward
    1.1 Introduction
    1.1.1 Ecological Security
    1.1.2 Technological Security
    1.1.3 PostHarvest Technology and Building Grain Reserves
    1.1.4 Social Security
    1.1.5 Nutrition Education
    1.1.6 Population Stabilization
    1.2 Factors Are Affecting Food Availability
    1.2.1 Physical Factor
    1.2.2 Biological Factor
    1.2.3 Political Factors
    1.2.4 Economic Factor
    1.2.5 Food Conservation Factor 1.2.6 Food Distribution Factor
    1.3 Means to Increase the Availability of Nutrients
    1.4 Factors Are Affecting the Consumption of Food
    1.5 Means to Combating Malnutrition
    1.6 Challenges and Way Forward Are the Issues for Resilient Food System
    1.6.1 Challenges for Resilient Food System
    1.6.2 Cooperatives in the Developing World
    1.6.3 Farmers ́Cooperatives to Improve Bargaining Power
    1.6.4 Farmers ́Cooperatives to Improve Farm Income
    1.6.5 A Way Forward
    1.7 Building a Resilient Food System at the Community Level 1.8 A Conceptual Framework for Resilience of Food and Nutritional System
    1.9 Interventions as a Lever for the Resilience of the Food System
    1.9.1 Policy Interventions
    1.9.2 Institutional Intervention
    1.9.3 Technological Intervention
    1.9.4 Capacity-Building Intervention
    1.10 Conclusion and Policy Implication
    References
    2: From an Empty-Plate Lunch to Silk-Stocking Dinner: Some Futuristic Approaches in Agriculture
    2.1 Agriculture as a Development Process
    2.2 Challenges in Agriculture: An Overview
    2.2.1 Population-Induced Growing Global Food Demand 2.2.2 Urbanization-Led Drift in Food Demand and Increased Production System Struggle
    2.2.3 Climate Change and Reduced Crop Yields
    2.2.4 Triple Burden of Malnutrition
    2.2.5 Alarming Level of Post-Harvest Losses
    2.2.6 Low Income and Low Social Status Offer to Farmers
    2.3 Pragmatic Solutions and Strategies for Overcoming the Challenges
    2.3.1 Nontraditional and Urban Farming as an Alternative Production System
    2.3.2 Internet of Things for the Better Agriculture
    2.3.2.1 Planting and Seeding
    2.3.2.2 Weed Control and Intercultural Operations 2.3.2.3 Harvesting of the Produce
    2.3.2.4 Primarily Surveillance
    2.3.2.5 Processing of Farm Produces
    2.3.3 Price Forecast in Agriculture
    2.3.4 Diversification and Commercialization of Agriculture
    2.3.5 Climate-Smart Agriculture: Adaptation and Mitigation
    2.3.5.1 Climate-Smart Technologies
    2.3.5.2 The Resource-Conserving Technologies (RCTs)
    2.3.5.3 Carrot and Stick Approach in Knowledge Integration
    2.3.6 Nutrition Farming as a Hunger Fighter
    2.3.7 Reaching Zero Hunger Through Zero Wastage and Surplus Management
    2.3.8 Policy Options and Its Imperatives
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    authors: V. Ratna Reddy, Y.V. Malla Reddy, M. Srinivasa Reddy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Volker Schöffl, Isabelle Schöffl, Christoph Lutter, Thomas Hochholzer, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses the medical aspects of sports climbing, a still young but emerging sport, which will be one of the disciplines at the Tokyo Olympics. Its rapid development from niche to popular sport has been accompanied by an increase in the number of climbing-sports-specific injuries and has attracted growing interest within the sports medicine community. Gathering expertise from around the globe, the book covers all aspects related to this discipline -- from physiology, biomechanics and anatomy through upper and lower extremity injuries to cardiology, gynecology, pediatric and adolescent conditions. Following a coherent structure, each chapter equips readers with evidence-based diagnostic and therapeutic guidelines. Enriched by a wealth of pictures, this manual offers a timely and up-to-date resource for sports physicians, orthopedic surgeons and traumatologists, as well as trainers, physiotherapists and other health professionals involved in climbing.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    I Basics
    2 Injury Statistics
    3 Anatomy and Biomechanics of the Hand
    4 Physiology of Rock Climbing
    5 Imaging of Climbing Injuries
    II Orthopedic Section: Upper Extremity
    6 Hand and Finger
    7 Wrist
    8 Ellbow and Forearm
    9 Shoulder
    III Orthopedic Section: Lower Extremity
    10 Feet and Ankle
    11 Hip and Knee
    12 The spine
    13 Long term effects of intense rock climbing
    14 Pediatric aspects in young rock climbers
    15 Anorexia athletica and REDs
    16 Climbing with medical conditions
    17 Climbing and Pregnancy
    18. Sportsmedical Supervision of Climbers
    19 Taping
    20 Rehabilitation
    21 Prevention
    22 Future aspects : climbing in the Olympics.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Iuliu Haţieganu ; în colaborare cu I.N. Boeriu ... [et al.].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L46 .H36 1955
    1
  • Digital
    Paul C. Guest, editor.
    Summary: The novel coronavirus 2019 (COVID-19) has caused a serious global pandemic in just eight months. Nearly every country and territory in the world has been affected by the virus. The virulence and infection rate of the virus are profound, and has required extreme social distancing measures across the globe in order to prevent overwhelming the healthcare services and hospitals. COVID-19 appears to have the greatest effects on elderly individuals and those who have co-morbid diseases, such as heart disease, asthma, and diabetes. As the peak begins to slow in many countries, the death rates remain high amidst justified fears of a second wave. A rapid worldwide mobilization has begun to identify effective treatments and develop vaccines. This new volume will increase readers understanding of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic through a series of chapters that address these concerns. Leading experts will discuss the effects of the virus in cases of co-morbidities, new treatment approaches, mental health aspects of the pandemic, and convey the results of survey studies. The book will be an excellent resource for researchers studying virology, metabolic diseases, respiratory disorders, and clinical scientists, physicians, drug companies, and healthcare services and workers.

    Contents:
    SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19): Beginning to Understand a New Virus
    Neurological Complications of the COVID-19 Pandemic: What have we got so Far?
    Endothelial Dysfunction as a Primary Consequence of SARS-CoV-2 Infection
    A Review Study on the Neonatal Outcomes of Pregnant Women with COVID-19
    Relationship between COVID-19 and Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme 2: A Scoping Review
    Experience in Nutrition Management of Diabetes-affected COVID-19 Patients
    Emerging Technologies for the Treatment of COVID-19
    Obesity and risk of COVID-19 infection and severity: available evidence and mechanisms
    COVID-19 is an Endothelial Disease: Implications of Nitric Oxide
    Immune Response and Effectiveness of COVID-19 Therapies
    The Novel Coronavirus and Inflammation
    Does SARS-CoV-2 Threaten Male Fertility?
    COVID-19 and Vulnerable Populations in Sub-Saharan Africa: a Review
    Overview of the Haematological Effects of COVID-19 Infection
    The Novel Coronavirus and Haemostatic Abnormalities: Pathophysiology, Clinical Manifestations and Treatment Recommendations
    COVID-19 related laboratory analyte changes and the relationship between SARS-CoV-2 and HIV, TB and HbA1c in South Africa
    The Primary Outcomes, Epidemiological and Clinical Features of Coronavirus Disease-2019 (COVID-19) in Iran
    Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome and COVID-19: A Scoping Review and Meta-Analysis
    Depression, Anxiety and Stress Among Patients with COVID-19: A Cross-sectional Study
    Survey of Immediate Psychological Distress Levels among Health Care Workers in the COVID-19 Epidemic: A Cross-sectional Study
    Coronavirus (COVID-19)-Associated Psychological Distress Among Medical Students in Iran
    A Survey of Psychological Distress among the Community in the COVID-19 Epidemic: A Cross-Sectional Study
    Gender Susceptibility to COVID-19 Mortality: Androgens as the Usual Suspects?
    Identification, Monitoring and Prediction of Disease Severity in Patients with COVID-19 Pneumonia Based on Chest Computed Tomography Scans: a Retrospective Study
    The Level of Procalcitonin in Severe COVID-19 Patients: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis
    A Systematic Review of 571 Pregnancies Affected by COVID-19
    The 2019 Novel Coronavirus Disease in Pregnancy: A Systematic Review
    Acute Kidney Injury and Covid-19: a Scoping Review and Meta-analysis
    Cardiac Injury in COVID-19: A Systematic Review
    A Systematic Review of the Assessment of the Presence of SARS-CoV-2 in Human Semen
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    by Jingduan Yang, Daniel A. Monti.
    Contents:
    Introduction to clinical acupuncture and ancient Chinese medicine
    Human energy and vital substance
    Energetics of human and nature
    Human energetic anatomy
    Physiological functions of internal organs
    The psychology of the internal organs
    Pathophysiology of Qi and vital substances
    Pathophysiology of yin and yang
    Pathophysiology of energetic channels
    Evaluation of human energy
    Points of six principal yin channels
    Acupuncture point of six principal yang channels
    Acupuncture points on the eight extra channels
    The extra acupuncture points
    Therapeutic strategy of acupuncture
    Point selection and combination
    Acupuncture therapy
    Adjunctive therapies
    Self-care for the body, mind and spirit
    Modern studies on acupuncture.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Thomas Forst, Christoph Kaptiza.
    Contents:
    Clinical advances in diabetes mellitus / Thomas Forst & Christoph Kapitza
    Immune pathogenesis, immune intervention & prediction in Type 1 diabetes / Nanette C. Schloot
    Pathophysiology of Type 2 diabetes mellitus & vascular disease / Thomas Forst, Rudolf Theodor & Matthias M. Weber
    New insulin developments / Jochen Seufert
    New strategies for the treatment of diabetes mellitus type 2--Glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists and sodium-glucose type 2 transporter inhibitors / Rüdiger Göke & Burkhard Göke
    New technologies for the treatment of diabetes mellitus / Andreas Thomas
    Peripheral neuropathy in diabetes mellitus / Alin Stirban
    Diabetic kidney disease : course, diagnosis and treatment / Christoph Hasslacher
    Diabetic retinopathy / Yasemin Akbaba & Georg Michelson
    Diabetic foot syndrome : brief review / Nikolaos Papanas
    C-peptide : a new potential in the therapy of microvascular complications of Type 1 diabetes? / Åsa Kallas & John Wahren
    Diabetes and the Heart DM and CVD : two sides of one coin / Stephan Jacob & Matthias Leschke
    Nutrition for metabolic syndrome and Type 2 diabetes / Nicolai Worm
    Diabetes mellitus & disorders of lipid metabolism / Armin Steinmetz
    Adiposity and metabolic syndrome / Maria Sarigianni, Konstantinos Papatheodorou & Apostolos Tsapas.
    Digital Access Future Med 2015
  • Digital
    edited by D. John Doyle and Basem Abdelmalak.
    Summary: The consequences of failure to adequately oxygenate a patient and ventilate their lungs during surgery can be catastrophic. Taking a uniquely case-based approach to clinical airway management, this textbook provides a comprehensive and richly illustrated guide to this vital component of anesthetic practice. The clinically diverse cases include practical guidance on the choice of management technique, airway device, its placement, associated medications and mode of ventilation, and cover important advances in equipment and scientific knowledge to keep clinicians up to date on recent developments in the field. As well as upper airway problems, this text also encompasses the management of less commonly discussed lower airway challenges. The written material is supplemented by links to additional online videos. Written by an international collection of leading experts, Clinical Airway Management is a useful and extensive resource that helps anesthesiologists, emergency physicians, intensivists and trainees navigate the challenges faced every day in clinical practice.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2017
  • Digital
    Salvatore Docimo, Jr., Eric M. Pauli, editors.
    Summary: This book takes the major pathologies commonly studied in general surgery and presents them in a unique format based upon algorithms. The algorithms begin with the clinical presentation of the patient and work their way through the various diagnostic modalities available to the surgeon. This allows the physician to make a decision regarding treatment options based upon various patterns in the algorithms. This text serves as a very useful resource for surgeons as it allows complex clinical pathways to be conveniently organized in logical algorithms while providing a concise yet comprehensive manual to assist in clinical decision making. The algorithms were created by recognized experts in their field and include the most up-to-date clinical and evidence-based information. Provides a useful resource for surgeons in clinical practice, as well as surgical residents in training and those who are preparing for board examinations or recertification.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Martha L. Sylvia, Mary F. Terhaar.
    Summary: "When we first conceived of this book, our intent was to create a resource that would introduce the theory, processes, and tools needed by professionals to achieve impactful clinical scholarship. We described improvement processes that originated with data from practice which pointed to opportunities to improve and concluded with data that helped to determine if the evidence-based solutions implemented had been effective. We are excited by the number of programs that have adopted this book as a course text, by the quality of the clinical scholarship that has employed this process, and by our conversations with faculty, students, and DNPs like you at conferences where you have shared the pride you feel in the success you have achieved. It is again time to refresh this resource in order to continue to advance high-quality, high-impact clinical scholarship in the context of a great many developments in policy, analytics, and innovation. In this third edition, we intend to help you stay in the groove with the world of big data, value-based care, and data-driven decision making. We maintain our bright focus on prevention, population health, and the contribution of DNPs to clinical scholarship and practice leadership"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    PART I: INTRODUCTION
    Chapter 1. Introduction to Clinical Data Management
    Chapter 2. Analytics and Evidence-Based Practice
    PART II: DATA PLANNING AND PREPARATION
    Chapter 3. Using Data to Support the Problem Statement
    Chapter 4. Preparing for Data Collection
    Chapter 5. Secondary Data Collection
    Chapter 6. Primary Data Collection
    Chapter 7. Using EHR Data for the DNP Project
    PART III: PREPARING FOR PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION
    Chapter 8. Determining the Project Measures
    Chapter 9. Using Statistical Techniques to Plan the DNP Project
    Chapter 10. Using Workflow Mapping to Plan the DNP Project Implementation
    Chapter 11. Developing the Analysis Plan
    Chapter 12. Best Practices for Submission to the Institutional Review Board
    PART IV: IMPLEMENTING AND EVALUATING PROJECT RESULTS
    Chapter 13. Creating the Analysis Data Set
    Chapter 14. Exploratory Data Analysis
    Chapter 15. Outcomes Data Analysis
    Chapter 16. Summarizing the Results of the Project
    Chapter 17. Ongoing Monitoring
    PART V: KEY COMPETENCIES FOR DNP PRACTICE
    Chapter 18. Data Governance and Stewardship
    Chapter 19. Value-Based Care
    Chapter 20. Nursing Excellence Recognition and Benchmark Programs
    PART VI: ADVANCED ANALYTIC TECHNIQUES
    Chapter 21. Data Visualization
    Chapter 22. Risk Adjustment
    Chapter 23. Big Data, Data Science, and Analytics
    Chapter 24. Predictive Modeling.
    Digital Access R2Library [2024]
  • Digital
    Jamie C. Wikenheiser
    Summary: "Clinical Anatomy, Histology, Embryology and Neuroanatomy: An Integrated Textbook by Jamie Wikenheiser bridges all four anatomical sciences in one volume with clinically focused anatomical text and exceptional illustrations. The book fills a gap in the literature, serving as a one-stop resource for multiple courses and board-review preparation, and also provides an invaluable reference for professional practice. The primary goals of integrating the four sciences into one book are to enhance students' understating of the subject matter, better prepare them for national exams, and most importantly-enable them to deliver optimal care to their future patients"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Back
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Lower extremities
    Upper extremities
    Head and neck
    Introductory concepts of the nervous system
    Central nervous system
    Peripheral nervous system
    Autonomic nervous system
    Cranial nerves
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Education
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Jonathan Leo.
    Summary: This book is written for medical and other allied health students. It seeks to aid students in gaining a general understanding of clinical anatomy before embarking on a specific discipline-focused program. Organized among two sections, the first includes chapters that cover the anatomy of the head and neck, abdomen, thorax, pelvis and perineum, lower limb, upper limb, and back. Whats more, section two briefly examines the embryology and development of the organ systems, such as the development of major organs. This title is an invaluable resource for students who wish to retain anatomical knowledge on the entire human body despite an eventual career in one particular discipline of medicine. It is complemented by its previously published sister text Medical Neuroanatomy for the Boards and the Clinic, which applies similar principles of anatomical information with a focus on identifying potentially malignant lesions. .

    Contents:
    Section One Clinical Anatomy
    Chapter One: Head and Neck
    Chapter Two: Abdomen
    Chapter Three: Thorax
    Chapter Four: Pelvis and Perineum
    Chapter Five: Lower Limb
    Chapter Six: Upper Limb
    Chapter Seven Back
    Section Two Embryology
    Chapter Eight: The first three week of Development
    Chapter Nine: Development of Major Organs.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sagar Dugani, Jeffrey E. Alfonsi, Anne M.R. Agur, Arthur F. Dalley II.
    Summary: "Clinical Anatomy Cases integrates anatomy, physical examination, and medical imaging into a single, practical resource--an ideal presentation for today's students and residents. Carefully organized content presents normal, clinical, and radiologic anatomy, along with case examples, relevant physical examination information, and clinical pearls. Written and developed by students, residents, physicians, and instructors, Clinical Anatomy Cases is a valuable resource for coursework in medical, physician assistant, nurse practitioner, dental, physical therapy, occupational therapy, and other health programs as well as for board exam preparation and as an introduction to radiology during the transition to clinical rotations and practice."-- Back cover.

    Contents:
    Integrated approach to clinical encounters
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis
    Back
    Upper and lower extremities
    Head and neck.
  • Print
    John Pegington ; illustrations by Melody Crocker.
    Contents:

    v. 1. The Vertebral column and limbs--
    v. 2. The Head and neck.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QM5 .P43
    2
  • Digital
    Hee-Jin Kim, Kyle K Seo, Hong-Ki Lee, Jisoo Kim.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Anatomy of the face
    Chapter 2. Clinical anatomy for Botulinum toxin
    Chapter 3. Filler Anatomy of the Upper Face
    Chapter 4. Filler Anatomy of the Midface
    Chapter 5. Filler Anatomy of the Lower Face.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Murat Bozkurt, Halil İbrahim Açar.
    Summary: This book provides detailed information on functional anatomy, physical examination, and clinical radiology of the knee with a view to enabling the clinician to identify the most suitable treatment approach to different knee joint pathologies. In addition, the arthroscopic treatment techniques most frequently employed in patients with these conditions are described, with presentation of numerous arthroscopic images detailing characteristic findings. Knee joint pathologies today represent a significant challenge owing to the complexity of the injuries suffered, rising activity levels, and high patient expectations. A proper physical examination plays an important role in diagnosis. The surgeon who has the opportunity to conduct a clinical evaluation must fully understand the role of radiological evaluations, and assessment by a radiology expert is also necessary. In all cases, knowledge of the normal anatomy and its correlation with clinical and radiological findings is fundamental to correct diagnosis and treatment selection. Surgeons and trainees with an interest in knee joint pathologies will find this book to be an excellent, richly illustrated educational guide to the subject.

    Contents:
    Functional Anatomy of Knee
    Arthroscopic Anatomy of Knee
    Knee Radiology
    Physical Examination
    Patient Positioning and Setup
    Anatomical Meniscus Repair Techniques
    Arthroscopic Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction: Six Bundles Hamstring Tendon Autograft For Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    Arthroscopic Revision Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    Posterior Cruciate Ligament Anatomical Reconstruction
    Medial Patellofemoral Ligament Repair and Reconstruction Techniques
    Medial Collateral Ligament Anatomical Repair and Reconstructions
    Anatomic Posterolateral Reconstruction
    Anatomic Knee Joint realignment
    Meniscal implants and transplantations
    Cartilage Treatment Techniques
    Posterior Knee Arthroscopy
    Physiotherapy in Orthopaedic Knee Injuries
    Morphometric Analysis of the Knee
    The Biomechanics of the Knee Joint.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Murat Bozkurt, Halil İbrahim Açar, editors.
    Contents:
    Functional Anatomy of Shoulder
    Arthroscopic Anatomy of Shoulder
    Shoulder Radiology
    Physical Examination
    Arthroscopic Knot
    Typing Techniques
    Operation Room Setup and Patient Positioning
    Shoulder Arthroscopy Portals.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Gregory D. Cramer, Susan A. Darby ; illustrators, Theodore G. Huff, Sally A. Cummings ; photographers, Ron Mensching, Kadi Sistak.
    Contents:
    Surface anatomy of the back and vertebral levels of clinically important structures / Barclay W. Bakkum
    General characteristics of the spine / Gregory D. Cramer
    General anatomy of the spinal cord / Susan A. Darby
    Muscles that influence the spine / Barclay W. Bakkum, Gregory D. Cramer
    The cervical region / Gregory D. Cramer
    The thoracic region / Gregory D. Cramer
    The lumbar region / Gregory D. Cramer
    The sacrum, sacroiliac joint, and coccyx / Gregory D. Cramer, Chae-Song Ro
    Neuroanatomy of the spinal cord / Susan A. Darby, Robert J. Frysztak
    Neuroanatomy of the autonomic nervous system / Susan A. Darby
    Pain of spinal origin / Gregory D. Cramer, Susan A. Darby, Robert J. Frysztak
    Development of the spine and spinal cord / Barclay W. Bakkum, William E. Bachop
    Unique anatomic features of the pediatric spine / Gregory D. Cramer
    Microscopic anatomy of the zygapophysial joints, intervertebral discs, and other major tissues of the back / Gregory D. Cramer, Barclay W. Bakkum.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Mark H. Hankin, Dennis E. Morse, Judith M. Venuti, Malli Barremkala.
    Summary: "Ensure readiness for the USMLE® or any other high-stakes exam covering clinical anatomy! Thieme Test Prep for the USMLE®: Clinical Anatomy by Mark Hankin, Dennis Morse, Judith Venuti, and Malli Barremkala features over 600 USMLE®-style multiple choice anatomical questions, classified as easy, moderate, and difficult, with detailed explanations. Chapters are organized by organ system and questions are categorized by anatomical region. Questions begin with a clinical vignette and are based on actual case reports, often incorporating patient and diagnostic images. Key Highlights · Award-winning Thieme anatomical illustrations used extensively in both questions and explanations provide exceptional clarity · In-depth coverage of the lymphatic and endocrine systems · Approximately 25% questions are image-based, mirroring the USMLE® format This essential resource will help you assess your knowledge and fully prepare for the USMLE® Step 1 or COMLEX Level 1 exam. Mark H. Hankin, PhD, is Professor and Senior Anatomist, and Director of the Anatomical Services Center, Oregon Health & Science University, Portland, Oregon. Dennis E. Morse, PhD, is Professor Emeritus of Anatomy, University of Toledo, College of Medicine and Life Sciences, Toledo, Ohio; and Visiting Professor of Physiology and Cell Biology, Department of Physiology and Cell Biology, University of Nevada-Reno School of Medicine, Reno, Nevada. Judith M. Venuti, PhD, FAAA, is Professor and former Chair, Department of Foundational Medical Studies, Oakland University William Beaumont School of Medicine, Rochester, Michigan. Malli Barremkala, MBBS, is Assistant Professor of Anatomy, Department of Foundational Medical Studies, Oakland University William Beaumont School of Medicine, Rochester, Michigan"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Anthony A. Gaspari, Stephen K. Tyring, Daniel H. Kaplan, editors.
    Summary: This book is a reference for better understanding immune-mediated skin diseases and their therapies. The focus in on the needs of the physician, resident, or student to understand the pathophysiology of the disease as well as the mechanisms of action of the therapies.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Helen Razmjou, Monique Christakis.
    Summary: The extended role physiotherapy has been given increased attention over the past decade in North America and Europe. New models of care with expanded scope of practice for allied health professionals have emerged to respond to a continuous increase in the cost of health care and physician and surgeon shortages, especially in settings that provide services to patients with musculoskeletal disorders in rural areas. This text book provides detailed information on history, etiology, clinical findings, and most importantly imaging characteristics of major conditions of the shoulder joint, which clinicians often face in the clinic. At present, there are no books that have incorporated the shoulder joint's different pathologies for extended role therapists, physician assistants, or family physicians in one place. This book facilitates practical learning for busy clinicians who wish to improve their expertise without having to read multiple books on the subject. The first nine chapters of the book incorporate the historical perspective of the common shoulder conditions with details on the pioneers who first introduced the pathology in the medical journals. The clinical and imaging hallmarks of each disorder then follow the historical perspective section to assist with identifying the pathology and selecting the best management. Chapters 10-12 provide detailed information on indications and contraindications for different modes of procedural imaging and the specific presentation of common shoulder pathologies on plain radiographs. Written by the experts in the field, Clinical and Radiological Examination of the Shoulder Joint is a valuable resource for advanced level physiotherapists, family medicine physicians, and specialized physician assistants.

    Contents:
    Diagnostic Clinical Decision-Making in Shoulder Pathology
    Impingement Syndrome
    Biceps Brachii Pathology
    Tears of Rotator Cuff Tendons
    Cuff Tear Arthropathy
    Frozen Shoulder
    Arthritis of the Glenohumeral Joint
    Superior Labral Anterior and Posterior Lesions
    Glenohumeral Joint Instability
    Principles of Radiological Examination
    Radiographic Features of Rotator Cuff and Biceps Tendon Pathologies
    Radiographic Features of Glenohumeral Arthritis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Georgios Tagarakis, Ahmed Gheni Sarfan, Hashim Talib Hashim, Joseph Varney, editors.
    Summary: This text and guide discusses the surgical and medical management of congenital heart diseases in both adult and children. It describes the disease, pathology, treatment, complications and follow-up with extensive use of didactic material to educate the reader to the practicalities of the subject. It details the novel research via an extensive literature review, while covering all aspects of the surgical and medical treatment of congenital heart disease. It includes review of the laparoscopic techniques and epidemiology of each disease involved and their prevalence to provide the reader with the full clinical picture. Clinical and Surgical Aspects of Congenital Heart Diseases: Text and Study Guide provides a thorough practical reference for the discipline with the use of illustrations and charts to facilitate understanding. It is essential reading for all trainee and practicing cardiac surgeons, cardiologists and internists, and all interested healthcare professionals.

    Contents:
    Genetic Basis of congenital heart disease
    Epidemiology of congenital heart disease
    Atrial septal defect
    Ventricular septal defect
    Patent ductus arteriosus
    Coarctation of aorta
    Truncus arteriosus
    Tricuspid atresia
    Teratology of Fallot
    Total anomalous pulmonary vascular return
    Multiple malformations
    Laparoscopic surgery of congenital heart disease
    Aortic Stenosis
    Atrioventricular septal defect (AVSD)
    Bicuspid aortic valve
    Cardiomyopathy
    Complete heart block (CHB)
    Dextrocardia
    Double inlet left ventricle (DILV)
    Double outlet right ventricle (DORV)
    Ebstein's anomaly
    Hypoplastic left heart syndrome (HLHS)
    Hypoplastic right heart syndrome (HRHS)
    Mitral stenosis
    Rhabdomyomas (Tumors of the Heart)
    Transposition of the great vessels
    Tricuspid atresia
    Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome (WPW)
    Perfusion in congenital heart surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    edited by David Robertson, Gordon H. Williams.
    Contents:
    Section I Fundamental Principles
    1. Introduction to clinical research / Gordon H. Williams and David Robertson
    2. Patient-oriented research / Ellen W. Seely and Steven Grinspoon
    3. Clinical trials / Robert M. Califf
    4. Introduction to epidemiology / Donna K. Arnett and Steven A. Claas
    5. The patient-centered outcomes research institute / Joe V. Selby and Danielle M. Whicher
    6. Health-care technology assessment (HTA) / Uwe E. Reinhardt
    7. Health services research / J. Sanford Schwartz
    Section II Approaches
    8. Measurement of biological materials / Mark D. Kellogg
    9. Imaging tools in clinical research / Ruth M. Dunne, Alibhe C. O'Neill and Clare M. Tempany
    10. Imaging tools in human research / Ruth M. Dunne, Alibhe C. O'Neill and Clare M. Tempany
    11. Nanotechnology in clinical and translational research / James B. Baker Jr., Brent B. Ward and Thommey P. Thomas
    12. The use of questionnaires and surveys / Marcia A. Testa and Donald C. Simonson
    13. Informational technology / Shawn N. Murphy, Henry C. Chueh and Christopher D. Herrick
    14. Principles of biostatistics / Kush Kapur
    15. Good clinical practice and good laboratory practice / Nathalie K. Zgheib, Stephanie L. Tomasic and Robert A. Branch
    Section III Human Genetics
    Introduction to human genetics / Bruce R. Korf
    17. Epidemiologic and population genetic studies / Angela J. Rogers and Scott T. Weiss
    18. Pharmacogenetics of drug metabolism / Zerusenay Desta and David A. Flockhart
    19. Statistical techniques for genetic analysis / Jessica Lasky-Su
    Section IV Human Pharmacology
    20. Introduction to clinical pharmacology / Rommel G. Tirona and Richard B. Kim
    21. Adverse drug events / Dan M. Roden
    Section V Societal Context of Human Research
    22. Translating science to the bedside / Seema Basu
    23. Regulatory environment / Christine Nguyen, Audrey Gassman and Hylton V. Joffe
    24. Ethical issues in translational research and clinical investigation / Greg Koski
    25. Clinical research in the public eye / Mary Wooley
    Section VI Research in Special Populations
    26. Research in special populations / Todd W. Rice and Gordon R. Bernard
    27. Research in the emergency care environment / James Quinn and Daniel J. Pallin
    28. Psychiatric disorders / Alan F. Schatzberg
    29. Research in special populations / Stephanie Studenski and Luigi Ferrucci
    30. Clinical research in neurology / Keren Regev and Howard L. Weiner
    31. Research in pediatrics / Lisa Bomgaars, Stacey Berg and Ann R. Stark
    32. Cancer as a paradigm for translational and clinical biomedical research / César Serrano and George D. Demetri
    33. Maintaining an emphasis on rare diseases with research initiatives and resources at the national center for advancing translational sciences / Stephen C. Groft and Rashmi Gopal-Srivastava
    Section VII Infrastructure
    34. Clinical and Translational Science Infrastructure / David Robertson and Gordon H. Williams
    Section VIII Education, Training and Career Choices
    35. Education, Training and Career Choices / Katherine E. Hartmann, Elizabeth Heitman and Nancy J. Brown
    A stepwise approach to a career in translational research / William F. Crowley Jr.
    Physician careers in the pharmaceutical industry / Ronald L. Krall
    Section IX Research in Academia
    38. Industry-sponsored clinical research in academia / Italo Biaggioni
    39. Governmental support of research / Sten H. Vermund and Salim Abdool Karim
    40. The role of nonprofit, non-governmental funding in support of biomedical research / Rose Marie Robertson and Suzie Upton
    41. Modern drug discovery and development / Daniel E. Salazar and Glenn Gormley
    42. Pharmaceutical and biotechnology sector support of research / Joann Data
    Section X Prospectus
    43. The future of clinical research / Gordon H. Williams and David Robertson.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Paul G. Barash, Bruce F. Cullen, Robert K. Stoelting, Michael K. Cahalan, M. Christine Stock, Rafael Ortega, Sam R. Sharar, Natalie F. Holt.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Usha Saha, editor.
    Summary: The book covers all aspects of anesthesia in newborns, neonates (under 28 days) and premature babies. These patients are highly vulnerable, very small in size and weight, at very high risk, and have high mortality and morbidity, which gets further aggravated by the medical diseases and congenital abnormalities these babies may suffer from. The book provides knowledge that equips the anesthetists with the regional techniques used to provide both anesthesia and analgesia, including information about the drugs used, skills in providing neuraxial blocks, nerve blocks, etc., complications thereof and the specially designed equipment for these patients (IV cannula, endotracheal tubes, ryles tubes, laryngoscopes, SpO2 probes, monitors, incubators, warmers and heaters, mattresses, OT tables). The book covers the pharmacology of drugs used, the effect of anesthetic drugs on the developing brain, pulmonary physiology, airway assessment and management, ventilation modes, getting IV and arterial access, preoperative workup, anesthetic management, and postoperative care. It includes care and concerns from both surgical and anesthesia aspects. It covers all the common surgical diseases along with some rare cases such as oncological concerns, palliative care, ethical concerns and pain management. The book also discusses the role and use of ultrasound. The chapter on anesthesia for short procedures includes common birth and neonatal care injuries. The book contains chapters on fluid therapy, blood and blood product transfusion guidelines and indications, resuscitation of a newborn and neonate, and neonatal rehabilitation to improve neonatal outcomes. It contains a dedicated chapter on why these babies are at a high risk of morbidity and mortality and contributing maternal factors. All the chapters are written by experts in their fields with vast experience. This book bridges the gap in the knowledge of an anesthesiologist between anesthesia for children and adults and newborns, neonates and preterm babies.

    Contents:
    Section 1- Basic - General Aspects of Newborn Diseases and Care
    Neonatal Mortality And Morbidity - The Burden
    Impact Of Maternal Health And Disease On Neonatal Outcome
    Changes In The Newborn At Birth Fetal To Newborn Transition
    Common Medical Conditions In The Neonates
    Neonatal Screening For Metabolic Diseases
    ophthalmological Surgical Conditions In The Newborn And Neonate
    Neonatal Transfusion
    Effect Of Anesthesia On Developing Brain
    Neonatal Rehabilitation And Outcome
    Section 2. Developmental Anatomical and Physiological aspects
    General Anatomical and Physiological Considerations in The Newborn and Neonates
    The Respiratory System - Development and Physiology
    The Neonatal Airway
    Autonomic Nervous System In The Neonate
    Ventilation And Ventilatory Modes in Neonate
    Haematological Diseases and Syndromes in The Neonate Haemoglobin. Haemoglobinopathies, And Oxygen Therapy
    Thermoregulation In Newborns, Neonates and Premature
    Clinical Pharmacology of Anesthetic Drugs in Neonates
    Neuromuscular Disorders in Neonate
    Section 3 Special aspects of Neonatal anesthesia
    Preoperative Workup, Perioperative Fasting (NPO) and Early Recovery After Surgery (ERAS)
    Central Venous and Peripheral Arterial Access
    Ultrasound Guided Vascular Access
    Monitoring During Anesthesia In The Newborn And Neonate
    Perioperative Fluid Management and Blood Transfusion In Newborns And Neonates
    Regional and Central Neuraxial Blocks In Neonates
    Anaesthesia Or Sedation For Procedures Outside The Operation Theatre
    Pain Management In Neonates
    Perioperative Complications And Critical Incidents During Anesthesia In A Surgical Neonate
    Section 4 Case Based Anesthesia Management Common procedures
    Tracheoesophageal Fistula In The Neonate
    Anesthesia For Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia
    Anaesthesia For Thoracic Surgery In Neonates
    Abdominal Wall Defects In Newborns And Neonates: Exomphalos And Gastroschisis
    Anesthesia For Gastrointestinal Surgical Conditions In Neonates
    Anaesthesia For Genitourinary Surgery In The Neonate
    Anesthesia For Ophthalmic Procedures In The Newborn, Neonate And Premature
    Neural Tube Development And Defects - Meningocele, Encephalocele, Hydrocephalus
    Anesthesia For Short Procedures
    Anesthetic Consideration In A Neonate With Congenital Heart Disease For Noncardiac Surgery
    Section 5 anesthesia for Advanced procedures and Uncommon surgeries
    Anesthesia For Laparoscopic Surgery In Neonates
    Anesthesia For Bronchoscopy In Neonates
    Anesthesia For Neurosurgical Procedures In Neonates
    Exstrophy Bladder Or Ectopia Vesicae
    Biliary Atresia And Anesthetic Considerations
    Craniosynostosis
    Cystic Hygroma
    Nesidioblastoma (Congenital Hyperinsulinism CHI)
    Congenital Broncho-Biliary Fistula (CBBF)
    Neonatal Malignancy And Anaesthesia
    Neonatal Palliative Care: A Paradigm Of Care
    COVID-19 And The Surgical Neonate
    Ethics In Neonatal Anesthesia And Research. .
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Paul G. Barash, Bruce F. Cullen, Robert K. Stoelting, Michael K. Cahalan, M. Christine Stock, Rafael Ortega, Sam R. Sharar.
    Contents:
    I, Introduction : History and future ;
    II, Scientific and technical foundations of anesthesia :
    The respiratory system
    Cardiovascular anatomy and physiology
    Central and autonomic nervous systems
    The renal system
    Liver anatomy and physiology
    Principles of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics
    Inhalational anesthetic agents
    Intravenous anesthetics and sedatives
    Analgesics
    Neuromuscular blocking agents
    Local anesthetics
    Cardiovascular pharmacology
    The anesthesia workstation
    Standard anesthesia monitoring techniques and instruments
    III, Clinical practice of anesthesia :
    Preoperative evaluation and management
    Coexisting diseases impacting anesthetic management
    Endocrine function
    General anesthesia
    Airway management
    Regional management
    Patient positioning and potential injuries
    Fluids and electrolytes
    Blood therapy
    Ambulatory anesthesia, monitored anesthesia care, and office-based anesthesia
    Spine and orthopedic anesthesia
    Anesthesia for laparoscopic and robotic surgeries
    Anesthetic for otolaryngologic and ophthalmic surgery
    Anesthesia for neurosurgery
    Obstetric anesthesia
    trauma and burn anesthesia
    neonatal and pediatric anesthesia
    Anesthesia for thoracic surgery
    Cardiac surgery
    Anesthesia for vascular surgery
    Management of acute and chronic pain
    Nonoperating room anesthesia and special procedures
    Postoperative recovery
    Complications, risk management, patient safety, and liability
    Critical care medicine
    Anesthesia for urologic surgery
    Electrical safety and fire
    Wellness principles and resources for anesthesiologists.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD81 .C583 2015
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Bruce F. Cullen, M. Christine Stock, Rafael Ortega, Sam R. Sharar, Natalie F. Holt, Christopher W. Connor, Naveen Nathan ; clinical anesthesia founding editors, Paul G. Barash, Bruce F. Cullen, Robert K. Stoelting.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    senior editor, Richard M. Pino ; associate editors, Edward A. Bittner, Hovig V. Chitilian, Wilton C. Levine, Susan A. Vassallo.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Jonathan L. Benumof, editor.
    Contents:
    Respiration-related cases
    Cannot ventilate, cannot intubate due to airway hemorrhage
    Pulmonary edema following attempted nasal intubation for mandibular fracture repair
    Loss of critical airway
    Anterior mediastinal mass
    Awake intubation with a NIM tube: how is it done?
    Hemodynamic collapse following a mainstem intubation
    Hypoxemia during tracheostomy
    Anesthetic depth and mask ventilation in the prone position
    Jet ventilation through a cookgas airway exchange catheter
    End of case evaluation and management of a patient post airway mass excision
    Possible recurrent laryngeal nerve injury
    Obstructive sleep apnea, and dead in bed
    Bilevel positive air pressure, decreased sensorium, aspiration and capnography
    Perioperative management of a patient previously treated with bleomycin undergoing thoracic surgery
    Intra-operative airway fire
    Obesity hypoventilation syndrome
    Circulation-related cases
    Hemorrhage during endovascular repair of thoracic aorta
    Pacemakers and automatic implantable cardioverter defibrillators
    Acute myocardial infarction during laparoscopic surgery
    Sickle cell and preeclampsia
    Dysrhythmias in a patient with Crohn's disease
    Hematologic disorders: hemophilia and disseminated intravascular coagulation
    Blood transfusion and the Jehovah's Witness patient
    Cardiac and pulmonary contusions
    Intraoperative coagulopathy
    Hypotension in chronic methamphetamine user
    Venous air embolism during arteriovenous malformation repair
    Cardiac tamponade
    Case of intraoperative new-onset atrial fibrillation
    Valvular disease
    Obstetrics-related cases
    Labor epidural with unrecognized dural puncture, causing high sensory block, hypotension, fetal bradycardia and post dural puncture headache
    Acute pulmonary dysfunction immediately after cesarean delivery under general anesthesia
    Jehovah's Witness with placenta previa and increta for cesarean hysterectomy
    A pregnant patient with mitral stenosis
    Unrecognized uterine hyperstimulation due to oxytocin and combined spinal-epidural analgesia
    Super morbidly obese patient for elective repeat cesarean section
    Probable amniotic fluid embolus
    Emergent cesarean section
    Pregnancy plus atrial septal defect vs Eisenmenger Syndrome
    Uterine abruption
    Pediatric-related cases
    Neonatal resuscitation following spontaneous vaginal delivery
    Anxious, coughing and bound to obstruct
    Special diseases/conditions/situations
    Hypothermia during laparoscopic nephrectomy
    Operating room management case scenarios
    Anaphylaxis reactions
    Autonomic dysreflexia
    Porphyrias
    Monitored anesthesia care: medical implications; and wrong-sided operations: legal implications
    Diabetic ketoacidosis in the urgent anesthesia setting
    Fever, altered mental status, and rigidity in the perioperative course
    Neuro/neuromuscular-related cases
    Emergent craniotomy for evacuation of epidural hematoma
    Hyperkalemia and residual neuromuscular blockade after kidney transplantation
    A defasciculating dose of nondepolarizing neuromuscular blocker
    Postoperative monocular vision loss
    Delayed emergence after aneurysm clipping
    Pain and regional anesthesia related cases
    Unintentional dural puncture in a patient with severe preeclampsia
    Complex regional pain syndrome
    Vascular absorption of local anesthetic producing systemic toxicity
    Inadvertent high spinal in parturient
    Outpatient surgery-related cases
    Plastic surgery in a surgeon's office
    Orthopedic surgery in an ambulatory surgicenter
    Eye surgery at an outpatient surgicenter
    Endoscopic sinus surgery at an outpatient sugicenter.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan L. Benumof, Gerard R. Manecke.
    Contents:
    SECTION I: CASES RESULTING IN PERIOPERATIVE DEATH .-Death During Monitored Anesthesia Care.-Anesthesia During Liver Transplant: Hepatic Function, TEG, Massive Transfusion, States of Liver Transplantation, MELD Scoring
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea: Falling Through Caregiver Cracks to Death .-Abdominal Compartment Syndrome and Pulmonary Aspiration
    Massive Pulmonary Hemorrhage During Pulmonary Thromboendarterectomy
    SECTION II: CASES RESULTING IN PERIOPERATIVE NEAR DEATH OR VERYSERIOUS COMPLICATIONS
    A Case of CHARGE Syndrome and Hypoxemia
    A Patient With ALS Requiring Intubation.-Blowtorch Airway Fire.-Anesthetic Implications of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and the Surgical Repair of Scoliosis
    Pulmonary Atresia with Intact Ventricular Septum
    Necrotizing Enterocolitis in the Premature Infant.-SECTION III: CASES RESULTING IN PERIOPERATIVE SERIOUS COMPLICATIONS.-Post-operative Respiratory Distress in the PACU: A Unique Differential Diagnosis.-An Undiagnosed Intraoperative Pheochromocytoma.-LMA Morbidity: A Case of Unilateral Recurrent Laryngeal Nerve Plasy.-Management of Local Anesthetic Systemic Toxicity (LAST)
    Pseudocholinesterase Deficiency in a Patient with Subglottic Stenosis.-SECTION IV: CASES REQUIRING DIFFICULT AND/OR UNUSUAL ANESTHETIC MANAGEMENT
    Cesarean Section in a Heart Failure Patient with Previous Lumbosacral Spine Surgery.-Organization Promotes Safety: A Step Forward.-A Case of Peripartum Cardiomyopathy: Anesthetic Management of Patients on Mechanical.Circulatory Support and Status Post Heart Transplantation
    A Minor Hiccup: Singultus, Regurgitation, and Aspiration under Anesthesia.-Myasthenia Gravis.-Massive Hemorrhage after Dilatation and Curettage.-Intraoperative Bradycardia and Asystole.-Anesthesia for the Obese Parturient.-Management of Intracardiac Thrombus During Orthotopic Liver Transplant.-Preventing Perioperative Complications of Epidermolysis Bullosa.-.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jason W. Wilson and Roberta D. Baer.
    Summary: "Clinical Anthropology 2.0 presents a new approach to applied medical anthropology that highlights how medical anthropologists can help to improve patient experience and medical education as members of interdisciplinary care teams in clinical settings"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Can there be a critical, clinically applied medical anthropology?
    Working with undergraduate premedical and anthropology students
    Challenges of clinically applied anthropology education and research
    Expanding the vision : work with residents and medical students
    The Leaflet Project
    Multi-visit patients
    Sickle cell disease
    Language, pain, and non-traditional patient treatment spaces
    Opioid and infectious disease
    Firearm research
    Conclusion.
  • Digital
    Peter D. Highlander.
    Summary: As an emerging technology, 3D printing holds much promise for foot and ankle reconstruction and difficult-to-treat pathologies. The first text of its kind, Clinical Application of 3D Printing in Foot and Ankle Surgery provides comprehensive, in-depth operative coverage as well as opinions and case examples from surgeons who are currently using 3D printing in their practices. This ground-breaking volume sets the standard for this rapidly advancing field and provides practical, real-world guidance on incorporating 3D printing into your surgical practice.

    Contents:
    Historical perspectives on 3D printing
    CT to software and other considerations
    Material science for 3D printing in medicine
    Isolated total talus replacement
    Total talus replacement with a titanium nitride-coated 3D-printed titanium implant
    Primary constrained total talus with subtalar joint arthrodesis
    3D-printed custom hemi-talus replacement
    Primary total ankle total talus replacement
    Custom constrained 3D total talus/navicular replacement
    3D-printed solutions for avascular necrosis of the talonavicular joint
    Tibiotalocalcaneal fusion with talar cage for hindfoot reconstruction
    Distraction subtalar joint fusion using a custom 3D-printed implant
    Subtalar joint distraction arthrodesis utilizing titanium truss technology for posttraumatic calcaneal fracture arthritis
    Treatment of navicular avascular necrosis in the sensate patient
    Midfoot fusion with a custom 3D-printed cage for charcot deformity
    A 3D-printed solution for evans calcaneal osteotomy nonunion
    3D-printed total cuboid replacement for lateral column pathology
    A 3D-printed solution for revision lapidus bunionectomy
    3D-printed solutions for first metatarsophalangeal joint fusion with osseous deficit
    3D-printed hallux and lesser metatarsophalangeal joint replacement
    Lesser metatarsal replacement.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    [edited by] Diane K. Newman, Eric S. Rovner, Alan J. Wein.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Keith A. Foster, editor.
    Summary: Currently, there are tremendous advances being made in understanding the basic science of both the structure and function of botulinum neurotoxins. This knowledge is opening up opportunities in regard to both therapeutic uses and treatment and protection options for civil and bio-defense applications. This volume fully evaluates the status of neurotoxin research and exploitation, with a focus on clinical application. The book is a multi-authored collection of chapters written by the leading authorities responsible for the current scientific and clinical research that is advancing the understanding and exploitation of the neurotoxins, and is both up to date and authoritative.

    Contents:
    Botulinum Toxin as a Clinical Product
    Clinical Use of Botulinum Neurotoxin: Neuromuscular Disorders
    Clinical Use ofBotulinum Neurotoxin: Autonomic Conditions
    Clinical Use of Botulinum Neurotoxin: Urogenital Disorders Including Overactive Bladder
    Clinical Useof Botulinum Neurotoxins: Pain
    Future Developments: Engineering the Neurotoxin.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Shozo Tobimatsu, Ryusuke Kakigi, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    1. Principles of Magnetoencephalography
    Part II: Motor System
    2. Basic Function and Clinical Application
    Part III: Somatosensory System
    3. Basic Function
    4. Clinical Applications
    Part IV: Auditory System
    5. Basic Function
    6. Clinical Applications
    Part V: Visual System
    7. Basic Function
    8. Clinical Applications
    Part VI: Epilepsy
    9. Childhood Epilepsy
    10. Adult Epilepsy
    Part VII: Neurological Disorders
    11. Cerebrovascular Diseases
    12. Neurodegenerative Disorders
    Part VIII: Psychiatric Disorders
    13. Autism Spectrum Disorder
    14. Schizophrenia
    15. Bipolar Disorder
    Part IX: Cognition and Brain-machine interface
    16. ECoG Based BCI for BCI-MEG Research
    17. Oscillation and Cross-Frequency Coupling.- .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Uttam Garg.
    Contents:
    Mass spectrometry in clinical laboratory : applications in biomolecular analysis / Uttam Garg and Yan Victoria Zhang
    Quantification of free carnitine and acylcarnitines in plasma or serum using HPLC/MS/MS / David Scott, Bryce Heese, and Uttam Garg
    Quantification of arginine and its methylated derivatives in plasma by high-performance liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) / Faye B. Vicente ... [et al.]
    Quantitation of albumin in urine by liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry / Hemamalini Ketha and Ravinder J. Singh
    Quantitation of aldosterone in serum or plasma using liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC- MS/MS) / J. Grace Van Der Gugten and Daniel T. Holmes
    Quantification of five clinically important amino acids by HPLC-Triple TOF 5600 based on pre-column double derivatization method / Shuang Deng, David Scott, and Uttam Garg
    Sensitive, simple, and robust nano-liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry method for amyloid protein subtyping / Drew Payto, Courtney Heideloff, and Sihe Wang
    Quantitation of ubiquinone (coenzyme Q10) in serum/plasma using liquid chromatography electrospray tandem mass spectrometry (ESI-LC-MS/MS) / Richard E. Mathieu Jr. and Catherine P. Riley
    Quantitative analysis of salivary cortisol using LC-MS/MS / Yan Victoria Zhang
    Quantification of dihydroxyacetone phosphate (DHAP) in human red blood cells by HPLC-TripleTOF 5600 mass spectrometer / Shuang Deng ... [et al.]
    Simultaneous quantitation of estradiol and sstrone in serum using liquid chromatography mass spectrometry / Catherine P. Riley, Richard E. Mathieu Jr., and Carmen Wiley
    Direct measurement of free estradiol in human serum and plasma by equilibrium dialysis-liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Julie A. Ray ... [et al.]
    Quantification of γ-aminobutyric acid in cerebrospinal fluid using liquid chromatography-electrospray tandem mass spectrometry / Erland Arning and Teodoro Bottiglieri
    Quantitation of insulin analogues in serum using immunoaffinity extraction, liquid chromatography, and tandem mass spectrometry / J. Grace Van Der Gugten, Sophia Wong, and Daniel T. Holmes
    Quantitation of insulin-like growth factor 1 in serum by liquid chromatography high resolution accurate-mass mass spectrometry / Hemamalini Ketha and Ravinder J. Singh
    Quantitation of free metanephrines in plasma by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Courtney Heideloff, Drew Payto, and Sihe Wang
    Quantification of metanephrine and normetanephrine in urine using liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Jessica Gabler and Sihe Wang
    High-throughput analysis of methylmalonic acid in serum, plasma, and urine by LC-MS/MS. Method for analyzing isomers without chromatographic separation / Mark M. Kushnir ... [et al.]
    Quantitation of 5-methyltetrahydrofolate in cerebrospinal fluid using liquid chromatography-electrospray tandem mass spectrometry / Erland Arning and Teodoro Bottiglieri
    Quantitative organic acids in urine by two dimensional gas chromatography-time of flight mass spectrometry (GCxGC-TOFMS) / Lawrence Sweetman, Paula Ashcraft, and Jeanna Bennett-Firmin
    High sensitivity measurement of pancreatic polypeptide and its variant in serum and plasma by LC-MS/MS / Hernando Escobar ... [et al.]
    Quantitation of parathyroid hormone in serum or plasma by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Hemamalini Ketha and Ravinder J. Singh
    Determination of phenylalanine and tyrosine by high performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Judy Peat and Uttam Garg
    Urine purine metabolite determination by UPLC-tandem mass spectrometry / Qin Sun
    Urine pyrimidine metabolite determination by HPLC tandem mass spectrometry / Qin Sun
    Quantitation of plasma renin activity in plasma using liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC- MS/MS) / J. Grace Van Der Gugten and Daniel T. Holmes
    Quantitation of S-adenosylmethionine and S-adenosylhomocysteine in plasma using liquid chromatography electrospray tandem mass spectrometry / Erland Arning and Teodoro Bottiglieri
    Simple, high-throughput method for analysis of ceramide, glucosylceramide, and ceramide trihexoside in dried blood spots by LC/MS/MS / Wei-Lien Chuang, Joshua Pacheco, and Kate Zhang
    Quantification of dehydroepiandrosterone, 11-Deoxycortisol, 17-Hydroxyprogesterone, and testosterone by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS) / Ada Munar, Clint Frazee, and Uttam Garg
    Urinary succinylacetone analysis by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS) / Hongjie Chen and Chunli Yu
    Quantification of 1,25-Dihydroxyvitamin D2 and D3 in serum using liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Jonathon Mahlow, Dustin R. Bunch, and Sihe Wang
    High-throughput serum 25-hydroxy vitamin D testing with automated sample preparation / Judy Stone
    Quantitation of 25-OH-Vitamin-D2 and 25-OH-Vitamin-D3 in urine using LC-MS/MS / Dean C. Carlow, Ryan C. Schofield, and Michelle Denburg.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Emilio Bombardieri, Ettore Seregni, Laura Evangelista, Carlo Chiesa, Arturo Chiti, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Hojjat Ahmadzadehfar, Hans-Jurgen Biersack, editors.
    Summary: SPECT/CT cameras have considerably improved diagnostic accuracy in recent years. Such cameras allow direct correlation of anatomic and functional information, resulting in better localization and definition of scintigraphic findings. In addition to this anatomic referencing, CT coregistration provides superior quantification of radiotracer uptake based on the attenuation correction capabilities of CT. Useful applications of SPECT/CT have been identified not only in oncology but also in other specialties such as orthopedics and cardiology. This book covers the full spectrum of clinical applications of SPECT/CT in diagnosis and therapy planning of benign and malignant diseases. Opening chapters discuss the technology and physics of SPECT/CT and its use for dosimetry. The role of SPECT/CT in the imaging of a range of pathologic conditions is then addressed in detail. Applications covered include, among others, imaging of the thyroid, bone, and lungs, imaging of neuroendocrine tumors, cardiac scintigraphy, and sentinel node scintigraphy. Individual chapters are also devoted to therapy planning in selective internal radiation therapy of liver tumors and bremsstrahlung SPECT/CT. Readers will find this book to be an essential and up-to-date source of information on this invaluable hybrid imaging technique.

    Contents:
    Technology and Physics of SPECT/CT
    Use of SPECT/CT for dosimetry
    SPECT/CT for parathyroid and thyroid imaging
    SPECT/CT for thyroid cancer imaging
    123Iod-MIBG SPECT/CT for tumor imaging
    SPECT/CT for neuroendocrine tumors
    Bone SPECT/CT in oncology
    Bone SPECT/CT in orthopaedics
    SPECT/CT for cardiac scintigraphy
    SPECT/CT in sentinel node scintigraphy
    Lung SPECT/CT
    Therapy planning in selective internal radiation therapy of liver tumors with SPECT/CT
    Bremsstrahlung SPECT/CT
    Miscellaneous (Brain SPECT/CT, inflammation, radiation planning, GI-Tract).
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Hojjat Ahmadzadehfar, Hans-Jürgen Biersack, Ken Herrmann, editors.
    Summary: This book, now in a revised and updated second edition, covers the full spectrum of clinical applications of SPECT/CT in the diagnosis and therapy planning of benign and malignant diseases. All chapters have been thoroughly updated and some chapters have been completely rewritten by a new group of experts. The opening chapters discuss the technology and physics of SPECT/CT and its use in dosimetry. The role of SPECT/CT in the imaging of a range of pathologic conditions is then addressed in detail. Applications covered include imaging of the thyroid, neuroendocrine tumors, bone, cardiac scintigraphy, sentinel node scintigraphy and imaging of the lungs. Individual chapters are also devoted to therapy planning in selective internal radiation therapy of liver tumors and to Bremsstrahlung SPECT/CT. For Nuclear Medicine Physicians, Radiologists and medical students in this field, the book offers an essential and up-to-date source of information on this invaluable hybrid imaging technique. .

    Contents:
    Technology and Physics of SPECT/CT
    Use of SPECT/CT for dosimetry
    SPECT/CT for parathyroid and thyroid imaging
    SPECT/CT for thyroid cancer imaging.-123Iod-MIBG SPECT/CT for tumor imaging
    SPECT/CT for neuroendocrine tumors
    Bone SPECT/CT in oncology
    Bone SPECT/CT in orthopaedics
    SPECT/CT for cardiac scintigraphy
    SPECT/CT in sentinel node scintigraphy
    Lung SPECT/CT
    Therapy planning in selective internal radiation therapy of liver tumors with SPECT/CT
    Bremsstrahlung SPECT/CT
    Miscellaneous (Brain SPECT/CT, inflammation, radiation planning, GI-Tract).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Dr. Kishor D. Shah.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC76.3 .S53 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Jennifer M. Bottomley, Carole B. Lewis.
    Summary: "Authors Jennifer Bottomley and Carole Lewis have compiled the plethora of available scientific research on geriatric populations and combined it with their years of actual clinical practice. Together this makes A Clinical Approach to Geriatric Rehabilitation, Fourth Edition a complete evidence-based guide to the clinical care of geriatric patients and clients. The first part of this text tackles applied gerontological concepts, providing the general knowledge base necessary for treating geriatric patients. Topics in this section include patient evaluation, an exploration of nutritional needs, and age-related changes in physiology and function, as well as many other foundational areas. In the second section, topics become more focused on patient care concepts like neurologic considerations, cardiopulmonary and cardiovascular considerations, and establishing community-based screening programs. In the final section, chapters center on administration and management, including important subjects such as attitudes, ethics, and legal topics, as well as consultation and research. Designed to provide valuable, real-life clinical knowledge in the practice of geriatric rehabilitation, A Clinical Approach to Geriatric Rehabilitation, Fourth Edition gives physical therapists an evidence-based guide to the clinical aspects of rehabilitative care in older adult patients and clients"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Demographics of Aging
    Comparing and Contrasting the Theories of Aging
    Age-Related Changes in Physiology and Function
    Describing Psychosocial Aspects of Aging
    Pathological Manifestations of Aging
    Exploring Nutritional Needs
    Geriatric Pharmacology
    Principles and Practice of Geriatric Rehabilitation
    Patient Evaluation
    Functional Assessment
    Orthopedic Considerations
    Neurologic Considerations
    Cardiopulmonary and Cardiovascular Considerations
    Integumentary Considerations
    Establishing Community-Based Screening Programs
    Communication
    Attitudes, Ethics, and Legal Topics in Gerontology
    Education and the Older Adult: Learning, Memory, and Intelligence
    Administration of Geriatric Services
    Consultation and Research.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
  • Digital
    Kevin Conrad, editor.
    Contents:
    Diagnosis and treatment of heart failure for inpatient providers / Hamang Patel and Amanda L. Bennett
    Hospital management of migraine / Jose Posas III, Elizabeth Verter, Yuang Wen, Alessandro Iliceto, Vi Tran, and Rinu Manacheril
    Candidemia : new directions for management and treatment / Amanda Theppote
    Adjunct corticosteroid therapy for patients with community acquired pneumonia / Guy Handley and Ryan Sullivan
    Procalcitonin and new biomarkers / N.A. Mir, D. Ho, J. Toews, and J. Walsham
    New developments and treatment options of cellulitis in the hospital / Stephanie Bender and Katherine Oakden
    An in-depth look into the management and treatment of delirium / Scott M. Fiedler and David Houghton
    Update in the treatment of sepsis and septic shock : Gyorgy Frendl and Daniela Lazea
    Palliative medicine / Sonia Malhotra and Robin Ulep
    Stroke units and their effect on patient outcomes / Gabriel Vidal and Tara von Kleist
    Update in perioperative medicine : updates, advances, controversies in perioperative care / Lakshmi N. Prasad Ravipati
    Obstetrics : the hospitalist's approach to the pregnant patient / Veronica Gillespie and Brittany McKinley
    Solving America's prescription epidemic : pathophysiology, ethics, chronic pain, and addition / Marianne Maumus
    Solving America's prescription epidemic : solutions, current practices, provider internal skills, and systems approach to care / Marianne Maumus
    Opioid risk tool assessing opioid risk : why is the sensitive question important? / Marianne Maumus
    Nonopioid and adjuvant analgesics for acute pain management / Michele L. Matthews, Raymond Melika, and Yulia Murray
    Hospitalist management of injectable drugs of abuse / Kevin Conrad and Taylor Austin
    Current state of hospital medicine : trends in compensation, practice patterns, advance practice providers, malpractice, and career satisfaction / Kevin Conrad and Theodora Valovska.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kevin Conrad, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an update on recent clinical practice and an in-depth view of selected topics relevant to hospital medicine. It is divided into four sections that explore clinical, administrative, systems and ethical issues. Each section places an emphasis on the opportunities, challenges and potential directions of this bourgeoning subspecialty. This new edition expands on topics covered in the previous edition, including the COVID-19 pandemic, racial disparities in healthcare delivery and providers, and pediatric hospital medicine. Other chapters explore worldwide practice patterns and practical application of philosophical tools in daily practice. This up-to-date resource provides hospitalists, advanced nurse practitioners, medical students and administrators with the latest research, trends and issues in hospital medicine.

    Contents:
    Clinical approaches to the Covid -19 pandemic
    Management of Inflammatory Bowel Disease.-Updates in Nephrology for the Hospitalist
    Heart Failure Management for the Inpatient Provider.-Advances in the Evaluation and Treatment of Sepsis and Shock
    Current Trends in Stroke Management
    Co-Management of Orthopedic Patients.-Pediatric Hospital Medicine.-Management of Psychiatric Disorders in the Hospital.-Opioids: History, Pathophysiology, and Stewardship for Hospitalists
    OVERVIEW, UPDATES, AND NEW TOPICS IN PERIOPERATIVE CARE.-Virtual Hospital Medicine.-Palliative Care for Hospitalists.-Barriers to Advance Care Planning (ACP) in the Hospital: A Review and Case Study.-Value Based Care in the Hospital
    Wellness in Physicians in the Era of the COVID-19 Pandemic
    LGBTQ Health Care Issues
    Racial Disparities in Healthcare.-Gender and Racial Disparities in Career Advancement in the United States.-Research in Medicine.-Sustainability and Healthcare: Expanding the Scope of "Do no harm" Models of Success.-The Evolution of International Health: Lessons to be Learned
    Update in Hospital Medicine Trends in Compensation, COVID-19, Workplace Environment, and Malpractice.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Antoni Bayés de Luna, Adrian Baranchuk.
    Contents:
    Clinical aspects of arrhythmias
    Anatomic and electrophysiologic basis
    Electrophysiologic mechanisms
    Active supraventricular arrhythmias
    Active ventricular arrhythmias
    Passive arrhythmias
    Analytical study of an arrhythmia
    Ventricular pre-excitation
    Inherited heart diseases
    Other ECG patterns of risk
    Arrhythmias in different heart diseases and situations.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Ziad F. Issa, John M. Miller, Douglas P. Zipes.
    Summary: "Clinical Arrhythmology and Electrophysiology: A Companion to Braunwald's Heart Disease provides today's clinicians with clear, authoritative guidance on every aspect of the latest diagnosis and management options for patients with arrhythmias. This comprehensive reference on cardiac arrhythmias lays a solid foundation of the underlying mechanisms of cardiac electrophysiology with an emphasis on identifying, understanding, and treating individual arrhythmias. Now fully updated from cover to cover, and carefully written to provide continuity and a consistent message throughout, the 4th Edition offers unparalleled coverage of cardiac arrhythmias in an accessible and user-friendly manner"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Molecular mechanisms of cardiac electrical activity
    Cardiac ion channels
    Electrophysiological mechanisms of cardiac arrhythmias
    Electrophysiological testing: tools and techniques
    Conventional intracardiac mapping techniques
    Advanced mapping and navigation modalities
    Ablation energy sources
    Sinus node dysfunction
    Atrioventricular conduction abnormalities
    Intraventricular conduction abnormalities
    Focal atrial tachycardia
    Typical atrial flutter
    Macroreentrant atrial tachycardia
    Atrial tachyarrhythmias in adults with congenital heart disease
    Atrial fibrillation: pathophysiology and epidemiology
    Atrial fibrillation: clinical presentation and evaluation
    Atrial fibrillation: management
    Atrial fibrillation: stroke prevention strategies
    Inappropriate sinus tachycardia
    Atrioventricular nodal reentrant tachycardia
    Typical atrioventricular bypass tracts
    Atypical bypass tracts
    Paroxysmal supraventricular tachycardias
    Wide complex tachycardias
    Ventricular arrhythmias in ischemic heart disease
    Idiopathic focal ventricular tachycardia
    Idiopathic fascicular reentrant ventricular tachycardia
    Ventricular tachycardia in nonischemic dilated cardiomyopathy
    Bundle branch reentrant ventricular tachycardia
    Epicardial ventricular tachycardia
    Arrhythmias in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Ventricular tachycardia in inherited arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy
    Ventricular arrhythmias in adults with congenital heart disease
    Ventricular arrhythmias in inherited channelopathies
    Complications of catheter ablation of cardiac arrhythmias.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024]
  • Digital
    Orlando M. Gutiérrez, Kamyar Kalantar-Zadeh, Rajnish Mehrotra, editors.
    Contents:
    I. Basic Phosphorus Physiology
    1. The Story of Phosphorus
    2. Overview of Phosphorus Homeostasis
    3. Hormonal Regulation of Phosphorus Homeostasis: Parathyroid Hormone, Fibroblast Growth Factor 23, and Klotho
    II. Phosphorus in food
    4. Phosphorus in the Modern Food Supply: Underestimation of Exposure
    5. Nutritional Aspects of Phosphorus Compounds in Foods
    6. Phosphorus Additives in Food Processing
    7. Effects of Natural and Added Phosphorus Compounds in Foods in Health and Disease
    8. Phosphorus Utilization in Animal Agriculture
    9. Technical Aspects about Measuring Phosphorus in Food
    III. Phosphorous
    Nutrient interactions
    10. Interaction Between Calcium and Phosphorus and the Relationship to Bone Health
    11. Phosphate Deficiency and the Phosphate Depletion Syndrome: Pathophysiology, Diagnosis, and Treatment
    12. Dietary Phytate and Interactions with Mineral Nutrients
    IV. Phosphorus and Disease
    13. Phosphorus and Kidney Disease: Mechanisms for Perturbed Phosphorus Homeostasis in Chronic Kidney Disease
    14. Hidden Forms of Phosphorus in the Diet: Impact in the General Population and in Individuals with Chronic Kidney Disease
    15. Dietary Phosphorus and Bone Disease
    16. Phosphorus and Cardiovascular Disease
    17. Phosphorus and Malignancies.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Ana Claudia de Lima Quintana Arantes.
    Summary: This book is addressed to physicians and other health professionals involved in the assessment and care planning of patients at the end of life. It brings a unique and humanistic view on the challenges of good practice in palliative care. Concepts and definitions, resources and therapeutic alternatives, as well as symptoms of distress in the physical, emotional, family, social and spiritual dimensions are discussed in a clear and practical way, demystifying and dissolving the barriers of this approach.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. The multidimensional human being
    3. Oncologic disease X nonmalignant disease
    differences and similarities in the manifestation of suffering
    4. Human Suffering Assesment
    adult and elderly
    5. How good conversation can be
    6. Dimensions of care
    6.1. Physical dimension
    6.2. Emotional dimension
    6.3. Family dimension
    6.4. Social dimension
    6.5. Spiritual dimension
    7. Practical considerations in care at end of life
    8. Grief and Mourning - Practical considerations for health professionals
    8.1. Antecipatory grief
    9. Achievements, pendencies, regrets
    10. Grief Family care recommendations
    11. The health care professional concerning the death of his patient
    considerations on the interprofessional work
    12. Caring for the caregivers.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Satoshi Iwase, Junichiro Hayano, Satoshi Orimo, editors.
    Contents:
    PART I: Sympathetic Microneurography
    1 Introduction to Sympathetic Microneurography
    2 Muscle Sympathetic Nerve Activity in Neurological Disorders
    3 Muscle Sympathetic Nerve Activity and Cardiovascular Diseases
    4 Skin sympathetic nerve activity and thermoregulatory control in humans
    5 Muscle Sympathetic Nerve Activity and Syncope
    6 Single Fiber Analysis of Muscle Sympathetic Nerve Activity
    PART II: Heart Rate Variability (HRV)
    7 Introduction to Heart Rate Variability
    8 Respiratory Sinus Arrhythmia and Entraining Heartbeats with Cheyne-Stokes Respiration
    Cardiopulmonary Works to be Minimal by Synchronizing Heartbeats with Breathing
    9 Heart RateVariability and Sympathetic Nerve Activity
    10 Heart Rate Variability and Cardiac Diseases
    11 Heart-rate Variability and Neurological Disorders
    PART III: Cardiac MIBG Scintigraphy
    12 An introduction to MIBG cardiac scintigraphy
    13 Noradrenaline and 123I-meta-iodobenzylguanidine Kinetics in the Sympathetic Nervous System
    14 Technical Considerations for MIBG Cardiac Scintigraphy
    15 Findings of 123I-MIBG cardiac scintigraphy : Parkinson?s disease and related disorders, and others. (RBD, cardiac diseases, DM, etc)
    16 Findings of MIBG Cardiac Scintigraphy: Dementia with Lewy Bodies and Related Dementia
    17 Physiological Background of Reduced Cardiac 123I-metaiodobenzylguanidine Uptake
    18 Pathological background of reduced cardiac MIBG uptake
    19 Clinical Implication of Reduced Cardiac MIBG Uptake.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hyun-Guy Kang.
    Summary: This book provides practitioners with comprehensive guidance on the application of 3D printing technology in the bone reconstruction. The 3D printed implants need to be able to maximize function and minimize complications by reinforcing strength and changing shape beyond anatomically identical design. Many of the clinical cases in this book, including pre-operative images, surgical planning, design and fabrication, 3D printing implants and guides, surgery and postoperative images, will suffice to capture the sensation of the 3D printing bone reconstruction. This book is composed of photos with minimum descriptions so that the readers can develop their imaginative view.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Pelvis
    1 Patient Case 1 Unique iliac plate and combined with total hip arthroplasty
    2 Patient Case 2 Unique acetabulum for easy assembly of total hip cup
    3 Patient Case 3 Mesh-style body without ischium
    4 Patient Case 4 Omitting pubis and ischium
    5 Patient Case 5 Iliac wing
    6 Patient Case 6 Iliac spacer with cavitary resection
    7 Patient Case 7 Acetabular subchondral block
    8 Patient Case 8 Iliac acetabular block and plate
    9 Patient Case 9 Allograft bone shaping guide
    10 Patient Case 10 Pubis preventing genital deformity and hernia
    11 Patient Case 11 Pubis with acetabular preservation
    12 Patient Case 12 Acetabular reinforcement cage
    13 Patient Case 13 Revision--failed allograft bone reconstruction. 14 Patient Case 14 Revision--failed total hip arthroplasty
    15 Patient Case 15 Revision--complicated Saddle prosthesis
    Part 2 Femur
    16 Patient Case 16 Allograft bone shaping guide in the cortical resection
    17 Patient Case 17 Plate with reinforcement ridge
    18 Patient Case 18 Posterior intercondylar Y plate
    19 Patient Case 19 Segmental distal femur combined with IM nail
    20 Patient Case 20 Cortical mesh covering IM nail and cement
    21 Patient Case 21 Deformity correction--Open wedge spacer and supporting plate
    22 Patient Case 22 Segmental femur and Implant-Bone connector
    Part 3 Tibia
    23 Patient Case 23 Targeting guide for small lesion
    24 Patient Case 24 Segmental tibia diaphysis
    25 Patient Case 25 Proximal tibia for knee joint preserving
    26 Patient Case 26 Tibia assembled with knee artificial joint surface
    Part 4 Calcaneus
    27 Patient Case 27 Calcaneus considering possible factors
    Part 5 Scapula
    28 Patient Case 28 Scapula combined with revere shoulder arthroplasty
    29 Patient Case 29 Scapula combined with glenoid of conventional shoulder system
    Part 6 Humerus
    30 Patient Case 30 Distal humerus for assembly with tumor prosthesis
    31 Patient Case 31 Partial elbow joint
    Part 7 Radius and Ulna
    32 Patient Case 32 Radius & Ulna and Implant-Bone connector
    Part 8 High grade Bone Sarcoma
    33 Patient Case 33 Disseminated metastases after 3D printing pelvic reconstruction
    Part 9 Perioperative Times
    34 Preparations and postoperative cares of 3D printing bone reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Patricia M. Carrascosa, Carlos M. Capuñay, Alejandro Deviggiano, Gastón A. Rodriguez-Granillo, editors.
    Summary: This atlas comprehensively describes the application of computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance (MR) imaging in real-world scenarios using 192 illustrative clinical cases. These imaging techniques are revolutionizing the diagnostic and therapeutic approach for cardiovascular patients and are progressively becoming viable sub-specialties among radiologists and cardiologists. Clinical Atlas of Cardiac and Aortic CT and MRI features clinically relevant case-based examples of how CT and MR imaging techniques can be applied to identify the pathological features of a range of acquired and congenital heart diseases. Using more than 1000 high-quality figures of distinctive CT and MR imaging features of most cardiovascular diseases, both acquired and congenital, it therefore provides a valuable resource for both specialist and non-specialist radiology/cardiology practitioners seeking to develop a deep understanding of how to recognize the features of a variety of heart diseases using CT and MR imaging techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Patricia Carrascosa, Carlos Capuñay, Juan Mariano Baronio, Sergio Papier, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, practically applicable guide to the use of CT virtual hysterosalpingography for evaluating gynaecological pathology and infertility in women. It features detailed descriptions of normal and pathologic findings across the female reproductive system, including the cervix, uterine wall and cavity, and Fallopian tubes, and compares the findings with other imaging modalities such as ultrasound, X-ray hysterosalpingography and MRI. The interpretation of post-treatment findings and commonly encountered pitfalls are also covered in detail. Clinical Atlas of CT Virtual Hysterosalpingography compares the use of a variety of imaging modalities to assess female infertility, and is a valuable resource for medical professionals who encounter these patients in their clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Computed Tomography Virtual Hysterosalpingography
    Normal Radiologic Anatomy of Female Reproductive System
    Evaluation of the Cervix
    Pathology of the Uterine Cavity
    Pathology of the Uterine Wall
    Congenital Uterine Anomalies
    Pathology of the Fallopian Tubes
    Morphological Postsurgical Changes
    Pitfalls and Incidental Findings.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Bertil E. Damato.
    Summary: Many ocular tumours are life-threatening or associated with lethal syndromes but can be difficult to diagnose because of their rarity and diversity. Unlike conventional atlases, this book contains a format that orders lesions according to their colour and ocular location to help readers quickly find the information they need even when they do not already know the diagnosis. Multimodal imaging results are presented to help provide a definitive diagnosis when slit-lamp and ophthalmoscopic findings are inconclusive. The seemingly random organisation of cases enables self-assessment by trainees. Written for optometrists and ophthalmologists, Clinical Atlas of Ocular Oncology is an essential resource for practitioners at any stage in their career.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgement
    Contents
    1: Extraocular Lesions
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Black-Grey Conjunctival Lesions
    1.3 Brown-Tan Conjunctival Lesions
    1.4 Yellow-White Conjunctival Lesions
    1.5 Red-Pink Conjunctival Lesions
    1.6 Chemotherapy for Conjunctival Lesions
    1.7 Radiotherapy for Conjunctival Lesions
    1.8 Surgery for Conjunctival Lesions
    Suggested Reading
    2: Anterior Intraocular Lesions
    2.1 Black-Grey Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
    2.2 Brown-Tan Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
    2.3 Yellow-White Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions 2.4 Red-Pink Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
    2.5 Radiotherapy for Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
    2.6 Surgery for Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
    Suggested Reading
    3: Vitreous
    3.1 Black-Grey Vitreous Lesions
    3.2 Brown-Tan Vitreous Lesions
    3.3 Yellow-White Vitreous Lesions
    3.4 Red-Pink Vitreous Lesions
    Suggested Reading
    4: Optic Disc Lesions
    4.1 Black-Grey Optic Disc Lesions
    4.2 Brown-Tan Optic Disc Lesions
    4.3 Yellow-White Optic Disc Lesions
    4.4 Red-Pink Optic Disc Lesions
    Suggested Reading
    5: Neurosensory Retinal Lesions 5.1 Black-Grey Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
    5.2 Brown-Tan Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
    5.3 Yellow-White Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
    5.4 Red-Pink Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
    5.5 Treatment of Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
    Suggested Reading
    6: Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
    6.1 Black-Grey Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
    6.2 Brown-Tan Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
    6.3 Yellow-White Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
    6.4 Red-Pink Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
    6.5 Treatment of Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
    Suggested Reading 7: Choroidal Lesions
    7.1 Black-Grey Choroidal Lesions
    7.2 Brown-Tan Choroidal Lesions
    7.3 Yellow-White Choroidal Lesions
    7.4 Red-Pink Choroidal Lesions
    7.5 Radiotherapy for Choroidal Lesions
    7.6 Surgical Resection of Choroidal Lesions
    7.7 Laser Therapy for Choroidal Lesions
    7.8 Systemic Therapy for Choroidal Lesions
    7.9 Non-Treatment of Choroidal Melanoma
    Suggested Reading
    8: Suprachoroidal Lesions
    8.1 Haemorrhage
    8.2 Effusion
    8.3 Solid Tumours
    Suggested Reading
    9: Scleral Lesions
    9.1 Yellow-White Scleral Lesions 9.2 Red-Pink Scleral Lesions
    Suggested Reading
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Algaeed, Abdulrahman H.; Kozak, Igor.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    1: History and Principles of Ocular Ultrasonography; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History of Ultrasound Modes in Ophthalmology; 1.2.1 A-Mode Ultrasound; 1.2.2 B-mode Ultrasound; 1.2.3 Further Developments; 1.3 Principles of Ocular Ultrasonography; 1.3.1 Transducers and Probes; 1.3.2 Resolution; 1.3.3 A-mode Ultrasound; 1.3.4 B-mode Ultrasound; 1.3.5 Ultrasound Biomicroscopy; 1.4 Conclusions; References;
    2: Clinical Globe Anatomy; 2.1 Cross-Sectional Eye Anatomy; 2.2 Anterior Segment; 2.3 Posterior Segment: The Vitreous; 2.4 The Retina 2.5 The Choroid2.6 The Ciliary Body; 2.7 The Iris; 2.8 The Sclera; 2.9 The Optic Disc; 2.10 The Orbit and Extraocular Muscles; Suggested Reading;
    3: Vitreous/Retina/Choroid; References;
    4: Ocular Trauma/Endophthalmitis; References;
    5: Ocular Tumors; References;
    6: Optic Nerve; References;
    7: Sclera/Ciliary Body/Anterior Segment; References;
    8: Miscellaneous Cases; References; Index
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Viresh Chopra, BDS, MDS.
    Summary: "Explore a comprehensive pictorial guide to the retreatment of root canals and failed endodontic cases with step-by-step advice on retreatment management Clinical Atlas of Retreatment in Endodontics delivers an image-based reference to the management of failed root canal cases. It provides evidence-based strategies and detailed clinical explanations to manage and retreat previous endodontically failed cases. It contains concrete evidence-based and practical techniques accompanied by full-colour, self-explanatory clinical photographs taking the reader through a journey of successful management of the failed clinical cases. Using a variety of clinical cases, the book demonstrates why and how endodontic failures occur, how to prevent them, and how to manage them in clinical practice. It also emphasises on evaluating the restorability and prognosis of the tooth in order to make a proper case selection for providing retreatment. This book also discusses the various factors that can help the clinician to make a case for nonsurgical or surgical retreatment. Readers will benefit from the inclusion of clinical cases that provide: A thorough introduction to perforation repair, with a clinical case that includes the repair of pulpal floor perforation caused due to excessive cutting of the floor of the pulp chamber. An explanation of various factors for instrument separation, supported with a case that includes the removal of a fractured instrument. Practical discussions of instrument retrieval, with a case that includes a fractured instrument at the apical third of mandibular molar. A step wise pictorial description for guided root canal therapy. Selective root canal treatment as a treatment option for retreatment of failed endodontic cases. A detailed clinical cription for how to explore and modify the endodontic access cavity for locating extra/missed canals Perfect for endodontists, endodontic residents, and general dentists, Clinical Atlas of Retreatment in Endodontics is also useful for undergraduate dental students and private practitioners who wish to improve their understanding of endodontic retreatment and are looking for a one-stop reference on the subject"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Clinical Case 1, Perforation repair : A case of repair of pulpal floor perforation caused due to excessive cutting of floor of the pulp chamber / Moh'd Hammo
    Clinical Case 2, Instrument separation : A case of surgical removal of a fractured instrument / Abhinay Agarwal
    Clinical Case 3, Ledge and Separated Instrument : A Case Of Retreatment / Garima Poddar
    Clinical Case 4, Instrument retrieval : A case of fractured instrument at apical third of mandibular molar / Jojo Kottoor
    Clinical Case 5, Perforation repair with Instrument retrieval : Management of multiple Endodontic mishaps / Padmanabh Jha
    Clinical Case 6, Strip perforation with Instrument retrieval : Clinical management / Zaher Al Taqi
    Clinical Case 7, Management of root canal treatment failure case with missed lateral canal anatomy and inadequate obturation / Chaniotis Antonis
    Clinical Case 8, Management of a case with faulty cast post and asymptomatic lateral periodontitis / Chaniotis Antonis
    Clinical Case 9, Management of a case with endo-perio lesion following a previous root canal treatment / Chaniotis Antonis
    Clinical Case 10, Management of a failed root canal treatment with silver cone obturation and fractured instrument / Chaniotis Antonis
    Clinical Case 11, Selective root canal treatment approach : Management of a failed root canal treated maxillary molar with selective root treatment / Gergely Benyőcs
    Clinical Case 12, Guided endodontics and its application for non-surgical retreatments : Retreatment of a Maxillary anterior tooth using static guidance for non-surgical retreatment / Gergely Benyőcs
    Clinical Case 13, Management of pulpal floor perforation with periapical lesion in the mesial root / Zaher Al Taqi
    Clinical Case 14, Management of root canal treatment failure case with missed canal anatomy and inadequate obturation / Eugen Buga
    Clinical Case 15, Multiple Endodontic mishaps : Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation, hidden fractured instrument, ledge formation in a severely curved mandibular molar / Eugen Buga
    Clinical Case 16, Management of root canal treatment case with an instrument fracture in a mandibular molar / Viresh Chopra
    Clinical Case 17, Management of a mandibular molar with fractured Instrument extending in the periapical area / Zaher Al Taqi
    Clinical Case 18, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation and apically calcified canals / Viresh Chopra
    Clinical Case 19, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation and missed canals / Viresh Chopra
    Clinical Case 20, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation, unusual distal root anatomy, and suspected ledge formation in a mandibular molar / Eugen Buga
    Clinical Case 21, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation and faulty post placement / Viresh Chopra
    Clinical Case 22, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation, multiple perforations, fractured instrument and ledge formation in maxillary right first molar / Viresh Chopra
    Clinical Case 23, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation, fractured instrument and periapical lesion in mandibular left first molar / Viresh Chopra
    Clinical Case 24, Retreatment of an anterior tooth/ Garima Poddar
    Clinical Case 25, Nonsurgical Vs Surgical Retreatment : Decision Making / Meetu Ralli Kohli and Bekir Karabucak.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Can Baykal ; K. Didem Yazganoğlu.
    Summary: Skin tumors are very often encountered in clinical practice but can be difficult to diagnose since the skin's histological complexity gives rise to many types and subtypes. This superb atlas presents an unrivalled wealth of original high-quality clinical photographs of almost all benign and malignant skin tumors. The diverse subtypes and clinical forms, including different localizations, are depicted, and careful attention is paid to evolution and follow-up. While the main focus is on the clinical presentation as reflected in the photographs, diagnostic clues and management considerations are also summarized in a straightforward, readily understandable way. The atlas has been designed so that it will meet clinical needs and allow rapid identification of clues relevant to daily practice. Clinical Atlas of Skin Tumors will be valuable for all dermatologists in training, as well as for those who are already established in the profession or in allied specialties such as plastic surgery and oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    by Andrew Burton.
    Contents:
    Cytologic analysis of cells
    Infectious agents
    Integument
    Hemolymphatic
    Body cavity fluids
    Musculoskeletal
    Hepatobiliary
    Digestive system
    Urinary
    Respiratory
    Endocrine
    Reproductive
    Neurologic
    Ocular and special senses.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Joseph Colombo, Rohit Arora, Nicholas L. DePace, Aaron I. Vinik.
    Summary: This book presents the concepts underlying the measurement of parasympathetic and sympathetic (P & S) activity in the autonomic nervous system and the application of these measurements in the development of therapeutic guidelines for treating dysfunctions in these processes. It provides an overview of the anatomy, physiology, and biochemistry of the autonomic nervous system; details general clinical applications of P & S monitoring that are independent of specialty or disease; presents the pathophysiology of P & S dysfunction in specific disorders, expected test results, therapeutic options, and expected outcomes; and includes case studies and longitudinal studies that demonstrate the major concepts for the common diseases for which P & S monitoring is recommended. Clinical Autonomic Dysfunction enables clinicians to improve patient outcomes by identifying and treating clinical problems related to autonomic nervous system disorders.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring
    History of Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring
    Drawbacks of Heart Rate Variability Analysis and Application of Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring
    Validation and General Evaluation of Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring
    Autonomic (Parasympathetic and Sympathetic) Assessment
    Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Testing
    Interpreting Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Results
    Possible Therapy Options
    Cardiovascular Autonomic Neuropathy: Risk Factor or Risk Indicator
    Normal Data
    Medical Specialties? View of Autonomic System Measurements
    The Progression of Autonomic Dysfunction in Chronic Disease
    Autonomic Dysfunction versus Neuropathy
    General Autonomic Disorders
    Geriatrics
    Depression
    Gastroenterology
    Arrhythmia
    Heart Diseases
    Hypertension
    Diabetes
    Other Diseases in Endocrinology
    Dizziness
    Pain Management
    Sleep
    General Neurology
    Pulmonology
    Pediatrics
    Critical Care
    Sample Case Studies
    Example of Longitudinal Studies
    Summary: General Applications of Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Michael Murphy, Rajeev Srivastava, Kevin Deans.
    Summary: "This comprehensively revised edition of Clinical Biochemistry offers essential reading for today's students of medicine and other health science disciplines - indeed, anyone who requires a concise, practical introduction to the subject. Topics are clearly presented in a series of double-page 'learning units', each covering a particular aspect of clinical biochemistry"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The clinical biochemistry laboratory
    The use of the laboratory
    Interpretation of results : general
    Interpretation of results : diagnosis
    Interpretation of results : monitoring
    Analytical aspects
    Fluid and electrolytes : basic concepts
    Water and sodium balance : physiological mechanisms
    Hyponatraemia : pathophysiology
    Hyponatraemia : assessment and management
    Hypernatraemia
    Hyperkalaemia
    Hypokalaemia
    Intravenous fluid therapy
    Investigation of renal function (1)
    Investigation of renal function (2)
    Urinalysis
    Proteinuria
    Acute kidney injury
    Chronic kidney disease
    Acid-base : concepts and vocabulary
    Metabolic acid-base disorders
    Respiratory and mixed acid-base disorders
    Acid-base disorders : diagnosis and management
    Proteins and enzymes
    Immunoglobulins
    Myocardial infarction
    Liver function tests
    Jaundice
    Liver disease
    Glucose metabolism and diabetes mellitus
    Diagnosis and monitoring of diabetes mellitus
    Diabetic ketoacidosis
    Hypoglycaemia
    Calcium regulation and hypocalcaemia
    Hypercalcaemia
    Phosphate and magnesium
    Metabolic bone disease
    Osteoporosis and fragility fractures
    Endocrine control
    Dynamic function tests
    Pituitary function
    Growth disorders and acromegaly
    Thyroid pathophysiology
    Hypothyroidism
    Hyperthyroidism
    Adrenocortical pathophysiology
    Hypofunction of the adrenal cortex
    Hyperfunction of the adrenal cortex
    Gonadal function
    Subfertility
    Nutritional assessment
    Nutritional support
    Parenteral nutrition
    The metabolic response to injury
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Iron
    Zinc and copper
    Therapeutic drug monitoring
    Toxicology
    Metal poisoning
    Alcohol
    Ascites
    Pleural fluid
    Cerebrospinal fluid
    Identification of body fluids
    Lipoprotein metabolism
    Clinical disorders of lipid metabolism
    Hypertension
    Cancer and its consequences
    Tumour markers
    Multiple endocrine neoplasia
    Hyperuricaemia
    Myopathy
    Fetal monitoring and prenatal diagnosis
    Pregnancy
    Antenatal screening
    Screening the newborn for disease
    Paediatric biochemistry
    Inborn errors of metabolism
    Selected inherited disorders
    Case history comments.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by William J. Marshall, MA, PhD, MSc, MB, BS, FRCP, FRCPath, FRCPEdin, FRSC, FSB, FLS, Consultant Clinical Biochemist and Clinical Director of Pathology, the London Clinic, Emeritus Reader in Clinical Biochemistry, King's College London, London, UK, Marta Lapsley, MB, BCh, BAO, MD, FRCPath, Consultant Chemical Pathologist, Epsom and St Helier University Hospitals NHS Trust, London, UK, Honorary Senior Lecturer in Clinical Endocrinology and Nutrition, University of Surrey, Surrey, UK, Andrew P. Day, MA, MSc, MB, BS, FRCPath, Consultant Chemical Pathologist, Weston Area Health Trust and University Hospitals Bristol Foundation Trust ; Honorary Senior Clinical Lecturer in Chemical Pathology, University of Bristol, Bristol, UK, Ruth M. Ayling, BSc, MB, MSc, PhD, FRCP, FRCPath, Consultant Chemical Pathologist, Derriford Hospital, Plymouth, UK.
    Summary: The bulk of this book concentrates on clinical aspects of the subject, giving detailed coverage of all conditions where clinical biochemistry is used in diagnosis and management. Clinical biochemistry now uses an increasing number of techniques involving the 'new biology', which are also covered.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Stephen Goldberg.
    Summary: Focuses on the basic conceptual background of clinically relevant biochemistry for medical students and other health professionals. Line drawings and Biochemistryland Map in envelope inside back cover. Graduate students and medical students have different needs in their learning of biochemistry. Medical students often complain that their biochemistry courses do not focus on clinical relevance. This book, while not a reference book or a dissertation on all aspects of biochemistry, selects the most clinically relevant material that every clinician should know, and presents it in a way that enables the student to quickly see and understand clinical biochemistry as a conceptual whole.

    Contents:
    An overview of biochemistryland
    The main powerhouse
    Carbohydrateland
    Lipidland
    The amino acid midway
    Combo circle
    The DNA funhouse
    Porphy's hemeland
    The infirmary
    Clinical review
    Beyond biochemistryland.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023], ©2024
  • Digital
    edited by Ronald J.A. Trent.
    Contents:
    From the phenotype to the genotype via bioinformatics / Cali E. Willet and Claire M. Wade
    Production and analytic bioinformatics for next-generation DNA sequencing / Richard James Nigel Allcock
    Analyzing the metabolome / Francis G. Bowling and Mervyn Thomas
    Statistical perspectives for genome-wide association studies (GWAS) / Jennifer H. Barrett, John C. Taylor, and Mark M. Iles
    Bioinformatics challenges in genome-wide association studies (GWAS) / Rishika De, William S. Bush, and Jason H. Moore
    Studying cancer genomics through next-generation DNA sequencing and bioinformatics / Maria A. Doyle [and others]
    Using bioinformatics tools to study the role of microRNA in cancer / Fabio Passetti [and others]
    Chromosome microarrays in diagnostic testing : interpreting the genomic data / Greg B. Peters and Mark D. Pertile
    Bioinformatics approach to understanding interacting pathways in neuropsychiatric disorders / Ali Alawieh [and others]
    Pathogen genome bioinformatics / Vitali Sintchenko and Michael P.V. Roper
    Setting up next-generation sequencing in the medical laboratory / Bing Yu
    Managing incidental findings in exome sequencing for research / Marcus J. Hinchcliffe
    Approaches for classifying DNA variants found by sanger sequencing in a medical genetics laboratory / Pak Leng Cheong and Melody Caramins
    Designing algorithms for determining significance of DNA missense changes / Sivakumar Gowrisankar and Matthew S. Lebo
    DNA variant databases : current state and future directions / John-Paul Plazzer and Finlay Macrae
    Natural language processing in biomedicine : a unified system architecture overview / Son Doan [and others]
    Candidate gene discovery and prioritization in rare diseases / Anil G. Jegga
    Computer-aided drug designing / Mohini Gore and Neetin S. Desai.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Animesh Hazari, G. Arun Maiya.
    Summary: This book presents essential information on biomechanical features of the diabetic foot, which could help to minimize the risk of future diabetic foot problems. India has recently been classified as the 'diabetic capital of the world'. Type 2 diabetes mellitus has become a serious concern for Indian society, where the prevalence rate is increasing exponentially. Similarly, the comorbidities and foot complications of type 2 diabetes mellitus are worsening day by day. Of all complications, diabetes peripheral neuropathy is the most common, and leads to foot deformities, pain, altered sensation, loss of foot arch, etc. The ultimate fate can even be gangrene and amputation. Accordingly, foot complications of diabetes represent a pressing medical issue. Sharing insights into diabetic foot syndrome, its causative factors, prevention and management, this book offers a valuable resource for medical and paramedical students, researchers, podiatrists, surgeons, and physicians alike.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface by Dr. Animesh Hazari
    Preface by Dr. Arun Maiya
    Contents
    About the Authors
    List of Figures
    List of Tables
    1: Introduction and Understanding of the Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    1.1 Classification of Diabetic Foot
    1.1.1 Wagner's Classification
    1.1.2 University of Texas (Armstrong)
    1.1.3 PEDIS Classification of Diabetic Foot
    1.1.3.1 Perfusion
    1.1.3.2 Wound Extent/Size
    1.1.3.3 Depth/Tissue Loss
    1.1.3.4 Infection
    1.1.3.5 Sensation
    1.1.4 SINDBAD Classification
    1.2 Neuropathic Foot
    1.2.1 Traumatic Diabetic Foot 1.2.2 Neuroischemic Foot
    References
    2: Epidemiology and Current Status of Diabetes Mellitus and Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    2.1 Etiological Classification of DM
    2.1.1 Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus (T1DM)
    2.1.2 Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus (T2DM)
    2.1.3 Gestational Diabetes Mellitus
    2.1.4 Other Specific Types
    2.2 Epidemiology of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    2.3 Diabetes Peripheral Neuropathy
    2.3.1 Acute Sensory Neuropathy
    2.3.2 Chronic Sensorimotor Neuropathy
    2.3.3 Length-Dependent Diabetic Polyneuropathy
    2.3.4 Autonomic Neuropathy
    2.4 Prevalence of DPN 2.5 Epidemiology of Foot Complications in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    2.5.1 Prevalence of Painful Neuropathy (pDPN)
    2.6 Mortality Rate Due to Diabetes Mellitus and Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    References
    3: Pathomechanics of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    3.1 Etiopathogenesis of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    3.2 Neurological Mechanism of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    3.3 Neurological Features of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    3.4 Vascular Mechanism of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    3.5 Vascular Features of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    3.6 Musculoskeletal Mechanism of Diabetic Foot Syndrome 3.7 Musculoskeletal Features of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    3.8 Biomechanical Mechanism of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    References
    4: Patient's Perspective on Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    4.1 Social Impact of DFS
    4.2 Psychosocial Issues
    4.3 Quality of Life and Diabetic Foot
    4.4 Economic Burden
    4.5 Morbidity and Mortality Related to DFS
    4.6 Painful Neuropathy
    References
    5: Clinician's Perspective on Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    5.1 Diagnostic Criteria for Type 2 DM
    5.1.1 Fasting Blood Sugar Level (FBS)
    5.1.2 Postprandial Blood Sugar Level (PPBS) 5.1.3 Random Blood Sugar Level (RBS)
    5.1.4 Glycated Hemoglobin (HbA1c)
    5.2 Screening for Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    5.3 Diabetes Peripheral Neuropathy Assessment
    5.3.1 Sensory Neuropathy Assessment
    5.3.2 Motor Neuropathy
    5.3.3 Autonomic Neuropathy
    5.3.4 Neuropathy Scales and Screening Tools
    5.3.5 Nerve Conduction Velocity
    5.3.6 Electromyography
    5.4 Vascular Assessment
    5.5 Dermatological Assessment
    5.6 Musculoskeletal Assessment
    5.6.1 Strength of Foot and Lower Limb Muscles
    5.6.2 Muscle Length
    5.6.3 Balance and Coordination
    References
    6: Diabetic Foot Complications: Foot Deformities, Peripheral Vascular Disease, Claudication, Foot Ulcers, and Amputation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lonie R. Salkowski, Tanya W. Moseley.
    Contents:
    I. Introduction to Clinical Breast Tomosynthesis.
    II: Cases with Screening Tomosynthesis Evaluation Needing No Further Evaluation.
    III: Cases with Screening Tomosynthesis Evaluation Needing Further Diagnostic Evaluation.
    IV: Cases with Screening and Diagnostic Tomosynthesis Evaluations.
    V: Cases with Diagnostic Tomosynthesis Evaluation Recalled from Conventional Screening Mammogram.
    VI: Cases with Diagnostic Tomosynthesis Evaluation Presenting with Clinical Indication.
    VII: Cases with Known Cancer Diagnosis Needing Additional Evaluation.
    VIII: Intervention: Biopsy Using Tomosynthesis or Stereotacic Guidance
  • Digital
    Summary: Clinical Capsules: Cardiovascular System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering cardiovascular diseases and disorders created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for cardiovascular diseases commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables. -- Publisher

    Contents:
    Heart failure: overview
    Acute heart failure
    Chronic heart failure
    Cardiomyopathies: Overview
    Acute pericarditis and pericardial effusion
    Infective endocarditis
  • Digital
    Summary: Clinical Capsules: Dermatologic System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders of the skin and integumentary system created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. -- Publisher

    Contents:
    Contact dermatitis
    Seborrheic dermatitis
    Psoriasis
    Urticaria and angioedema
    Erythema multiforme (EM)
    Stevens-Johnson syndrome (SJS) and toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN)
    Herpes zoster
    Varicella
    Impetigo
    Cellulitis
    Necrotizing fasciitis
    Acne vulgaris
    Candidiasis
    Lichen planus
  • Digital
    Summary: Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for endocrine diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. -- Publisher

    Contents:
    Diabetes mellitus: basics
    Diabetes mellitus type 1
    Diabetes mellitus type 2
    Hyperthyroidism: Overview
    Hyperthyroidism
    Thyroiditis
    Thyroid cancer
    Osteoporosis
    Hyperparathyroidism
    Diabetes insipidus
    Pheochromocytoma
    Hypercortisolism (Cushing's syndrome)
    Primary hyperaldosteronism (Conn's syndrome)
  • Digital
    Summary: Clinical Capsules: Gastrointestinal System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering gastrointestinal diseases and disorders created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for gastrointestinal diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables. -- Publisher
  • Digital
    Summary: Clinical Capsules: Gynecology is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders of the female reproductive system created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. -- Publisher

    Contents:
    Contraception
    Menstrual cycle disorders: overview
    Amenorrhea
    Dysmenorrhea and premenstrual syndrome
    Female infertility and reproductive medicine
    Menopause and postmenopause
    Cervicitis
    Uterine leiomyomas (fibroids)
    Endometrial cancer
    Cervical cancer
    Vulvar and vaginal cancer
    Ovarian cancer
    Breast cancer
    Sexual assault: primary care, diagnostics, and documentation
  • Digital
    Summary: Clinical Capsules: Hematologic System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering hematology and oncology diseases and disorders created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for hematology and oncology diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables. -- Publisher
  • Digital
    Summary: "Clinical Capsules: Multisystem Processes and Disorders is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders that affect multiple body systems created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for multisystem diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables." -- Provided by the publisher.
  • Digital
    Summary: "Clinical Capsules: Musculoskeletal System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders of the bones, muscles, and joints created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme’s authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for musculoskeletal diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables." -- Provided by the publisher.
  • Digital
    Summary: "Clinical Capsules: Neurologic System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders of the brain, spinal cord, and central nervous system created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme’s authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for neurologic diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables." -- Provided by the publisher.
  • Digital
    Summary: "Clinical Capsules: Obstetrics is a collection of clinical learning modules covering the care of women during pregnancy and childbirth and the diseases and disorders of the female reproductive organs for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for obstetric diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables." -- Provided by the publisher.
  • Digital
    Summary: "Clinical Capsules: Pediatrics is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders in infants, children, and adolescents created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme’s authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for neonatal and pediatric diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables." -- Provided by the publisher.
  • Digital
    Summary: "Clinical Capsules: Psychiatry is a collection of clinical learning modules covering mental, emotional, and behavioral conditions in children, adolescents, and adults created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme's authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for psychiatric diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables." -- Provided by the publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD)
    Autism spectrum disorder
    Tourette syndrome
    Schizophrenia
    Anxiety disorders: overview
    Generalized anxiety disorder
    Panic disorder
    Phobias (social and specific)
    Obsessive-compulsive disorder
    Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD)
    Dysthymia
    Adjustment disorder
    Bipolar disorder
    Anorexia nervosa
    Bulimia nervosa
    Insomnia
    Idiopathic hypersomnia (IH)
    Narcolepsy
  • Digital
    Summary: "Clinical Capsules: Pulmonary System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders of the lungs and respiratory system created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme’s authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. health care system. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for pulmonary diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables." -- Provided by the publisher.
  • Digital
    Devjani, Shivali; Falade, Leke; Fridland, Stas; Nahar, Ankur; Onyekweli, Tito; Ryu, Brendan; Trippiedi, Andrew; Navarrete-Welton, Allison; Xu, Jason; Xu, Michael.
    Summary: Clinical Capsules: Renal and Genitourinary System is a collection of clinical learning modules covering diseases and disorders of the kidneys and urinary tract created for students to reference during rotations and preparation for taking Shelf and USMLE exams. Originally derived from Thieme’s authoritative German-language medical textbook content and digital learning platform, Via Medici, the modules have been translated and carefully adapted by 4th-year medical students and residents in the U.S. to fit the standards of practice in the U.S. Modules are templated and include Epidemiology, Pathogenesis, Signs and Symptoms, Diagnosis, and Treatment for renal and genitourinary system diseases and disorders commonly tested on Shelf and USMLE exams. The modules are also useful for exam preparation, with concise overviews, learning and exam tips, and high-yield facts, and clinical rotation support, with links to key treatment guidelines and other information for each disease and disorder. Additionally, volumes are organized by organ system and specialty with regularly updated information supplemented by illustrations, diagrams, radiographic images, and tables. -- Publisher

    Contents:
    Contents
    Introduction
    Acute kidney injury
    Chronic kidney disease (CKD)
    Glomerulopathies: Overview
    Glomerulopathies with nephritic syndrome
    Glomerulopathies with nephrotic syndrome
    Urolithiasis
    Polycystic kidney disease
    Urinary incontinence
    Erectile dysfunction
    Benign prostatic hyperplasia
    Prostate cancer
    Bladder cancer
    Renal cell carcinoma
    Testicular cancer
    Urethritis and cystitis
    Chlamydia infections
    Gonorrhea
    Syphilis
  • Digital
    Demosthenes G Katritsis and Fred Morady.
    Summary: Offering a clear and consistent framework for recognition, diagnosis, and treatment of a wide range of cardiac arrhythmia disturbances, Clinical Cardiac Electrophysiology: A Practical Guide covers the fundamental analytical skills needed in this challenging area. This portable, highly accessible handbook focuses on the basics of clinical electrophysiology-- how and when to perform an electrophysiology study as well as principles of ablation and other invasive therapies--all in a succinct and modern format.

    Contents:
    Classification of arrhythmias
    Electrophysiologic mechanissm of arrhythmogenesis
    Cardiac anatomy for the electrophysiologist
    Vascular access and catheter placement
    Electrophysiology hardware
    Basic intervals and atrial and ventricular conduction curves
    Electroanatomic mapping and magnetic guidance systems
    Physics of ablation
    Investigation of bradycardias
    Differential diagnosis of narrow-QRS (≤120 ms) tachycardias
    Differential diagnosis of wide-QRS (>120 ms) tachycardias
    Atrial tachycardias
    Atrial fibrillation
    Atrioventricular junctional tachycardias
    Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome and atrioventricular reentrant tachycardias
    Ventricular arrhythmias.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by David T. Huang, Travis Prinzi.
    Summary: This is a practical guide to the clinical diagnosis and treatment of cardiac arrhythmias that meets the needs of this highly specialized, complex and growing field of cardiology. As understanding of the evaluation of treatment of arrhythmias continues to advance, learning and understanding the principles of electrophysiology in order to provide the best possible treatments for patients can be a daunting task. With a scientific, practical, and multi-disciplinary approach, Clinical Cardiac Electrophysiology in Clinical Practice establishes the foundation of the subject and provides a concise illustrative approach to facilitate and enhance understanding. It is designed to be accessible to serve as an introduction to electrophysiology, but advanced enough to serve as a guide for experienced practitioners. Electrophysiology students of all levels, including residents, fellows, mid-level providers, nurses, technologist, primary care providers, cardiologists and electrophysiologists will find value in these pages.

    Contents:
    Cardiac Conduction Abnormalities and Bradycardia
    Narrow QRS Tachycardia
    Wide QRS Tachycardia.- Atrial Fibrillation
    Atrial Flutter
    Cardiac Arrest
    Pre-excitation Syndrome
    Arrhythmias during Acute Medical Conditions
    Hereditary Arrhythmia
    Syncope
    Antiarrhythmic Therapy
    Pacemaker/ICD Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kenneth A. Ellenbogen, Bruce L. Wilkoff, G. Neal Kay, Chu-Pak Lau, Angelo Auricchio.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Hubert F. Baars, Pieter A.F.M. Doevendans, Arjan C. Houweling, J. Peter van Tintelen, editors.
    Summary: This practical cardiogenetic reference is for those who are involved in the care for cardiac patients with a genetic disease. It contains detailed discussion of the basic science of cardiogenetics in order to assist in the clinical understanding of the topic.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to molecular genetics
    2. Clinical genetics
    3. Introduction hereditary cardiomyopathies
    4. Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    5. Dilated cardiomyopathy
    6. Arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy
    7. Left ventricular noncompaction
    8. Restrictive cardiomyopathy
    9. Mitochondrial cardiomyopathy
    10. Long QT syndrome
    11. Brugada syndrome
    12. Catecholaminergic polymorphic ventricular tachycardia
    13. Short QT syndrome
    14. Idiopathic ventricular fibrillation
    15. A molecular genetic perspective on atrial fibrillation
    16. Hereditary cardiac conduction diseases
    17. Heritable thoracic aortic disorders
    18. Bicuspid aortic valve
    19. Sudden cardiac death in the young: epidemiology and cardiogenetic evaluation of victims and their relatives
    20. The genetics of mitral valve prolapse
    21. Genetic disorders of lipoprotein metabolism: diagnosis and management
    22. Genetics of (premature) coronary artery disease
    23. Hereditary neuromuscular diseases and cardiac involvement
    24. Future of cardiogenetics
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hubert F. Baars, Pieter A. F. M. Doevendans, Arjan C. Houweling, J. Peter van Tintelen, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This thoroughly revised third edition provides a comprehensive grounding on hereditary heart diseases with special emphasis on the genetic aspects of these conditions. It continues to provide the expertise that all cardiologists, clinical and molecular geneticists, and related medical professionals require to provide optimal care for patients with cardiac disease of genetic origin and for their relatives. Topics covered include the different cardiomyopathies, the primary arrhythmia syndromes and the hereditary thoracic aortic disorders. In addition other topics such as cardiac involvement in hereditary neuromuscular diseases, the clinical policy for sudden cardiac death and the possibilities of pre-implantation genetic diagnosis are included to extend the discussion. Clinical Cardiogenetics compiles current knowledge on the topic in an easy to understand reference. It provides a practical clinical primer for cardiologists, clinical geneticists, trainees and other physicians involved in the management of these patients.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Genetics
    1: Introduction to Molecular Genetics
    Introduction
    DNA, RNA, and Proteins
    Genetic Mutations
    Genes in Families and Populations
    Modes of Inheritance
    Penetrance and Disease Expressivity
    Genetic Heterogeneity
    Multifactorial Inheritance
    Molecular Genetic Techniques from Past to Future
    Cytogenetics
    Molecular DNA Techniques
    NGS
    Analysis and Interpretation
    Variant Classification
    Data Quality Issues and NGS
    Reporting of Results
    Finding New Disease Genes
    Clinical Genetic Diagnostics On Penetrance and Variable Expressivity
    Genotype-Phenotype Correlations
    Basic Concepts in Population Genetics
    Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium
    Mutation-Selection Equilibrium
    Founder Mutations
    Genetic Isolates
    Consanguinity
    Genetic Testing
    Genetic Counseling
    Cardiac Genetic Counseling
    Cardiac Genetic Testing
    Pre- and Posttest Genetic Counseling
    Interpreting Genetic Test Results
    Controls
    Predictive Testing and the Dynamics of Family Studies
    Predictive DNA Testing
    Adverse Consequences of Predictive Testing
    Predictive Testing in Minors Conducting Family Studies
    Prenatal Diagnosis
    The Cardiogenetics Outclinic
    References
    Part II: Cardiomyopathies
    3: Introduction to Hereditary Cardiomyopathies
    Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Dilated Cardiomyopathy
    Arrhythmogenic Cardiomyopathy
    Restrictive Cardiomyopathy
    Non-compaction Cardiomyopathy
    Take-Home Message
    References
    4: Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Introduction
    Etiology/Pathophysiology
    Clinical Presentation
    Genotype Specific
    Clinical Diagnosis
    Differential Diagnosis
    Molecular Diagnosis
    Disease Penetrance
    Therapy Risk Stratification for SCD
    ICD Indications
    Recommendations During Pregnancy and Delivery
    Follow-Up During Pregnancy
    Management During Labor and Delivery
    Follow-Up Advices
    Family Screening (Fig. 4.6)
    Take-Home Messages
    References
    5: Dilated Cardiomyopathy
    Introduction
    Clinical Presentation
    Etiology of DCM
    Clinical Diagnosis
    Clinical Therapy
    Molecular Diagnostics
    Molecular Genetics
    TTN
    LMNA
    Other Genes
    Family Screening
    Familial DCM and Affected Relatives
    Cardiac Screening of Relatives
    Genetic Testing Approach
    Summary
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Philip C. Doyle, editor.
    Summary: This text provides a comprehensive grounding in the contemporary rehabilitation, management, and clinical care of patients following treatment of head and neck cancer (HNCa). It provides the diagnostic and clinical information necessary to successfully manage patients with HNCa, and aids clinical health trainees and professionals in identifying, acknowledging, and addressing a wide range of problems that may occur post treatment, such as abnormalities in voice and speech production, eating, and swallowing. In addition, the book explores the physical, psychological, communicative, and social aspects that form essential components of cancer rehabilitation programs that seek to restore multiple areas of functioning which are disrupted secondary to treatment. Post-treatment changes in breathing, nutrition, physical capabilities, disfigurement, mood, and body image are also covered.

    Contents:
    Section I: Head and Neck Cancer and Its Treatment
    General Principles of Head and Neck Cancer Treatment
    Surgical Reconstruction for Cancer of the Oral Cavity
    Complications Following Total Laryngectomy
    Human Papilloma Virus: Related Head and Neck Cancer
    Distress as a Consequence of Head and Neck Cancer
    Optimizing Clinical Management of Head and Neck Cancer
    Section II: Treatment Related Changes: Breathing, Voice, Speech, and Swallowing
    Postlaryngecdtomy Respiratory System and Speech Breathing
    Clinical Intervention for Airway Improvement: Establishing a New Nose
    Elements of Clinical Training with the Electrolarynx
    Teaching Esophageal Speech: A Process of Collaborative Instruction
    Voice Restoration with the Tracheoesophageal Voice Prosthesis: The Current State of the Art
    Clinical Problem-Soliving in Tracheoesophageal Puncture Voice Restoration
    Alaryngeal Speech Aerodynamics: Lower and Upper Airway Considerations
    Intelligibility in Postlaryngectomy Speech
    Communication Support Before, During, and After Treatment for Head and Neck Cancer
    Speech Deficits Associated with Oral and Oropharyngeal Carcinomas
    Documenting Voice and Speech Outcomes in Alaryngeal Speakers
    Swallowing Disorders and Rehabilitation in Patients with Laryngeal Cancer
    Dysphagia Management of Head and Neck Cancer Patients: Oral Cavity and Oropharynx
    Section III: Special Factors in Head and Neck Cancer
    Acute and Long-Term Effects of Chemoradiation Therapy in Head and Neck Cancer
    Oral Considerations for the Head and Neck Cancer Patient
    Lymphedema in Head and Neck Cancer
    Shoulder Dysfunction and Disability Secondary to Treatment for Head and Neck Cancer
    Factors Influencing Adherence to Treatment of Head and Neck Cancer
    The Role of the Clinical Nurse Specialist in Head and Neck Oncology
    The Acquisition of Practice Knowledge in Head and Neck Cancer Rehabilitation
    Well-being and Quality of Life in Head and Neck Cancer
    The Impact of Postlaryngectomy Audiovisual Changes on Verbal Communication
    Communicative Participation after Head and Neck Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Curren Warf, Grant Charles, editors.
    Summary: Adolescent homelessness is a growing problem that results in a variety of health challenges. This text is a practical resource designed to promote effective interdisciplinary health and social care interventions targeting adolescents who are homeless or at risk for homelessness. It is based on extensive interdisciplinary experience, reviews of pertinent research and insights and contributions of leading professionals who are directly involved in the care of these young people. Divided into four main sections, Section 1: (Chapters 1-7) section one is a review of the structure and professional involvement of program models targeting youth experiencing or at risk for homelessness to encourage broader understanding and utilization of principles and practices underlying effective programs and identify replicable components. Section 2: (Chapters 8-16) Section two is clinically focused with recommendations for working with adolescents and youth experiencing homelessness and interventions for common and significant medical and mental health conditions, and substance use disorders. Section 3: (Chapter 17) Reviews international agreements regarding stabilization and care of refugee youth and families, description of experiences of refugee children and youth in developed countries, and an outline of conditions from which refugee youth and families have left. Section 4: (Chapters 18 and 19) Engagement of homeless youth in research and future research directions to address needs of youth experiencing homelessness. Written by experts from a variety of disciplines, Clinical Care for Homeless, Runaway and Refugee Youth is a first of its kind text for physicians, social workers, public health workers and any other individual that works directly with these vulnerable populations.

    Contents:
    The Prevalence of Youth Homelessness in the U.S
    Youth Homelessness in Canada: An Overview
    Interviewing homeless adolescents in the context of clinical care: Creating connections, building on strengths, fostering resilience, and improving outcomes
    Homeless adolescents: Identification, outreach, engagement, housing and stabilization
    Youth in Care: A Very High-Risk Population for Homelessness
    Refugee and Migrant Youth in Canada and the United States: Special Challenges and Health Care Issues
    Social Pediatrics: A model to confront family poverty, adversity and housing instability, and foster healthy child and adolescent development and resilience
    Substance use among young people experiencing homelessness: a brief motivational enhancement approach
    Building an Effective System of Care for Adolescents Following Opiate Overdose: Stabilization Care, Residential Secure Care, Family and Community Engagement and Ethical Concerns
    Providing Clinical Care to Youth Experiencing Homelessness
    Contraception
    Sexually Transmitted Infections and Sexual Health Care of Homeless and Street-Involved Youth
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus and Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome
    Medical Care of Youth after Acute Sexual Assault
    Clinical Care for Homeless, Runaway, and Refugee Youth: Program Development, Education, and Research Directions
    Common dermatology problems among youth experiencing homelessness
    Challenges faced by international migrants and refugees to the health, development and well-being of adolescents and youth
    Clinical Care for Homeless, Runaway and Refugee Youth: Program Development, Education and Research Directions
    Conclusion: Next Steps for Investigation and Research .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Sandra Hassink, Sarah Hampl.
    Contents:
    Implementation guide for residency directors / Alma Delia Guerrero, Debra S. Lotstein, Wendy Slusser, and Jeannie S. Huang
    Epidemiology, prenatal risk and screening / Sarah Armstrong, Eliana Perrin, and Charles Wood
    Feeding recommendations for infants and toddlers / Claire K. Dalidowitz
    Nutrition assessment And intervention for the pre-school and school aged child / Michelle Demeule-Hayes, Holly Baker, and Lorilyn T. Russell
    Normative eating and adolescent nutrition / Alicia Dixon Docter, and Celia Framson
    Physical activity recommendations for children and adolescents / Joey C. Eisenmann, Christopher Kist, and Karin A. Pfeiffer
    Infant and toddler parenting strategies / Meredith L. Dreyer Gillette, Bethany J. Gaffka, and Kimberly Guion
    Parenting strategies for the preschool and school-aged child / Adelle Cadieux, Richard Boles, and Elizabeth Getzoff-Testa
    Parenting strategies for adolescents to prevent overweight and obesity / Laura A. Shaffer, Jane Gray, and Peg Miller Evans
    Assessment of childhood obesity / Susan J. Woolford, Carolyn Jasik, and Elsie Tavaras
    Stages of obesity treatment / Brooke Sweeney, Lena Sandifer, and Sarah E Barlow
    Childhood obesity related co-morbidities : identification and treatment / Melissa Santos, Stephen Pont, and Elizabeth Estrada
    Surgical considerations and complications in the morbidly obese adolescent/pediatric patient / George Datto and Kirk Reichard
    Motivational interviewing / Ada M. Fenick, Karen B. Dorsey, and Sherin S. Stahl
    Health information technology in management and patient communication / Thao-Ly Tam Phan and Lloyd N. Werk
    Cultural considerations for effective obesity prevention and intervention / Kimberly C. Avila Edwards, Amelie G. Ramirez, and Ashley E. Weedn
    Patient, practice, and hospital advocacy / Amy R. Beck, Sarah E. Hampl, Sandra G. Hassink
    Community resources for childhood obesity / H. Mollie Grow, Kristin Kan, and Sam Wittekind
    Community advocacy : taking obesity care from the exam room to the neighborhoods / Christopher Bolling, Eric Bosley, and Julia Wacker
    Systems of care and quality improvement : guiding the care of the child with obesity / Ihuoma Eneli-Gerri and Cannon Smith
    National advocacy and resources for childhood obesity / Sandra G. Hassink.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2016
  • Digital
    Mark A. Harrast, MD.
    Contents:
    Section I: General considerations and assessment. Incidence, prevalence, and risk factors of running-related injuries: an epidemiologic review
    Training principles for the runner
    Evaluation of the injured runner
    Exercise-associated collapse: on-the-field and in-office assessment
    Mass participation endurance event
    Sport psychology for the runner: injury, rehabilitation, and recovery
    Section II: Biomechanics and rehabilitation. Running gait assessment
    Influence of step rate on running mechanics
    The interaction of foot strike and footwear in runners
    Considerations in the selection of a running shoe
    Rehabilitation principles of the injured runner
    Anti-gravity treadmill training for prevention and rehabilitation of running injuries
    Deep water running for prevention and rehabilitation of running injuries
    Section III: Musculoskeletal injuries. Bone stress injuries
    Bone health of the runner: metabolic workup and impact on fracture risk
    Osteoarthritis and running
    Hip, pelvis, and thigh injuries in runners
    Knee injuries in runners
    Exertional leg pain in runners
    Ankle and foot injuries in runners
    Section IV: Special considerations for specific populations. Caring for and counseling the youth runner
    Caring for and counseling the peripartum runner
    Caring for and counseling the ultramarathoner.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    John P Mulhall, Peter J. Stahl, Doron S. Stember.
    Summary: Clinical Care Pathways in Andrology provides a valuable resource for understanding clinical decision-making in the context of the predominant male reproductive and sexual disorders for which patients commonly seek evaluation and treatment. Conditions that are less well-known but can be severely bothersome to patients, such as penile sensory loss, are also presented. Based on clinical evidence and expert consensus, practical clinical care pathways are featured for each condition. Each clinical care pathway consists of an algorithm that delineates the overall structure of decision-making for each condition, describes initial clinical presentations, and guides the reader through diagnostic testing and treatment.

    Contents:
    1. Abnormal semen analysis
    2. Anejaculation
    3. Azoospermia
    4. Azoospermia: indeterminate etiology
    5. Azoospermia: surgical sperm retrieval
    6. Delayed orgasm
    7. Erectile dysfunction: initial evaluation
    8. Erectile dysfunction: extended evaluation
    9. Erectile dysfunction: treatment
    10. Hematospermia
    11. Hypogonadism: evaluation
    12. Hypogonadism: treatment
    13. Low libido
    14. Low semen volume
    15.Penile deformity: Peyronie's disease
    16. Penile fracture
    17. Penile pain
    18. Penile rehabilitation
    19. Penile sensory loss
    20. Premature ejaculation
    21. Priapism
    22. Sexual incontinence
    23. Varicocele
    24. Vasectomy
    25. Vasectomy reversal.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Julie M. Skrzat, PT, DPT, PhD, Board Certified Clinical Specialist in Cardiovascular & Pulmonary Physical Therapy, Assistant Professor, Physical Therapy Program, Murphy Deming College of Health Sciences Mary Baldwin University, Fishersville, Virginia, USA, Sean F. Griech, PT, DPT, PhD, COMT, Board Certified Clinical Specialist in Orthopaedic Physical Therapy, Associate Professor, Doctor of Physical Therapy Program, DeSales University, Center Valley, Pennsylvania, USA.
    Summary: "Direct access legislation and a growing aging population have led to a greater number of people with medical complexities seeking physical therapy services. To ensure physical therapy, students are adequately prepared to enter the demanding workforce, and academic educators must provide clinical case studies that match clinical demands. Clinical Case Studies Across the Medical Continuum for Physical Therapists by distinguished editors Julie M. Skrzat and Sean F. Griech and an impressive group of expert contributors was developed with that goal in mind. Twenty medically complex case studies, each with three standalone cases covering three distinct clinical settings, are presented to show medical and physical therapy management throughout the continuum of care. These high-quality case studies cover all the body systems and detail conditions including chronic, neurological, oncologic, and traumatic, which closely mirror cases seen in clinical practice. Each case study includes extensive medical data from an interprofessional team, imaging/diagnostic tests, social history, and physical therapy information. The text promotes interprofessional education by requiring learners to consider elements beyond the physical therapy plan of care"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Ellie Kirov & Margaret Webb.
    Contents:
    Case studies. Acute care
    Behavioural and social aspects of disability
    Bowel elimination
    Communication
    Community-based care
    Cultural diversity in Australia and New Zealand
    Emergency care
    General health assessment 1
    General health assessment 2
    Leadership and management
    Legal and ethical aspects of nursing care
    Maternal and newborn care
    Medications 1
    Medications 2
    Mental health
    Movement and exercise
    Palliative care
    Perioperative nursing 1
    Perioperative nursing 2
    Rehabilitation nursing
    Skin integrity and wound care
    Urinary elimination
    Vital signs 1
    Vital signs 2. Answers and rationales. Acute care
    Behavioural and social aspects of disability
    Bowel elimination
    Communication
    Community-based care
    Cultural diversity in Australia and New Zealand
    Emergency care
    General health assessment 1
    General health assessment 2
    Leadership and management
    Legal and ethical aspects of nursingcare
    Maternal and newborn care
    Medications 1
    Medications 2
    Mental health
    Movement and exercise
    Palliative care
    Perioperative nursing 1
    Perioperative nursing 2
    Rehabilitation nursing
    Skin integrity and wound care
    Urinary elimination
    Vital signs 1
    Vital signs 2.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2014
  • Digital
    Torello M. Lotti, Fabio Arcangeli, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Shannon C. Trotter, Suchita Sampath, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the diagnostic and management options for patients with alopecia, allowing a greater understanding of a diverse number of differential diagnoses. This can help challenge students, residents and re-certifying physicians to consider a broad array of diagnoses based on the case presentation. Each case will be followed with a discussion and treatment content that will help provide the most up to date information available on the current disease as well as advances in treatment at that time. This will allow for a balance of both constructive case-based learning and an up-to-date coalition of the current literature. Clinical Cases in Alopecia illustrates clinical features and discusses the diagnostic and therapeutic process of both common and unusual conditions. It provides a practical case-based guide in the management of patients with alopecia and is ideal for recertifying dermatologists, training residents, medical students and practitioners in fields of primary care.

    Contents:
    Androgenetic alopecia
    Telogen effluvium
    Alopecia areata
    Trichotillomania
    Drug-induced alopecia
    Anagen effluvium
    Traction alopecia
    Alopecia due to hypothyroidism
    Alopecia due to nutritional deficiency
    Lichen planopilaris
    Central centrifugal cicatricial alopecia
    Discoid lupus erytematosis
    Folliculitis decalvans
    Dissecting cellulitis
    Acne keloidalis nuchae
    Erosive pustular dermatosis
    Alopecia mucinosa
    Morphea
    Alopecia due to radiation
    Alopecia due to cutaneous metastases
    Alopecia due to tinea capitis
    Alopecia due to syphilis
    Temporal Arteritis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Allan Reed, Francine S. Yudkowitz.
    Summary: Prepare for the oral boards with the thoroughly updated Clinical Cases in Anesthesia. This comprehensive and current anesthesia review tool presents case studies representing today's most commonly encountered clinical situations, equipping you to master the latest anesthesia treatment protocols and practice guidelines and achieve your very best score. Learn the most practical solutions to contemporary problems, and understand the relevant scientific and clinical principles, through actual case studies presented in a helpful Q&A format.Study on the go! Browse the complete contents online at www.expertconsult.com!

    Contents:
    Coronary artery disease
    Recent myocardial infarction
    Congestive heart failure
    Aortic stenosis
    Mitral stenosis
    Hypertrophic obstructive cardiomyopathy
    Cardiac pacemakers and defibrillators
    Cardiac tamponade
    Patient with a left ventricular assist device presenting for noncardiac surgery
    Noncardiac surgery after heart transplantation
    Coronary artery bypass grafting
    One-lung ventilation
    Thoracoscopy
    Intracranial mass, intracranial pressure, venous air embolism, and autoregulation
    Intracranial aneurysm
    Carotid endarterectomy
    Electroconvulsive therapy
    Spine surgery
    Transsphenoidal hypophysectomy
    Depolarizing neuromuscular blockade
    Nondepolarizing neuromuscular blockade
    Antagonism of nondepolarizing neuromuscular blockade
    Monitoring the neuromuscular junction
    Myasthenia gravis
    Malignant hyperthermia
    Diabetes mellitus
    Thyroid disease
    Para thyroidectomy
    Perioperative corticosteroid administration
    Pheochromocytoma
    Carcinoid syndrome
    Full stomach
    Major hepatic resection
    Open abdominal aortic repair
    Endovascular thoracic aortic repair
    Transurethral resection of the prostate
    Super morbid obesity
    Robotic prostatectomy
    Kidney and pancreas transplantation
    Open eye injury and intraocular pressure
    Retinal detachment
    Tympanomastoidectomy
    The difficult airway
    Laser laryngoscopy
    Functional endoscopic sinus surgery
    Transfusion reaction
    Perioperative coagulopathies
    Blood replacement
    The jehovah's witness patient
    Sickle cell disease
    Total hip replacement
    Brachial plexus anesthesia
    Lower extremity anesthesia
    Labor and delivery
    Preeclampsia
    Abruptio placentae and placenta previa
    Anesthesia for nonobstetric surgery during pregnancy
    Thrombocytopenia in pregnancy
    Abdominal wall defects
    Congenital diaphragmatic hernia
    Tracheoesophageal fistula
    Pyloric stenosis
    Congenital heart disease
    Preterm infant
    Adenotonsillectomy
    Foreign body aspiration
    MRI and the down syndrome child
    Acute postoperative pain
    Low back pain
    Postherpetic neuralgia
    Complex regional pain syndrome
    Cancer pain management
    Ambulatory surgery
    Office-based anesthesia
    Thoracic trauma
    Burns
    Abdominal trauma
    Asthma
    Hypothermia
    Postanesthesia care unit discharge criteria
    Delayed emergence, coma, and brain death
    Neonatal resuscitation
    Pediatric cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    Do not resuscitate
    Acute respiratory distress syndrome
    Respiratory failure
    Cardiovascular system
    Sepsis and multisystem organ dysfunction syndrome
    Renal system
    Central nervous system.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect [2014]
  • Digital
    Dédée F. Murrell, editor.
    Summary: This clinical case book serves as a useful guide for dermatologists, internists, family practitioners, pediatricians, and anyone else charged with the care of the skin. The case-based format distinguishes this work from a reference-style textbook, instead allowing readers to relate the presented cases to their own patients. Clinical Cases in Autoimmune Blistering Diseases provides help and insight for clinicians in managing this group of serious and debilitating skin conditions, with each case serving as a springboard for further pursuit and more extensive training. It will enable those new to the field to begin to develop a literacy and competence in autoimmune blistering diseases, while experienced dermatologists will find new ways to sharpen their diagnostic and treatment skills.

    Contents:
    Diagnostic dilemmas
    What to do when only some of the tests are positive but others are negative
    The second opinion with partial treatment
    When might immunoEM be useful?
    When to send sera for blotting and ELISA
    Therapeutic issues
    When steroids are contraindicated
    When the disease is recalcitrant
    When it keeps relapsing
    When topical therapy is preferred.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Lucian Muresan, editor.
    Summary: This is the first of a three-volume project aimed at providing unique case reports (20 cases per volume) of a large number of supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias encountered in clinical practice. The book is focused on the treatment of supraventricular arrhythmias, namely focal atrial tachycardias, typical and atypical AVNRT and accessory pathways (both manifest and concealed). All presented-cases were performed using the CARTO electro-anatomical mapping system, which allows the reader to better understand the arrhythmia features due to the high number of images provided. A large number of high-quality figures, which represent the core of the authors work, enrich the contents: all cases are built around suggestive figures acquired during the patients hospitalization, which clearly illustrate important concepts used in catheter ablation of cardiac arrhythmias. The figures are not only related to the catheter ablation procedure, but also to the patient history, thus helping the reader to place the invasive treatment of the arrhythmias into clinical context: electrocardiograms, Holter ECGs, signal-averaged ECGs, chest X-Rays, transthoracic and transesophageal echocardiography images, MRI, CT scans, coronary angiography images are provided when considered relevant, in order to better present the patients condition. Short videoclips with activation maps of the atria or the ventricles during the studied arrhythmia complete the information provided. Teaching-oriented, all chapters include questions and answers and key messages at the end of each case. For this reason, it will be an invaluable tool for cardiologists, clinical cardiac electrophysiologists, and interventional cardiac electrophysiologists in training, but also for all those interested in learning more about the subject.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Abbreviations
    1: Case 1
    1.1 Case Presentation
    1.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    1.3 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure 2
    1.4 Commentary
    References
    2: Case 2
    2.1 Case Presentation
    2.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    2.3 Commentary
    References
    3: Case 3
    3.1 Case Presentation
    3.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    3.3 Commentary
    References
    4: Case 4 4.1 Case Presentation
    4.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    4.3 Commentary
    References
    5: Case 5
    5.1 Case Presentation
    5.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    5.3 Commentary
    References
    6: Case 6
    6.1 Case Presentation
    6.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    6.3 Commentary
    References
    7: Case 7
    7.1 Case Presentation
    7.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    7.3 Commentary
    References
    8: Case 8
    8.1 Case Presentation 8.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    8.3 Commentary
    References
    9: Case 9
    9.1 Case Presentation
    9.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    9.3 Commentary
    References
    10: Case 10
    10.1 Case Presentation
    10.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    10.3 Commentary
    References
    11: Case 11
    11.1 Case Presentation
    11.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    11.3 Commentary
    References
    12: Case 12
    12.1 Case Presentation 12.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    12.3 Commentary
    References
    13: Case 13
    13.1 Case Presentation
    13.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    13.3 Commentary
    References
    14: Case 14
    14.1 Case Presentation
    14.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    14.3 Commentary
    References
    15: Case 15
    15.1 Case Presentation
    15.2 Electrophysiological Study and Catheter Ablation Procedure
    15.3 Commentary
    References
    16: Case 16
    16.1 Case Presentation 16.2 Electrophysiological study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    16.3 Commentary
    References
    17: Case 17
    17.1 Case Presentation
    17.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    17.3 Commentary
    References
    18: Case 18
    18.1 Case Presentation
    18.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    18.3 Commentary
    References
    19: Case 19
    19.1 Case Presentation
    19.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    19.3 Commentary
    References
    20: Case 20
    20.1 Case Presentation
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Atooshe Rohani.
    Summary: This latest book in the Clinical Cases in Cardiology series presents a variety of commonly and rarely encountered cases associated with cardio-oncology. It explores the history of the discipline and each case described features concise practically orientated information on how to appropriately carry out physical examinations and utilize diagnostic tests including electrocardiography and monoclonal antibodies. Practically focused guidance is also provided on how to apply therapeutic techniques and the latest management strategies appropriately. Clinical Cases in Cardio-Oncology provides a concise practically applicable guide of how to diagnose and treat a range of conditions associated with cardio-oncology, making it a critical addition to the literature on the topic and a valuable resource for all medical practitioners who encounter these patients in their day-to-day practice.

    Contents:
    Dasatinib induced pleural effusion and pulmonary hypertension
    Ponatinib induced stroke
    Nilotinib induced Peripheral Artery Occlusive Disease
    Imatinib cardiotoxicity
    Doxorubicin induced heart failure with reduced ejection fraction
    Trastuzumab-related cardiotoxicity
    Rituximab, Doxorubicin or cancer induced tachycardia
    Carfilzomib (CFZ) induced heart failure with reduced ejection fraction
    Immune checkpoint inhibitor cardiovascular toxicities
    Androgen deprivation therapy cardiotoxicity
    5 FU induced atrial fibrillation in the context of ischemic heart disease
    Cisplatin induced acute coronary syndrome
    Radiotherapy and valvular heart disease
    Acute coronary syndrome in a patient with lung cancer 2 days after second cycle of carboplatin and Paclitaxel
    Ibrutinib and cardiac arrythmias
    Dual therapy BRAF inhibitor chemotherapy (dabrafenib +Trametinib chemotherapy) induced peripheral edema
    Vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) Bevacizumab and hypertension
    Amyloid heart disease
    Venous thromboembolism in cancer patients
    QT prolongation in cancer patients
    Cardiovascular implantable electronic devices (CIEDs) in cancer patients needs radiation therapy
    Atrial fibrillation in cancer patients
    Pericardial disease in cancer patients
    Large cardiac mass, an incidental finding in a patient with breast cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Alessandro Capucci editor.
    Summary: This book presents and describes a series of informative clinical cases with the aim of providing the reader with a clear understanding of the most frequent and challenging scenarios that a cardiologist may face during daily clinical practice. All major topics in modern clinical cardiology are addressed, including acute ischemic heart disease, conditions that mimic ischemic heart disease, heart failure and resynchronization therapy, cardiomyopathy, valvular heart disease, arrhythmias, and channelopathies. Guidance is provided on imaging techniques and their interpretation, patient management taking into account potential comorbidities, and follow-up appropriate to the clinical circumstances. The paradigmatic clinical cases in this book will serve as a sound basis for learning for medical students, residents, and others wishing to meet successfully the challenges posed by cardiac disease. In addition, the book will be a very useful reference for the more experienced cardiologist.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    William R. Auger, Deepa Gopalan, editors.
    Summary: This practical casebook provides important insight to clinicians looking to learn about the diagnosis and management of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (CTEPH). It systematically describes the clinical decision-making process for a variety of CTEPH cases, from common to rarely seen examples of this disease. Chapters are constructed in an easy-to-follow format designed to improve the reader's clinical decision-making. Clinical Cases in Chronic Thromboembolic Pulmonary Hypertension features not only a number of CTEPH cases of varying complexity, but also several medical conditions that may mimic CTEPH. It is therefore a vital evidence-based resource for trainee and practising internists, cardiologists, pulmonologists, cardiac surgeons and radiologists looking to expand their knowledge in this area.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Dong-Lin Xie.
    Summary: This book provides a case-based guide to the diagnosis and management of dermatopathological conditions. Clinical cases are examined to help the reader through the treatment of unusual skin diseases using best practice techniques. A variety of skin conditions are covered, including skin lesions of the forehead, leg lesions, tinea capitis, skin lesions of the abdomen, trichofolliculoma, eosinophilic cellulitis, and occipital scalp skin. Clinical Cases in Dermatopathology highlights evidence-based best practice through its multidisciplinary approach and is relevant to trainees and clinicians working within dermatology and pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Danica Tiodorovic.
    Contents:
    67-year-old man with a pigmented lesion on the left temporal region Invasive lentigo maligna in a 72-year-old man A 36-year-old man with growing pigmented lesion A 46-year-old woman presented to the office asking for evaluation of pigmented lesion on her face A 70-year-old farmer with pigmented lesion on the cheek A changing pigmented lesion in a 41-year-old woman A newly developing pigmented lesion in elderly patient
    the importance of clinic pathologic correlation Extrafacila lentigo maligna melanoma located on the back of a 65-year old man Importance of full-body examination in melanoma detection in early detection of melanoma Two superficial spreading melanomas at the same time in the same patient Melanoma hidden amongst seborrheic keratosis A 28-year-old man presented to the office asking for evaluation of a pigmented lesion on his pectoral region A changing pigmented lesion on the left glueteal region in a 67-year-old man A melanoma rising in congenital melanocytic nevus in a 58-year-old man Melanocytic nevus-like melanoma in a 38-year old patient A 35-year-old woman presented to the office asking for evaluation of pigmented lesion located on her left upper arm Dysplastic nevus syndrome associated with melanoma in a 45-year-old patient A 43-year-old patient with flat pigmented lesion located on the back Small diameter melanoma in a 38-year old patient A 28-year-old man presented to the office asking the treatment of pityriasis versicolor infection having a small diameter melanoma on the scalp at the same time A peripherally distributed dots as a sign for melanoma detection in a 41-year-old patient Blue nevus like melanoma A 58-year-old woman presented to the office asking for evaluation of nodular lesion located on the right leg A 92-year old patient with pigmented nodular lesion on the left temporal region Nodular lesion located on the back in a 64-year old patient Growing nodular lesion on the back of a 52-year old man A 68-year-old patient with a changing congenital melanocytic nevus A melanoma resembling basal cell carcinoma An apigmented flat lesion on the abdomen A misdiagnosed acral melanoma Acral lentiginous melanoma presented as an interdigital erosion in a 38-year-old patient A non-pigmented flat lesion located on the abdomen in a 62-year-old patient A 68-year-old patient with flat apigmented lesion located on the back Invisible basal cell carcinoma located on the right forearm in a 78-year-old patient A 68-year-old man presented to the office asking for evaluation of erythematous plaque located on the right subscapular region Two basal cell carcinomas resembling dermal nevi A 66-year-old patient with a nodular apigmented lesion Invisible basal cell carcinoma located on the face in a 49-year-old patient An 81-year-old patient with two basal cell carcinomas on the face Highly pigmented lesion on the back in a 46-year-old patient A 57-year-old man with linear pigmented lesion located on his neck A 63-year-old patient with a large pigmented lesion located on the back A 72-year old patient with nodular pigmented lesion located on the right lateral side of the nose Whitish plaque located on the nose in a 82-year-old patient A 58-year-old patient with non-pigmented lesion located on the left cheek A 49-year-old patient with pigmented flat lesion located on the nose A 71-year-old patient with flat hypopigmented lesion located on left temporal region A 69-year-old patient with non-pigmented flat leson located on the leg Two apigmented slightly elevated lesions in a 42-year-old patient A 65-year old patient with growing apigmented lesion located on the right cheek A 68-year-old patient with newly developing apigmented lesion located on the right leg A 72-year-old patient with non-pigmented bleeding leson on the nose.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sunil Kothiwala, Anup Kumar Tiwary, Piyush Kumar, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a guide to the diagnosis and management of melanocyte disorders. Clinical cases are presented to illustrate the treatment of both common and unusual conditions, as well as best practice techniques. Patient management options are discussed in relation to melanocyte senescence, hypermelanotic disorders, hypomelanotic disorders, reticulate pigmentation, benign melanocytic nevi, and malignant melanocytic proliferation. Clinical Cases in Disorders of Melanocytes aims to aid clinical decision making and the recognition of subtle symptoms and is relevant to trainees and clinicians working within dermatology.

    Contents:
    Developmental/Migration disorders
    Dermal pigmentation- Nevus of Ota
    Melanocyte Senescence
    Idiopathic guttate hypomelanosis
    Hypermelanotic disorders
    Melasma
    Lichen planus pigmentosus
    Pityriasis versicolor
    Pigmented cosmetic dermatitis
    Postinflammatory hyperpigmentation
    Macular amyloidosis
    Chronic arsenicosis
    Vitamin B 12 deficiency
    Addison's disease
    Hypomelanotic disorders
    Nevus depigmentosus
    Oculocutaneous albinism
    Vitiligo
    Leprosy
    Reticulate pigmentation
    Dyschromatosis symmetrica hereditaria
    Benign melanocytic nevi
    Congenital melanocytic nevi
    Junctional, compound and intradermal nevi
    Halo nevus
    Blue nevus
    Malignant melanocytic proliferation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Julia Harfin, Somchai Satravaha, Kurt Faltin Jr, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Orofacial dysfunction
    Interdisciplinary
    Early intervention
    Relation between respiratory problems and open bite malocclusion
    Early treatment of periodontal problems in children
    Orthodontic treatment of atypically rotated central incisors
    Interceptive early Class II Div I malocclusion
    Early Class III treatment
    How to normalize the position of the 1st upper molar in early and late mixed dentition
    Management of dental symmetries in early mixed dentition
    The use of lingual brackets in children
    Oral cleft interdisciplinary treatment
    Controversies.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Julia Harfin, Somchai Satravaha, Bernd G. Lapatki, editors.
    Summary: This 2nd Edition includes new, updated chapters that deal with important issues and were written by orthodontists known worldwide. Dr Dr Bernd Lapatki presents an outstanding chapter about Early treatment of Class II Div. 2 and Coverbite, that provides a step-by-step description on how to treat these malocclusions using different alternatives. In addition to this topic, Dr Amit Bhardwaj shares the following question, is early Class II treatment worth the effort? Dr Somchai Satravaha added a new chapter about the benefits of early treatment in cleft lip palate patients and long-term controls, where she discusses all the benefits. Digital technology is here to stay forever. Dr Bryce Lee explains how this technology can help us to achieve a better diagnosis and treatment plan. Dr Julia Harfin add new chapters including relevant topics as mandibular incisor agenesis ,impacted central incisors and, how to avoid long term relapse in early orthodontic treatment. She also updates other chapters. The most important controversies are discussed in detail and which will allow doctors to expand their knowledge in order to achieve better orthodontic treatment results. New topics such as orthodontic treatment in patients with hemophilia and diabetes are also discussed by Dr Eduardo Rey and Olga Ramos. The book, which is the result of many years of clinical practice, includes numerous clinical photographs that clearly exemplify how to diagnose and to treat all these patients. It is written by the most experienced team of doctors in the field and will be a valuable asset for all who specialize in odonto pediatrics and orthopedic-orthodontic treatments. .

    Contents:
    1: Introduction
    1.1 Conclusions
    References
    2: Digital Technology as an Aid to Early Orthodontic Treatment
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 The Digital Workflow in an Orthodontic Clinic
    2.3 Clinical Indications and Application for Early Orthodontic Treatment-Aided Digital Technology
    2.4 Pitfalls and Overreliance of Digital Technology
    References
    3: The Treatment of Class II Division 1 Malocclusion in Stages
    3.1 The Mandibular Retrognathism Treatment
    3.2 The Maxillary Prognathism Treatment
    3.3 Conclusion
    References 4: Is Early Class II Treatment Worth the Effort?
    4.1 Dentoalveolar Class II Malocclusion (Figs. 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3)
    4.2 Functional Class II Malocclusion (Figs. 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, and 4.15)
    4.2.1 Case # 1 (Figs. 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, and 4.14)
    4.3 Skeletal Class II with Fault in the Maxilla (Fig. 4.16)
    4.4 Skeletal Class II with Fault in the Mandible (Fig. 4.18)
    4.4.1 Case # 2 (Figs. 4.19, 4.20, 4.21, 4.22, 4.23, 4.24, 4.25, 4.26, 4.27, and 4.28) 4.4.2 Case # 3 (Figs. 4.29, 4.30, 4.31, 4.32, 4.33, 4.34, 4.35, 4.36, and 4.37)
    4.4.3 Case # 4 (Figs. 4.38, 4.39, 4.40, 4.41, 4.42, 4.43, 4.44, 4.45, 4.46, 4.47, 4.48, 4.49, 4.50, and 4.51)
    4.5 Skeletal Class II with Fault in both the Maxilla and the Mandible
    4.5.1 Case # 5 (Figs. 4.52, 4.53, 4.54, 4.55, 4.56, 4.57, 4.58, 4.59, and 4.60)
    4.5.2 Case # 6 (Figs. 4.61, 4.62, 4.63, 4.64, 4.65, 4.66, 4.67, 4.68, and 4.69)
    4.6 Stability
    4.6.1 Case # 7 (Figs. 4.70, 4.71, 4.72, 4.73, 4.74, 4.75, and 4.76)
    4.7 Conclusion
    References 5: Early Treatment of Cover-Bite and Class II Division 2 Malocclusion
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Cover-Bite and Class II Div. 2 Malocclusion
    5.2.1 Prevalence
    5.2.2 Characteristic Intraoral, Extraoral, and Skeletal Features
    5.2.3 Etiology
    5.2.4 Pathogenesis
    5.3 Pros and Cons of Early Treatment in the Mixed Dentition
    5.4 Stability After Orthodontic Treatment
    5.5 Early Treatment Phases and Therapeutical Approaches
    5.5.1 Overview
    5.5.2 Pretreatment in Patients with Severe Distocclusion
    5.5.3 First Main Stage of Early Treatment 5.5.4 Second Main Stage of Early Treatment
    5.5.5 Consequences of Later Treatment Begin in the Final Mixed Dentition Stage
    5.6 Patient-Specific Treatment Concepts for Successful Class II Div. 2 and Cover-Bite Correction: Seven Patient Examples
    5.6.1 Patient Example #1
    5.6.2 Patient Example #2
    5.6.3 Patient Example #3
    5.6.4 Patient Example #4
    5.6.5 Patient Example #5
    5.6.6 Patient Example #6
    5.6.7 Patient Example #7
    References
    6: Early Treatment of Class III Malocclusions
    6.1 Functional Class III Malocclusion
    6.2 Reasons for Early Treatment
    6.3 To Treat Early: When Is the Right Time?
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Fabio Arcangeli, Torello M. Lotti, editors.
    Summary: This book is a concise practical guide designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of pediatric skin disease. Dermatologists and general pediatricians who offer primary care to children must be knowledgeable in managing dermatological problems, and this title provides insightful reviews of a number of common and rare dermatologic cases. Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual scenarios using best practice techniques. Pediatric dermatology is a particularly important discipline in this regard since it is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria on which to base their clinical decision-making. Clinical Cases in Early-Years Pediatric Dermatology concisely covers how to approach diagnosing and managing patients between ages 2 through 5 years. Each chapter focuses on a particular case and emphasizes how to make an appropriate choice when deciding which diagnostic tool or management strategy would be most suitable. Potential complications are detailed and management tips provided to enable the reader to develop a deep understanding of how approach the care of these patients within their day-to-day clinical practice. This book therefore represents an ideal up-to-date resource for all practitioners who encounter these cases as part of their everyday practice.

    Contents:
    5 year old with fever and perioral and periorbital erythema
    A child with high fever, rash, chapped lips, and conjunctival injection
    A five-year-old girl with erythematous papules on cheek
    A four- year- old girl with otalgia
    A little boy with facial erythema
    A Pediatric Case with Erythematous Plaques and Palmoplantar Keratoderma
    A Rare Case of Xeroderma Pigmentosum in 3 Years Old Child with Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    A young boy with fever and rash
    A young child with vesiculopustular eruptions and mucosal erosion
    A young girl with an erythematous lesion on the lower eyelid region
    Chronic Bullous Disease of Childhood with Hypertrophic Scars Complications
    Chronic cutaneous lesions of unknown origin
    Diffuse pruritic lesions in a three-years-old child
    Fournier Gangrene in 3 Years Old Patient with B Cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Itching eyelids in a child with atopic dermatitis
    Liver Involvement in Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis
    Localized scaly hair loss
    Papular lesions arranged in annular configuration in children
    Pustular plaque on a girl's scalp
    Red and swelling scrotum as an early clue for diagnosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Torello M. Lotti, Uwe Wollina, Olga Olisova, Mohammad Jafferany, editors.
    Summary: Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. Exfoliative dermatitis, also known as "red man", is an important discipline in this regard since it is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria to base their clinical decision-making on. Clinical Cases in Exfoliative Dermatitis highlights evidence-based best practice through a multidisciplinary approach that is relevant to dermatologists, as well as pharmacologists and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Drug eruption
    Dermatitis
    Atopic dermatitis
    Psoriasis
    Pityriasis rubra pilaris
    Contact dermatitis
    Stasis dermatitis (venous eczema)
    Seborrhoeic dermatitis
    Blistering diseases
    Sezary syndrome
    Congenital ichthyotic conditions
    Lymphoma and leukaemia
    Carcinoma of rectum, lung, fallopian tubes, colon, prostate
    Graft-versus-host disease
    HIV infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Torello M. Lotti, Mohammad Jafferany, Xing-Hua Gao, Ayman Abdelmaksoud, editors.
    Summary: Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. "Red Face" is an important topic in this regard since it is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria to base their clinical decision-making on. Clinical Cases in Facial Erythema highlights evidence-based best practice through a multidisciplinary approach that is relevant to dermatologists, as well as pharmacologists and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Seborrheic dermatitis
    Rosacea
    Skin irritation or allergic reaction
    Reaction to a medication
    Atopic dermatitis
    Psoriasis
    Spider veins
    Shingles
    Lupus
    Rare cancer
    Menopause
    Fifth Disease
    Agoraphobia
    Scarlet Fever
    Hyperthyroidism
    Pyelonephritis
    Cluster headaches
    Yellow fever
    Autonomic hyperreflexia
    Cushing syndrome
    Niacin overdose
    Sunburn.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Torello M. Lotti, Uwe Wollina, Olga Olisova, Mohammad Jafferany, editors.
    Summary: Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques and this title focuses on the management of exfoliative dermatitis, also known as "red man". This is an important discipline in older patients as the recognition and appropriate management of these conditions requires the clinician to distinguish often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients. This practical case-based reference helps readers accurately define the diagnostic and management criteria to assist clinical decision-making. Clinical Cases in Geriatric Exfoliative Dermatitis highlights evidence-based best practice in managing erythroderma in older patients. It uses a thorough multidisciplinary case-based approach that is relevant to the scenarios that dermatologists face in clinical practice, while also providing insights for pharmacologists and pathologists that work with these cases.

    Contents:
    A Case of Unusual Blistering Dermatitis
    A Red Nodule on the Anterior Chest
    Based on the Case Description and the Photographs, What Is Your Diagnosis?
    An Elder Male with Generalized Pruritic Erythema and Scales
    An Elderly Female with Itchy Red-Rashes and Blisters
    An Elderly Female with an Ulcerated Mass on the Elbow
    An Elderly Female with Forehead Plaque and Ulcers
    An Elderly Female with Painful and Pruritic Blisters
    An Elderly Female with Ulcer
    An Elderly Male with Erythema and Papules
    An Elderly Male with Skin Sclerosis
    An Old Man with Erythema, Vesicles and Pain over Neck, Chest and Back
    An Old Women with Weird Umbilicus
    Based on the Case Description and Photograph, What Is Your Diagnosis?
    An Unusual Erythema: Radiation Recall Dermatitis Years after Breast-Conserving Surgery
    Annular Desquamation in Two Elderly Women
    Annular Isolated Erythematous and Squamous Lesion of the Left Arm
    Dark-Red Annular Patches on Upper Extremities
    Desquamative and Bullous Lesions in a 68 Year Old Woman
    Disseminated Blisters in a Patient with Psoriasis Vulgaris
    Erythematous Scaly Eruption in a 71-Year-Old Male
    Erythematous Scrotum in a 70-Year-Old Man
    Erythroderma in a 81-Year-Old Man
    Generalized Exfoliative Dermatitis
    Painless Violaceous Macule on the Chest Wall
    Ulcers of Lower Extremities.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Anna Waśkiel-Burnat, Roxanna Sadoughifar, Torello M. Lotti, Lidia Rudnicka, editors.
    Summary: This book identifies the broad scope of dermatological conditions in patients with hair and scalp disorders, with particular focus on the hair. These disorders can be associated with various conditions, such as inflammatory, neoplastic and systemic diseases. Often patient history and physical examination significantly narrow the differential diagnosis, but in doubtful cases, trichoscopy or scalp biopsy is needed to establish correct diagnosis. Treatment of hair disease varies from topical through intralesional to systemic options, dependent from type and severity of the disease as well as coexisted conditions. Clinical Cases in Hair Disorders illustrates clinical features and discuss diagnostic and therapeutic process of both common and unusual conditions. It provides a practical case-based guide in the management of patients with hair diseases and is ideal for both board-certified dermatologists and dermatologists in training.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Chapter 1: 19-Year-Old Woman with Short, Spiky, Brittle Hair
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 2: A 14-Year-Old Boy with Hair Loss and Scaling on the Scalp
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 3: A 19-Year-Old Man with Folliculitis and Hair Loss
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 4: A 26-Year-Old Woman with Multiple Erythematous Areas with Coexisted Hair Loss
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References Chapter 5: A 29-Year-Old Woman with Treatment-Resistant Dandruff
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 6: A 34-Year-Old Man with an Indurated Alopecic Lesion on the Scalp
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 7: A 38-Year-Old Woman with Linear Hair Loss
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 8: A 40-Year-Old Woman of African Descent with the Central Scalp Hair Loss
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References Chapter 9: A 52-Year-Old Woman with Scarring Alopecia
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 10: A 62-Year-Old Woman with Mild Hair Loss and Scalp Itching
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 11: A 64-Year-Old Woman with Burning Sensation of the Scalp with Coexisted Hair Loss
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 12: A 66-Year-Old Woman with Localized Hair Loss
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References Discussion
    References
    Chapter 18: Alopecia in a Linear Pattern
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 19: An Elderly Female with Alopecia
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 20: An Infant with Suppurative Circular Alopecia on the Scalp
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 21: Androgenetic Alopecia and Thyroid Cancer: Coincidence or More?
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 22: A Chronic Inflammatory Scalp Disorder with Coexisted Alopecia
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ravi V. Shah, Siddique A. Abbasi, editors.
    Summary: This concise practical guide is designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process by reviewing a number of cases and defining the various diagnostic and management decisions open to clinicians. It is well illustrated and diverse in scope, enabling the reader to obtain relevant clinical information regarding both standard and unusual cases in heart failure in a rapid, easy to digest format. Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. Cardiology is a key discipline in this regard and is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria on which to base their clinical decision-making. This title therefore provides valuable assistance to trainees and clinicians alike in evaluating pati ents and defining an appropriate procedure for each case covered.

    Contents:
    Evaluation and Management of Heart Failure
    Management of Chronic Heart Failure
    Cardiogenic shock
    Mechanical circulatory support and cardiac transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Nora V. Bergasa, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive resource for clinical hepatology. It details the systematic approach to patients with liver disease in outpatient and inpatient medical settings. A variety of case studies in hepatology including chronic viral hepatitis, and metabolic, autoimmune, and alcohol related liver disease are presented. The book enables the reader to develop a thorough understanding of the clinical presentation, natural history, epidemiology, genetics, and therapeutic options for the liver diseases that clinicians must recognize and manage from the first encounter with the patient through the years of follow up. Clinical Cases in Hepatology systematically describes the approach to a patient with liver disease and is a valuable source for all medical professionals and trainees who care for these patients or are seeking a detailed reference guide to developing their knowledge in the rapidly expanding field of hepatology.

    Contents:
    Acute hepatitis (e.g. viral, drug-induced)
    Primary biliary cirrhosis
    Liver disease secondary to alcohol abuse
    Non-alcoholic fatty liver disease
    Hepatic manifestations of sepsis
    Autoimmune hepatitis
    Cholestasis of pregnancy
    Complications of cirrhosis (e.g. portal hypertension, ascites, hepatic encephalopathy)
    Ischemic hepatitis
    AIDS and liver disease. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Robert A. Norman, William Eng, editors.
    Summary: This clinical case book serves as a useful guide for dermatologists, internists, family practitioners, pediatricians, and anyone else charged with the care of infectious diseases of the skin of parasitic, fungal, bacterial, and viral origin. The case-based format distinguishes this work from a reference-style textbook, allowing readers to relate the presented cases to their own practice. Clinical Cases in Infections and Infestations of the Skin provides help and insight for clinicians in managing skin disease, with each chapter serving as a springboard for further pursuit and more extensive training. ℗ℓThe reader will find useful information and tools to help patients and will enable readers to add to their current clinical regimens by becoming familiar with healing systems beyond medical dermatology. The book will enable those new to the field to develop a literacy and competence in the management of infectious dermatology.℗ℓ For the more experienced learner, it will assist in finding new ways to sharpen diagnostic and treatment acumens.

    Contents:
    Viral
    Herpes simplex 1
    Herpes simplex 2
    Varicella
    Molloscum
    HPV types, verruca, plana, plantar, condyloma, bowenoid papulosis
    HIV
    Hepatitis
    Bacteria
    Syphilis
    Erythrasma
    Staph (MRSA), Impetigo
    AFB
    Fungal
    Tinea corporis
    Tinea capitis (endothrix)
    Tinea vesicular
    Candida
    Chromoblastomycosis
    Pityrosporum
    Insects
    Demodex
    Scabies
    Tick
    Lice
    Worms
    Cutaneous larva migrans.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Robert A Norman, Reena Rupani.
    Summary: This book serves as a useful clinical guide on integrative dermatology for dermatologists, internists, family practitioners, pediatricians, and anyone else charged with the care of the skin. The case-based format distinguishes this work from a reference-style textbook, allowing readers to relate the presented cases to their own patients. Integrative dermatology is a relatively newly-defined field but is steadily increasing in popularity. Clinical Cases in Integrative Dermatology provides insight for clinicians and patients in handling the skin, with each chapter serving as a springboard for further pursuit and more extensive training. It will enable those new to the field to begin to develop a literacy and competence, while the more experienced learner will find new ways to sharpen their diagnostic and treatment skills.

    Contents:
    Acne
    Atopic Dermatitis
    Psoriasis
    Warts
    Hyperhidrosis
    Lichen Planus
    Pruritus
    Psychoneurodermatitis
    Rosacea
    Skin Cancer
    Vitiligo
    Alopecia Areata
    Photo Aging
    Stasis Dermatitis / Lymphedema
    Telogen Effluvium
    Notalgia Paresthetica
    Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    Allergic Contact Dermatitis
    Raynauds
    Lupus
    Urticaria
    Tinea
    Candidiasis
    Impetigo And MRSA Infections
    Cosmetics.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Martin W. Bergmann, Apostolos Tzikas, Nina C. Wunderlich.
    Summary: This concise practical guide is designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of LAA occlusion procedures by reviewing a number of cases and defining the various diagnostic and management decisions open to clinicians. Clinical Cases in LAA Occlusion is well illustrated but concise, enabling the reader to obtain relevant information regarding both standard and unusual cases in a rapid, easy to digest format. Each case includes a narrative description and patient management tips.

    Contents:
    1 Background
    2 Safety and efficacy of LAA closure
    3 Anatomy and imaging of the LAA
    4 Access to the left atrium
    5 WATCHMAN implantation step-by-step
    6 WATCHMAN case examples
    7 AMULET implantation step-by-step
    8 AMULET case examples
    9 Prevention and Management of complications
    10 Combined procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Swetalina Pradhan, Piyush Kumar, editors.
    Summary: This book published in the Clinical Cases in Dermatology series is a concise practical guide designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of leprosy and its complications. It provides insightful reviews of a number of common and rare cases of leprosy. With an extensive review of the clinical aspects of the disease, the later chapters focus on a particular case and emphasize how to make an appropriate choice when deciding which diagnostic tool or management strategy would be most suitable. Potential complications are detailed and management tips provided to enable the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to approach the care of these patients within their day-to-day clinical practice. Clinical Cases in Leprosy concisely covers how to approach diagnosing and managing patients with leprosy. It represents an ideal up-to-date resource for all practitioners who encounter the condition as part of their day-to-day practice or if this is a rare occurrence.

    Contents:
    Introduction to leprosy
    Clinical classification
    Basic clinical examination
    Investigations
    General idea about different MDT regimens
    Counselling in leprosy
    Cases
    TT
    BT
    BB
    BL
    LL- 3 cases
    Pure neuritic
    Histoid LL
    Type 1 reaction
    Type 2 reaction
    Neuritis
    Trophic Ulcer
    Hand Deformities
    Foot deformity
    Eye complications case
    Lucio leprosy
    Lazarine leprosy
    Atypical presentation/rare cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jennifer I. Lim, William F. Mieler.
    Summary: "Medical retina is a complex subspecialty with a steep learning curve, requiring vast and diverse knowledge in basic science, diagnostic imaging, medical treatment, and surgical techniques. Clinical Cases in Medical Retina: A Diagnostic Approach provides highly visual, case-based guidance on the challenging process of gathering patient information, ordering appropriate testing, and arriving at an accurate diagnosis and effective treatment plan. In one convenient volume, it exposes retina fellows and specialists, ophthalmology residents, and other eye care clinicians to a wide variety of patient presentations and scenarios, including rare conditions and special populations"-- publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Hereditary macular conditions
    Degenerative/deficiency
    Inflammatory/autoimmune macular diseases
    infectious macular diseases
    Retinovascular
    Idiopathic macular conditions
    Toxic/secondary
    Neoplastic/infiltrative.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024]
  • Digital
    Torello Lotti, Michael Tirant, Uwe Wollina, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a guide to the diagnosis and management of melanoma. Clinical cases are examined to give the reader an understanding of new diagnostic tools including total body photofinders, two photon excitation florescence microscopy and confocal microscopy. Each case is presented in relation to immunotherapy and quality of life and examines the therapeutic outcomes of newly introduced therapies. Clinical Cases in Melanoma highlights evidence-based best practice through a multidisciplinary approach that is relevant to dermatologists, as well as oncologists, pharmacologists and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Dermoscopic and clinical features of Melanoma
    Amelanotic melanoma
    Biomarkers in Melanoma
    Challenges of Current Therapies
    Novel treatments
    Clinical Presentation
    Surgical Management of Melanoma
    Radiation Therapy for Melanoma
    Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors in the Treatment of Melanoma
    BRAF/MEK inhibitors in the Treatment of Melanoma
    Nanomedicine in Melanoma
    Side effects of therapies.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Fabio Arcangeli, Torello M. Lotti, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ondrej Dolezal.
    Summary: This book presents a selection of neurological clinical cases and tests the reader in order to allow them to gain clinical self-confidence in approaching the case, requesting tests (negotiating test with other specialties e.g. radiology) and also in referring to other specialties. The book examines a range of different clinical scenarios and neurological conditions from multiple sclerosis and degenerative disorders to epilepsy and headache. The book can serve as a teaching aid in a classroom setting, where teacher introduces the case ("telling the story", neurological examination) and the students then propose differential diagnoses and further tests. Teacher, when suitable, shows representative test result to students and expects students to interpret scan/test, eventually concluding the case, proposing further referrals and discussing prognosis Each chapter also contains visual aids in the form of Neuroexam, helping the reader gain a quick understanding of the case. Aimed at trainee neurologists and any non-neurologists who might encounter neurological cases in the clinic, this book is useful for bedside teaching especially when there are not enough available patients on ward.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Francesca Satolli, Michael Tirant, Uwe Wollina, Torello M. Lotti, editors.
    Summary: This book is a concise practical guide designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of pediatric skin cancers. Dermatologists, oncologists and general pediatricians who offer primary care to children must be knowledgeable in identifying and managing dermatological cancers, and this title provides insightful reviews of a number of common and rare dermatologic cases. Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual scenarios using best practice techniques. Pediatric dermatology is a particularly important discipline in this regard since it is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria on which to base their clinical decision-making. Clinical Cases in Pediatric Skin Cancers concisely covers how to approach diagnosing and managing skin cancers in pediatric patients. Each chapter focuses on a particular case and emphasizes how to make an appropriate choice when deciding which diagnostic tool or management strategy would be most suitable. Potential complications are detailed and management tips provided to enable the reader to develop a deep understanding of how approach the care of these patients within their day-to-day clinical practice. This book therefore represents an ideal up-to-date resource for all practitioners who encounter these cases as part of their everyday practice.

    Contents:
    Conventional melanoma
    Spitzoid melanoma
    Congenital melanocytic nevus
    Melanoma
    Basal Cell Carcinomas
    Squamous Cell Carcinomas
    Benign skin neoplasms
    Genetic skin neoplasms
    Virus-induced skin neoplasms in children.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    John Koo, Mio Nakamura.
    Summary: This case book will be based on real life scenarios of patient cases which have been encountered over several decades in one of the largest phototherapy centers in the United States. To our knowledge, there has not been anything similar published to date. By presenting various cases and how to manage such cases, we aim to educate dermatology trainees and practicing dermatologist who are trying to familiarize themselves with phototherapy. A recent study has shown that many dermatologists do not know how to administer phototherapy, and most graduating residents do not have adequate teaching and experience with administering phototherapy during their residencies. Therefore, the hope is that this book will fill a critical gap in the field of dermatology.

    Contents:
    Ultraviolet B Phototherapy for the Treatment of Moderate to Severe Psoriasis
    PUVA for the Treatment of Moderate to Severe Psoriasis
    Excimer Laser for the Treatment of Mild to Moderate Psoriasis
    Goeckerman Therapy for the Treatment of Severe Generalized Psoriasis
    Avoiding Undertreatment with Phototherapy
    "Erythemogenic" Phototherapy for Select Patients Who Need It
    Recognizing and Managing Initiation Burn
    Managing Phototherapy-Induced Burn
    When Patients Cannot Tolerate Narrowband-UVB
    Heliotherapy
    Cool Down before Initiation of Phototherapy
    Two-Step Phototherapy for Patients with Resistant Disease
    Phototherapy in the Setting of Photosensitizing Medications
    Phototherapy-Induced Iatrogenic Polymorphous Light Eruption
    Herpes Zoster During Phototherapy
    Enhancing Phototherapy with Topical Agents
    Combing Phototherapy with Acitretin: Re-PUVA and Re-UVB
    Combining Phototherapy with Methotrexate
    Combining Phototherapy with Cyclosporine "Cool Down"
    Combining Phototherapy with Apremilast
    Combining Phototherapy with Biologic Agents
    Phototherapy for the Pediatric Population
    Phototherapy for the Elderly Population
    Phototherapy for Atopic Dermatitis
    Phototherapy for Vitiligo
    Phototherapy for Prurigo Nodularis
    Addressing the Question: Phototherapy and the Risk of Skin Cancer
    Prescribing a Home Phototherapy Booth
    Handheld Phototherapy Unit for Treatment of Localized Psoriasis or Scalp.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Torello Lotti, Michael, Tirant, Davinder Parsad, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a guide to the diagnosis and management of pigmentary disorders. Each chapter explores a different clinical case to give the reader an interdisciplinary understanding of treatment options. Particular attention is given to the treatment of hypopigmentation, hypomelanosis and discoloration with cases highlighting the effects of drug intake, genetic alterations and the polluted environment. Clinical Cases in Pigmentary Disorders examines therapeutic approaches through evidence-based best practice techniques and is relevant to dermatologists, oncologists, pharmacologists and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Acquired hypermelanosis
    Melasma
    Genetic hypermelanosis
    Acquired hypomelanosis
    Vitiligo
    Genetic hypomelanosis
    Albinism
    Drug induced discoloration
    Inflammatory induced discoloration
    Nail discoloration
    Non-melanocytic pigment disorders
    Miscellaneous pigment disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Shannon C. Trotter, Austin Cusick, editors.
    Summary: This latest book in the Clinical Cases in Dermatology series presents a variety of cases of pruritus. A clear easy-to-follow chapter structure throughout the work enables the reader to develop a thorough understanding of the content covered in each case. An emphasis is placed on key features that distinguish pruritus from other conditions to ensure the reader develops their diagnostic skills. Practically applicable guidance on how to appropriately manage the disorder to assist the reader in the clinical decision-making is also provided. Clinical Cases in Pruritus is a concise practically applicable resource detailing how to diagnose and manage pruritus in a variety of scenarios. Therefore, it is of interest to practicing and trainee dermatologists seeking a concise up-to-date resource on the topic.

    Contents:
    Dermatoses with
    Grovers Disease
    Bullous Pemphigoid
    Atopic Dermatitis
    Scabies
    Psoriasis
    Prurigo nodularis
    Localized pruritus
    Notalgia paresthetica
    Brachioradial pruritus
    Herpes Zoster
    Pruritus ani
    Lichen sclerosis et atrophicus
    Systemic pruritus: Autoimmune
    Dermatitis herpetiformis
    Dermatomysositis
    Systemic pruritus: Hematologic
    Polycythemia Vera
    Iron Deficiency Anemia
    Systemic Pruritis: Hepatobiliary
    Hepatitis
    Drug-induced cholestasis
    Systemic pruritus: Metabolic and Endocrine
    Diabetes mellitis
    Hypothyroidism
    Uremic pruritus
    Systemic pruritus: Malignancy
    Lymphoma
    Systemic pruritus: Neurologic
    Multiple sclerosis
    Systemic pruritus: Other
    Medication induced
    Pregnancy-pemphigoid gestationis
    Systemic pruritus: Infectious Disease
    HIV/AIDS
    Parasitic Infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jashin J. Wu, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. 12-year-old with scaly, itchy scalp
    Chapter 2. A 54-year-old with diffuse red, scaly spots on entire body
    Chapter 3. Red rash on scalp
    Chapter 4. 41-year-old with nail deformities
    Chapter 5. 69-year-old with rash on the axilla and groin
    Chapter 6. 45-year-old with red rash on face
    Chapter 7. 16-year-old with rash on genitals
    Chapter 8. 70-year-old male with red rash on palms
    Chapter 9. Noncompliant 57-year-old patient with psoriasis
    Chapter 10. Severely obese 42-year-old with psoriasis
    Chapter 11. 62-year-old male with rash induced by tumor necrosis factor inhibitor
    Chapter 12. 33-year-old female with psoriasis planning for pregnancy
    Chapter 13. Infected joint prosthesis in a 56-year-old with psoriasis
    Chapter 14. 43-year-old with recurrence of red, scaly rash
    Chapter 15. Joint stiffness in a 45-year-old with psoriasis
    Chapter 16. 69-year-old with psoriasis and a history of skin cancer
    Chapter 17. Herpes zoster reactivation in a 40-year-old with psoriasis
    Chapter 18. Tuberculosis infection in a 58-year-old with psoriasis
    Chapter 19. 50-year-old with psoriasis and Hepatitis B virus infection
    Chapter 20. 54-year-old with psoriasis and Hepatitis C virus infection
    Chapter 21. HIV infection in a 44-year-old with psoriasis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jashin J. Wu, editor.
    Summary: This updated volume provides a guide to the diagnosis and management of psoriasis. The book examines clinical cases to help the reader work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. New chapters on erythrodermic psoriasis, severe pediatric psoriasis, psoriasis with patients with prior breast cancer, and psoriasis with patients who wish to become pregnant have been added. The treatment of psoriasis in relation to patients with hepatitis B and C, HIV, and who have received pneumococcal and herpes zoster vaccines are also discussed. Clinical Cases in Psoriasis highlights evidence-based best practice through its multidisciplinary approach and is relevant to trainees and clinicians working within dermatology.

    Contents:
    Introduction to interventional procedures; timing and patient selection
    Headache anatomy and mechanisms of peripheral nerve interventions
    Pharmacology of interventional headache management
    Greater occipital nerve and lesser occipital nerve blocks
    The role of other peripheral nerve blocks
    Onabotulinumtoxina for refractory headache
    The role of interventional procedures in childhood and adolescent headaches-peripheral neuro-modulation
    Interventional headache management in the elderly
    Interventional headache management in pregnancy and lactation
    Efficacy of trigger point injections and dry needling
    Potential role of acupuncture
    The role of radiofrequency thermocoagulation
    The potential role of ozone therapy
    Peripheral neuromodulation on the refractory headache disorders
    Sample cases(treatment response of gon blockade in chronic migraine).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Tien V. Nguyen, Jillian W. Wong, John Koo.
    Summary: This concise practical guide has been designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of psychocutaneous disease by reviewing a variety of cases and defining the various diagnostic and management decisions open to practitioners. Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying practitioner to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. Each case within includes a narrative description and patient management tips. Clinical Cases in Psychocutaneous Disease is the first text dedicated to cases and written by experts in the topic who treat patients with psychocutaneous problems. It will be an essential reference for those in dermatology training programs and experienced practitioners seeking a practical case-based guide.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I:Psychologically Challenging Patient Encounters in Dermatology
    The long list patient
    The Will you be my PCP patient
    The patient with unusual demands
    The fearful patient
    The patient with a chronic disease
    The angry patient
    The distrustful and poorly compliant patient
    Part II:Psychocutaneous Disease in Geriatric Patients
    Delusions of parasitosis in geriatric patients
    Neurotic excoriations and the elderly
    The geriatric patient with neurodermatitis
    Part III:Cases of Psychocutaneous Disease
    Formication without delusions
    The slightly delusional patient
    The delusional but hopeful patient
    The hopelessly delusional patient
    Drug-induced formication and delusions of parasitosis
    Other delusionoid beliefs
    Neurotic excoriations secondary to cutaneous dysesthesia
    Neurotic excoriations secondary to underlying major depression
    Neurotic excoriations with underlying psychosis
    Acne excorie
    Trichotillomania
    Body dysmorphic disorder
    Factitial dermatitis
    Hyperhidrosis and an anxiety disorder
    Atopic dermatitis and a major depressive disorder
    Psoriasis and excessive stress.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Lana Tsao, Maxwell E. Afari.
    Summary: This book provides a practical clinical case-based review of right heart failure. Cases of common and rarely encountered presentations of right heart failure are covered. Featured cases include right heart failure due to pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary embolism, valvular heart disease, myocardial infarction and congenital heart disease as well as how to differentiate new onset right heart failure from left heart failure. The medical management and mechanical support of right ventricular failure utilizing percutaneous and surgical techniques is reviewed along with the latest palliative and rehabilitation strategies. Clinical Cases in Right Heart Failure features a wealth of common and unusual case presentations of right heart failure and its clinical management, providing an ideal resource for trainees and practicing clinicians who encounter these patients.

    Contents:
    Non-invasive Imaging of the right heart
    Arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy
    Right Heart Failure due to Valvular Heart Disease
    Right ventricular failure due to Myocardial Infarction
    Right Ventricular failure from Pulmonary Embolism
    Pulmonary Hypertension and Right heart failure
    Adult Congenital Heart Patient with Right Heart Failure
    Medical Management of Cardiogenic Shock
    Mechanical Support in Right ventricular Failure
    Surgical Options for Right Ventricular Failure
    Exercise and Rehabilitation of the right heart
    Palliative Care in Right Heart Failure.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Anna Waskiel-Burnat, Roxanna Sadoughifar, Torello M. Lotti, Lidia Rudnicka, editors.
    Summary: This book identifies the broad scope of dermatological conditions in patients with scalp disorders. Scalp disorders can be associated with various conditions such as inflammatory, neoplastic and systemic diseases. Patient history and physical examination significantly narrow the differential diagnosis, but in doubtful cases trichoscopy or scalp biopsy is needed to establish correct diagnosis. Treatment of scalp diseases varies from topical through intralesional to systemic options, dependent from type and severity of the disease as well as coexisted conditions. Clinical cases are the key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. Clinical Cases in Scalp Disorders illustrates clinical features and discuss diagnostic and therapeutic process of both common and unusual conditions. It provides a practical case-based guide in the management of patients with scalp diseases and is ideal for both board-certified dermatologists and dermatologists in training.

    Contents:
    Patches and plaques
    Papules and nodules
    Pustules
    Blisters and erosions
    Thickened scalp
    Pruritus
    Cicatricial alopecia.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Sharad P. Paul, Robert A. Norman, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Skin cancer of the ear: mastoid interpolation flap reconstruction tips
    2. One technique fits all: the versatility of the full thickness graft on the lateral wall of the nose
    3. Islands on the cheek: island flaps on the cheek and a modified oblique-sigmoid flaps
    4. Rotation flaps of the scalp: study of the design, planning and biomechanics of single, double and triple pedicle flaps
    5. Double-advancement 'H' flaps for very large defects of the forehead: design, planning and the use of sub-periosteal dissection to increase mobility
    6. The modified rhomboid flap: an improvement on the traditional technique and its use in defects of the Ala Nasi --7. The keystone design perforator island flap: an easy option for the lower limb, but how does it actually work?
    8. Amelanotic malignant melanoma of the toe presenting as an ulcer: management and biopsy guidelines
    9. Revisiting the halo graft: why does it heal faster when compared to conventional split-skin grafts?
    10. Balloon cell nevi and balloon cell melanomas: what are they?
    11. Tropical treatment of skin cancers and the risks of 'figting fire and fire'
    12. When a lipoma wasn't a lipoma: a discussion about granular cell tumors of skin
    13. How small is small for a melanoma?
    14. Multiple basal cell carcinomas and superficial radiotherapy (SRT)
    15. Adenocystic carcinoma
    16. Sebaceous carcinoma
    17. Metastatic cutaneous adenocarcinoma
    18. Zosteriform cutaneous metastasis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Porcia B. Love, Roopal V. Kundu, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Acne vulgaris
    2. Rosacea
    3. Pseudofolliculitis barbae
    4. Acne keloidalis
    5. Dissecting cellulitis of the scalp
    6. Hidradenitis suppurativa
    7. Atopic dermatitis
    8. Psoriasis
    9. Pityriasis rosea
    10. Lichen planus
    11. Tinea versicolor
    12. Tinea capitis
    13. Postinflammatory hyperpigmentation
    14. Melasma
    15. Erythema dyschromicum perstans
    16. Vitiligo
    17. Pityriasis alba
    18. Progressive macular hypomelanosis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Porcia B. Love, Roopal V. Kundu.
    Contents:
    Discoid lupus erythematosus
    Sarcoidosis
    Traction alopecia
    Androgenetic alopecia
    Central centrifugal cicatricial alopecia
    Keloids
    Basal cell carcinoma
    Squamous cell carcinoma
    Melanoma
    Cutaneous T-cell lymphoma
    Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans
    Dermatosis papulosa nigra
    Chemical peels
    Laser hair removal
    Dermal fillers.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Atooshe Rohani.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers unusual and rare pathological cases in echocardiography. Chapters cover cases from diagnosis, to treatment and prognosis with engaging video clips including three dimensional video clips to enhance appreciation and understanding of echocardiography use in clinical practice. Cases covered include: pseudoaneurysm of aortic graft, congenital absence of pericardium, coarctation of aorta and patent ductus arteriosus. Clinical Cases in the Echocardiography Lab features comprehensive overviews of a wide range of rare pathologies in echocardiography, and is an essential resource for both the novice and experienced cardiology practitioner. .

    Contents:
    Quadricuspid AV with three dimensional video clips (3D)
    Unicuspid AV (3D)
    Annuloaortic ectasia
    Para valvular leak (metallic AV) because of endocarditis
    Severe rheumatic aortic regurgitation (AI)
    Metallic aortic valve obstruction
    AV endocarditis
    Parachute and subvalvular ring (3D).-Flail MV (3D)
    MV endocarditis
    Bioprosthetic MV obstruction (3D)
    Double orifice MV (3D)
    Ischemic MR
    Metallic MV paravalvular leak (3D)
    Metallic MV obstruction
    MV stenosis (3D)
    Bioprosthetic MV partial dehiscence (3D).-MV endocarditis (3D)
    Flail anterior leaflet MV
    Severe MR.-Left atrial appendage clot (3D)
    Flail posterior MV leaflet.-Flail MV and rheumatic heart disease. -Ebstein anomaly.-Papillary fibroelastoma of TV (3D)
    TV atresia
    TV endocarditis
    TV metallic obstruction
    TV myxoma
    Bioprosthetic TV obstruction (3D)
    Valvular pulmonary stenosis.-Sub valvular pulmonary stenosis
    Supra valvular pulmonary stenosis
    Severe PI
    Non-compaction
    Twenty years after hydatid cyst operation
    Amyloid
    Apical HCM
    HOCM
    Huge LV apical clot
    CVA source of embolism
    Huge calcified mass, inside heart or outside? (3D)
    LV Non compaction.-Coarctation of aorta (3D).-Patent ductus arteriosus endocarditis (3D).-Secundum atrial septal defect (ASD)(3D)
    L-transposition of great arteries (L-TGA)
    Senning Mustard operation
    Sinus venosus ASD (3D)
    Left anomalous pulmonary vein connection
    Tetralogy of Fallot.-Single ventricle with D-TGA and pulmonary stenosis (PS)
    Inlet and outlet ventricular septal defect (VSD)
    Thrombus in transit via patent foramen ovale (PFO)
    Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Dysplasia
    Left pulmonary artery clot
    Huge RV myxoma
    Aortic dissection
    Pseudo aneurysm of Dacron graft of aorta.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Harpal Sandhu, Henry Kaplan.
    Summary: Intraocular inflammation is particularly difficult to diagnose and treat, often resembling a complex puzzle of patient history, symptoms, imaging, and laboratory test results. Clinical Cases in Uveitis: Differential Diagnosis and Management is a unique, case-based resource designed to help you navigate the range of challenging manifestations and presentations that often mimic other diseases. More than 90 real-world uveitis cases are presented in a highly templated, easy-to-follow format, along with step-by-step guidance on the right patient questions, assessment, differential diagnosis, testing, management, and follow-up care. Provides a variety of patient presentations and scenarios and unique clinical situations that mirror day-to-day practice. Covers current diagnostic imaging modalities, including optical coherence tomography (OCT), optical coherence tomography angiography, fluorescein angiography (FA), and indocyanine green angiography (ICG). Features diagnostic and management algorithms that assist in differential diagnosis and decision making for even the most complex cases, including those in which the patient does not improve as expected, prompting a reassessment of diagnosis and management. Contains approximately 250 high-quality images, including color anterior segment photographs, color fundus photographs, OCT images, and angiograms. Discusses distinguishing infectious from non-infectious inflammation; when and how to start systemic immunosuppressive therapy; diagnostic criteria and management of "white dot syndromes" ; pediatric uveitis; masquerade syndromes, including inherited retinal degenerations, malignancies, and paraneoplastic syndromes; and much more. Includes the authors' specific thought processes and approach in particularly challenging cases. An excellent resource and study tool for ophthalmology residents and fellows, those studying for oral boards, general ophthalmologists, retina specialists, and more. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    volume editors, R. Balon, T.N. Wise.
    Contents:
    Psychosomatic medicine in the 21st century : understanding mechanisms and barriers to utilization / Wise, T.N., Balon, R
    Communication with patients suffering from serious physical illness / Grassi, L., Caruso, R., Costantini, A
    Dimensional psychopharmacology in somatising patients / Biondi, M., Pasquini, M
    Forensic issues in medical evaluation : competency and end-of-life issues / Soliman, S. Hall, R.C.W
    Then and now : HIV consultation psychiatry update / Goforth, H.W., Bader, M., Fernandez, F
    Fibromyalgia and chronic fatigue : the underlying biology and related theoretical issues / Romano, G.F., Tomassi, S., Russell A., Mondelli, V., Pariante, C.M
    Fibromyalgia and chronic fatigue syndrome : management issues / Bourke, J
    Telomeres, early-life stress and mental illness / Ridout, S.J., Ridout, K.K., Kao, H.-T., Carpenter, L.L., Philip, N.S., Tyrka, A.R., Price, L.H
    Coping with losses, grief, and mourning in prostate cancer / Wittmann, D
    Psychodermatology / Brown, G.E., Malakouti, M., Sorenson, E., Gupta, R, Koo, J.Y.M
    Huntington's disease : looking beyond the movement disorder / Morreale, M.K.
    Joint hypermobility, anxiety and psychosomatics : two and a half decades of progress toward a new phenotype / Bulbena, A.; Pailhez, G., Bulbena-Cabré A., Mallorquí -Bagú, N., Baeza-Velasco, C.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    edited by William Clarke, Amitava Dasgupta.
    Summary: This guide surveys critical issues in therapeutic drug monitoring for non-toxicologists who want to gain greater insight into the unique requirements of special populations and learn how to avoid drug toxicity within a narrow therapeutic window.

    Contents:
    Overview of therapeutic drug monitoring
    Immunoassays and issues with interference in therapeutic drug monitoring
    Application of chromatography combined with mass spectrometry in therapeutic drug monitoring
    Monitoring free drug concentration : clinical usefulness and analytical challenges
    Therapeutic drug monitoring of newer antiepileptic drugs
    Therapeutic drug monitoring of antiretrovirals
    Therapeutic drug monitoring in infants and children
    Therapeutic drug monitoring in pregnancy
    Therapeutic drug monitoring in older people
    Therapeutic drug monitoring in obese patients
    Special issues in therapeutic drug monitoring in patients with uremia, liver disease, and in critically ill patients
    Issues of pharmacogenomics in monitoring warfarin therapy
    Alternative sampling strategies for therapeutic drug monitoring
    Integrating therapeutic drug monitoring in the health care environment : therapeutic drug monitoring and pharmacists.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    William J. Marshall, Márta Lapsley, Andrew Day, Kate Shipman.
    Summary: "Clinical Chemistry considers what happens to the body's chemistry when affected by disease. It provides introductory coverage of the scientific basis for biochemistry tests routinely used in medicine - including tests for the assessment of organ function, diagnosis and monitoring disease activity and therapy efficacy. Each topic area begins with a concise description of the underlying physiological and biochemical principles and then applies them to patient investigation and management. The regular use of case histories helps further emphasise clinical relevance and chapter key points, as well as provide a useful starting point for examination revision"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    An introduction to biochemistry and cell biology
    Biochemical investigations in clinical medicine
    Water, sodium and potassium
    Hydrogen ion homoeostasis and blood gases
    The kidneys
    The liver
    The gastrointestinal tract
    Clinical nutrition
    The hypothalamus and the pituitary gland
    The adrenal glands
    The thyroid gland
    The gonads
    Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism
    Calcium, phosphate and magnesium
    Bones and joints
    Plasma proteins and enzymes
    Lipids, lipoproteins and cardiovascular disease
    Muscles, nerves and psychiatric disorders
    Inherited metabolic diseases
    Disorders of haemoproteins, porphyrins and iron
    Metabolic aspects of malignant disease
    Therapeutic drug monitoring and chemical aspects of toxicology
    Clinical chemistry at the extremes of age.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Mustafa A. M. Salih, editor.
    Summary: This book, which will hold global appeal, adopts a problem-based approach to childhood disorders of the nervous system with the aim of supporting practicing child neurologists, pediatricians, and residents in training in their management of children with neurological disorders. Throughout, the practical assistance that it offers is based firmly on the best available current scientific evidence. The various pediatric neurologic diseases and organ systems are covered by pediatric neurologists and scientists from leading university hospitals and health centers in both the developed and the developing world. In addition to the full range of more frequent disorders, the book spans the neurological aspects of neglected tropical diseases and neurogenetic diagnostic and management algorithms utilizing the power of emerging DNA technology. A further feature is the inclusion of didactic videos relating to epileptic and movement disorders. As an open access publication with a strong clinical focus, the book will be a handy and valuable reference and resource for all practitioners who deal with childhood neurological disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yingze Zhang, editor.
    Summary: This book covers common fracture and dislocation classifications for nearly every part of the human body. For each part, it introduces readers to the historical evolution of fracture classifications, as well as the commonly used classifications, with likelihood from high to low. To describe these classifications, the book combines extensive descriptions, tree and schematic diagrams, elegant drawings and detailed radiological images. This structure will help readers recognize the differences between various classifications, and make proper decisions on the basis of their specific research purposes. As such, the book offers a valuable reference guide for orthopedists, radiologists and medical students alike.

    Contents:
    Classifications of shoulder girdle fractures
    Classifications of humeral fractures
    Classifications of radius and ulna fractures
    Classifications of hand and wrist fractures
    Classifications of dislocation of shoulder and upper limb
    Classifications for spine fractures
    Classifications of pelvic ring fracture and dislocation
    Classifications of femoral fractures
    Classifications of patellar fracture
    Classifications of tibial and fibular fractures
    Classifications of foot fractures
    Classifications of hip joint and lower extremity dislocations
    Classifications of soft-tissue injuries
    Fracture and dislocation classification for children.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Dr. Jo Brown, Dr. Lorraine M. Noble, Dr. Alexia Papageorgiou, Dr. Jane Kidd.
    Summary: Clinical Communication in Medicine brings together the theories, models and evidence that underpin effective healthcare communication in one accessible volume. Endorsed and developed by members of the UK Council of Clinical Communication in Undergraduate Medical Education, it traces the subject to its primary disciplinary origins, looking at how it is practised, taught and learned today, as well as considering future directions. Focusing on three key areas-the doctor-patient relationship, core components of clinical communication, and effective teaching and assessment-Clinical Communication in Medicine enhances the understanding of effective communication. It links theory to teaching, so principles and practice are clearly understood. Clinical Communication in Medicine is a new and definitive guide for professionals involved in the education of medical undergraduate students and postgraduate trainees, as well as experienced and junior clinicians, researchers, teachers, students, and policy makers.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Mark Findlay, Christopher Isles.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Physiology and Assessment
    1. Structure and Function of the Kidney
    2. Assessment of GFR
    3. Proteinuria
    4. Haematuria
    Part 2. Disorders of Renal Metabolic Function
    5. Hyponatraemia
    6. Hypokalaemia
    7. Hypocalcaemia and hypercalcaemia
    8. Hypophosphataemia and hypomagnesaemia
    9. Acid-base balance
    Part 3. Acute Kidney Injury
    10. Causes of Acute Kidney Injury
    11. Rhabdomyolysis
    12. Cardiorenal Failure
    13. Hepatorenal Syndrome
    14. HUS/TTP in Adults
    15. Myeloma and the Kidney
    16. Investigation, management and outcome of Acute Kidney Injury
    17. Fluid Management
    18. Hyperkalaemia
    19. Rapidly Progressive Glomerulonephritis
    Part 4. Chronic Kidney Disease
    20. Overview of Chronic Kidney Disease
    21. Glomerular Disease
    22. Diabetes
    23. Renovascular Disease
    24. Hypertension
    25. Antihypertensive Drugs
    26. Polycystic Kidney Diseases
    27. Anaemia
    28. Mineral Metabolism
    29. Nutrition in Renal Disease
    Part 5. Miscellaneous Renal
    30. Gout and the Kidney
    31. Urinary Tract Infection
    32. Renal Stone Disease
    33. Management of Pain
    34. Pregnancy and Renal Disease
    35. Blood Borne Viruses
    36. Rarer Renal Diseases. Part 6. Renal Replacement Therapy
    37. Haemodialysis
    38. Peritoneal Dialysis
    39. Renal Transplantation
    40. Hypertension and Fluid Balance in Dialysis Patients
    41. Tunnelled Dialysis Catheters
    42. Catheter Related Blood Stream Infection
    43. The Challenges of Renal Replacement Therapy in the Elderly.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jack Fairweather, Mark Findlay, Christopher Isles.
    Summary: The second edition of this educational book provides an updated resource on how best to discuss and manage acute and chronic presentations of renal diseases. All chapters have been reviewed and updated to reflect changes which directly affect clinical practice and new chapters have been added including Dialysis and Poisoning, Urinalysis/Microscopy and Renal Biopsy. Chapters now include information on key clinical trials for management strategies Allowing for concise reading on specific topics this book acts as both a quick reference text and study guide. The layout has been designed in a question and answer format in order to promote self-directed learning. Images and diagrams have been further standardized and improved for the new edition and remain a key feature of the book. Clinical Companion in Nephrology, second edition, is an invaluable resource for junior doctors, medical students and renal nurses who encounter renal patients in their daily practice.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Abbreviations
    Part I: Physiology and Assessment
    1: Structure and Function of the Kidney
    2: Assessment of GFR
    Further Reading
    3: Proteinuria
    Further Reading
    4: Haematuria
    Further Reading
    Part II: Disorders of Renal Metabolic Function
    5: Hyponatraemia
    Further Reading
    6: Hypokalaemia
    7: Hypocalcaemia and Hypercalcaemia
    8: Hypophosphataemia and Hypomagnesaemia
    9: Disorders of Acid Base Balance
    Part III: Acute Kidney Injury
    10: Causes of Acute Kidney Injury
    Further Reading
    11: Rhabdomyolysis
    Further Reading 12: Cardiorenal Failure
    Further Reading
    13: Hepatorenal Syndrome
    Further Reading
    14: Thrombotic Microangiopathies (TMA) in Adults
    Further Reading
    15: Myeloma and the Kidney
    Further Reading
    16: Investigation, Management and Outcome of Acute Kidney Injury
    Further Reading
    17: Fluid Management
    Further Reading
    18: Hyperkalaemia
    Further Reading
    19: Rapidly Progressive Glomerulonephritis
    Further Reading
    Part IV: Chronic Kidney Disease
    20: Overview of Chronic Kidney Disease
    Further Reading
    21: Glomerular Disease
    Further Reading 22: Renal Disease and Diabetes
    Further Reading
    23: Renovascular Disease
    Further Reading
    24: Hypertension
    Further Reading
    25: Antihypertensive Drugs
    Further Reading
    26: Polycystic Kidney Disease
    Further Reading
    27: Renal Anaemia
    Further Reading
    28: Mineral Metabolism
    Further Reading
    29: Nutrition in Renal Disease
    Part V: Miscellaneous Renal
    30: Gout and the Kidney
    Further Reading
    31: Urinary Tract Infection
    Further Reading
    32: Renal Stone Disease
    Further Reading
    33: Managing Pain in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Further Reading 34: The Effect of Kidney Disease on Drugs
    35: The Effect of Drugs on Kidney Disease
    35.1 Acute Kidney Injury
    35.2 Chronic Kidney Disease
    35.3 Renal Transplantation
    36: Pregnancy and Renal Disease
    Further Reading
    37: Blood Borne Viruses
    Further Reading
    38: Rarer Renal Diseases
    Further Reading
    Part VI: Renal Replacement Therapy
    39: Haemodialysis
    Further Reading
    40: Peritoneal Dialysis
    Further Reading
    41: Renal Transplantation
    42: Dialysis and Poisoning
    Further Reading
    43: Hypertension and Fluid Balance in Dialysis Patients 44: Tunnelled Dialysis Catheters
    Further Reading
    45: Catheter Related Blood Stream Infection
    Further Reading
    46: The Challenges of Renal Replacement Therapy in the Frail Older Adult
    Further Reading
    Part VII: Practical Nephrology
    47: Urinalysis and Microscopy
    48: Dialysis Line Insertion
    49: Renal Biopsy
    50: Spotting the Glomerulus: Basics in Biopsy Interpretation
    Appendix A: Treatment of Hyponatraemia
    Further Reading
    Appendix B: Treatment of Hypokalaemia
    Appendix C: Treatment of Hypocalcaemia
    Appendix D: Treatment of Hypercalcaemia
    Further Reading
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hagler, Debra; Harding, Mariann; Kwong, Jeffrey; Reinisch, Courtney; Lewis, Sharon Mantik.
    Summary: "The Clinical Companion to Harding, Kwong, Hagler, and Reinisch's Lewis's Medical-Surgical Nursing: Assessment and Management of Clinical Problems , 12th edition, is an updated and condensed reference to essential information on almost 200 medical-surgical patient problems and clinical care topics. The 12th edition of this pocket-sized book provides nurses and nursing students with quick access to current, concise, and important information for patient care... The Clinical Companion can be used separately as a reference or in conjunction with Lewis's Medical-Surgical Nursing , 12th edition. We strongly believe the Clinical Companion will serve as an important resource to help nurses meet the challenges and opportunities in caring for patients and their caregivers." -- preface.

    Contents:
    Part one. Disorders
    Part two. Treatments and procedures
    Part three. Reference appendix.
  • Digital
    Gianni Angelini, Domenico Bonamonte, Caterina Foti, editors.
    Summary: This book is intended as a manual and offers an essential tool for practicing and occupational dermatologists, for postgraduates training in dermatology and allergo-immunology, and for allergologists and occupational physicians. Moreover, the authors include information from the world literature, addressing the needs of those who work in industrial fields and are concerned about the dermatological safety of products. The book provides a handy update on this complex, rapidly evolving research area, and in particular, an in-depth analysis of its clinical aspects. It will enable dermatologists to recognize the various clinical manifestations of the condition, make a prompt diagnosis and choose the most effective treatment. Contact dermatitis, a vast and fascinating field of study, has a high frequency of occurrence worldwide in both children and adults of both sexes, and during their daily routine, dermatologists invariably encounter many patients with this disease. To ensure the proper management of these patients it is necessary first of all to formulate a clinical diagnosis on accurate morphological grounds, since it is the most clinically polymorphic disease in dermatology and hence very demanding in terms of differential diagnosis. Then, to achieve properly targeted prevention for each patient, it is essential to isolate the causes among the numerous etiological chemical agents present in both working and leisure time activities and environments. The aim of this book is therefore two-fold: firstly to provide information on the various clinical features of contact dermatitis and review their differential diagnosis, and secondly to provide a comprehensive etiological overview. Particular attention has been paid to the methodologies and importance of patch tests and other diagnostic tools, as well as to the principles of prognosis, treatment and rehabilitation, together with considerations on some preventive aspects underlying contact dermatitis. A wealth of color clinical images, as well as tables and explanatory diagrams, round out the book.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Epidemiology
    Eczematous Dermatoses
    Mechanisms in Irritant Contact Dermatitis
    Mechanisms in Allergic Contact Dermatitis
    Histological, Immunohistochemical and Ultrastructural Aspects of Contact Dermatitis
    Irritant Contact Dermatitis
    Allergic Contact Dermatitis
    Regional Contact Dermatitis
    Photocontact Dermatitis
    Noneczematous Contact Dermatitis --Airborne Skin Diseases
    Occupational Contact Dermatitis : Thoughts on Establishing of Contact Allergy to Products Containing Well Known as Well as Initially Unidentified Sensitizers
    Systemic Contact Dermatitis
    Contact Dermatitis Due to Cosmetics
    Drug Induced Contact Dermatitis
    Plant Contact Dermatitis
    Hyperpigmentation, Hypopigmentation and Discolorations Due to Contactants
    Contact Dermatitis in Children
    Contact Dermatitis in Atopic Individuals
    Protein Contact Dermatitis
    Contact Urticaria
    Common Allergens
    Patch Testing
    Photopatch Testing
    Other in Vivo Diagnostic Tests, Spot Tests, and Noninvasive Techniques
    Prognosis and Therapy
    Prevention and Rehabilitation
    Occupational Dermatitis Artefacta.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jonathan S. Steinberg, Andrew E. Epstein, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the tough clinical issues faced by electrophysiologists and cardiologists who treat patients with Cardiac Implantable Electrical Devices (CIEDs) in real-world practice. With contributions from widely recognized international leaders in the field, this 10-chapter resource covers a variety of controversies with CIEDs, from discerning what device is appropriate to use for heart failure to ethical issues in their use at the end of a patients life. To supplement these discussions, chapters review opposing positions on both sides of a controversy and present clinical material to illustrate the different perspectives. Clinical Controversies in Device Therapy for Cardiac Arrhythmias is an essential resource not only for physicians, residents, and fellows in cardiac electrophysiology and cardiology but also for associated professionals including nurses and technicians who work with CIEDs.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Use of the Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillator in Nonischemic Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 2. Wearable Cardioverter Defibrillator for Patients at Risk of Cardiac Arrest
    Chapter 3. Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy for Patients without Left Bundle Branch Block
    Chapter 4. Biventricular Pacing for Patients with Complete Heart Block
    Chapter 5. CRT Devices in Heart Failure: Pacemaker or Defibrillator?
    Chapter 6. His-bundle Pacing Versus CRT for Patients with Heart Block
    Chapter 7. Replacement of Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillators when Ventricular Function Has Recovered
    Chapter 8. Use of Implantable Monitors for Arrhythmia Detection
    Chapter 9. Ethical Conundra in CIED Therapy: When Might Implantation Not be Done and Care at the End of Life.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Rong Liu, editor.
    Summary: With the advent of artificial intelligence and big data era, a new concept of clinical decision making for improving surgical outcomes was proposed, which emphasizes the optimal prognosis and best outcome for patients, makes full use of information technology such as artificial intelligence to reduce the uncertainty in the treatment process and the unevenness of the treatment level, and selects the most appropriate intervention means and intervention timing through objective evaluation. It will be helpful for surgeons to choose treatment options which will be effective to patients.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Surgical Risk Management
    3 Decision Making Process for Interveners
    4 Optimization of Interventions
    5 The choice of intervention timing
    6 Strategies of clinical decision making for improving prognosis.
    Digital Access Springer [2022]
  • Digital
    Scott R. Steele, Justin A. Maykel, Steven D. Wexner, editors.
    Summary: This second edition is an all-inclusive textbook with a unique algorithm-based approach to the evaluation and management of colorectal surgery disease. It examines the thought processes, technical tricks, and decision-making strategies for specific clinical situations. The book aims to utilise the experience its contributors have gained caring for patients with a wide range of colorectal diseases. The technical challenges of managing complex patients and the technical details that make these situations challenging are covered, and evidence and experience-based solutions are offered for surgeons of all levels. This book focuses on providing pragmatic advice and reproducible techniques that can be readily implemented by surgeons of varying experience to successfully treat complex colorectal problems through an algorithmic approach.

    Contents:
    Section I. Evaluation and Perioperative
    Chapter 1. Anorectal Examination
    Chapter 2. Anorectal and Colonic Evaluation
    Chapter 3. Physiologic Testing
    Chapter 4. Mechanical Bowel Preparation for Elective Colon and Rectal Surgery
    Chapter 5. Perioperative Assessment and Risk Stratification
    Chapter 6. Enhanced Recovery Pathways in Colorectal Surgery
    Chapter 7. Hematochezia and Melena
    Chapter 8. Anal Disease in the Neutropenic Patient
    Chapter 9. Evaluation and Perioperative. Anal Mass
    Section II. Anal Conditions
    Chapter 10. Anal Conditions. Anal Fissure/Recurrent Anal Fissure
    Chapter 11. Anal Conditions. Anal Stenosis and Stricture
    Chapter 12. Anorectal Abscess
    Chapter 13. Anal Conditions. Fistula in ano
    Chapter 14. Anal Conditions. Rectovaginal Fistula
    Chapter 15. Anal Conditions. Anorectal Crohn's Disease - Fistula
    Chapter 16. Anorectal Crohn's Disease. Anal Stenosis and Anal Fissure
    Chapter 17. Management of Internal Hemorrhoids
    Chapter 18. Anal Conditions. External Hemorrhoids
    Chapter 19. Anal Conditions. Pilonidal Disease/Complex and Recurrent Pilonidal Disease
    Chapter 20. Anal Conditions. Pruritus Ani
    Chapter 21. Anal Conditions. Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    Chapter 22. Anal Conditions. Anorectal Trauma
    Chapter 23. Anal Conditions STDs
    Chapter 24. Anal considerations. Fournier's gangrene
    Chapter 25. Non-healing Perineal Wounds
    Chapter 26. Anal Intraepithelial Neoplasms
    Chapter 27. Anal Conditions. Anal Margin Tumors
    Chapter 28. Invasive Anal Canal Neoplasia
    Section III. Pelvic Floor
    Chapter 29. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Rectal Prolapse/Recurrence
    Chapter 30. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Rectal Intussusception
    Chapter 31. Pelvic outlet obstruction
    Chapter 32. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Biofeedback
    Chapter 33. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Fecal Incontinence
    Chapter 34. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Diarrhea
    Chapter 35. Chronic Constipation
    Section IV. Rectal
    Chapter 36. Retrorectal tumors
    Chapter 37. Rectal Cancer. Local Therapy
    Chapter 38. Rectal Conditions. Rectal Cancer - Proctectomy
    Chapter 39. Rectal Conditions. Rectal Cancer - Adjuvant and Neoadjuvant Therapy
    Chapter 40. Rectal Conditions. Stage IV Rectal Cancer
    Chapter 41. Rectal Cancer. Watch and Wait
    Chapter 42. Rectal Conditions. Rectal Cancer. Postoperative Surveillance
    Chapter 43. Recurrent Rectal Cancer
    Chapter 44. Locally Advanced Rectal Cancer
    Section V. Colonic
    Chapter 45. Colonic. Diverticulitis
    Chapter 46. Colonic Conditions. Large Bowel Obstruction
    Chapter 47. Colonic Conditions - Volvulus
    Chapter 48. Colonic Stricture
    Chapter 49. Acute Colonic Pseudo-Obstruction (ACPO) - Ogilvie's Syndrome
    Chapter 50. Colonic Conditions. Irritable bowel syndrome (IBS)
    Chapter 51. Colorectal Trauma
    Chapter 52. Endometriosis
    Chapter 53. Colonic Conditions. Ulcerative Colitis
    Chapter 54. Colonic Conditions. Indeterminate Colitis
    Chapter 55. Colonic Conditions. Toxic Colitis
    Chapter 56. Crohn's Colitis
    Chapter 57. Ischemic Colitis
    Chapter 58. Colonic Conditions. Infectious Colitis
    Chapter 59. Colonic Conditions. Benign colonic neoplasia
    Chapter 60. Familial Adenomatous Polyposis
    Chapter 61. Colonic Conditions. Lynch Syndrome
    Chapter 62. Malignant Colon Polyps
    Chapter 63. Colonic Conditions. Adenomatous Polyps
    Chapter 64. Colon Cancer Surgical Therapy
    Chapter 65. Colonic Conditions. Locally Advanced Colon Cancer
    Chapter 66. Recurrent Colon Cancer
    Chapter 67. Appendiceal Neoplasms
    Section VI. Small bowel
    Chapter 68. Small bowel conditions. Small bowel Crohn's disease
    Chapter 69. Small bowel desmoid disease
    Chapter 70. Mesenteric Ischemia
    Chapter 71. Small Bowel Conditions. Small Bowel Obstruction
    Chapter 72. Small Bowel Conditions. Radiation-Induced Small Bowel Disease (RISBD). Radiation Enteritis
    Chapter 73. Enterocutaneous and Enteroatmospheric Fistula
    Chapter 74. Small Bowel Polyps
    Chapter 75. Small Bowel Lymphoma
    Chapter 76. Small Bowel Conditions. Carcinoid
    Section VII. Stomas
    Chapter 77. Stomal Prolapse
    Chapter 78. Stomas. Parastomal hernias
    Chapter 79. Stoma retraction and stenosis
    Chapter 80. Stomal varices
    Chapter 81. Stomas. Peristomal Skin Complication
    Section VIII. Complications
    Chapter 82. Complications. Ureteral Injury
    Chapter 83. Splenic Injury complicating Colorectal surgery
    Chapter 84. Complications. Colonic perforations
    Chapter 85. Complications. Early Anastomotic Complications--Leak, Abscess, and Bleeding
    Chapter 86. Late Anastomotic Complications (Stricture and Sinus)
    Chapter 87. Post-Polypectomy Bleeding
    Chapter 88. Post-polypectomy Thermal Injury
    Chapter 89. Presacral Bleeding
    Chapter 90. Complications. Short gut syndrome
    Chapter 91. Complications. Surgical Site Infections
    Chapter 92. J Pouch Complications
    Chapter 93. Complications. Pouchitis
    Chapter 94. Complications. Reoperative Pelvic Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Robert A. Greenes.
    Contents:
    Sect. 1: Computer-based clinical decision support: overview, status, and challenges. Ch. 1. Definition, scope and challenges / Robert A. Greenes
    Ch. 2. A brief history of clinical decision support / Robert A. Greenes
    Ch. 3. Features of computer-based clinical decision support / Robert A. Greenes
    Ch. 4. The role of quality measurement and reporting feedback as a driver for care improvement / Floyd Eisenberg
    Sect. 2: Experience with CDS development and adoption : case studies, national initiatives, and lessons learned. Ch. 5. Regenstrief medical informatics / Paul Biondich, [et al.]
    Ch. 6. Patients, doctors, and information technology : clinical decision support at Brigham and Women's Hospital and Partners HealthCare / Adam Wright and David W. Bates
    Ch. 7. Computer-based approaches to improving healthcare quality and safety at LDS Hospital / R. Scott Evans
    Ch. 8. International dimensions of clinical decision support / Hamish Fraser and Jeremy Wyatt
    Ch. 9. Current state of CDS utilization / Robert A. Greenes
    Sect. 3: Sources of knowledge for clinical decision support. Ch. 10. Human-intensive techniques / Vimla L. Patel and Edward H. Shortliffe
    Ch. 11. Generation of knowledge for clinical decision support / Michael E. Matheny and Lucila Ohno-Machado
    Ch. 12. Modernizing evidence synthesis for evidence-based medicine / Byron C. Wallace, [et al.]
    Ch. 13. Big data and population-based decision support / Michael A. Krall, Adi V. Gundlapalli and Matthew H. Samore
    Ch. 14. Clinical decision support for personalized medicine / Brandon M. Welch, [et al.]. Sect. 4: The technology of clinical decision support. Ch. 15. Decision rules and expressions / Robert A. Jenders
    Ch. 16. Guidelines and workflow models / Mor Peleg and Arturo González-Ferrer
    Ch. 17. Ontologies, vocabularies and data models / Stanley M. Huff, [et al.]
    Ch. 18. Grouped knowledge elements / Margarita Sordo and Aziz A. Boxwala
    Ch. 19. Infobuttons and point of care access to knowledge / Guilherme Del Fiol, Hong Yu and James J. Cimino
    Ch. 20. Formal representations and semantice web technologies / Alan Rector and Davide Sottara
    Ch. 21. The role of standards / Kensaku Kawamoto and Robert A. Greenes
    Sect. 5: Adoption of clinical decision support. Ch. 22. Cognitive considerations for health information technology / Amy Franklin and Jiajie Zhang
    Ch. 23. Organizational and cultural change / Joan S. Ash and Timothy H. Hartzog
    Ch. 24. Managing the investment in clinical decision support / John Glaser and Tonya Hongsermeier
    Ch. 25. A clinical decision support implementation guide : practical considerations / Donald Levick and Jerome Osheroff
    Ch. 26. Legal and regulatory issues related to the use of clinical software in health care delivery / Steven H. Brown and Randolph A. Miller
    Ch. 27. Consumers and clinical decision support / Nananda Col and Rosaly Correa-de-Araujo
    Sect. 6: The journey to widespread use of clinical decision support. Ch. 28. A clinical knowledge management program / Roberto A. Rocha, [et al.]
    Ch. 29. Integration of knowledge resources into applications to enable CDS / Kensaku Kawamoto, Emory Fry and Robert Greenes
    Ch. 30. Looking ahead : the road to broad adoption / Robert A. Greenes.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Robert A. Greenes, Guilherme Del Fiol.
    Summary: "Clinical Decision Support and Beyond: Progress and Opportunities in Knowledge-Enhanced Health and Healthcare, now in its third edition, discusses the underpinnings of effective, reliable, and easy-to-use clinical decision support systems at the point of care as a productive way of managing the flood of data, knowledge, and misinformation when providing patient care. Incorporating CDS into electronic health record systems has been underway for decades; however its complexities, costs, and user resistance have lagged its potential. Thus it is of utmost importance to understand the process in detail, to take full advantage of its capabilities. The book expands and updates the content of the previous edition, and discusses topics such as integration of CDS into workflow, context-driven anticipation of needs for CDS, new forms of CDS derived from data analytics, precision medicine, population health, integration of personal monitoring, and patient-facing CDS. In addition, it discusses population health management, public health CDS and CDS to help reduce health disparities. It is a valuable resource for clinicians, practitioners, students and members of medical and biomedical fields who are interested to learn more about the potential of clinical decision support to improve health and wellness and the quality of health care. Presents an overview and details of the current state of the art and usefulness of clinical decision support, and how to utilize these capabilities Explores the technological underpinnings for developing, managing, and sharing knowledge resources and deploying them as CDS or for other uses Discusses the current drivers and opportunities that are expanding the prospects for use of knowledge to enhance health and healthcare"-- From ProQuest Ebook Central

    Contents:
    Definition, purposes, and scope / Robert A. Greenes and Guilherme Del Fiol
    Clinical decision support methods / Robert A. Greenes and Guilherme Del Fiol
    The journey to broad adoption / Robert A. Greenes and Guilherme Del Fiol
    The role of quality measurement and reporting feedback as a driver for care improvement / Floyd Eisenberg
    International dimensions of clinical decision support systems / Farah Magrabi, Kathrin Cresswell, and Hamish S.F. Fraser
    Human-intensive techniques / Vimla L. Patel, Jane Shellum, Timothy Miksch, and Edward H. Shortliffe
    Data-driven approaches to generating knowledge : Machine learning, artificial intelligence, and predictive modeling / Michael E. Matheny, Lucila Ohno-Machado, Sharon E. Davis, and Shamim Nemati
    Modernizing evidence synthesis for evidence-based medicine / Ian Jude Saldanha, Gaelen P. Adam, Christopher H. Schmid, Thomas A. Trikalinos, and Kristin J. Konnyu
    Decision rules and expressions / Robert A. Jenders and Bryn Rhodes
    Guidelines and workflow models / Mor Peleg and Peter Haug
    Terminologies, ontologies and data models / Thomas A. Oniki, Roberto A. Rocha, Lee Min Lau, Davide Sottara, and Stanley M. Huff
    Grouped knowledge elements / Claude Nanjo and Aziz A. Boxwala
    Infobuttons and point of care access to knowledge / Guilherme Del Fiol, Hong Yu, and James J. Cimino
    Information visualization and integration / Melanie C. Wright
    The role of standards : What we can expect and when / Kensaku Kawamoto, Guilherme Del Fiol, Bryn Rhodes, and Robert A. Greenes
    Population analytics and decision support / John Halamka and Paul Cerrato
    Expanded sources for precision medicine / Darren K. Johnson and Marc S. Williams
    Knowledge resources / Guilherme Del Fiol and David A. Cook
    Cognitive considerations for health information technology in clinical team environments / Amy Franklin and Jiajie Zhang
    Governance and implementation / Richard Schreiber and John D. McGreevey III
    Managing the investment in clinical decision support / Tonya Hongsermeier and John Glaser
    Evaluation of clinical decision support / Nicole M. Benson, Hojjat Salmasian, and David W. Bates
    Legal and regulatory issues related to the use of clinical software in healthcare delivery / Steven Brown and Apurva Desai
    The promise of patient-directed decision support / Jessica S. Ancker and Meghan Reading Turchioe
    Clinical decision support and health disparities / Jorge A. Rodriguez and Lipika Samal
    Population health management / Guilherme Del Fiol
    CDS for public health / Leslie A. Lenert
    Clinical knowledge management program / Roberto A. Rocha, Saverio M. Maviglia, and Beatriz H. Rocha
    Integration of knowledge resources into applications to enable CDS : Architectural considerations / Preston Lee, Robert A. Greenes, Kensaku Kawamoto, and Emory A. Fry
    Getting to knowledge-enhanced health and healthcare / Robert A. Greenes and Guilherme Del Fiol
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Richard B. Weller, Hamish J.A. Hunter, Margaret W. Mann.
    Contents:
    Skin disease in perspective
    The function and structure of the skin
    Diagnosis of skin disorders
    Disorders of keratinization
    Psoriasis
    Other papulosquamous disorders
    Eczema and dermatitis
    Reactive erythemas and vasculitis
    Bullous diseases
    Connective tissue disorders
    Disorders of blood vessels and lymphatics
    Sebaceous and sweat gland disorders
    Regional dermatology
    Racial skin differences
    The skin at different ages
    Infections
    Infestations
    Skin reactions to light
    Disorders of pigmentation
    Skin tumours
    The skin in systemic disease
    Cosmetic dermatology
    The skin and the psyche
    Other genetic disorders.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Carol Soutor, Maria K. Hordinsky.
    Summary: "This authoritative, evidence-based guide provides the information and insight you need to accurately assess and treat the most common skin disorders. Updated with new chapters and new content, this second edition reflects the latest findings and clinical protocols"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    I: Fundamentals of diagnosis and treatment. Structure and function of the skin
    Morphology and terminology of skin lesions
    History and physical examination of the skin, hair, and nails
    Diagnostic procedures and dermoscopy
    Principles of diagnosis
    Principles of management
    Dermatologic procedures
    II: Common skin disorders. Dermatitis
    Psoriasis and other papulosquamous diseases
    Acne, rosacea, and related disorders
    Bacterial infections
    Fungal infections
    Viral infections of the skin
    Infestations and bites
    Skin signs of systemic disease
    Urticaria
    Cutaneous adverse drug reactions
    Urgent cutaneous disorders
    Bullous diseases
    Benign tumors and vascular birthmarks
    Actinic keratosis, basal cell carcinoma, and squamous cell carcinoma
    Nevi and melanoma
    Pigmentary disorders
    III: Problem based chapters. The differential diagnosis of purpura
    Pruritus in patients with no underlying skin disease
    Fever and rash
    Hospital acquired rashes
    Leg ulcers
    Cutaneous signs of psychiatric disorders
    Hair disorders
    Nail diseases
    Skin diseases of the genitals and perineum
    Diseases of the oral cavity
    Cosmetic dermatology
    Skin diseases of the scalp
    Skin diseases of the face
    Skin diseases of the arms
    Skin diseases of the hands
    Skin diseases of the legs
    Skin diseases of the feet
    Skin diseases of the trunk
    Skin diseases involving multiple body regions.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022
  • Digital
    Adnan Nasir, editor.
    Summary: Clinical Dermatology Trials 101 provides dermatologists with a handbook that allows them to become familiar with all aspects of clinical trials. Everything from obtaining the necessary tools and equipment, complying with local, federal, and international guidelines and regulations, and hiring and training staff for the safe and up-to-date conduct of dermatology clinical trials is covered. Written by leading experts in the field, Clinical Dermatology Trials 101 is the only clinical trial how-to available for dermatologists. With skin disease affecting nearly seventy percent of the population over a lifetime, and the rate of development of new drugs and devices for dermatologic use increasing at an exponential rate, there is a tremendous need for training and developing dermatology clinical research facilities to expedite the translation of basic and applied research, from bench to bedside. This is useful for practicing dermatologists, academic dermatologists, dermatology residents, clinical research fellows, dermatology fellows, research scientists, industry dermatologists, and medical students.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Fanjun Cheng, Yu Zhang, editors.
    Summary: "This book is a practical manual for anti-COVID-19. It is not only with the reference to the result of modern medical science, patients situation, but also take the deployment of medical resources into consideration. Content of this manual includes: Medical administration under emergent circumstances, protection and control of hospital infection, clinical practice guidance for diagnosis and therapy, the application of radiation for the examination, laboratory diagnosis, inhabitation of inflammatory cytokines crisis, plasma of patient in the recovery stage, and traditional Chinese medical science et cetera. Authors are from Union hospital, Tongji medical college in Wuhan city, who has first-hand experiences. This book is a collection and fusion of such experiences in fighting against epidemic infectious disease. It is a timely book for doctors who are fighting against COVID-19"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Emergency system of designated hospital for COVID-19
    Hospital infection prevention and control against COVID-19
    COVID-19 diagnosis
    Clinical treatment of COVID-19
    Treatment of critical COVID-19 patients
    Special diagnosis and treatment for patients with COVID-19
    Special clinical care
    Guidelines and guidance
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Subhadra Nori, Michelle Stern, Se Won Lee.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    editors: Ron Hazani, Mohamed Amir Mrad, David Tauber, Jason Ulm, Alan Yan, Michael J. Yaremchuk.
    Contents:
    Craniofacial: The Ear
    The Orbit
    The Nose
    Orthognathic Conditions
    Oral and Facial Clefts
    Craniosynostosis
    Pediatric Syndromes
    Hemifacial Microsomia
    Craniomaxillofacial Trauma. Breast and Trunk: Breast
    Implant related findings
    Chest Wall
    Pressure Sores. Hand and Lower Extremities: Congenital
    Trauma
    Vascular
    Tumors
    Nerve
    Arthritis
    Infection
    Dupuytrens Disease. Integument: Burns
    Benign and malignant lesions
    Vascular Malformations.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Adrian Vella.
    Summary: "Clinical Dilemmas in Diabetes answers the clinical questions commonly encountered when diagnosing, treating, and managing patients with diabetes and its associated complications. Designed to support informed, evidence-based care, this authoritative clinical guide includes contributions from leading endocrinologists and diabetes researchers that discuss a diverse range of recent developments. Concise and focused chapters cover prediabetes, diabetes diagnosis, initial evaluation and management, disease complications, and cardiovascular disease and risk factors. Now in its second edition, Clinical Dilemmas in Diabetes contains extensively reviewed and revised information throughout. New and updated chapters examine prediction, diagnosis, and management of early Type 1 diabetes, ophthalmic complications, screening asymptomatic patients for cardiovascular disease, new agents for treatment of dyslipidemia, closed loop systems in Type 1 diabetes, upper gastrointestinal manifestations, managing hyperglycemia in critically ill patients, and more. Edited by Dr. Vella at the Mayo Clinic, this highly practical resource: Encourages evidence-based clinical decision-making, rather than algorithm-based approaches Provides clear guidance on common problematic areas, especially in cases where conflicts in treatment for the disease and the complications occur Emphasizes the importance of translating the results of clinical trials to individual care and management of diabetes Contains effective learning and revision tools, including Learning Points, chapter introductions and summaries, tables and figures, color diagrams and charts, and full references Part of the popular Clinical Dilemmas series, Clinical Dilemmas in Diabetes is a must-have guide for anyone involved in the treatment of patients with diabetes, particularly endocrinologists, diabetes specialists and consultants, cardiologists, residents, fellows, specialist nurses, and general practitioners with an interest in diabetes"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    <P>Contributors</p> <p>Preface</p> <p><b>Part I Prediabetes and the Diagnosis of Diabetes</b></p> <p>1 Is prediabetes a risk factor or is it a disease?
    <i>Jacob Kohlenberg and Adrian Vella</i></p> <p>2 Prediction, early diagnosis and appropriate management of early type 1 diabetes including disease-modifying therapy</p> <p>3 Reclassifying or Declassifying Diabetes? Can Clinical Characteristics Guide Classification & Treatment?
    <i>Adrian Vella</i></p> <p>4 How should secondary causes of diabetes be excluded?
    <i>Tomás P. Griffin, Aonghus O'Loughlin and Sean F. Dinneen</i></p> <p>5 How to screen appropriately for Monogenic Diabetes
    <i>Adrian Vella</i></p> <p><b>PART II Initial Evaluation and Management of Diabetes</b></p> <p>6 Managing Gestational Diabetes During and After Pregnancy
    <i>Aoife M Egan, Fidelma P Dunne</i></p> <p>7 What is the role of self-monitoring in diabetes? Is there a role for postprandial glucose monitoring? How does continuous glucose monitoring integrate into clinical practice?
    <i>Rami Almokayyad and Robert Cuddihy</i></p> <p>8 Is HbA1c the most important therapeutic target in the outpatient management of diabetes?
    <i>Kristin Gonzales and Steven A. Smith</i></p> <p>9 Closed loop systems in type 1 diabetes</p> <p>10 Optimizing diet in patients with diabetes
    <i>Meera Shah</i></p> <p>11 Insulin sensitizers versus secretagogues as first-line therapy for diabetes: Rationale for clinical choice
    <i>Robert J. Richards, L. Yvonne Melendez-Ramirez, and William T. Cefalu</i></p> <p>12 Are insulin sensitizers useful additions to insulin therapy?
    <i>John W. Richard III and Philip Raskin</i></p> <p>13 Incretin-Based Therapy for the Management of Type 2 Diabetes
    <i>Kristin Gonzales & Adrian Vella</i></p> <p><b>Part III Diagnosis and Management of Cardiovascular Risk Factors and Cardiovascular Disease</b></p> <p>14 Screening asymptomatic patients with prediabetes and diabetes for cardiovascular disease</p> <p>15 Choosing medications for type 2 diabetes
    what weighting should be given to cardiovascular risk reduction?
    <i>Adrian Vella</i></p> <p>16 Choosing Medications for Weight Loss in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    <i>Shubhada Jagasia, Alexander J. Williams, Chase D. Hendrickson</i></p> <p>17 Are statins the optimal therapy for cardiovascular risk in patients with diabetes? What newer agents are there for the treatment for dyslipidemia in diabetes? Are triglycerides an important risk factor for diabetes?
    <i>Recie Davern, Timothy O'Brien</i></p> <p>18 New Agents for Treatment of Dyslipidemia
    <i>Vinaya Simha</i></p> <p>19 Surgery for weight management
    <i>Silvana Obici and Judith Korner</i></p> <p>20 Revascularization Strategies in Patients with Diabetes Mellitus and Ischemic Heart Disease
    <i>Madeline K. Mahowald, Chiam Leker Locker, Mandeep Singh, Robert L. Frye</i></p> <p><b>Part IV Management of Disease Complications </b></p> <p>21 Management of hyperglycemia in critical illness</p> <p>22 Diagnosis and management of ophthalmic complications of diabetes</p> <p>23 Upper Gastrointestinal Manifestations of Diabetes
    <i>Michael Camilleri</i></p> <p>Index</p>
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Roger Williams, Simon Taylor-Robinson.
    Contents:
    Hype or harm from fatty liver disease? / Stephen H Caldwell and Curt Argo
    Worldwide problem / Geoffrey Farrell and Philip Newsome
    Is insulin resistance the key motive for NAFLD? / Desmond Johnston
    Progression to cirrhosis is more likely in children with NAFLD? / Anil Dhawan
    NAFLD as cause of cryptogenic cirrhosis? / Jay Lefkowitch
    Is NAFLD different in absence of metabolic syndrome? / Yusuf Yilmaz
    Occurrence of noncirrhotic HCC in NAFLD / Stephen Harrison and Dawn Torres
    Fibrosis progression molecular pathways all important? / Anna-Mae Diehl and Dr Wing-Kin Syn
    Can fatty liver of NAFLD be distinguished from that of alcoholic liver disease? / David Kleiner and Elizabeth Brunt
    Are inflammasomes and intestinal microbiota relevant in disease progression to NASH? / M. Bilal Siddiqui, M. Shadab Siddiqui and Arun Sanyal
    Can genetic influence in non-alcoholic fatty liver disease be ignored? / Quentin Anstee
    Is there a mechanistic link between hepatic steatosis and cardiac rather than liver events? / Soo Lim
    Is there a best method for diagnosis of NAFLD? / Vlad Ratziu
    Choice of non-invasive blood tests and FibroScan / Massimo Pinzani and Manolis Tsocatzis
    Are the guidelines AASLD, IASL, EASL and BSG of help? / Jean-Francois Dufour
    How to choose from different imaging modalities and screening techniques / Hero Hussain
    Are the pros outweighed by the cons of obtaining a liver biopsy? / Simon Taylor-Robinson and Jeremy Cobbold
    Screening for NAFLD in high risk population / Nader Lessan
    Balancing calorie restriction, exercise and weight reduction / Nicholas Finer
    Should physicians be prescribing, or patients self-medicating with Orlistat, vitamin E, vitamin D, insulin antagonist, Trental and coffee? / Brent Neuschwander-Tetri and Haripriya Maddur
    Does improvement in hepatic steatosis have a significant favourable effect on the metabolic syndrome, including diabetes? / Jukka Westerbacka
    What are the dangers as well as the true benefits of bariatric surgery? / Andrew Jenkinson
    Liver transplantation : what can it offer? / Roger Williams
    Molecular antagonists, leptin or other hormones in supplementing environmental factors? / Jeremy Tomlinson
    Use of antifibrotic agents in clinical practice / Jonathan Fallowfield
    Better understanding of early development and material influence? / Jude Oben
    Defining the role of metabolic physician / Nicholas Finer.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Myron A. Pozniak, Paul L. Allan.
    Summary: Clinical Doppler Ultrasound offers an accessible, comprehensive introduction and overview of the major applications of Doppler ultrasound and their role in patient management. The new edition of this medical reference book discusses everything you need to know to take full advantage of this powerful modality, from anatomy, scanning, and technique, to normal and abnormal findings and their interpretation. It presents just the right amount of Doppler ultrasonography information in a compact, readable format! Make the most informed Doppler imaging decisions possible by gaining a thorough understanding of the advantages and disadvantages of using Doppler ultrasound, as well as the basic principles behind its techniques and technologies.Acquire optimal images and avoid errors with the help of detailed protocols and high-quality, full-color illustrations throughout.

    Contents:
    Physics: Principles, Practice and Artefacts
    Haemodynamics and Blood Flow
    The Carotid and Vertebral Arteries; Transcranial Colour Doppler
    The Peripheral Arteries
    The Peripheral Veins
    The Aorta and Inferior Vena Cava
    Haemodialysis Access
    The Liver
    The Kidneys
    Solid Organ Transplantation
    Doppler Imaging of the Prostate
    Doppler Ultrasound of the Penis
    Doppler Imaging of the Scrotum
    Doppler Ultrasound of the Female Pelvis
    Clinical Applications of Doppler Ultrasound in Obstetrics
    Interventional and Intraoperative Doppler
    Microbubble Ultrasound Contrast Agents
    Appendix: System Controls and Their Uses.
  • Digital
    Bruno Pinamonti, Gianfranco Sinagra, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the role of basic and advanced imaging techniques in the diagnosis of different types of cardiomyopathy, including dilated cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, restrictive cardiomyopathy, arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy and infiltrative/storage cardiomyopathies. While the main focus is on echocardiography, the applications of cardiac magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography are also described. Throughout, a clinically oriented approach is employed: detailed attention is paid to differential diagnosis and numerous high-quality images depict the main features of the various types of cardiomyopathy. Consideration is also given to the genetics of cardiomyopathies, with analysis of genotype-phenotype relationships. Finally, the potential value of imaging in prognostic assessment and in guiding treatment is described.

    Contents:
    PART I CARDIOMYOPATHIES 1 Cardiomyopathies: Clinical relevance, epidemiology, definition and classification
    2 Genetics: Genotype/phenotype correlations in cardiomyopathies
    3 Role of basic and advanced imaging in cardiomyopathies
    PART II DILATED CARDIOMIOPATHY 4 Dilated Cardiomyopathy: Clinical assessment and differential diagnosis
    5 Basic echocardiography in dilated cardiomyopathy
    6 Advanced echocardiographic technologies in dilated cardiomyopathy
    7 Other imaging techniques in dilated cardiomyopathy
    8 Dilated cardiomyopathy: Usefulness of imaging in prognostic stratification and choice of treatment
    PART III HYPERTROPHIC CARDIOMYOPATHY
    9 Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy: Clinical assessment and differential diagnosis
    10 Basic echocardiography in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    11 Advanced echocardiographic technologies in cypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    12 Other imaging techniques in the assessment of hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    13 Usefulness of imaging in prognostic stratification and choice of treatment in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    PART IV ARRHYTHMOGENIC RIGHT VENTRICULAR CARDIOMYOPATHY 14 Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy: Clinical assessment and differential diagnosis
    15 Basic echocardiography in Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy
    16 Advanced echocardiographic technologies in Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy
    17 Other imaging techniques in the assessment of arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy
    18 Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy: Usefulness of imaging in prognostic stratification and choice of treatment
    PART V RESTRICTIVE, INFILTRATIVE/STORAGE AND OTHER CARDIOMYOPATHIES 19 Restrictive Cardiomyopathy: Clinical assessment and imaging in diagnosis and patient management
    20 Infiltrative/Storage Cardiomyopathies: Clinical assessment and imaging in diagnosis and patient management
    21 Other Cardiomyopathies: Clinical assessment and imaging in diagnosis and patient management.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Antoni Bayés de Luna, Miquel Fiol-Sala, Antoni Bayés-Genís, Adrián Baranchuk ; with contributions from Roberto Elosua, Manuel Martínez-Sellés.
    Summary: "In this book, the reader will find what we call the "Bayes' spirit". We have updated some chapters and references, but we have followed the way Antoni teaches. This is the "magic" of this book. Chapter after chapter, you will immerse into the Universe of a unique man and scientist. You will understand his approach to "active" and "passive" arrhythmias, you will enjoy his definitions, repetitions, and perspective of multiple aspects of human cardiac electricity"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    Oriano Mecarelli, editor.
    Summary: This book describes the developments and improvements in electroencephalography (EEG). In recent years, digital technology has replaced analog equipments, and it is now possible to easily record and store EEG tracings and to quickly recall previously acquired material for subsequent analysis. In addition, not only static figures, but also electronic supplementary materials can be included in books, enabling EEGs to be viewed in real-time. In clinical practice, EEG still represents the most important functional examination in the study CNS development and its anatomical and physiological integrity throughout life. In the pathological context, EEG provides indispensable diagnostic information for classification of epileptic syndromes, and it is also valuable in all the other CNS diseases (infectious, cerebrovascular, neurodegenerative, etc). Furthermore, monitoring EEG can be widely used in emergency settings, such as emergency departments or intensive care units. In comatose patients, EEG provides information regarding prognosis and evaluation of the sedative effect of anesthetic drugs. Written by a group of leading national and international experts, it offers a substantial, yet practical, EEG compendium, which serves as a reference resource for physicians and neurodiagnostic technologists as well as physicians-in-training, researchers, practicing electroencephalographers and students.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I. Technical Aspects and Normal EEG Patterns
    History of EEG
    Neurophysiological Basis of EEG
    Electrodes and Montages
    Acquisition of EEG signals
    Computed Analysis of EEG signals
    Organization of EEG Laboratory
    Artifacts
    Normal wake EEG
    Normal sleep EEG
    Neonatal Normal EEG
    Pathological and unusual EEG Pattern
    Activation Procedures
    Polygraphic techniques
    Polygraphic investigations and back-averaging techniques
    Ambulatory EEG
    Video Electroencephalography
    Invasive EEG
    High Density-EEG, MEG and Electromagnetic Source Imaging
    Simultaneous registration of EEG and fMRI
    Part II. Pathological EEG Patterns
    Neonatal pathological Patterns
    Early-onset Epileptic Encephalopathies
    Epileptic Encephalopathies of Infancy and Childhood
    Focal "Idiopathic" Epilepsies of infancy
    Focal Epilepsies non age-related by various etiology
    Generalized Genetic Epilepsies
    Reflex Epilepsies
    Photosensitivity and Epilepsy
    Febrile seizures and Febrile SE
    Pediatric Status Epilepticus
    Status Epilepticus in Adults
    Cromosomopathy and Cortical Malformations
    Paroxysmal Nonepileptic seizures
    Sleep Diseases
    Craniocerebral Trauma
    Cerebral Tumors
    Cerebrovascular Disease
    Cerebral inflammatory-infective Disease
    Aging and Degenerative disorders
    Systemic and Dismetabolic Disorders
    Headache
    Psychiatric Disorders
    Effects on EEG of Drugs and Toxic Substances
    Coma and Brain Death
    Emergency EEG and Neuromonitoring in Surgery Room and ICU.-Appendix
    Glossary and EEG Reports.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert Carachi, Sameh Helmi Edward Doss, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive atlas is unique in combining information on the embryological development of the human with detailed presentation of the congenital malformations encountered in clinical practice. As a consequence it will not only assist practitioners and trainees in recognizing and evaluating malformations, but also enable them to understand how a malformation has developed and to explain the mystery of congenital malformations to relatives and patients. The book is organized according to anatomic region, with additional chapters on hernias, tumors, lymphogenesis and lymphatic malformations. According to WHO statistics, each year congenital anomalies result in approximately 3.2 million birth defect-related disabilities worldwide. All too often, however, training in embryology is now a neglected area, and medical graduates frequently lack confidence in their knowledge of the field. Clinical Embryology: An Atlas of Congenital Malformations will help to rectify this deficit and to ensure that malformations are comprehended and managed appropriately. It will be of value for postgraduate trainees in pediatric surgery, pediatrics, and neonatology, undergraduate medical students, and general practitioners/family physicians.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Scott C. Sherman, Joseph M. Weber, Michael A. Schindlbeck, Rahul G. Patwari.
    Summary: This text distills the entire content of the emergency medicine curriculum into less than one hundred succinct, clinically relevant chapters. This unique book is intended to guide you through what you must know and be able to do during an actual shift and give you a better understanding of the issues and problems you will face while working in the Emergency Department. Featuring a consistent, find-it-now design, Clinical Emergency Medicine delivers concise, must-know information on ninety-eight chief complaints and disorders, ranging from asthma and chest pain to fever and poisoning. Each chapter begins with Key Points, followed by an Introduction, Clinical Presentation, Diagnostic Studies, Medical Decision Making, Treatment and Disposition, and Suggested Reading. Whenever possible, the authors provide practical advice on drug dosing, the medical decision-making thought process, treatment plans, and dispositions that will be of value in a clinical environment. Numerous diagnostic algorithms simplify the problem and point you towards a solution.

    Contents:
    I. Common Procedures
    1.Incision and Drainage
    2.Arterial Blood Gas
    3.Central Venous Access
    4.Procedural Sedation
    5.Lumbar Puncture
    6.Laceration Repair
    7.Needle and Tube Thoracostomy
    8.Introduction to Emergency Ultrasonography
    II. Resuscitation
    9.Emergency Medical Services
    10.Cardiopulmonary Arrest
    11.Airway Management
    12.Shock
    III. Cardiovascular Emergencies
    13.Chest Pain
    14.Acute Coronary Syndromes
    15.Congestive Heart Failure
    16.Dysrhythmias
    17.Aortic Dissection
    18.Hypertensive Emergencies
    19.Syncope
    IV.Pulmonary Emergencies
    20.Dyspnea
    21.Asthma
    22.Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    23.Pneumonia
    24.Pneumothorax
    25.Pulmonary Embolism
    V. Abdominal Emergencies
    26.Acute Abdominal Pain
    27.Appendicitis
    28.Acute Cholecystitis
    29.Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    30.Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    31.Intestinal Obstruction
    32.Mesenteric Ischemia
    VI. Infectious Disease Emergencies
    33.Fever
    34.Sepsis
    35.Meningitis and Encephalitis
    36.Soft Tissue Infections
    37.Human Immunodeficiency Virus
    38.Blood and Body Fluid Exposure
    VII. Genitourinary Emergencies
    39.Nephrolithiasis
    40.Urinary Tract Infections
    41.Testicular Torsion
    42.Penile Disorders
    VIII. Obstetrics/Gynecologic Emergencies
    43.Vaginal Bleeding
    44.Vaginal Discharge
    45.Preeclampsia and Eclampsia
    46.Emergency Delivery
    IX.Pediatric Emergencies
    47.The Pediatric Patient
    48.Pediatric Fever
    49.Respiratory Distress
    50.Abdominal Pain
    51.Dehydration
    52.Otitis Media
    53.Pharyngitis
    X. Toxicology
    54.The Poisoned Patient
    55.Toxic Alcohols
    56.Acetaminophen Toxicity
    57.Salicylate Toxicity
    58.Carbon Monoxide Poisoning
    59.Digoxin
    60.Cyclic Antidepressants
    XI. Environmental Emergencies
    61.Hypothermia
    62.Cold-Induced Tissue Injuries
    63.Heat-Related Illness
    64.Drowning Incidents
    65.Envenomation
    XII. Metabolic/Endocrine Emergencies
    66.Diabetic Emergencies
    67.Potassium Disorders
    68.Thyroid Emergencies
    69.Adrenal Emergencies
    XIII. Hematologic/Oncologic Emergencies
    70.Oncologic Emergencies
    71.Sickle Cell Emergencies
    72.Transfusion Reactions
    73.Anticoagulant Therapy and Its Complications
    XIV.HEENT Emergencies
    74.Slit Lamp Examination
    75.Red Eye
    76.Acute Visual Loss
    77.Epistaxis
    78.Dental Emergencies
    XV.Neurologic Emergencies
    79.Altered Mental Status
    80.Headache
    81.Dizziness
    82.Cerebrovascular Accident
    83.Seizures and Status Epilepticus
    XVI. Trauma
    84.Trauma Principles
    85.Head Injuries
    86.Cervical Spine Injuries
    87.Thoracic Trauma
    88.Abdominal Trauma
    89.Burns
    XVII. Orthopedic Emergencies
    90.Upper Extremity Injuries
    91.Lower Extremity Injuries
    92.Low Back Pain
    93.Compartment Syndromes
    94.Septic Arthritis
    95.Splinting
    XVIII. Dermatologic Emergencies
    96.Life-Threatening Dermatoses
    97.Allergic Reactions
    XIX.Psychiatric Emergencies
    98.Approach to the Psychiatric Patient.
  • Digital
    edited by Patrick S. Parfrey, Brendan J. Barrett.
    Contents:
    On framing the research question and choosing the appropriate research design / Patrick S. Parfrey and Pietro Ravani
    Research ethics for clinical researchers / John D. Harnett and Richard Neuman
    Definitions of bias in clinical research / Geoffrey Warden
    Longitudinal studies 1 : determination of risk / Sean W. Murphy
    Longitudinal studies 2 : modeling data using multivariate analysis / Pietro Ravani, Brendan J. Barrett, and Patrick S. Parfrey
    Longitudinal studies 3 : data modeling using standard regression models and extensions / Pietro Ravani, Brendan J. Barrett, and Patrick S. Parfrey
    Longitudinal studies 4 : matching strategies to evaluate risk / Matthew T. James
    Longitudinal studies 5 : development of risk prediction models for patients with chronic disease / Navdeep Tangri and Claudio Rigatto
    Randomized controlled trials 1 : design / Bryan M. Curtis, Brendan J. Barrett, and Patrick S. Parfrey
    Randomized controlled trials 2 : analysis / Robert N. Foley
    Randomized controlled trials 3 : measurement and analysis of patient-reported outcomes / Michelle M. Richardson, Megan E. Grobert, and Klemens B. Meyer
    Randomized controlled trials 4 : biomarkers and surrogate outcomes / Claudio Rigatto and Brendan J. Barrett
    Randomized controlled trials 5 : determining the sample size and power for clinical trials and cohort studies / Tom Greene
    Randomized controlled trials 6 : on contamination and estimating the actual treatment effect / Patrick S. Parfrey
    Randomized controlled trials 7 : analysis and interpretation of quality-of-life scores / Robert N. Foley and Patrick S. Parfrey
    Randomized controlled trials : planning, monitoring, and execution / Elizabeth Hatfield, Elizabeth Dicks, and Patrick S. Parfrey
    Evaluation of diagnostic tests / John M. Fardy and Brendan J. Barrett
    Qualitative research in clinical epidemiology / Deborah M. Gregory and Christine Y. Way
    Health economics in clinical research / Braden J. Manns
    Clinical genetic research 1 : bias / Susan Stuckless and Patrick S. Parfrey
    Clinical genetic research 2 : genetic epidemiology of complex phenotypes / Darren D. O'Rielly and Proton Rahman
    Clinical genetic research 3 : genetics ELSI (ethical, legal, and social issues) research / Daryl Pullman and Holly Etchegary
    Evidence-based decision-making 1 : critical appraisal / Laurie K. Twells
    Evidence-based decision-making 2: systematic reviews and meta-analysis / Aminu Bello, Natasha Wiebe, Amit Garg, and Marcello Tonelli
    Evidence-based decision-making 3 : health technology assessment / Daria O'Reilly [and 6 others]
    Evidence-based decision-making 4: development and limitations of clinical practice guidelines / Bruce Culleton
    Evidence-based decision-making 5 : translational research / Deborah M. Gregory and Laurie K. Twells
    Evidence-based decision-making 6 : utilization of administrative databases for health services research / Tanvir Turin Chowdhury and Brenda Hemmelgarn
    Evidence-based decision-making 7: knowledge translation / Braden J. Manns
    Evidence-based decision-making 8 : health policy, a primer for researchers / Victor Maddalena.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Robert H. Fletcher, Suzanne W. Fletcher, Grant S. Fletcher.
    Summary: Now in its Fifth Edition, a comprehensive, concise, and clinically oriented introduction to the subject of epidemiology. Written by expert educators, this text introduces students to the principles of evidence-based medicine that will help them develop and apply methods of clinical observation in order to form accurate conclusions. The Fifth Edition includes more complete coverage of systematic reviews and knowledge management, as well as other key topics such as abnormality, diagnosis, frequency and risk, prognosis, treatment, prevention, chance, studying cases and cause.

    Contents:
    Frequency
    Abnormality
    Risk : basic principles
    Risk : exposure to disease
    Risk : disease to exposure
    Prognosis
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Prevention
    Chance
    Cause
    Summarizing the evidence
    Knowledge management.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (Medical Education)
  • Digital
    Grant S. Fletcher.
    Summary: "This book is for clinicians-physicians, nurses, physicians' assistants, psychologists, veterinarians, and others who care for patients-who want to understand for themselves the strength of the information base for their clinical decisions"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    -- Frequency
    Abnormality
    Diagnosis
    Risk: Basic Principles
    Risk: Exposure to Disease
    Risk: From Disease to Exposure
    Prognosis
    Treatment
    Prevention
    Chance
    Cause
    Summarizing the Evidence
    Knowledge Management
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (Medical Education)
  • Digital
    Yingze Zhang ; with contributions by Yanling Su, Wei Chen, Juan Wang, Jiandong Hao.
    Contents:
    General information
    Fractures of the humerus
    Fractures of the ulna and radius
    Fractures of the femur
    Fractures of the tibia & fibula
    Fractures of spine
    Fractures of the pelvic ring and acetabulum
    Fractures of the hand
    Fractures of the foot
    Fractures of other locations.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2016
  • Digital
    Yingze Zhang
    Summary: Unique resource provides foundation for worldwide prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of orthopaedic fractures Clinical Epidemiology of Orthopaedic Trauma, Third Edition by renowned orthopaedic surgeon and researcher Yingze Zhang and an impressive cadre of contributors expands on the widely acclaimed prior editions. Leveraging an epidemiological database with the distinction of being the largest domestic and foreign sample volume of orthopaedic trauma, this remarkable book expands on the epidemiology of fractures in China, with national incidence rates new to this edition. It offers a wealth

    Contents:
    Clinical Epidemiology of Orthopaedic Trauma
    Title Page
    Copyright
    Dedication
    Contents
    Foreword by Liming Li
    Foreword by Guixing Qiu
    Foreword by Robert D. D'Ambrosia
    Foreword by Roy W. Sanders
    Preface
    Welcome to the Third Edition
    Acknowledgments
    Contributors
    How to Use This Book
    1. Introduction to Clinical Epidemiology of Orthopaedic Trauma
    Fractures Overview
    Fracture Classification
    Bones
    Segments
    Types
    Group and Subgroup
    Epidemiological Investigation and Analysis of Traumatic Fractures Incidence in China
    Methods The Content and Method of this Investigation
    Quality Control and Evaluation
    Data Statistics and Analysis
    Epidemiological Study of Fractures
    Incidence of Sex-Specific Fractures
    Fracture Location
    Fractures in Children
    Suggested Readings
    2. Fractures of the Humerus
    Overview of Humeral Fractures
    Anatomic Features
    AO Classification and Coding System for Humeral Fractures
    Epidemiologic Features of Humeral Fractures in the China National Fracture Study
    Humeral Fractures by Sex in CNFS
    Humeral Fractures by Injury Side in CNFS Humeral Fractures by Age Group and Sex in CNFS
    Humeral Fractures by Location in CNFS
    Humeral Fractures by Causal Mechanisms in CNFS
    Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Humeral Fractures
    Humeral Fractures by Sex
    Humeral Fractures by Injured Side
    Humeral Fractures by Age Group and Sex
    Humeral Fractures by Location
    Proximal Humeral Fractures (Segment 11)
    Anatomic Features
    AO Classification of Proximal Humeral Fractures
    Clinical Epidemiological Features of Proximal Humeral Fractures (Segment 11)
    Injury Mechanism
    Diagnosis
    Treatment Humeral Shaft Fractures (Segment 12)
    Anatomic Features
    AO Classification for Humeral Shaft Fractures
    Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Humeral Shaft Fractures (Segment 12)
    Injury Mechanism
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Distal Humeral Fractures (Segment 13)
    Anatomical Features
    AO Classification of Distal Humeral Fractures
    Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Distal Humeral Fractures (Segment 13)
    Injury Mechanism
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Other Classifications of Humeral Fractures
    The Neer Classification of Proximal Humeral Fractures Classification of Humeral Fractures by Fracture Location
    Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Medial Humeral Condylar Fractures
    Suggested Readings
    3. Fractures of the Ulna and Radius
    Overview of Ulnar and Radial Fractures
    Anatomic Features
    AO Classification and Coding System for Fractures of Ulna and Radius
    Epidemiologic Features of Radial/Ulnar Fractures in the China National Fracture Study
    Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Radial/Ulnar Fractures
    Proximal Radial/Ulnar Fractures (Segment 21)
    Anatomic Features
    AO Classification of Proximal Radial/Ulnar Fractures
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2021
  • Digital
    Luke B. Hesson, Antonia L. Pritchard, editors.
    Summary: In genetic pathology, epigenetic testing is rare and under utilised. In this book, we introduce epigenetics to a non-expert scientific audience and describe current and future clinical utility of epigenetic testing. By focussing on epigenetics in human disease this book will guide professionals (scientists and clinicians) to understand how epigenetics is relevant in a clinical context, and to implement epigenetic testing in diagnostic laboratories. The book begins with a historical perspective of genetics and epigenetics and describes the work of pioneers who have helped shape these fields. The various mechanisms by which epigenetics can regulate the function of the genome is described. These include DNA methylation, histone modifications, histone variants, nucleosome positioning, cis-regulatory elements, non-coding RNAs and the three-dimensional organisation of chromatin in the nucleus. These are discussed in the context of embryological development, cancer and imprinting disorders, and include examples of epigenetic changes that can be used in diagnosis, prediction of therapeutic response, prognostication or disease monitoring. Finally, for those wishing to implement epigenetic testing in a diagnostic setting, the book includes a case study that illustrates the clinical utility of epigenetic testing.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Epigenetics: A Lay Description; Epigenetics: A Scientific Description; Contents; About the Editors;
    1: Genetics and Epigenetics: A Historical Overview; 1.1 The Early Origins of Genetics; 1.2 Discovery of DNA; 1.3 Early Characterisation of DNA; 1.4 Discovering That Genes Are Made of DNA; 1.5 The Birth and Evolution of Epigenetics; 1.6 The Double Helix Structure of DNA; 1.7 The Discovery of DNA Methylation; 1.8 The X-Chromosome and Its Unique Place in Genetics and Epigenetics; 1.9 Heritability of DNA Methylation; 1.10 Genomic Imprinting; 1.11 Why Do Genes Become Imprinted? 1.12 How Do Genes Become Imprinted?1.13 Histones, Nucleosomes and Chromatin Structure; 1.14 Cancer Epigenetics; 1.15 A Molecular Definition of the Term `Gene;́ 1.16 CpG Islands; 1.17 How Does DNA Methylation Cause Transcriptional Silencing?; 1.18 Epigenomics; 1.19 Key Milestones in Genetics and Epigenetics; 1.20 Key Discoveries; References;
    2: The DNA Methylation Machinery; 2.1 DNA Methylation/Methylcytosine; 2.2 Readers of Methylcytosine: DNA Methylation and Gene Expression; 2.2.1 Methyl-CpG-Binding Domain Proteins (MBD); 2.3 Writers of Methylcytosine: DNA Methyltransferases (DNMTs) 2.3.1 The Function of DNMTs: Maintenance Methylation2.3.2 The Function of DNMTs: Establishment of DNA Methylation; 2.3.3 CpG Islands; 2.4 Erasers of Methylcytosine; 2.4.1 Regulation of DNA Demethylation by TET Enzymes; 2.5 Conclusion; References;
    3: 5-Methylcytosine and Its Oxidized Derivatives; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 DNA Methyltransferases; 3.3 The Function of 5-Methylcytosine; 3.4 Mutations in DNMT1; 3.5 Mutations in DNMT3A; 3.6 Mutations in DNMT3B; 3.7 5-Methylcytosine-Binding Proteins; 3.8 5-Methylcytosine Oxidases, the TET Proteins 3.9 Biological Role of 5-Hydroxymethylcytosine in Development and Disease3.10 Mutations in TET2; 3.11 Proteins That Bind to Oxidized 5-Methylcytosine Derivatives; References;
    4: The Role of Nucleosomes in Epigenetic Gene Regulation; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Role of the Nucleosome; 4.2.1 Nucleosome Remodelling; 4.2.2 Variant Nucleosomes; 4.3 Histone Post-Translational Modifications; 4.3.1 Histone Acetylation; 4.3.2 Histone Methylation; 4.4 DNA Methylation; 4.5 Transcription Regulation; 4.5.1 Promoters; 4.5.1.1 Histone Modifications at Promoters; 4.5.1.2 Histone Variants at Promoters 4.5.1.3 Nucleosome Positioning at Promoters4.5.1.4 DNA Methylation at Promoters; 4.5.1.5 Promoter Nucleosomes and Cancer; 4.5.2 Enhancers; 4.5.2.1 Histone Modifications at Enhancers; 4.5.2.2 Nucleosome Positioning at Enhancers; 4.5.2.3 DNA Methylation at Enhancers; 4.5.3 Gene Bodies; 4.5.3.1 Histone Modifications at Gene Bodies; 4.5.3.2 Nucleosome Positioning at Gene Bodies; 4.5.3.3 DNA Methylation at Gene Bodies; 4.5.4 Bivalent Chromatin; 4.5.4.1 Bivalent Promoters; 4.5.4.2 Bivalent Enhancers; 4.5.5 Nucleosome Asymmetry; 4.6 Future Directions; 4.7 Concluding Remarks; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Albert R. Jonsen, PhD, Professor Emeritus of Ethics in Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington, Senior Ethics Scholar in Residence, California Pacific Medical Center, San Francisco, California, Mark Siegler, MD, Lindy Bergman Distinguished Service Professor of Medicine and Surgery, Director, MacLean Center for Clinical Medical Ethics, Executive Director, Bucksbaum Institute for Clinical Excellence, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois, William J. Winslade, PhD, JD, James Wade Rockwell Professor of Philosophy in Medicine, Institute for the Medical Humanities, Professor of Psychiatry and Preventive Medicine and Community Health, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, Texas.
    Summary: This book teaches healthcare providers how to effectively identify, evaluate, and resolve ethical issues in clinical medicine. By applying the methods suggested in this book to the circumstances of their actual clinical cases, physicians can give structure to the often confusing facts of the case and propose reasonable options for resolving problems. -- Publisher description.

    Contents:
    Medical indications
    Preferences of patients
    Quality of life
    Contextual features.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPharmacy
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Albert R. Jonsen, Mark Siegler, William J. Winslade, Ruchika Mishra.
    Summary: "This book is about the ethical issues that clinicians encounter as they care for patients and is written to assist those who serve on hospital ethics committees as they deliberate about appropriate action in difficult ethical cases"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Medical indications
    Preferences of patients
    Quality of life
    Contextual features.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessPharmacy
  • Digital
    Joseph T. Bertino.
    Summary: This book provides a robust analysis of the history of clinical ethics, the philosophical theories that support its practice, and the practical institutional criteria needed to become a practicing clinical ethicist. Featuring cases and a step-by-step approach, this book combines knowledge points associated with moral philosophy and medicine with general skill objectives for ethics consultants. The book aids in developing analytic moral reasoning skills for clinical ethicists, fostering the comprehensive education and professional development of clinical ethics consultants. In addition, it offers key components of how an ethics consultation curriculum manifest in an educational venue for clinical ethicists are illustrated. Adaptable and relevant for educating multiple disciplines in health care, this resource enables ethicists to understand the philosophical foundations and practical application of clinical ethics.

    Contents:
    1. A Philosophical Justification for Normative Ethics in Clinical Ethics and Medicine
    2. Methods & Standards of Clinical Ethics Consultation
    3. Moral Reasoning, Ethics Facilitation & Virtue
    4. Organizational Ethics and Residency Requirements for Clinical Ethics Consultation
    5. Concluding Remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Nicholas Talley, Simon O'Connor.
    Summary: "This book addresses the core principles and clinical skills that underpin diagnosis for safe, effective medical practice and breaks down each body system into a logical framework focusing on the history, clinical examination and correlation between physical signs and disease for each system." -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Volume 1 A systematic guide to physical diagnosis
    Volume 2 A guide to specialty examinations.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Martin W. Dünser, Daniel Dankl, Sirak Petros, Mervyn Mer, editors.
    Summary: This well-illustrated book provides detailed guidance on all aspects of physical examination in patients requiring emergency or intensive care. After an introductory section covering basic principles and the recognition of pre-terminal signs, the approach to examination of individual organ systems is clearly explained. Examination schemes are then presented for particular conditions or settings, including respiratory distress, shock, neurological disease, trauma, suspected infection, and cardiac arrest. The skill of physical examination has become the forgotten art of medicine in both undergraduate and postgraduate studies. Furthermore, most books on the topic have so far focused on examination practices applicable to non-critically ill patients. In emergency and intensive care medicine, however, a different approach and sometimes also different examination techniques are required due to the life-threatening disease process. In summarizing knowledge and providing guidance on physical examination in this specific subgroup of patients, this book will meet the needs of all physicians and allied health care professionals involved in the care of critically ill patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Joel I. Hamburger.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Thyroid disease.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC58 .H29
    1
  • Digital
    Robert J. Esther, editor.
    Summary: Musculoskeletal (MSK) disorders have a high prevalence and are one of the main reasons for patients to consult with a provider. For a range of issues from injury to back pain to rheumatic disease, musculoskeletal pathology is the second most common reason for a patient to see a primary care provider. However, despite their prevalence and significant socioeconomic impact, musculoskeletal disorders are relatively undertaught in medical schools in the United States. While all medical, nursing and physician assistant students receive exposure to some MSK content, in many medical schools this material does not receive curricular exposure commensurate with its prevalence. This practical textbook fills in that gap. All aspects of musculoskeletal disease and its management are presented concisely for quick reference and review, with each chapter opening with clear goals and objectives. The text begins with a discussion of the anatomy and physiology of bone, cartilage and muscle, including imaging techniques and interpretation. Musculoskeletal infections, tumors and vascular conditions are then covered, along with common rheumatic conditions such as rheumatoid and osteoarthritis, metabolic bone disease, and age-specific and traumatic conditions. Finally, the upper and lower extremity and spine are thoroughly discussed in terms of anatomy/pathoanatomy, common clinical conditions, physical exam, and common radiographic and clinical correlations. The main audience for Clinical Foundations of Musculoskeletal Medicine is medical students seeking to improve their understanding of common musculoskeletal conditions. Given the relevance of musculoskeletal conditions to a range of providers, this book can also be used for the musculoskeletal education of allied professionals such as physician assistants (PA) and nurse practitioner students. It could likewise serve as a resource for practicing medical professionals to develop and enhance their knowledge in this content area.

    Contents:
    Part I. Principles of Musculoskeletal Health and Disease
    Incidence and Prevalence of Musculoskeletal Disease
    Musculoskeletal Tissues and Anatomy
    Introduction to Musculoskeletal.-Imaging
    Basic Bone Metabolism
    Principles of Diagnosis and Treatment of Bone Remodeling Disorders
    Principles of Diagnosis and Treatment of Osteomalacia
    Principles of Diagnosis and Treatment of Osteoporosis
    Part II. Rheumatic Diseases
    Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Osteoarthritis
    Seronegative Spondyloarthropathies
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Crystalline Arthropathy
    Part III. Musculoskeletal Infection, Vascular and Neoplastic Diseases
    Microbes in Bone and Joint Infections
    Principles of Musculoskeletal Infections
    Vascular Disorders of Bone
    Bone Tumors
    Soft Tissue Tumors
    Part IV. Musculoskeletal Trauma and Rehabilitation
    Systemic Response to Trauma
    Principles of Musculoskeletal Fracture Care
    Rehabilitation of Musculoskeletal Injuries
    Management of Musculoskeletal Pain
    Part V. Clinical Conditions of the Musculoskeletal System
    Common Pediatric Conditions and Evaluation of the Limping Child
    Common Clinical Conditions of the Spine
    Low Back Pain
    Common Clinical Conditions of the Shoulder
    Common Clinical Conditions of the Elbow
    Common Clinical Conditions of the Hand and Wrist
    Common Clinical Conditions of the Hip
    Common Clinical Conditions of the Knee
    Common Clinical Conditions of the Foot and Ankle.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Christoph Stippich, editor ; with contributions by M. Blatow ... [and others] ; foreword by K. Sartor.
    Summary: The second, revised edition of this successful textbook provides an up-to-date description of the use of preoperative functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) in patients with brain tumors and epilepsies. State of the art fMRI procedures are presented, with detailed consideration of practical aspects, imaging and data processing, normal and pathological findings, and diagnostic possibilities and limitations. Relevant information on brain physiology, functional neuroanatomy, imaging technique, and methodology is provided by recognized experts in these fields. Compared with the first edition, chapters have been updated to reflect the latest developments and in particular the current use of diffusion tensor imaging (DTI) and resting-state fMRI. Entirely new chapters are included on resting-state presurgical fMRI and the role of DTI and tractography in brain tumor surgery. Further chapters address multimodality functional neuroimaging, brain plasticity, and pitfalls, tips, and tricks. The book is designed to be of value to beginners, trained clinicians, and experts alike.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Presurgical fMRI and DTI
    Visualisation of Brain Activity and White Matter Structure using fMRI and DTI
    Functional Neuroanatomy
    Task-based presurgical fMRI in Patients with Brain Tumors
    Resting-state presurgical fMRI
    Presurgical fMRI in Epilepsy
    DTI and tractography for brain tumor surgery
    Functional Neuronavigation
    Validity of Presurgical Functional Localisation
    Multimodality in Functional Neuroimaging
    Brain Plasticity in fMRI & DTI.-Clinical BOLD fMRI & DTI : Artifacts, Tips and Tricks. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Christoph Stippich, editor.
    Summary: The third, revised edition of this successful book describes up-to-date preoperative fMRI and complementary advanced imaging methods (DTI, MEG, PET, etc.) to diagnose and treat patients with brain tumors and epilepsy. It presents the state of the art fMRI and complementary imaging procedures and discusses practical aspects, imaging and data processing steps, normal and pathological findings, and diagnostic possibilities and limitations. Experts in the field explain relevant information on brain physiology, functional neuroanatomy, and imaging techniques. All chapters of the second edition have been fully updated to reflect the latest developments. Multimodality functional neuroimaging was rewritten by new authors. Further chapters address brain plasticity, and pitfalls, tips, and tricks. .

    Contents:
    Presurgical Functional MRI and Diffusion Tensor Imaging
    Revealing Brain Activity and White Matter Structure Using Functional and Diffusion-Weighted Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Functional Neuroanatomy
    Task-Based Presurgical Functional MRI in Patients with Brain Tumors
    Presurgical Resting-State fMRI
    Simultaneous EEG-fMRI in Epilepsy
    Diffusion Imaging with MR Tractography for Brain Tumor Surgery
    Functional Neuronavigation
    Presurgical Functional Localization
    Multimodality in Functional Neuroimaging
    Brain Plasticity in fMRI and DTI
    Clinical BOLD fMRI and DTI: Artifacts, Tips, and Tricks.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Vinay Chandrasekhara, B. Joseph Elmunzer, Mouen A. Khashab, V. Raman Muthusamy.
    Contents:
    Section I: Equipment and general principles of endoscopy. The history of gastrointestinal endoscopy
    Setting up an endoscopy facility
    How endoscopes work
    Cleaning and disinfecting gastrointestinal endoscopy equipment
    Tissue sampling, specimen handling, and chromoendoscopy
    Electrosurgery in therapeutic endoscopy
    Sedation and monitoring in endoscopy
    Patient preparation and pharmacotherapeutic considerations
    Bowel preparation for colonoscopy
    Reporting, documentation, and risk management
    Small-caliber endoscopy
    Postsurgical endoscopic anatomy
    Endoscopic simulators
    Section II: Luminal gastrointestinal disorders. Part 1: Gastrointestinal bleeding
    Nonvariceal upper gastrointestinal bleeding
    Portal hypertensive bleeding
    Lower gastrointestinal bleeding
    Mid-gut gastrointestinal bleeding
    Occult and unexplained chronic gastrointestinal bleeding
    Part 2: Esophageal Disorders. Esophageal motility disorders
    Endoscopic diagnosis and management of Zenker's diverticula
    Benign esophageal strictures
    Ingested foreign objects and food bolus impactions
    Eosinophilic esophagitis
    Gastroesophageal reflux disease
    Barrett's esophagus
    Screening for esophageal squamous cell carcinoma
    Endoscopic treatment of early esophageal neoplasia
    Palliation of malignant dysphagia and esophageal fistulas
    Part 3: Gastric disorders. Gastroparesis
    Gastric polyps and thickened gastric folds
    Subepithelial tumors of the esophagus and stomach
    Diagnosis and treatment of superficial gastric neoplasms
    Palliation of gastric outlet obstruction
    Part 4: Duodenal disorders. Duodenal and papillary adenomas
    Part 5: Colonic disorders. Acute colonic pseudo-obstruction
    Colorectal cancer screening and surveillance
    Polypectomy, mucosal resection, and submucosal dissection
    Endoscopic diagnosis and staging of inflammatory bowel disease
    Dysplasia surveillance in inflammatory bowel disease
    Colonic strictures
    Part 6: Miscellaneous. Infections of the luminal digestive tract
    Techniques in enteral access
    Endoscopic techniques for weight loss
    Management of post-bariatric complications
    Intramural and transmural endoscopy
    Endoscopic full thickness resection of subepithelial lesions of the GI tract
    Extraintestinal endosonography
    Section 3: Pancreatobiliary disorders. Part 1: general considerations and techniques. Preparation for pancreaticobiliary endoscopy
    Choloangiography and pancreatography
    Cannulation and sphinctertomy
    Endoscopic ultrasound and FNA for pancreatic and biliary disorders
    Endoscopic ultrasound-guided access and drainage of the pancreaticobiliary ductal systems
    Part 2: Benign Biliary Disorders. Gallstone disease: choledocholithiasis, cholecystitis, and gallstone pancreatitis
    Postoperative biliary strictures and leaks
    Infections of the biliary tract
    Sphincter of Oddi disorders
    Part 3: Benign pancreatic disorders. Recurrent acute pancreatitis
    Pancreatic fluid collections and leaks
    Chronic pancreatitis
    Part 4: Neoplastic pancreaticobiliary disorders. The indeterminate biliary stricture
    Pancreatic cystic lesions
    Evaluation and staging of pancreaticobiliary malignancy
    Palliation of malignant pancreaticobiliary obstruction.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Hoon Jai Chun, Suk-kyun Yang, Myung-gyu Choi, editors.
    Summary: Gastrointestinal endoscopy is the principal tool for the investigation and treatment of most diseases of the gastrointestinal tract. The Clinical Gastrointestinal Endoscopy offers a comprehensive overview of the role of gastrointestinal endoscopy in diagnosis. The atlas contains an abundance of high-quality images of a wide range of diseases of the upper and lower gastrointestinal tract, accompanied by precise clinical descriptions. Normal findings and variants are also documented. Furthermore, many images obtained by means of advanced image-enhanced endoscopy, capsule endoscopy, device-assisted enteroscopy, and endoscopic ultrasound are included. This book will be an ideal reference for both specialists and trainees in gastroenterology. It will provide the reader with an invaluable store of knowledge and with the clear guidance required in order to perform gastrointestinal endoscopy to best effect.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Juan Carlos Gomez-Verjan, Nadia Alejandra Rivero-Segura, editors.
    Summary: The world population is rapidly aging--it is estimated that by 1950, around 17% of the population will be elderly. In this context, aging involves several physiological, psychological and highly complex social processes that vary from one person to another. For a long time, medical care for older adults has focused on treating chronic, age-related diseases and their associated consequences. Recently, biomedical research brings a novel point of view to develop more effective interventions by targeting the aging process itself rather than separate conditions. There is a growing number of reports indicating that aging is driven by several interconnected mechanisms and biological components referred to as the molecular pillars of aging. Interfering with these mechanisms could help to treat, prevent, and understand the development of age-related diseases and associated syndromes. This book provides a clinical perspective and general update on biomedical and genetic research in aging, moving from an update in the molecular pillars of aging to a perspective of the most recent pharmacological, clinical, and diagnostic applications using genomic approaches and techniques. While this book focuses on the specifics of genetics and genomics, it also adopts a clinical perspective of geroscience, which seeks to understand the genetic, molecular and cellular mechanisms that make aging an important risk factor and, sometimes, a determining factor in the diseases and common chronic conditions of older people. Additionally, Clinical Genetics and Genomics of Aging is a significant contribution to support aging research, as it shows that collaboration across disciplines is relevant to progress in the field. As more and more people benefit from increased longevity, clinician and researchers will be empowered by this knowledge to contribute to the progress of aging research.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: An Update on the Molecular Pillars of Aging
    Introduction
    DNA: A Central Molecule of the Aging Process
    Mutations Accumulate in Nuclear and Mitochondrial DNA During Aging
    Telomere Attrition: More Than a Consequence of Cellular Replication
    The Epigenome and Its Architectural Importance
    Transcriptome Deregulation in Aging
    Proteome Findings in Aging Research
    Altered Proteostasis
    Conserved Metabolic Pathways Offer Clues to the Factors of Aging and Longevity
    mTOR
    Sirtuins
    IGF
    AMPK 5: Genomic Tools Used in Molecular Clinical Aging Research
    Introduction
    Exome and Whole-Genome Sequencing
    Transcriptome Sequencing
    Single-Cell Whole-Genome Sequencing
    Sequencing the Mitochondrial Genome and the Discovery of Age-Related Alterations
    DNA Methylation Sequencing
    Analysis of Protein-DNA Interaction Genome Wide, Chip-Seq
    References
    6: Molecular Biomarkers of Aging Studies in Humans
    Introduction
    Molecular Biomarkers for Inflammation in Aging
    Molecular Biomarkers for Oxidative Stress
    Molecular Biomarkers for Hormones in Aging
    Growth Hormone Ischemic Stroke
    Microbiome and Age-Related Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Conclusions
    References
    3: Molecular Aspects of Hippocampal Aging
    Introduction
    Neuronal Loss
    Gene Expression and Regulation
    Electrophysiological Alterations Upon Aging
    Calcium Dynamics and Homeostasis
    Adenosine A2A Receptors (A2AR)
    Caffeine Effects in Aging and Alzheimer's Disease
    The Neuroimmune System Upon Aging
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Mitochondrial Function in Aging
    Introduction
    Mitochondrial Physiology
    Mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) Role in Aging
    Mitochondrial Dynamics Mitochondrial Fission
    Mitochondrial Fusion
    Mitochondrial Turnover
    Mitochondrial Biogenesis
    Mitochondrial Dynamics in Age-Related Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Mitochondrial Dynamics in Parkinson's Disease (PD)
    Mitochondrial Dynamics in Alzheimer's Disease (AD)
    Mitochondrial Dynamics in Heart and Skeletal Muscle
    Mitochondrial Metabolism in Aging
    Mitochondrial Metabolism in Aged Skeletal Muscle
    Mitochondrial Metabolism in the Aged Heart
    Mitochondrial Metabolism in the Aged Brain
    Concluding Remarks
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andreas C. Lazaris, editor.
    Summary: This book presents clinicopathological insights into common genitourinary diseases, especially those of neoplastic nature, and introduces experiential learning based on case presentations (case-based learning). One of the tasks that trainees face is converting the extensive amount of data into medical experience. Using successive microscopic images, the book gradually and analytically presents diagnostic procedures for the genitourinary system (kidney, urinary bladder, prostate gland and testis). Characteristic cases are presented for each organ, each ending with a clinical commentary and key messages. This form of presentation helps readers acquire the valuable skill of effective diagnostic thinking, focusing their attention on the essential microscopic findings and disregarding insubstantial findings. Although clinical applications are frequently based on pathological findings which therefore need to be clearly described and recorded, the importance of this in everyday medical practice is often ignored by medical students and downplayed by clinicians. Demonstrating how knowledge can be practically applied, the book is a valuable resource mainly for residents in pathology, urology and oncology but also for medical students with a special interest in histopathology.

    Contents:
    General Introduction (Pathology and Clinical Medicine)
    Chapter 1: Tumors of the kidney
    Chapter 2: Urinary Bladder
    Chapter 3: Prostate Gland
    Chapter 4: Testis.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Shashikant Kulkarni M.S. (Medicine)., PhD. FACMG, John Pfeifer M.D., PhD.
    Contents:
    Overview of technical aspects and chemistries of next-generation sequencing / Ian S. Hagemann
    Clinical genome sequencing / Tina M. Hambuch, John Mayfield, Shankar Ajay, Michelle Hogue, Carri-Lyn Mead and Erica Ramos
    Targeted hybrid capture methods / Elizabeth C. Chastain
    Amplification-based methods / Marina N. Nikiforova, William A. Laframboise and Yuri E. Nikiforov
    Emerging DNA sequencing technologies / Shashikant Kulkarni and John Pfeifer
    RNA-sequencing and methylome analysis / Shamika Ketkar and Shashikant Kulkarni
    Base calling, read mapping, and coverage analysis / Paul Cliften
    Single nucleotide variant detection using next generation sequencing / David H. Spencer, Bin Zhang and John Pfeifer
    Insertions and deletions (indels) / Jennifer K. Sehn
    Translocation detection using next-generation sequencing / Haley Abel, John Pfeifer and Eric Duncavage
    Copy number variant detection using next-generation sequencing / Alex Nord, Stephen J. Salipante and Colin Pritchard
    Reference databases for disease associations / Wendy S. Rubinstein, Deanna M. Church and Donna R. Maglott
    Reporting of clinical genomics test results / Kristina A. Roberts, Rong Mao, Brendan D. O'Fallon and Elaine Lyon
    Reporting software / Rakesh Nagarajan
    Constitutional diseases: amplification-based next-generation sequencing / Vanessa L. Horner and Madhuri R. Hegde
    Targeted hybrid capture for inherited disease panels / Sami S. Amr and Birgit Funke
    Constitutional disorders: whole exome and whole genome sequencing / Benjamin D. Solomon
    Somatic diseases (cancer): amplification-based next-generation sequencing / Fengqi Chang, Geoffrey L. Liu, Cindy J. Liu and Marilyn M. Li
    Targeted hybrid capture for somatic mutation detection in the clinic / Catherine E. Cottrell, Andrew J. Bredemeyer and Hussam Al-Kateb
    Somatic diseases (cancer): whole exome and whole genome sequencing / Jennifer K. Sehn
    Assay validation / Amy S. Gargis, Lisa Kalman and Ira M. Lubin
    Regulatory considerations related to clinical next generation sequencing / Shashikant Kulkarni and John Pfeifer
    Genomic reference materials for clinical applications / Justin Zook and Marc Salit
    Ethical challenges to next-generation sequencing / Stephanie Solomon
    Legal issues / Roger D. Klein
    Billing and reimbursement / Kris Rickhoff, Andrew Drury and John Pfeifer.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Michael F. Murray, Mark W. Babyatsky, Monica A. Giovanni ; associate editors, Fowzan S. Alkuraya, Douglas R. Stewart.
    Summary: The first book on the clinical application of genetics in primary care medicine, Clinical Genomics focuses on the everyday application of genetic assessment and its diagnostic, therapeutic, and preventive implications in clinical practice. Unlike traditional textbooks on medical genetics and dysmorphology, this is a clinical reference that covers many of the common diseases seen in everyday medical practice. Features: endorsed by the American College of Physicians; addresses the genetic basis of common chronic diseases, not just the classic diseases of dysmorphology.
    Digital Access 2014
  • Digital
    John R. Samples, Paul N. Schacknow, editors.
    Summary: Glaucoma Clinical Care: The Essentials is a pragmatic, slimmer companion volume to the more academically focused text 'The Glaucoma Book' by the same editors. This new book is a thoroughly updated manual for the day-to-day diagnosis and management of glaucoma patients by comprehensive ophthalmologists and optometric physicians. Its 33 chapters are authored by world renowned experts in clinical care and basic research, providing evidenced-based research, office examination skills, clinical pearls, and up-to-date reviews of the scientific literature on glaucoma, as wel l as extensive graphics and tables to accompany the text. Glaucoma Clinical Care: The Essentials is the one book to have and consult when confronted with a problematic glaucoma patient sitting in your exam chair as it is a thorough presentation of glaucoma medications, laser, and incisional glaucoma surgeries, complete with commentaries on advantages and disadvantages of the different therapies.

    Contents:
    1. Glaucoma Risk Factors: Intraocular Pressure
    2. Glaucoma Risk Factors: Fluctuations in Intraocular Pressure
    3. Glaucoma Risk Factors: The Cornea
    4. Glaucoma Risk Factors: Family History {u2013} The Genetics of Glaucoma
    5. Indications for Therapy
    6. Clinical Examination of the Optic Nerve
    7. Some Lessons from the Disc Appearance in the Open Angle Glaucomas
    8. Digital Imaging of the Optic Nerve
    9. Detecting Functional Changes in the Patient's Vision
    Visual Field Analysis
    10. Gonioscopy
    11. Office Examination of the Glaucoma Patient
    12. Primary Open Angle Glaucoma
    13. Normal-Tension Glaucoma
    14. Primary and Secondary Angle-Closure Glaucomas
    15. Malignant Glaucoma (Posterior Aqueous Diversion Syndrome)
    16. Pigment Dispersion Syndrome and Pigmentary Glaucoma
    17. Exfoliation Syndrome and Glaucoma
    18. Neovascular Glaucoma
    19. Inflammatory disease and Glaucoma
    20. Iridocorneal Endothelial Syndrome and Glaucoma
    21. Traumatic Glaucomas
    22. Congenital and Juvenile Glaucomas
    23. Medications Used to Treat Glaucoma
    24. Systemic Diseases and Glaucoma
    25. Laser Therapies: Iridotomy, Iridoplasty, and Trabeculoplasty
    26. Incisional Therapies: Trabeculectomy Surgery
    27. Incisional Therapies: Canaloplasty and New Implant Devices
    28. Newer FDA Approved Incisional Therapies
    29. Complications of Glaucoma Surgery
    30. Cataract and Glaucoma Surgery
    31. Glaucoma after Retinal Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Veena K. Singh, MCh, DNB (Plastic Surgery)
    Summary: "The Clinical Guide for Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery: A Practical Handbook offers to resident doctors and consultants a unique compilation of comprehensive and authenticated information in a format that would help them prepare for practical examinations as well as in treating cases successfully. To mirror the practical exam format, the content of its 23 chapters, comprising 5 long and 18 short cases, is structured as questions and answers. In addition, for easy grasp and retention by the readers, the content follows a specific chronological sequence in delineating each case: history, general and local examination, investigations, how to proceed, stepwise planning, and surgical procedures." -- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Mani Alikhani, editor.
    Summary: This book is a complete reference for all clinicians who are interested in incorporating into their daily practice the techniques available to reduce the duration of orthodontic treatment and to overcome other treatment limitations. It focuses especially on micro-osteoperforations (MOPs) as the most conservative, efficient, and versatile approach to increase the rate of tooth movement. The opening chapters describe the biological principles of current accelerated techniques at the molecular and cellular levels and introduce guidelines on how to select the best acceleration approach based on each patient's needs. Clinicians are then guided step by step through the application of MOPs, case selection, and treatment planning. It is explained how MOPs can be incorporated into daily mechanotherapy for the treatment of different malocclusions and how to take advantage of the catabolic and anabolic effects of the procedure to expand the boundary of orthodontic and orthopaedic corrections. The book is written in a simple and clear language with many illustrations and clinical examples to facilitate understanding of concepts and procedures. In addition, it is a rich source for academicians and researchers interested in a comprehensive and updated review on theories of tooth movement and accelerated orthodontic techniques.

    Contents:
    Biological Principles of Accelerated Tooth Movement
    Different Methods of Accelerating Tooth Movement
    Introduction to Micro-Osteoperforations (MOPs)
    Step-by-Step Guide for Performing MOPs
    Incorporating Catabolic Effects of MOPs at Different Stages of Treatment
    Anabolic Effects of MOPs (Cortical Drifting)
    Utilizing Anabolic Effects of MOPs in Daily Mechanotherapy
    Long Term Effects and Advantages.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Vincent E. Friedewald.
    Summary: This guide is an essential tool to aid the clinician in the efficient management of adult patients with disorders of the heart and blood vessels. The content is designed for use by all health professionals caring for persons with cardiovascular conditions, ranging from the most common, such as systemic arterial hypertension and atrial fibrillation, to the most rare conditions, such as Brugada Syndrome and atrial giant cell myocarditis. The pages are rich in information that will aid both cardiovascular specialists as well as primary care/family medicine physicians and nurse practitioners, whose practices are composed of up to 50% of patients with at least one form of cardiovascular disease. In this book, the author has collated current diagnostic criteria for all primary adult cardiovascular disorders. The book assists as a point of care reference by combining established principles of disease management protocols with effective differential diagnosis algorithms. Unlike traditional books, Clinical Guide to Cardiovascular Disease is specifically designed for rapid access to disease information, segregated into keyword data elements organized under 20 separate headings relevant to clinical care. In addition, external links to key articles, Guidelines, patient information, and supplemental and updated information are provided for every condition.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Jon Kobashigawa, editor.
    Summary: This handbook is an easy reference for those involved in the management of heart transplant. While this compilation of best practices cannot address the complexity of the individual patients we care for on a daily basis, it will serve to help us ask the right questions, access the best evidence and ultimately make the best decisions for the patients involved. Clinical Guide to Heart Transplantation provides a current review of the field of heart transplantation and how it has evolved into an established therapy for the treatment of end-stage heart failure. With the advent of improved surgical techniques, the development of immunosuppressive drugs and the utilization of more sophisticated monitoring strategies and treatments for graft rejection, heart transplantation now offer patients an avenue to both improved survival and quality of life. With over 4000 heart transplants performed per year globally and with 1-year survival approaching 90%, this practical title assists those involved in the this most complex of procedures to establish best practice. It is therefore essential reading for all practitioners in this field, charged with making critical decisions in the management of patients, donor organs, and the transplant process itself in order to achieve the greatest benefit in the utilization of this often scarce resource.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Options for Patients with End-Stage Heart Failure
    Evaluation of Heart Transplant Candidacy
    Listing Criteria and Process
    Optimal Management of Patients on the Heart Transplant Waiting List
    Histocompatibility Testing and Cross Matching
    The Sensitized Patient Awaiting Heart Transplantation
    Donor Organ Preservation and Surgical Considerations in Heart Transplantation
    Immediate Post-Operative Period
    Immunosuppression Strategies in Heart Transplantation
    Rejection Surveillance and Treatment in the First Year
    Out-Patient Management of the Heart Transplant Patient
    Long-Term Complications in Heart Transplantation
    The Total Artificial Heart
    Chimerism and Tolerance
    Genomics In Heart Transplantation
    The Future of Heart Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    S. Ali Mostoufi, Tony K. George, Alfred J. Tria Jr., editors.
    Summary: This unique clinical guide will explore specific evidence-based literature supporting physical therapist guided exercises and interventional treatments for commonly prevalent orthopedic spine and extremity presentations. Using this book, the sports medicine and interventional pain physician will be better able to coordinate therapy exercises after interventional treatments with their physical therapy colleagues. This will include a treatment course that will monitor progress in restoring and accelerating patients' function. A myriad of musculoskeletal conditions affecting the spine, joints and extremities will be presented, including tendinopathies, bursopathies, arthritis, fractures and dislocations - everything a clinician can expect to see in a thriving practice. Each chapter, co-authored by a physician and a physical therapist, will follow a consistent format for ease of accessibility and reference -- introduction to the topic; diagnosis; medical, interventional, and surgical management -- and will be accompanied by relevant radiographis, figures and illustrations. Additional topics include osteoarthritis, rheumatic disorders, entrapment syndromes, the use of orthobiologics, and more. Comprehensive enough to function as a learning tool, but practical and user-friendly enough for quick reference, Clinical Guide to Musculoskeletal Medicine will be an essential resource for sports medicine physicians, interventional and physical therapists.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Dimitris Malamos, Crispian Scully.
    Summary: " Provides clinical cases seen in both community and hospital type settings Suitable for general dental practitioners, dental undergraduate students and postgraduate trainees in oral and maxillofacial surgery, oral medicine, oral pathology and periodontology Easy-to-read style written by an oral medicine specialist and a dentist with a wealth of experience in general practice Companion website features further clinical case reports and useful web links"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Jodi A. Mindell, Judith A. Owens.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Introduction to pediatric sleep--1. Sleep 101--2. Sleep in infancy, childhood, and adolescence--3. Evaluation of pediatric sleep disorders--4.Polysomnography--5. Healthy sleep habits for children and adolescents--Section II: Pediatric sleep disorders--6.Symptom-based algorithms--7. Betime problems in young children--8. Nightwakings in young children: sleep associations--9. Nighttime fears--10. Nightmares--11.Disorders of arousal: confusional arousals, sleepwalking, and sleep terrors--12. Sleep related rhythmic movements: head banging, body rocking, and head rolling--13. Sleep related rhythmic movements: bruxism--14.Sleep enuresis--15.Sleep related breathing disorders and obstructive sleep apnea--16. Restless legs syndrome and periodic limb movement disorder--17. Excessive daytime sleepinss: narcolepsy and other hypersomnias--18. Circadian rhythm sleep-wake disorders--19. Insomnia
    Section III: Sleep and Medications--20. Sleep and medications-- Section IV: Sleep in special populations--21. Sleep and neurodevelopmental disorders--22. Sleep and medical disorders--23. Sleep and psychiatric disorders
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Print
    Laura Weiss Roberts, M.D., M.A., Chairman and Katharine Dexter McCormick and Stanley McCormick Memorial Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California.
    Summary: "Emphasizing clinical realities over abstract theories, A Critical Guide to Psychiatric Ethics thoroughly illustrates and applies the ethics principles and practices that instruct psychiatric practice. This valuable text provides keen and trustworthy navigation for ethical dilemmas encountered in the roles and settings in which clinicians engage." -- Back cover

    Contents:
    Ethics principles and professionalism
    Clinical decision-making and ethics skills
    The tradition of the psychotherapeutic relationship
    Informed consent and decisional capacity
    Ethical use of influence and the role of physician in high-risk situations
    Confidentiality and truth telling
    Children and transitional age youth
    People in small communities
    Veterans
    People from culturally distinct populations
    People living with HIV/AIDS
    People at the end of life
    Difficult patients
    People living with addictions
    Integrity and the professional roles of psychiatrists
    Patient care ethics committees and consultation services
    Clinician well-being and impairment
    Psychiatric research
    Innovation in psychiatry
    Clinical training
    Population health and evolving systems of care.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC455.2.E8 R628 2016
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Paul E. Holtzheimer, Geisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth, Lebanon, NH, William M. McDonald, MD, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA.
    Contents:
    The theoretical basis for transcranial magnetic stimulation / Mark S. George and Joseph J. Taylor
    The development of transcranial magnetic stimulation technology / Charles M. Epstein
    Clinical efficacy of TMS in depression / Michelle L. Moyer, Mario A. Cristancho, and John P. O'Reardon
    Safety of TMS / Simone Rossi and Jean-Pascal Lefaucheur
    Patient selection and management / Peter B. Rosenquist, W. Vaughn McCall
    The practical administration of TMS in a clinical setting / Daniel F. Maixner
    Measuring outcomes / Shawn M. McClintock and Guy Potter
    Neurophysiological measure of TMS / Natasha Radhu, Daniel M. Blumberger, Anosha Zanjani, and Zafiris J. Daskalakis
    Transcranial magnetic stimulation in the treatment of psychiatric disorders / Paul Fitzgerald
    Development of other brain stimulation interventions / Colleen Loo, Scott Aaronson, and Paul Holtzheimer
    Limitations of TMS and future directions for clinical research / Sarah H. Lisanby.
    Digital Access Oxford [2014]
  • Digital
    edited by Hunter Wessells, MD, FACS, Shigeo Horie, MD, PhD, Reynaldo G. Gómez, MD, FACS.
    Summary: "Urological Emergencies is an up-to-date, clinical guide offering the best practices in diagnosis, treatment and management of patients with urgent urological conditions. Designed to offer practical guidance at all times, it will provide doctors with an extremely useful tool to consult in the clinical setting. To achieve this, each chapter will feature the following pedagogic features: * Summary overviews * Key practice/learning points * Potential pitfalls/"do's and don'ts" boxes * Diagnostic decision trees * Management algorithms * Summary conclusions * Case studies * MCQs to support active learning Edited by an outstanding international editor team who will recruit a diverse cross-section of the world's leading experts as authors, the book will be aimed at specialist and trainee urologists managing patients in the diverse healthcare settings across the globe. The coverage will be comprehensive for a host of acute urological conditions ranging from traumatic, infectious, and obstructive to haemorrhagic, vascular, and congenital urological emergencies. It will also be a useful resource for emergency medicine practitioners. Emphasis throughout will be on providing the best Clinical management of patients possible; therefore the main focus is on the clinical aspects most relevant to practicing urologists"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Blunt Renal Injuries / Lindsay Hampson and Nnenaya Mmonu
    Penetrating Renal Trauma
    A Civilian and Military Perspective / Jonathan Wingate
    Renal Infections / Brusabhanu Nayak, Nitin Srivastava, and Rajeev Kumar
    Acute Kidney Stone Management / Justin S. Ahn and Jonathan D. Harper
    Traumatic Adrenal Hemorrhage / Hong Truong and Bradley D. Figler
    External Ureteral Trauma / Humberto G. Villarreal and Steven J. Hudak
    Iatrogenic Ureteral injury / Haruaki Kato, Kazuyoshi Iijima, Tomohiko Oguchi, Seiji Yano
    Bladder Injuries / Yosuke Nakajima
    Traumatic Urethral Injuries / Laura G. Velarde and Reynaldo G. Gómez
    Acute management of urethral stricture / Akio Horiguchi
    Prostatitis and Prostatic Abscess / Hunter Wessells
    Fournier's Gangrene / Kosuke Kitamura and Shigeo Horie
    Traumatic Penile Injuries / Ariel Fredrick and Alex J. Vann
    Priapism / Akash A. Kapadia, Kevin Ostrowski and Thomas J. Walsh
    Traumatic Scrotal and Testicular Injuries / Marios Hadjipavlou and Davendra Sharm
    Testicular Torsion / Alexander J. Skokan and Dana A. Weiss
    Epididymitis and Orchitis / Norman Zambrano
    Urologic Neonatal Emergencies / Nicolas Fernandez and Nayib Fakih.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Geraldine M. Collins-Bride, MS, RN, ANP-BC, FAAN, Health Sciences Clinical Professor, Adult Nurse Practitioner, University of California, San Francisco, Department of Community Health Systems [and three others] ; associate editor, Lewis D. Fannon, MS, RN, ANP-BC, Health Sciences, Assistant Clinical Professor, Adult Nurse Practitioner, University of California, San Francisco, School of Nursing, Department of Community Health Systems.
    Summary: "Clinical Guidelines for Advanced Practice Nursing: An Interdisciplinary Approach, Third Edition is an accessible and practical reference designed to help nurses and students with daily clinical decision making. Written in collaboration with certified nurse midwives, clinical nurse specialists, nurse practitioners, nutritionists, pharmacists, and physicians, it fosters a team approach to health care. Divided into four areas--Pediatrics, Gynecology, Obstetrics, and, Adult General Medicine--and following a lifespan approach, it utilizes the S-O-A-P (Subjective-Objective-Assessment-Plan) format. Additionally, the authors explore complex chronic disease management, health promotion across the lifespan, and professional and legal issues such as reimbursement, billing, and the legal scope of practice."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    1. Legal scope of advanced nursing practice
    Section I: PEDIATRIC HEALTH MAINTENANCE AND PROMOTION
    2. First well baby visit
    3. Care of the postneonatal intensive care graduate
    4. 0 to 3 years of age interval visit
    5. 3 to 6 years of age interval visit
    6. 6 to 11 years of age interval visit
    7. The adolescent and young adult (12-21 years of age) interval visit
    8. Preventive immunizations for children and adults
    9. Developmental assessment: screening for developmental delay and autism
    Section II: COMMON COMPLEX PEDIATRIC PRESENTATIONS
    10. Childhood asthma
    11. Atopic dermatitis in children
    12. Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
    13. Childhood depression
    14. Failure to thrive during infancy
    15. Child maltreatment
    16. Childhood overweight and obesity
    17. Urinary incontinence in children
    Section III: COMMON WOMEN'S HEALTH PRESENTATIONS
    18. Abnormal uterine bleeding
    19. Amenorrhea and polycystic ovary syndrome
    20. Screening for intraepithelial neoplasia and cancer of the lower genital tract
    21. Female and male sterilization
    22. Hormonal contraception
    23. Menopause transition
    24. Nonhormonal contraception
    25. Urinary incontinence in women
    Section IV: OBSTETRIC HEALTH MAINTENANCE AND PROMOTION
    26. The initial prenatal visit
    27. Prenatal genetic screening and diagnosis
    28. The return prenatal visit
    29. The postpartum visit
    30. Guidelines for medical consultation, interprofessional collaboration, and transfer of care during pregnancy and childbirth
    Section V: COMMON OBSTETRIC PRESENTATIONS
    31. Birth choices for women with a previous cesarean delivery
    32. Common discomforts of pregnancy
    33. Gestational diabetes mellitus: early detection and management in pregnancy
    34. Hypertension in pregnancy: preeclampsia-eclampsia
    35. preterm labor management
    36. Urinary tract infection prevention and management in pregnancy
    Section VI: ADULT GERONTOLOGY HEALTH MAINTENANCE AND PROMOTION
    37. Adult health maintenance and promotion
    38. Health care maintenance for adults with developmental disabilities
    39. Health care maintenance for transgender individuals
    40. Postexposure prophylaxis for HIV infection
    41. Preexposure prophylaxis for HIV
    Section VII: COMMON COMPLEX ADULT GERONTOLOGY PRESENTATIONS
    42. Abscess management
    43. Anemia
    44. Anticoagulation therapy (oral)
    45. Anxiety
    46. Asthma in adolescents and adults
    47. Benign prostatic hypertrophy
    48. Cancer Survivorship in Adult primary care
    49. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    50. Chronic nonmalignant pain management
    51. Chronic viral hepatitis
    52. Dementia
    53. Depression
    54. Diabetes mellitus
    55. Epilepsy
    56. Gastroesophageal reflux disease
    57. Geriatric syndromes
    58. Heart failure
    59. Herpes simplex infections
    60. Hypertension
    61. Intimate partner violence (domestic violence)
    62. Irritable bowel syndrome
    63. Lipid disorders
    64. Low back pain
    65. Obesity
    66. Primary care of HIV-infected adults
    67. Smoking cessation
    68. Thyroid disorders
    69. Upper back and neck pain syndromes
    70. Upper extremity tendinopathy: bicipital tendinopathy, lateral epicondylitis, and de Quervain's tenosynovitis
    71. Wound care.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    editors, Lucky Jain, MD, MBA, George W. Brumley Jr. Professor and Chair, Department of Pediatrics Emory, University School of Medicine, Chief Academic Officer, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta, Executive Director, Emory and Children's Pediatric Institute, Atlanta, Georgia, Gautham K. Suresh, MD, DM, MS, FAAP, Professor of Pediatrics, Baylor College of Medicine, Section Head and Service Chief of Neonatology, Texas Children's Hospital, Houston, Texas.
    Summary: "The first neonatal handbook to focus on clinical protocols and best management practices Clinical Care Paths in Neonatal-Perinatal Medicine provides a compilation of the most current and authoritative clinical care recommendations for fast, effective care of neonatal patients. Spanning all major areas of neonatal care, the book bypasses wordy discussion in favor of concise bulleted points and ready-to-apply evidence-based management guidelines. Each chapter follows a uniform presentation that includes bulleted key features and management guideline summaries. One of the goals of Clinical Care Paths in Neonatal-Perinatal Medicine is to reduce practice variation and enable providers to deliver the best value for the healthcare dollars being spent. Chapters focus on clinical management practices and evidence-based supporting data rather than lengthy descriptions of disease and practice. References are limited to "top ten" articles and resources"-- Provided by publisher. "The only neonatal handbook focused on clinical protocols and management for fast, effective care"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Philip J. DiSaia, William T. Creasman, Robert S. Mannell, Scott McMeekin, David G. Mutch.
    Contents:
    Preinvasive disease of the cervix / L. Stewart Massad
    Preinvasive disease of the vagina and vulva and related disorders / Cara A. Mathews and Joan L. Walker
    Invasive cervical cancer / Krishnansu S. Tewari and Bradley J. Monk
    Endometrial hyperplasia, estrogen therapy, and the prevention of endometrial cancer / Lisa M. Landrum, Rosemary E. Zuna, and Joan L. Walker
    Adenocarcinoma of the uterine corpus / William T. Creasman and David Scott Miller
    Sarcoma of the uterus / D. Scott McMeekin and William T. Creasman
    Gestational trophoblastic disease / Emma L. Barber and John T. Soper
    Invasive cancer of the vulva / Thomas Herzog
    Invasive cancer of the vagina / Marilyn Huang, Brian M. Slomovitz, and Robert L. Coleman
    The adnexal mass / Camille C. Gunderson, Robert S. Mannel, and Philip J. Di Saia
    Epithelial ovarian cancer / Eric L. Eisenhauer, Ritu Salani, and Larry J. Copeland
    Germ cell, stromal, and other ovarian tumors / Emily R. Penick, Chad Hamilton, G. Larry Maxwell, and Charlotte S. Marcus
    Fallopian tube cancer / Erica R. Hope, G. Larry Maxwell, and Chad A. Hamilton
    Breast diseases / Patricia A. Cronin and Mary L. Gemignani
    Cancer in pregnancy / Krishnansu S. Tewari
    Complications of disease and therapy / Kemi M. Doll, Daniel L. Clarke-Pearson
    Basic principles of chemotherapy / Christina S. Chu and Stephen C. Rubin
    Targeted therapy and molecular genetics / Shannon N. Westin, Anil K. Sood, and Robert L. Coleman
    Genes and cancer : genetic counseling and clinical management / David G. Mutch, Sheri Babb, and Philip J. Di Saia
    Palliative care and quality of life / Dana M Chase, Siu-Fun Wong, Lari Wenzel, and Bradley J. Monk
    Role of minimally invasive surgery in gynecologic malignancies / Floor J. Backes, David E. Cohn, Robert S. Mannel, and Jeffrey M. Fowler
    Epidemiology of commonly used statistical terms and analysis of clinical studies / Wendy R. Brewster
    Basic principles in gynecologic radiotherapy / Catheryn M. Yashar
    Appendices. Staging: staging of cancer at gynecologic sites
    Modified from common terminology criteria for adverse events (common terminology criteria for adverse events)
    Blood component therapy
    Suggested recommendations for routine cancer screening
    Nutritional therapy.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Fabio Capello, Antonio Vittorino Gaddi, editors.
    Summary: This book examines in detail the clinical implications of those diseases that either are primarily triggered by air pollution or represent direct consequences of air pollutants. The aim is to provide medical practitioners with practical solutions to issues in diagnosis and treatment while simultaneously furnishing other interested parties with crucial information on the field. The book introduces the concept that air pollution-related diseases constitute a new class of pathologies. A wide range of conditions mainly attributable to air pollution are discussed, covering different body systems and pollution impacts in subsets of the population. In addition to presenting state of the art overviews of clinical aspects, the book carefully examines the implications of current knowledge for social and public health strategies aimed at disease prevention and prophylaxis. The Clinical Handbook of Air Pollution-Related Diseases will greatly assist doctors and healthcare workers when dealing with the consequences of air pollution in their everyday practice and will provide researchers, industry, and policymakers with valuable facts and insights.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Eric Bui, Meredith E. Charney, Amanda W. Baker, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: A Causal Systems Approach to Anxiety Disorders
    A Causal Systems Approach to Anxiety Disorders
    A Causal Systems Approach to Mental Illness
    The Development of Anxiety Disorders from a Causal Systems Perspective
    Disorder and Comorbidity from a Causal Systems Perspective
    Beyond Symptoms
    Individual Differences in the Propensity to Experience Anxiety Disorders
    Using a Causal Systems Approach to Diagnose and Treat Anxiety Disorders
    Advancements in Causal Systems Research
    Conclusion
    References Chapter 2: Neurocircuitry of Anxiety Disorders
    Introduction
    Brain Structures Implicated Across Anxiety Disorders
    Amygdala
    Bed Nucleus of the Stria Terminalis (BNST)
    Anterior Cingulate Cortex (ACC)
    Dorsal Anterior Cingulate Cortex (dACC)
    Rostral Anterior Cingulate Cortex (rACC)
    Subgenual Anterior Cingulate Cortex (sgACC)
    Insular Cortex
    Hippocampus
    Inferior Prefrontal Cortex (PFC)
    Ventromedial Prefrontal Cortex (vmPFC)
    Integrative Models
    Neural Mechanisms Implicated in Specific Anxiety Disorders
    Specific Phobia
    Social Anxiety Disorder (SAD) Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD)
    Panic Disorder (PD)
    Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Anxiety Disorders: A Feminist Ecological Approach
    Anxiety Disorders: A Feminist Ecological Approach
    Macrosystem
    The Rise of Competitive Individualism
    Media
    Exosystem
    The Decline of Religion and Community
    Economic and Sociopolitical Factors
    The Medical Model and Managed Care
    Microsystem and Individual Identities
    Privilege and Power: The Minority Stress Model
    Gender
    Race/Ethnicity
    Sexual Orientation
    Class
    Age Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Two Peas in a Pod? Understanding Cross-Cultural Similarities and Differences in Anxiety Disorders
    Chapter Overview
    Cross-Cultural and Cross-Ethnic Differences in Prevalence of Anxiety Disorders
    Cross-Cultural Differences in Explanatory Models and Display Rules
    Transdiagnostic Constructs Shaping Anxiety Disorders Across Cultures
    "Thinking a Lot"
    Anxiety Sensitivity
    Somatization
    Case Examples: Conceptualizing Anxiety Across Cultures
    Cultural Considerations for Panic Disorder (PD): Khyâl Attacks and Ataque De Nervios Cultural Considerations for Social Anxiety Disorder (SAD): Taijin kyofusho
    Cultural Considerations for Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD) Across Cultures
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 5: Anxiety Comorbidities: Mood Disorders, Substance Use Disorders, and Chronic Medical Illness
    Anxiety and Mood Disorders
    Epidemiology and Impact
    Key Clinical Features
    Family and Genetics
    Environmental Risk
    Biomarkers
    Cognitive and Personality Correlates
    Treatment Considerations
    Future Directions
    Anxiety and Substance Use Disorders
    Epidemiology and Impact
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Benedict M. Glover, Pedro Brugada, editors.
    Contents:
    Cardiac Anatomy and Electrophysiology
    Cardiac EP Study, Maneuvers and Ablation
    Electroanatomic Mapping AV Nodal Re-Entry Tachycardia (AVNRT)
    Accessory Pathway Conduction
    Atrial Tachycardia
    Atrial Flutter
    Atrial Fibrillation
    Ventricular Tachycardia
    Anti-Arrhythmic Drugs.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Benedict M. Glover, Pedro Brugada, editors.
    Summary: This extensively revised second edition provides a practically applicable guide for the management of cardiac arrhythmia. This subject has continued to expand rapidly, and it is therefore critical to understand the basic principles of arrhythmia mechanisms in order to assist with diagnosis and the selection of an appropriate treatment strategy. Comprehensively revised chapters cover a variety of aspects of cardiac electrophysiology in an easy-to-digest case-based format. For each case of arrhythmia, relevant illustrations, fluoroscopy images, ECGs and endocavity electrograms are used to describe the etiology, classification, clinical presentation, mechanisms, electrophysiology set up and relevant trouble-shooting procedures. New topics covered include the application of new antiarrhythmic drugs in tandem with ablation, techniques for the ablation of atrial fibrillation and electrophysiological assessments available for identifying instances of atrial tachycardia. Clinical Handbook of Cardiac Electrophysiology presents a comprehensive overview of cardiac electrophysiology, making it a valuable reference for practicing and trainee cardiac electrophysiologists, cardiologists, family practitioners, allied professionals and nurses.

    Contents:
    Cardiac Anatomy and Electrophysiology
    Cardiac EP Study, Maneuvers and Ablation
    Electroanatomic Mapping
    AV Nodal Re-Entry Tachycardia (AVNRT)
    Accessory Pathway Conduction
    Atrial Tachycardia
    Atrial Flutter
    Atrial Fibrillation
    Ventricular Tachycardia
    Anti-Arrhythmic Drugs.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Leslie K. Anderson, Stuart B. Murray, and Walter H. Kaye.
    Summary: "Treating patients with eating disorders (ED) is a notoriously challenging undertaking. Patients tend to be medically compromised and have a deep ambivalence towards their symptoms, and treatment dropout and relapse rates are high. Further complicating matters, a sizable number of patients present with additional characteristics that set them apart from the patients for whom empirically supported treatments were developed. Up to 50% of current ED diagnoses are classified as atypical and do not fit into existing diagnostic categories, and many more present with complex comorbidities. Clinical Handbook of Complex and Atypical Eating Disorders brings together into one comprehensive resource what is known about an array of complicating factors for patients with ED, serving as an accessible introduction to each of the comorbidities and symptom presentations highlighted in the volume. The first section of the book focuses on the treatment of ED in the presence of various comorbidities, and the second section explores the treatment of ED with atypical symptom presentations. The third section focuses on how to adapt ED treatments for diverse populations typically neglected in controlled treatment trials: LGBT, pediatric, male, ethnically diverse, and older adult populations. Each chapter includes a review of clinical presentation, prevalence, treatment approaches, resources, conclusions, and future directions. Cutting edge and practical, Clinical Handbook of Complex and Atypical Eating Disorders will appeal to researchers and health professionals involved in treating ED"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    Foreword by Ivan Eisler About the Editors Contributors Introduction 1. Evidence-Based Treatments and the Atypical/Complex Conundrum Jenna Schlein, Gina Dimitropoulos, Katharine Loeb, & Daniel Le Grange Part I: Psychiatric Comorbidities 2. Clinical Guidelines for the Treatment of Anxiety in Eating DisordersStephanie Knatz Peck, Stuart B. Murray, & Walter H. Kaye3. Treating ED-PTSD patients: A synthesis of the literature and new treatment directions Julie G. Trim, Tara Galovski, Amy Wagner, & Timothy D. Brewerton 4. The Complex Relationship between Eating Disorders and Substance Use Disorders: Clinical Implications Amy Baker Dennis & Tamara Pryor 5. Suicidality, Self-Injurious Behavior, and Eating Disorders Leslie K. Anderson, April Smith & Scott Crow 6. Eating Disorders and Borderline Personality Disorder: Strategies for Managing Life Threatening and Therapy Interfering Behaviors Lucene Wisniewski & Leslie K. Anderson 7. Body Dysmorphic Disorder and Eating Disorders Danyale McCurdy-McKinnon & Jamie D. Feusner 8. Food Selectivity in Autism Spectrum Disorder William G. Sharp & Valentina Postorino Part II: Atypical Symptom Presentations 9. Avoidant-Restrictive Food Intake Disorder: Assessment and Treatment Jessie Menzel Anorexia Nervosa with a history of Obesity or Overweight Jocelyn Lebow & Leslie Sim 11. Purging disorder Pamela K. Keel, K. Jean Forney, & Grace Kennedy 12. Evidence-based Treatment Approaches for Night Eating Disorders Kelly C. Allison & Laura A. Berner 13. Diabetes and Eating Disorders Liana Abascal, & Ann Goebel-Fabbri 14. Muscle Dysmorphia: Clinical Presentation and Treatment Strategies Scott Griffiths & Stuart B. Murray 15. Rumination Disorder in Adults: Cognitive Behavioral Formulation and Treatment Helen B. Murray & Jennifer J. Thomas 16. Atypical Eating Disorders and Specific Phobia of Vomiting (SPOV): Clinical Presentation and Treatment Approaches Alexandra Keyes & David Veale Part III: Atypical Populations 17. Pediatric Eating Disorders Emily K. Gray & Kamryn T. Eddy 18. Eating Disorders in Males Tiffany A. Brown, Scott Griffiths & Stuart B. Murray 19. Eating Disorders and Disordered Eating in the LGBTQ Population Jon Arcelus, Fernando Fernandez-Aranda, & Walter Pierre Bouman 20. Considerations in the Treatment of Eating Disorders among Ethnic Minorities Ana L. Ramirez, Eva Trujillo-ChiVacuan, Marisol Perez 21. Midlife onset Eating Disorders Cristin Runfola, Jessica H. Baker, & Cynthia M. Bulik 22. Eating Disorders in Athletes: Detection, Diagnosis, and Treatment Carolyn R. Plateau & Jon Arcelus.
    Digital Access Oxford [2018]
  • Digital
    Hrayr P. Attarian, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1 Chronic Insomnia Disorder
    Chapter 1 Defining Insomnia
    Chapter 2 Epidemiology of Insomnia
    Chapter 3 Clinical Features, Diagnosis, and Differential Diagnosis
    Chapter 4 Pathophysiology of Insomnia
    Chapter 5 Prognosis and Complications
    Chapter 6 Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia
    Chapter 7 Pharmacological Treatment of Insomnia
    Part 2 Insomnia in Special Populations
    Chapter 8 Insomnias of Childhood: Assessment and Treatment
    Chapter 9 Pregnancy-Related Sleep Disturbances and Sleep Disorders
    Chapter 10 Insomnia and Menopause
    Chapter 11 Insomnia in Patients with Comorbid Medical Problems
    Chapter 12 Sleep Disturbance in Cancer Survivors
    Chapter 13 Insomnia in Comorbid Neurological Problems
    Chapter 14 Insomnia in Psychiatric Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Robert Stephen Brown.
    Summary: "Clinical Handbook of Nephrology contains vital, everyday information on renal physiology and a wide range of topics, including diagnosis and treatment of acute and chronic kidney diseases, hypertension, electrolyte and acid-base disorders, dialysis, and kidney transplantation. This fully up-to-date reference (formerly Nephrology Pocket, a textbook originally published by Börm Bruckmeier) is ideal for physicians, nurses, dialysis center staff, medical students, and trainees, offering a practical roadmap for managing the renal disorders most likely to be encountered in clinical practice"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction to nephrology
    Symptoms, signs, and differential diagnosis
    Renal physiology
    Water and electrolyte disorders
    Acid-base disorders
    Urinalysis and diagnostic tests
    Acute kidney injury
    Glomerular diseases
    Various kidney diseases: Interstitial, cystic, obstructive, and infectious diseases
    Kidney disorders in other diseases
    Chronic kidney disease
    Kidney replacement therapy: Dialysis
    Kidney transplantation
    Hypertension
    Nephrolithiasis and nephrocalcinosis
    Laboratory values for nephrology.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024]
  • Digital
    David Walk, editor.
    Summary: This concise and practical book provides an overview of neuromuscular disorders in clinical practice. Diagnostic approaches are covered along with patient management strategies in an easy-to-understand and introductory framework. Filling a significant gap in the literature, this resource delivers essential information for neurology trainees and practitioners, as well as anyone interested in learning the fundamentals of this important medical subspecialty.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Diseases of Muscle
    Chapter 3. Disorders of Neuromuscular Transmission
    Chapter 4. Motor Neuron Disorders
    Chapter 5. Diseases of Nerve
    Chapter 6. The Diagnostic Approach to the Hypotonic and Weak Infant
    Chapter 7. Rehabilitation Therapists' Role in Management of Neuromuscular Disease
    Chapter 8. Electrodiagnostic Testing
    Chapter 9. Ventilatory Management in Neuromuscular Disease
    Chapter 10. Genetic Testing in Neuromuscular Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Thomas G. Gutheil, Paul S. Appelbaum.
    Contents:
    Confidentiality and privilege
    Legal issues in emergency psychiatry and involuntary commitment
    Legal issues in inpatient psychiatry
    Malpractice and other forms of liability
    Competence and substitute decision-making
    Forensic evaluations
    Clinicians and lawyers
    The clinician in court.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    edited by David H. Barlow.
    Summary: "Now in a revised and expanded sixth edition, this is the leading text on evidence-based treatments for frequently encountered mental health problems. David H. Barlow has assembled preeminent experts to present their respective approaches in step-by-step detail, including extended case examples. Each chapter provides state-of-the-art information on the disorder at hand, explains the conceptual and empirical bases of intervention, and addresses the most pressing question asked by students and practitioners--"How do I do it?" Concise chapter introductions from Barlow highlight the unique features of each treatment and enhance the book's utility for teaching and training. New to This Edition *Existing chapters thoroughly revised to incorporate the latest empirical findings and clinical practices. *Chapter on "process-based therapy," a new third-wave approach for social anxiety. *Chapter on transdiagnostic treatment of self-injurious thoughts and behaviors. *Chapter on chronic pain"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia / Michelle G. Craske, Kate Wolitzky-Taylor, and David H. Barlow
    2. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder / Candice M. Monson, Philippe Shnaider, and Kathleen M. Chard
    3. Social Anxiety : A Process-Based Treatment Approach / Idan M. Aderka and Stefan G. Hofmann
    4. Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder / Martin E. Franklin and Edna B. Foa
    5. Generalized Anxiety Disorder : An Acceptance-Based Behavioral Therapy / Lizabeth Roemer, Elizabeth H. Eustis, and Susan M. Orsillo
    6. Emotional Disorders : A Unified Protocol for Transdiagnostic Treatment / Laura A. Payne, Kristen K. Ellard, Todd J. Farchione, and David H. Barlow
    7. Cognitive Therapy for Depression / Jeffrey E. Young, Erina F. Ward-Diesielski, Jayne L. Rygh, Arthur D. Weinberger, and Aaron T. Beck
    8. Interpersonal Psychotherapy for Depression / Kathryn L. Bleiberg and John C. Markowitz
    9. Behavioral Activation for Depression / Sona Dimidjian, Christopher R. Martell, Ruth Herman-Dunn, and Samuel Hubley
    10. Borderline Personality Disorder / Andrada D. Neacsiu, Noga Zerubavel, K. Maria Nylocks, and Marsha M. Linehan
    11. Addressing Self-Injurious Thoughts and Behaviors within the Context of Transdiagnostic Treatment for Emotional Disorders / Kate H. Bentley, Joseph S. Maimone, and Matthew K. Nock
    12. Bipolar Disorder / David J. Miklowitz
    13. Schizophrenia and Other Psychotic Disorders / Nicholas Tarrier and Katherine Berry
    14. Alcohol Use Disorders / Barbara S. McCrady and Elizabeth E. Epstein
    15. Substance Use Disorders / Stephen T. Higgins, Sarah H. Heil, and Kelly R. Peck
    16. Treatment of Sleep Disturbance / Katherine A. Kaplan and Allison G. Harvey
    17. Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Chronic Pain / John D. Otis
    18. Eating Disorders : A Transdiagnostic Protocol / Zafra Cooper and Rebecca Murphy
    19. Couple Distress / Andrew Christensen, Jennifer G. Wheeler, Brian D. Doss, and Neil S. Jacobson.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Ric M. Procyshyn, principal editor ; Kalyna Z. Bezchlibnyk-Butler, co-editor ; J. Joel Jeffries, co-editor.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    editors Ric M. Procyshyn, Kalyna Z. Bezchilnyke-Butler, and J. Joel Jeffries.
    Contents:
    Antidepressants
    Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT)
    Bright light therapy (BLT)
    Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS)
    Antipsychotics
    Antipsychotic-induced extrapyramidal side effects and their management
    Anxiolytic (antianxiety) agents
    Hypnotics/sedatives
    Mood stabilizers
    Drugs for ADHD
    Drugs for treatment of dementia
    Sex-drive depressants
    Drugs of abuse
    Treatment of substance use disorders
    Unapproved treatments of psychiatric disorders
    Natural health products
    Pharmacogenomic information for common psychotropic drugs
    Glossary
    Drug use in pregnancy and effects on breast milk
    Patient information sheets
    Appendix: neuroscience-based nomenclature (NbN)
    Index of drugs.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Ric M. Procyshyn, BSc (Pharm), MSc, PharmD, PhD, principal editor, Kalyna Z. Bezchlibnyk-Butler, BScPhm, FCSHP, co-editor, J. Joel Jeffries, MB, FRCP, DFCPA, co-editor ; chapter co-editors: Alasdair Barr, PhD, [and 16 others].
    Summary: The Clinical Handbook of Psychotropic Drugs has become a standard reference and working tool for psychiatrists, psychologists, physicians, pharmacists, nurses, and other mental health professionals. Independent, unbiased, up-to-date. Succinct, bulleted information on all classes of medication: on- and off-label indications, (US FDA, Health Canada), recommended dosages, US and Canadian trade names, side effects, interactions, pharmacodynamics, precautions in the young, the elderly, and pregnancy, nursing implications, and much more - all you need to know for each class of drug. Potential interactions and side effects summarized in comparison charts. New in this edition Neuroscience-based nomenclature - added to product availability tables. Antidepressants chapter includes new section on GABAA receptor positive modulator (brexanolone IV injection; trade name Zulresso); also covers Qelbree (viloxazine extended-release capsules), the first new ADHD medication approved by the FDA in over a decade; as well as updates to SSRI use in pregnancy and antidepressant augmentation strategies Antipsychotics updates include revised dosing, especially adjustments in hepatic and renal impairment Mood stabilisers chapter sections on lithium and anticonvulsants extensively revised New formulations and trade names include: Adhansia XR (methylphenidate extended-release capsules), Caplyta (lumateperone), Dayvigo (lemborexant), Perseris (risperidone extended-release subcutaneous injection), Probuphine (buprenorphine subdermal implant), Propecia (finasteride tablets), Trelstar (triptorelin slow-release injection), Qelbree (viloxazine extended-release capsules)
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Dennis M. Marchiori.
    Summary: Clinical Imaging by Dennis Marchiori is a comprehensive text with a clear, concise writing style that allows students and practitioners to quickly develop a better understanding of diagnostic imaging. Covering soft tissue imaging and skeletal imaging, including brain and spinal cord, chest, and abdomen, Clinical Imaging seamlessly integrates plain film with MRI and CT. And with more than 3,500 illustrations all contained in one volume, this trusted text offers the most effective, realistic and comprehensive approach available today. Combines the innovative pattern approach with more traditional detailed descriptions to emulate real-world patient interaction without sacrificing more in-depth content on disease states.Innovative Pattern Approach uses the patterns that link similar abnormalities to help you learn to identify, and just as importantly, differentiate abnormalities.Extensive cross-referencing from pattern to disease descriptions enables the reader to quickly find more detailed information.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Zoran Rumboldt.
    Summary: Delayed recognition of an injury or improper stabilization of the spine can lead to irreversible spinal cord injury and permanent neurological damage. This highly illustrated resource chronicles the rapid developments in imaging technology and expertise over the past decades that have transformed the medical management of vertebral injury, including thoracolumbar trauma classification. With over 250 CT and MRI images, this essential text is designed to aid both trainees and practicing physicians in making rapid and accurate diagnoses to patients with spinal trauma and provide appropriate care. This clear, concise, case-based resource will serve as a guide and learning source for trainees as well as an easily navigable reference for medical practitioners that can be essential to establishing the presence of an acute spinal injury.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    John E. Niederhuber.
    Summary: Offering focused, practical, and up-to-date content on immunotherapies used to treat a wide variety of cancer types, Clinical Immuno-Oncology covers the basic cellular and molecular mechanisms involved in cancer initiation and progression. The text reviews the development of tumor specific antigens and the challenges of developing cancer immunotherapies. Every effort is made to relate the fundamental aspects of host immunity to the efficacy of current immunotherapies and how they work in conjunction with the immune system to combat cancer. This foundational resource explains the basics of cancer immunotherapy, discusses best practices, and provides recommendations from experienced clinicians in the field. Dr. John E. Niederhuber and a team of expert contributing authors provide clinically focused information essential for integrating these new therapies into practice--making this an ideal resource for fellows, practitioners, and other cancer team members in medical oncology, radiation oncology, cancer surgery, immunology, and cancer research.

    Contents:
    Development and structure of the lymphoid system
    The chemistry, structure, and function of immunoglobulins
    The role of the complement system in cancer etiology and management
    Cancer and the science of innate immunity
    Tumor antigenicity and cancer as non-self
    Tumor immune surveillance
    The essential elements of adaptive immunity and their relevance to cancer immunology
    Cancer--avoiding immune detection
    Vaccines and active immunization against cancer
    The major clinical components of cancer immunotherapy (modulating cell-mediated immune mechanisms)
    The microbiome and cancer immunotherapy
    The clinical application of immuno-therapeutics
    The effect of COVID-19 on cancer immunotherapy and cancer care.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Robert R. Rich [and five others].
    Contents:
    Section 1: Principles of immune response. The human immune response
    Organization of the immune system
    Innate immunity
    Antigen receptor genes, gene products, and co-receptors
    The major histocompatibility complex
    Antigens and antigen presentation
    B-cell development and differentiation
    T-cell development
    Cytokines and cytokine receptors
    Chemokines and chemokine receptors
    Lymphocyte adhesion and trafficking
    T-cell activation and tolerance
    Regulated cell death
    The microbiota in immunity and inflammation
    Section 2: Host defense mechanisms and inflammation. Immunoglobulin function
    Helper T-cell subsets and control of the inflammatory response
    Cytotoxic T lymphocytes and natural killer cells
    Regulatory immune cells
    Host defenses in the skin
    Host defenses at mucosal surfaces
    Complement in host deficiencies and diseases
    Phagocyte deficiencies
    Mast cells, basophils, and mastocytosis
    Eosinophils and eosinophilia
    Section 3: Host defenses to infectious agents. Host defenses to viruses
    Host defenses to intracellular bacteria
    Host defenses to extracellular bacteria
    Host defenses to spirochetes
    Host defenses to fungi
    Host defenses to protozoa
    Host defenses to helminths
    Section 4: Immunologic deficiencies. Approach to the evaluation of the immunodeficient patient
    Human genomics in immunology
    Primary antibody deficiencies
    Primary T-cell immunodeficiencies
    Immunodeficiencies at the interface of innate and adaptive immunity
    Infections in the immunocompromised host
    Immune deficiencies at the extremes of age
    HIV infection and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
    Autoantibody mediated phenocopies of primary immunodeficiency diseases
    Section 5: Allergic diseases. Immunological mechanisms of airway diseases and pathways to therapy
    Urticaria, angioedema, and anaphylaxis
    Allergic reactions to stinging and biting insects
    Atopic and contact dermatitis
    Food allergy
    Eosinophil-associated gastrointestinal disorders
    Allergic disorders of the eye
    Drug hypersensitivity
    Occupational respiratory allergies
    Section 6: Systemic immune diseases. Mechanisms of autoimmunity
    Systemic lupus erythematosus
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Sjögren's syndrome
    Scleroderma-systemic sclerosis
    Inflammatory muscle diseases
    Spondyloarthritis
    Small and medium vessel primary vasculitis
    Large-vessel vasculitides
    Systemic autoinflammatory syndromes
    Antiphospholipid syndrome
    Section 7: Organ-specific inflammatory disease. Immunohematologic disorders
    Bullous diseases of the skin and mucous membranes
    Immunology of psoriasis
    Myasthenia gravis
    Multiple sclerosis
    Autoimmune peripheral neuropathies
    Immunologic renal diseases
    Inflammation and atherothrombosis
    Autoimmune thyroid diseases
    Diabetes and related autoimmune diseases
    Immunologic lung diseases
    Sarcoidosis
    Immunologic ocular disease
    Immunologic diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
    Inflammatory hepatobiliary diseases
    Section 8: Immunology of neoplasia. Tumor immunotherapy
    Lymphoid leukemias
    Lymphomas
    Monoclonal gammopathies
    Section 9: Transplantation. Concepts and challenges in organ transplantation: rejection, immunosuppression, and tolerance
    Immune reconstitution therapy for immunodeficiency
    Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation for malignant diseases
    Section 10: Prevention and therapy of immunologic diseases. Immunoglobulin therapy: replacement and immunomodulation
    Gene therapy
    Glucocorticoids
    Immunomodulating pharmaceuticals
    Protein kinase antagonists as therapeutic agents for immunological and inflammatory disorders
    Biological modifiers of inflammation
    Vaccines
    Immunotherapy of allergic disease
    Section 11: Diagnostic immunology. Flow cytometry
    Assessment of functional immune responses
    Assessment of neutrophil function
    Assessment of human allergic diseases
    Molecular methods
    Appendices. Selected CD molecules and their characteristics
    Laboratory reference values
    Vaccine schedules.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert R. Rich, Thomas A. Fleisher, Harry W. Schroeder Jr., Cornelia M. Weyand, David B.Corry, Jennifer M. Puck.
    Summary: Offering unique, comprehensive coverage of both basic science and clinical scenarios, Clinical Immunology: Principles and Practice, 6th Edition, brings you up to date with every aspect of this fast-changing field. It examines the molecular, cellular, and immunologic bases of immunologic diseases and their broader systemic implications; it also includes complete coverage of common and uncommon immunologic disorders. Updated with all the latest immunologic research and clinical implications, including breakthrough immunotherapies and molecular-based treatment protocols, this fully revised edition provides authoritative guidance from some of the most respected global leaders in immunology in one complete, well-illustrated volume. Includes extensive revisions that reflect rapidly expanding research and clinical advances, including breakthrough drug and immunotherapies such as immune checkpoint inhibitors, immunotherapies for cancer, precision medicine, and transfusion medicine. Contains new chapters on COVID-19, immune responses, and the role of the immune system; immunoregulatory deficiencies; immune checkpoints; CAR T cells, including new cellular-based immunotherapy; gene therapy, including CRISPR and gene selection; and a clinically focused chapter on asthma. Provides new genetics content focused on data applications. Addresses notable advances in key areas such as the importance of the microbiota to normal immune system development and to the pathogenesis of immunologic and inflammatory diseases; relationships between the innate and adaptive immune systems; progress in rapid and cost-effective genomics; cell signaling pathways and the structure of cell-surface molecules; and many more. Covers hot topics such as the role of genetics and genomics in immune response and immunologic disease, atherosclerosis, recurrent fever syndromes, aging and deficiencies of innate immunity, the role of microbiota in normal immune system development and in the pathogenesis of immunologic and inflammatory diseases, and novel therapeutics. Features a user-friendly format with color-coded boxes highlighting critical information on Key Concepts, Clinical Pearls, Clinical Relevance, and Therapeutic Principles. Summarizes promising research and development anticipated over the next 5-10 years with "On the Horizon" boxes and discussions of translational research. An eBook version is included with purchase. The eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures and references, with the ability to search, customize your content, make notes and highlights, and have content read aloud.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Gerard Reach ; [translation by Claudia Ratti].
    Summary: Clinical practice guidelines were initially developed within the context of evidence-based medicine with the goal of putting medical research findings into practice. However, physicians do not always follow them, even when they seem to apply to the particular patient they have to treat. This phenomenon, known as clinical inertia, represents a significant obstacle to the efficiency of care and a major public health problem, the extent of which is demonstrated in this book. An analysis of its causes shows that it stems from a discrepancy between the objective, essentially statistical nature of evidence-based medicine on the one hand and the physicianℓ́ℓs own complex, subjective view (referred to here as ℓ́ℓmedical reasonℓ́ℓ) on the other. This book proposes a critique of medical reason that may help to reconcile the principles of evidence-based medicine and individual practice. The author is a diabetologist and Professor of Endocrinology, Diabetology and Metabolic Diseases at Paris 13 University. He has authored several books, including one to be published by Springer (Philosophy and Medicine series) under the title: The Mental Mechanisms of Patient Adherence to Long Term Therapies, Mind and Care.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Definitions
    The Evidence: The Gap Between Clinical Guidelines and Reality
    Determinants and Explanatory Models of Clinical Inertia
    The Doctor and Evidence-Based Medicine
    To Do or Not to Do: A Critique of Medical Reason
    Fighting Against True Clinical Inertia
    Conclusion: Time for Medical Reason
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Joseph Domachowske, Manika Suryadevara.
    Summary: This book is meticulously designed for the busy student, trainee, or seasoned physician looking to enhance or refresh skills in infectious diseases. It is intended to provide a solid resource for students and physicians in need of a concise yet comprehensive background of the material. Each chapter begins with a summary of the topic, a brief case description, definitions, critical teaching points, and tables, figures, photos, and other visual materials to reinforce learning. The chapters take a systems based approach to infections before concluding with the essentials of diagnostic microbiology to leave users with a practical toolkit for real-world clinics. Authored by two expert educators and dual infectious diseases and pediatrics specialists, Clinical Infectious Diseases Study Guide is the only updated study guide designed for medical students, fellows, residents, and trainees who need a strong foundation in infectious diseases. This includes infectious disease specialists in both adult and pediatric care, various internal medicine subspecialists, and hospitalists.

    Contents:
    Bacterial infections of the skin
    Febrile exanthems of childhood
    Acute and chronic lymphadenitis
    Keratitis
    Endophthalmitis
    Otitis, sinusitis, mastoiditis
    Pharyngitis, pharyngeal space infection
    Pertussis and pertussis syndrome
    Laryngitis, tracheitis, epiglottitis, bronchiolitis
    Community acquired pneumonia
    Influenza
    Tuberculosis
    Atypical pneumonia
    Fungal pneumonia
    Infective endocarditis
    Infectious myocarditis
    Acute rheumatic fever
    Kawasaki disease
    Infectious hepatitis
    Liver abscess
    Infectious gastroenteritis
    Urinary tract infection
    Human papillomavirus
    Prostatitis, epididymitis, and orchitis
    Vaginitis, cervicitis, and pelvic inflammatory disease
    Congenital and perinatal infections
    Aseptic meningitis
    Bacterial meningitis
    Parameningeal infections
    Meningoencephalitis
    Polyomavirus infections
    Prion disease
    Tetanus
    Diphtheria
    Botulism
    Toxic shock syndrome
    Clostridium difficile colitis
    Toxin mediated food poisoning
    Bacteremia and bacterial sepsis
    Central line associated bloodstream infections
    Osteoarticular infections
    Candidiasis
    Lyme disease
    Spotted fevers
    Typhus and related infections
    Malaria
    Yellow fever
    Dengue
    Chagas disease
    African sleeping sickness
    Leishmaniasis
    Leptospirosis
    Leprosy
    Tapeworms
    Trematodes
    Roundworms
    HIV
    Overview of antibiotics.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editor, Scott Mankowitz.
    Summary: The book offers an introduction to all the informatics concepts that are represented on the Clinical Informatics Board Examination The core and direction of this book is to mirror the model of clinical informatics which is used by the American Board of Preventive Medicine to create their exam. Unlike any other text on the market, the book includes simulated exam questions, to help the reader asses his knowledge and focus his study. Clinical Informatics Board Review and Self Assessment is a thorough practical assistant to refine the reader's knowledge regarding this youngest and possibly broadest fields of medicine.

    Contents:
    Fundamentals of Clinical Informatics
    The health system
    Clinical Decision Making
    Health Information System
    Leading and Managing Change.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    John T. Finnell, Brian E. Dixon, editors.
    Summary: This study guide is written to support the formal training required to become certified in clinical informatics. The content is structured to define and introduce key concepts with examples drawn from real-world experiences in order to impress upon the reader the core content from the field of clinical informatics. The book is divided into sections that group related chapters based on the major foci of the core content: health care delivery; clinical decision-making; information systems; leadership and managing teams; and professionalism. The chapters do not need to be read or taught in order, although the suggested order is consistent with how the editors have structured their curricula over the years. Clinical Informatics Study Guide: Text and Review serves as a reference for those seeking to independently study for a certifying examination or periodically reference while in practice. It further provides a roadmap for faculty who wish to go deeper in courses designed for physician fellows or graduate students in a variety of clinically oriented informatics disciplines, such as nursing, pharmacy, radiology, and public health.

    Contents:
    An Introduction to Clinical (Health) Informatics
    The U.S. Health System
    Clinical Informatics Policy and Regulations
    Clinical Decision-Making
    Evidence Based Patient Care
    Clinical Decision Support
    Clinical Workflow Analysis, Process Redesign, and Quality Improvement
    Predictive Analytics
    Fundamentals of Information Technology Systems
    Health Information Systems and Applications
    Clinical Data Exchange, System Integration, and Standards
    Information System Lifecycles in Health Care
    Human Factors Engineering: Supporting the User Experience
    Leadership Models, Processes, and Practices
    Effective Interdisciplinary Teams
    Effective Communication
    Project Management
    Strategic and Financial Planning for Clinical Information Systems
    Change Management
    Patient Engagement and Consumer Informatics
    Personalized Medicine and Translational Informatics
    Population Health and Public Health Informatics
    Appendices: Case Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    John T. Finnell, Brian E. Dixon, editors.
    Summary: This completely updated study guide textbook is written to support the formal training required to become certified in clinical informatics. The content has been extensively overhauled to introduce and define key concepts using examples drawn from real-world experiences in order to impress upon the reader the core content from the field of clinical informatics. The book groups chapters based on the major foci of the core content: health care delivery and policy; clinical decision-making; information science and systems; data management and analytics; leadership and managing teams; and professionalism. The chapters do not need to be read or taught in order, although the suggested order is consistent with how the editors have structured their curricula over the years. Clinical Informatics Study Guide: Text and Review serves as a reference for those seeking to study for a certifying examination independently or periodically reference while in practice. This includes physicians studying for board examination in clinical informatics as well as the American Medical Informatics Association (AMIA) health informatics certification. This new edition further refines its place as a roadmap for faculty who wish to go deeper in courses designed for physician fellows or graduate students in a variety of clinically oriented informatics disciplines, such as nursing, dentistry, pharmacy, radiology, health administration and public health.

    Contents:
    The discipline of clinical informatics: maturation of a new profession / Don E. Detmer, Benson S. Munger, Elaine B. Steen, and Edward H. Shortliffe
    Fundamentals of computer science / Eric Puster
    Clinical informatics policy and regulations / Matthew A. Eisenberg
    The U.S. health system / Craig D. Norquist
    Evidence-based health care / Arlene E. Chung, Christopher S. Evans, P. Jon White, and Edwin Lomotan
    Clinical decision-making / Stephen M. Downs
    Clinical decision support: it's more than just alerts / Mahima Vijayaraghavan, Lisa Masson, and Joseph Kannry
    Clinical workflow analysis, process redesign, and quality improvement / Mustafa Ozkaynak, Kim Unertl, Sharon Johnson, Juliana Brixey, and Saira N. Haque
    Human factors engineering and human-computer interaction: supporting user performance and experience / Richard J. Holden, Ephrem Abebe, Jordan R. Hill, Janetta Brown, April Savoy, Stephen Voida, Josette F. Jones, and Anand Kulanthaivel
    Information technology systems / Shawn N. Murphy and Jeffrey G. Klann
    Clinical information systems and applications / Caitlin M. Cusack, Veena Lingam, Christoph U. Lehmann, and Rachel Wong
    System development life cycle / Vishnu Mohan
    Healthcare data and exchange standards / William Hersh
    Health information exchange and interoperability / Brian E. Dixon, A. Jay Holmgren, Julia Adler-Milstein, and Shaun J. Grannis
    Data information and governance / Carl McKinley
    Analytics / Suranga N. Kasthurirathne and Shaun J. Grannis
    Cybersecurity in healthcare / Bryan C. McConomy and Dennis E. Leber
    Telehealth / Saira N. Haque and Emily M. Hayden
    Leadership models, processes, and practices / Robert C. (Bob) Marshall
    Effective interdisciplinary teams / Titus Schleyer, Sarah Zappone, Candace Wells-Myers, and Todd Saxton
    Strategic and financial planning / Natalie M. Pageler and Jonathan P. Palma
    Effective implementation of a clinical information system / Kim M. Unertl, Christoph U. Lehmann, and Nancy M. Lorenzi
    Project management / Lisa M. Masson, Carole A. Klove, and Noelle Provenzano
    Consumer health informatics: engaging and empowering patients and families / Deepti Pandita
    Public health informatics / Saira N. Haque, Brian E. Dixon, Shaun J. Grannis, and Jamie Pina
    Precision health / Feliciano B. Yu Jr.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editor Peter P. Karpawich.
    Contents:
    Adult congenital heart disease
    Cardiac resynchronization therapy for the univentricular heart
    Ventricular tachycardia in patients with teratology of Fallot
    The role of the implantable cardioverter-defibrillator for primary prevention in the adult with congenital heart disease
    Implantable cardiac device therapy in congenital heart disease
    Heart transplantation in adult congenital heart disease: who?
    Heart transplantation in adult congenital heart disease: when and why not?
    Ask the experts: arrhythmia and hemodynamics
    Multiple choice questions: answers.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2015
  • Digital
    editor Luc A. Pierard.
    Contents:
    Geriatric valvular disease
    Overview of sterotactic body radiation therapy for spinal metastasis
    Molecular mechanisms of calcific aortic valve disease
    Assessing operative risk in elderly patients with heart valve disease
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement in the high-risk elderly
    Aortic stenosis
    Management and follow-up of valvular disease in the geriatric population
    Ask the experts: Risk stratification in asymptomatic elderly patients with severe aortic stenosis
    Multiple choice questions: answers.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2015
  • Digital
    Thomas Kuriakose.
    Summary: This book elucidates the principles of sound clinical examination in ophthalmology. Based on the authors extensive teaching experience, it makes the case for arriving at a diagnosis through detailed clinical examinations, including history taking, knowledge of clinical epidemiology, and using only the most relevant clinical tests. Starting with basic chapters on relevant statistics and clinical epidemiology, the book covers history-taking, visual function assessment, slit lamp examination, and examinations of each important field (e.g. the lids, orbit, cornea, iris and pupil, glaucoma patients, sclera, lens, posterior segment, pediatric patient and neuro-ophthalmology) in separate chapters. Full of practical tips on examining patients at the clinic, the book also describes the rationale behind each clinical test and its interpretation. It is also hoped that teachers who come across this book will evaluate students on the basis of these relevant clinical examinations rather than quizzing them on esoteric clinical tests that are not routinely used and are of little clinical value. This book is intended to help all ophthalmologists, beginners and veterans alike, improve their clinical examination thinking and skills.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    About the Author
    1: Introduction
    1.1 Clinical Ophthalmology an Exciting Detective Work
    1.2 Definitions
    1.3 Diagnosis Making Process
    1.3.1 Dealing with Uncertainty
    1.3.2 Emperor's New Clothes
    1.4 When Clinical Tests Do Not Make Sense
    1.5 Natural History of Disease and Clinical Presentation
    1.5.1 Knowing Natural History
    1.6 Medical Etiquette
    1.7 Recording and Interpreting Your Findings
    1.8 Normal
    Further Reading 2: Overview of Statistics and Epidemiology for Clinical Diagnosis: Connecting the Dots
    2.1 Population and Sample
    2.1.1 Selecting the Sample
    2.2 Data
    2.2.1 Data Types
    2.2.2 Data Distribution
    2.3 Central Tendency or Average
    2.3.1 Precision
    2.3.2 Confidence Intervals
    2.4 Hypothesis Testing
    2.5 Comparing Means
    2.6 Correlation and Survival Analysis
    2.7 Epidemiological Concepts for Clinical Medicine
    2.7.1 Probability
    2.7.2 Incidence and Prevalence
    2.8 Diagnostic Test and Diagnosis
    2.8.1 Validity and Reliability
    2.9 Regression to Mean 2.10 Some Strategies for Making Diagnosis
    2.10.1 Diagnostic Possibility
    Further Reading
    3: History Taking: The Most Important Clinical Test
    3.1 Demographic Details
    3.2 Presenting Complaint
    3.3 History of Presenting Complaint
    3.3.1 Details of the Symptom
    3.3.2 Associated Symptoms
    3.3.3 Extent of Disability
    3.3.4 Rechecking History
    3.4 Past History
    3.5 Personal History
    3.6 Medical History/Review of Systems
    3.7 Treatment and Allergies
    3.8 Family History
    3.9 Social History
    3.10 Documentation and Confidentiality 3.11 History as a Test and Other Issues
    3.12 Analysing the Interview Result
    3.13 Beyond History Taking
    4: Visual Function and Its Assessment
    4.1 Visual Processing
    4.2 Attributes of Vision
    4.3 Visual Acuity Testing
    4.3.1 Normal Vision
    4.4 Vision Checking Charts and Measurement of Vision
    4.4.1 Near Vision Testing
    4.4.2 Vision Testing in Special Situations
    4.5 Pinhole Vision and Other Macular Function Assessments
    4.5.1 Pinhole Vision
    4.5.2 Macular Stress Test
    4.5.3 Macular Function Test
    4.5.4 Maddox Rod Test
    4.6 Visual Fields Testing 4.7 Colour Vision Testing
    4.8 Tests for Malingering
    5: Evaluating Refractive Error and Prescribing Glasses
    5.1 History and Preliminary Examination
    5.1.1 History
    5.1.2 Spectacle Power Evaluation
    5.1.3 Examination
    5.2 Retinoscopy or Objective Refraction
    5.2.1 The Practice of Retinoscopy
    5.3 Subjective Refraction
    Further Reading
    6: The Slit Lamp Examination
    6.1 The Instrument
    6.2 Setting up the Slit Lamp
    6.2.1 Microscope Setting
    6.2.2 Checking Parfocality
    6.2.3 Unlocking the Slit Lamp
    6.3 Examination of the Eye 6.3.1 Examination Using Focal/Diffuse Illumination
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Stephen T. Kee, Ravi Murthy, and David C. Madoff.
    Contents:
    Principles of embolization
    Principles of percutaneous ablative therapies
    Principles of isolated regional perfusion of the extremity or liver
    Principles of radiotherapy
    Tumor response for image-guided interventions: ASSESSMENT AND VALIDATION
    Trends in basic science research in interventional radiology: NANOTECHNOLOGY, STEM CELL, RNAi, AND RADIOGENOMICS
    Surgical management of hepatocellular carcinoma
    Interventional management of hepatocellular carcinoma
    Systemic therapy in advanced hepatocellular carcinoma
    Cholangiocarcinoma: Diagnosis, management, and prognosis
    Percutaneous management of cholangiocarcinoma
    The multidisciplinary management of liver metastases in colorectal cancer
    Surgical management of hepatic metastases
    Interventional radiology in the management of colorectal cancer liver metastases
    Gastroenteropancreatic neuroendocrine tumors
    Interventional oncology management of noncolorectal and nonneuroendocrine hepatic metastatic disease
    Percutaneous management of renal tumors
    Interventional strategies in the treatment of gynecologic cancers
    Image-based interventional therapies for benign uterine neoplasms
    Prostate cancer intervention
    Imaging of head and neck cancer
    Transcatheter chemotherapy for malignancies in the brain, head, and neck
    Head: Intracranial - gliomas, and meningiomas and extracranial - orbits, internal auditory canals, and skull base
    Primary lung carcinoma
    Metastatic disease
    Percutaneous musculoskeletal biopsy
    Musculoskeletal interventions for benign bone lesions
    Ablation of musculoskeletal metastatic lesions including cementoplasty
    Vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty in malignant vertebral fracture
    Intraarterial procedures for the musculoskeletal system.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    George T. Patterson, Warren K. Graham.
    Contents:
    Introduction to evidence-based practices and principles in the crimal justice system
    Using evidence to inform clinical practice
    An overview of implementation fidelity
    Clinical outcomes for criminal justice populations
    The evidence-based rating and classification process
    Risk assessment and treatment levels
    Evidence-based practices for juveniles in the juvenile justice system
    Evidence-based practices for adults in the criminal justice system
    Evidence-based practice with special criminal justice populations
    Implementing evidence-based practices and principles with criminal justice populations
    Criminal justice initiatives using evidence-based practices and principles
    Appendix- Resources for evidence-based criminal justice practice.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: Clinical investigation plays an essential role in the differential diagnosis, biomarker development, and therapy and cure of diseases. The book presents a bench-to-bed approach, with broad empirical coverage by experienced practitioners. The articles include topics like cytokine receptors in lung cancer, conduciveness of oxidative stress to carcinogenesis, safety and effectiveness of surgical correction of deformed chest, diagnostic and treatment regimens in inflammation-ridden obstructive lung conditions, alterations in growth hormone secretion leading to disorders of growth and metabolism, microbiota transplantation in pediatric patients, and the promising markers of renal epithelial injury. Yet another issue concerns the restructuring of chronic pain management by establishing the community-based specialized pain clinics. The book aims to disseminate and deliberate on the latest interdisciplinary medical knowledge to enhance clinical outcomes. Being a blend of clinical investigation and practice the book is addressed to physicians, scientists, and allied health care professionals.

    Contents:
    Prognostic Value of Osteoprotegerin and sRANKL in Bronchoalveolar Lavage Fluid of Patients with Advanced Non-small Cell Lung Cancer / W. Naumnik, I. Płońska, M. Ossolińska, J. Nikliński, and B. Naumnik
    Melatonin and Metformin Diminish Oxidative Stress in Heart Tissue in a Rat Model of High Fat Diet and Mammary Carcinogenesis / Natalia Kurhaluk, Bianka Bojkova, Marek Radkowski, Olga V. Zaitseva, Svitlana Kyriienko, Urszula Demkow, and Pawel J. Winklewski
    Evaluation of the Implementation of Hospital Antibiotic Policy in Oncosurgery Ward: A Six-Year Experience / Aneta Nitsch-Osuch, Damian Okruciński, Magdalena Dawgiałło, Izabela Gołębiak, and Ernest Kuchar
    Surgical Correction of Pectus Excavatum by the Nuss Procedure: A 15-Year Experience Study / Piotr Cierpikowski, Adam Rzechonek, Piotr Błasiak, Hanna Lisowska, Grzegorz Pniewski, and Patric Le Pivert
    Influence of Inhaled Corticosteroids on Bronchial Inflammation and Pulmonary Function in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease with Moderate Obstruction / Iza Toczyska, Ewa Zwolińska, and Andrzej Chcialowski
    Association Between Vitamin D and Carboxy-Terminal Cross-Linked Telopeptide of Type I Collagen in Children During Growth Hormone Replacement Therapy / Ewelina Witkowska-Sędek, Anna Stelmaszczyk-Emmel, Anna Kucharska, Urszula Demkow, and Beata Pyrżak
    Weight Disorders in Short Children / Paweł Tomaszewski, Anna Majcher, Katarzyna Milde, and Romuald Stupnicki
    Neutrophil Gelatinase-Associated Lipocalin: A Biomarker for Early Diagnosis of Urinary Tract Infections in Infants / Grażyna Krzemień, Małgorzata Pańczyk-Tomaszewska, Dominika Adamczuk, Iwona Kotuła, Urszula Demkow, and Agnieszka Szmigielska
    A Two-Week Fecal Microbiota Transplantation Course in Pediatric Patients with Inflammatory Bowel Disease / Katarzyna Karolewska-Bochenek, Pawel Grzesiowski, Aleksandra Banaszkiewicz, Agnieszka Gawronska, Maria Kotowska, Marcin Dziekiewicz, Piotr Albrecht, Andrzej Radzikowski, and Izabella Lazowska-Przeorek
    Specialized Pain Clinics in Primary Care: Common Diagnoses, Referral Patterns and Clinical Outcomes- Novel Pain Management Model / Yacov Fogelman, Eli Carmeli, Amir Minerbi, Baruch Harash, and Simon Vulfsons.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kasutoshi Obara, editor.
    Summary: This book thoroughly covers various diseases induced by portal hypertension, and introduces novel information for the treatment of patients. Individual chapters address the pathophysiology, diagnosis and treatment options available for the complications induced by portal hypertension. The book fosters practical understanding and provides more evidence-based treatment options in order to improve physicians? ability to select optimal treatment methods for their patients. Further, it offers readers the latest information concerning developments of the disease such as esophaogastric varices, ectopic varices, portal thrombosis, refractory ascites and hepatic encephalopathy. Clinical Science of Portal Hypertensions is an indispensible resource for both beginning and experienced gastroenterological physicians, endoscopists, liver physicians, radiologists, gastroenterological surgeons, liver surgeons, etc. who treat patients with portal hypertension on a clinical or research basis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    George P. Lee.
    Contents:
    Allergy & immunology
    Biostatistics
    Cardiology
    Dermatology
    EKG
    Endocrinology
    Ethics
    Gastroenterology
    Gynecology
    Hematology
    Neurology
    Obstetrics
    Ophthalmology
    Orthopedics
    Otolaryngology
    Psychiatry
    Pulmonary
    Renal and genitourinary
    Rheumatology
    Vascular.
  • Print
    Shirlyn B. McKenzie, PhD, MLS(ASCP) CM, SH(ASCP), CM, Department of Clinical Laboratory Sciences, University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio, J. Lynne Williams, PhD, MT(ASCP), Biomedical Diagnostic and Therapeutic Sciences Program, School of Health Sciences, Oakland University, Consulting editor: Kristin Landis-Piwowar, PhD, MLSA(ASCP) CM, Biomedical Diagnostic and Therapeutic Sciences Program, School of Health Sciences, Oakland University.
    Contents:
    Introduction to hematology
    The hematopoietic system
    The anemias
    Nonmalignant disorders of leukocytes
    Neoplastic hematologic disorders
    Body fluids
    Hemostasis
    Hematology procedures
    Quality assessment.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB145 .M392 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Lynne S. Garcia.
    Contents:
    Section I. Basic concepts and the current healthcare environment
    section II. Managerial leadership
    section III. Personnel management
    section IV. Requirements for effective laboratory management
    section V. Financial management
    section VI. Generation of revenue
    section VII. Profitability, contribution, and reimbursement
    section VIII. Outside marketing and expansion
    section IX. Clinical trials and evidence-based laboratory medicine
    section X. Defining and measuring standards for success
    section XI. The future of clinical laboratories.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Michael Laposata, Peter McCaffrey.
    Summary: "Clinical Laboratory Methods covers the 100 tests most often done in clinical labs. The description of each method covers the basic concept of the assay; clinically important information; the expense of the test (based cost of the reagents, supplies, and labor); the complexity of the test; and whether each method is manual, semi-automated, or highly automated, and each method includes a flowchart. The author avoids getting bogged down in unimportant details, focusing on only what you need to know to master these important processes"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Methods in clinical immunology
    Methods in clinical microbiology
    Methods in clinical hematology
    Methods in clinical coagulation
    Methods in transfusion medicine and blood banking
    Methods in clinical chemistry and general methods
    Point-of-care testing methods
    Methods involving chromosomal analysis and molecular genetics
    Further reading
    Clinical laboratory reference values.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Marvin P. Fried, Melin Tan.
    Summary: "Clinical Laryngology addresses the practical issues faced by residents and seasoned practitioners in managing patients with diseases of the larynx. It is a concise manual covering common, everyday procedures that residents must master and provides all the up-to-date information needed by otolaryngologists caring for patients with laryngeal pathology. Key Features: Contains chapters on dysphagia, aspiration, tracheotomy, and cough Includes more than 100 high-quality illustrations and clinical photographs that clarify the information in the text Written and edited by renowned experts in the field of laryngology This clinical resource is the go-to book that residents, fellows, and practicing otolaryngologists will consult when they are in need of practical guidance on managing cases of laryngeal pathology in the course of their practice"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    edited by David Stanley.
    Summary: "Clinical Leadership in Nursing and Healthcare: Values into Action offers a range of tools and topics that support and foster clinically focused nurses and other healthcare professionals to develop their leadership potential"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Christie M. Ballantyne.
    Contents:
    Human plasma lipoprotein metabolism
    Regulation and clearance of apolipoprotein B-containing lipoproteins
    Absorption and excretion of intestinal cholesterol and other sterols
    High-density lipoprotein metabolism
    Lipoproteins : mechanisms for atherogenesis and progression of atherothrombotic disease
    Impact of rare and common genetic variants on lipoprotein metabolism
    Lipoprotein oxidation : mechanisms and biotheranostic applications
    Cholesterol : concentration, ratio, and particle number
    High-density lipoprotein cholesterol and triglycerides in coronary heart disease risk assessment
    Lipoprotein(a)
    Clinical evaluation for genetic and secondary causes of dyslipidemia
    Use of high-sensitivity c-reactive protein for risk assessment
    Role of lipoprotein-associated phospholipase A2 in vascular disease
    Emerging assays
    Imaging atherosclerosis for risk stratification by cardiac computed tomography or carotid ultrasound
    Overview of general approach to management of elevated low-density lipoprotein cholesterol and mixed dyslipidemia, high triglycerides, and low high-density lipoprotein cholesterol
    Treatment guidelines overview
    Dietary patterns for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular disease
    Exercise and lipids
    Weight loss
    Statins
    Bile acid sequestrants
    Cholesterol absorption inhibitors
    Niacin (nicotinic acid)
    Fibrates
    Omega-3 fatty acids
    Combination therapy for dyslipidemia
    Nutraceuticals and functional foods for cholesterol reduction
    Evolving targets of therapy : cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibition
    Evolving targets of therapy : proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin 9 inhibition
    Evolving targets of therapy : inflammation as a method to predict and prevent cardiovascular events
    Invasive imaging modalities and atherosclerosis : intravascular ultrasound
    Noninvasive imaging modalities and atherosclerosis : the role of ultrasound
    Noninvasive imaging modalities and atherosclerosis : the role of magnetic resonance imaging and positron emission tomography imaging
    Special patient populations : diabetes and metabolic syndrome
    Special patient populations : women and elderly
    Special patient populations : children and adolescents
    Special patient populations : familial hypercholesterolemia and other severe hypercholesterolemias
    Special patient populations : acute coronary syndromes
    Special patient populations : transplant recipients
    Special patient populations : chronic kidney disease
    Special patient populations : lipid abnormalities in high-risk ethnic groups
    Special patient populations : human immunodeficiency virus patients
    Therapeutic targeting of high-density lipoprotein metabolism.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect [2015]
  • Digital
    Christie M. Ballantyne.
    Summary: Part of the renowned Braunwald family of references, Clinical Lipidology: A Companion to Braunwald’s Heart Disease provides today’s clinicians with clear, authoritative guidance on the therapeutic management of patients with high cholesterol levels and other atherogenic lipid disorders. An invaluable resource for cardiologists, lipidologists, endocrinologists, and internal medicine physicians, this one-stop reference covers everything from basic science and the pathogenesis of atherothrombotic disease to risk assessment and the latest therapy options. Now fully updated from cover to cover, the 3rd Edition offers unparalleled coverage of lipidology in an accessible and user-friendly manner.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Mark R. Litzow, Elizabeth A. Raetz, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art overview of acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL). The first section of the book presents the translational science behind ALL, reviewing molecular pathways and targets in B- and T-cell ALL, as well as techniques and application of minimal residual disease testing. The second section spotlights ALL management strategies for patients across the spectrum, from infants to the elderly. The final section outlines current and new advances in ALL treatment, including new monoclonal antibodies and allogenic and autologous HSCT. Written by experts in the field, Clinical Management of Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia: From Bench to Bedside is a valuable resource that will guide patient management, stimulate investigative efforts, and increase understanding of the biologic underpinnings of the disease.

    Contents:
    TRANSLATIONAL SCIENCE
    Molecular pathways and targets in B cell progenitor acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    Genetic Mechanisms in T-Cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Minimal Residual Disease in Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia : Techniques and Application
    THERAPEUTICS
    Treatment of Pediatric B and T cell ALL
    Treatment of Adult B and T cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia: An Overview of Current Treatments and Novel Advances
    Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia in Infants: A distinctive, high risk subtype of childhood ALL
    Treatment of Elderly Patients with Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Treatment of Childhood Philadelphia-Chromosome Positive Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Treatment of adult Philadelphia chromosome positive ALL
    Treatment of Ph-like ALL
    Prophylaxis and treatment of central nervous system (CNS) ALL
    Late effects of therapy of acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    NEW AND EXISTING MODALITIES OF THERAPY
    Monoclonal Antibody Based Treatment and Other New Agents for B-Lineage ALL
    New Agents for the Treatment of T-Cell ALL
    The development and management of treatment with chimeric-antigen receptor T cell (CAR-T)
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in Adults with Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia (ALL)
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in Pediatric Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Antoni Torres, Catia Cillóniz.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to pneumonia
    2. Epidemiology, etiology, and risk factors of bacterial pneumonia
    3. Pathology and clinical features of pneumonia
    4. Diagnosis and classification of pneumonia
    5. Methods for preventing pneumonia
    6. Management of pneumonia.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Mitchell Scheiman O.D., Ph.D, Professor, Dean of Research, Director of Graduate Programs, Pennsylvania College of Optometry at Salus University, Elkins Park, Pennsylvania, Bruce Wick O.D., Ph.D., Professor Emeritus, University of Houston, College of Optometry, Houston, Texas ; illustrator Barbara Steinman.
    Contents:
    Section I: Diagnosis and general treatment approach
    Diagnosis testing
    Case analysis
    General treatment modalities, guidelines, and prognosis
    Primary care of binocular vision, accommodative, and eye movement disorders
    Section II: Vision therapy procedures and instrumentation
    Introduction and general concepts
    Fusional vergence, voluntary convergence, and antisuppression
    Section III: Management
    Low AC/A conditions: convergence insufficiency and divergence insufficiency
    High accommodative convergence to accommodation conditions: convergence excess and divergence excess
    Normal AC/A conditions: fusional vergence dysfunction, basic esophoria and basic exophoria
    Accommodative dysfunction
    Eye movement disorders
    Cyclovertical heterophoria
    Fixation disparity
    Section IV: Advanced diagnostic and management issues
    Interactions between accommodation and vergence
    Refractive anblyopia
    Nystagmus
    Aniseikonia
    Binocular and accommodative problems associated with computer use
    Binocular and accommodative problems associated with acquired brain injury
    Binocular and accommodative problems associated with learning problems
    Development and management of refractive error: binocular vision-based treatment
    Binocular vision problems association with refractive surgery
    Section V: Vision therapy and optometric practice
    Patient and practice management issues in vision therapy.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Simone Ferrero, Marcello Ceccaroni, editors.
    Summary: This book exclusively focuses on the practical aspects of diagnosing and managing bowel endometriosis, and highlights the importance of pursuing a multidisciplinary approach. Collecting chapters written by international experts in the field, the book is divided into two parts: the first presents all imaging techniques that are currently available and useful in diagnosing bowel endometriosis, while the second covers all available surgical techniques for treating this disorder, including the modern and lesser-invasive Nerve-Sparing radical approaches. Featuring a wealth of figures, sketches and videos, the book offers an essential guide for specialists, resident and subspecialty trainees in the fields of gynecology, colorectal surgery, radiology and gastroenterology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    List of Videos
    Part I: Bowel Endometriosis
    1: Pathogenesis of Bowel Endometriosis
    1.1 Definition and Epidemiology
    1.2 Anatomical Distribution and Classification
    1.3 Theories Surrounding Pathogenesis
    1.3.1 Retrograde Menstruation
    1.3.2 Coelomic Metaplasia
    1.3.3 Stem Cells
    1.3.4 Genetic Factors
    1.4 Histopathologic Findings
    1.4.1 The Profibrotic Nature of Endometriosis
    1.4.2 Histological Appearance of DIE
    References
    2: Epidemiology of Bowel Endometriosis
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Epidemiology of Endometriosis 2.3 Epidemiology of Bowel Endometriosis
    2.3.1 Rectosigmoid Endometriosis
    2.3.2 Endometriosis of the Appendix
    2.3.3 Other Intestinal Lesions
    2.3.4 Multifocal and Multicentric Endometriosis
    2.3.5 Endometriosis of the Lymph Nodes
    2.4 Conclusion
    References
    3: Pathologic Characteristics of Bowel Endometriosis
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Macroscopic Findings
    3.3 Microscopic Findings
    3.3.1 Usual Findings
    3.3.2 Infiltration of the Mucosal Layer
    3.3.3 Perineural Infiltration
    3.3.4 Cajal Cell Depletion
    3.3.5 Sympathetic Nerve Fibers Damage 3.4 Lymph Nodes Involvement
    3.5 Small Bowel Involvement
    3.6 Cecal Appendix Involvement
    3.7 The Role of Immunohistochemistry
    3.8 Complications of Bowel Endometriosis
    3.8.1 Perforation
    3.8.2 Stenosis
    3.8.3 Malignant Transformation
    References
    4: Symptoms of Bowel Endometriosis
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Rectosigmoid Endometriosis
    4.3 Ileocecal Endometriosis
    4.4 Endometriosis of the Appendix
    4.5 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Diagnosis
    5: Non-enhanced Transvaginal Ultrasonography
    5.1 The Diagnosis of Rectosigmoid DIE Using Ultrasound 5.2 Learning Curve for TVS in the Diagnosis of Rectosigmoid DIE
    5.3 The Role of "Soft Markers" in the Diagnosis of Rectosigmoid DIE
    5.4 Comparison with Other Imaging Techniques
    5.5 Conclusion
    References
    6: Enhanced Ultrasonographic Techniques
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Rectal Water-Contrast Transvaginal Ultrasonography
    6.3 Tenderness-Guided Transvaginal Ultrasonography
    6.4 Sonovaginography
    6.5 Conclusion
    References
    7: Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Clinical Challenges
    7.3 MRI
    7.3.1 Standard MRI
    7.3.1.1 MRI Protocol 7.3.1.2 MRI Features
    7.3.2 MR Enterography
    7.3.2.1 MRI Protocol
    7.3.2.2 MRI Signs
    7.4 Other Examinations
    7.4.1 Transvaginal Sonography (TVS)
    7.4.2 Fusion Imaging
    7.4.3 Rectal Endoscopic Sonography
    7.4.4 Computed Tomography (CT) Enema
    References
    8: Multidetector Computerized Tomography Enema
    8.1 Multidetector Computerized Tomography Enema
    8.2 Multidetector Computerized Tomography Enema Technique
    8.3 Multidetector Computerized Tomography Enema in the Diagnosis of Bowel Endometriosis
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hartmuth Kiefer, Sylvia Usbeck, Leslie F. Scheuber, Volker Atzrodt.
    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Compatibility of Implants
    3 OR Planning and Choice of Implant
    4 Ceramic Femoral Ball Head
    5 Ceramic Insert
    6 Removal of Osteophytes
    7 Functional Check with Trial Insert and Trial Femoral Ball Head
    8 Positioning and Impaction of the Ceramic Insert
    9 Summary
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Joseph G. Schenker, Andrea R. Genazzani, John J. Sciarra, Liselotte Mettler, Martin H. Birkhaeuser, editors.
    Summary: This new volume in the Reproductive Medicine for Clinicians series focuses on the practical clinical impact of problems linked to infertility, discussing topics such as luteal support in ART cycles, ovulation induction using pulsatile administration of GnRH, how to deal with the metabolic changes in PCOS, treatment to restore fertility in endometriosis and how to improve implantation, which are common aspects of daily clinical practice.It also addresses significant novel areas like the biological clock in human reproduction, reproduction at advanced parental age and medical and social egg freezing, offering valuable insights for patients and their doctors. Further, the book covers various areas of growing importance, such as how to access the uterine cavity; the future of imaging in reproduction; non-invasive prenatal testing; ART and male infertility; as well as breast cancer and fertility preservation. Last but not least, it examines the medical, ethical and legal aspects of a number of challenges for current and future reproductive medicine, including uterine transplantation and human genetic modification. Bringing together updates on some of the most important problems in reproductive medicine and also covering ethical and legal bases, this book offers an overview of potential treatments for infertility. As such, it is a valuable resource for gynecologists, obstetricians, endocrinologists and all specialists dealing with reproductive health.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Ethical Issues in Human Reproduction
    Chapter 1. Human Reproduction Religious Perspectives
    Chapter 2. Ethics in Clinical and Imaging Practice in Reproductive Medicine
    Chapter 3. Reproduction at Advanced Parental Age
    Chapter 4. Cross Border Reproductive Care: Current State of the Art
    Chapter 5. Uterine Transplantation
    Part 2. Clinical Challenges: Patients and Therapies
    Chapter 6. Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecology Physiology and Pathology
    Chapter 7. Biological Clock in Human Reproduction
    Chapter 8. "Ovulation induction by pulsatile administration of GnRH: State of the art"
    Chapter 9. Pathogenesis of PCOS: from metabolic and neuroendocrine implications to the choice of the therapeutic strategy
    Chapter 10. Mysteries of the Uterine Cavity
    Chapter 11. Endometriosis: therapeutic approach
    Chapter 12. ART and Male Infertility
    Chapter 13. Laparoscopy and Gynecological Cancers
    Part 3. Fertility Preservation and Cryopreservation
    Chapter 14. Breast cancer and Fertility preservation
    Chapter 15. Fertility Preservation using cryopreserved stored ovarian tissue. Where are we today?
    Chapter 16. Elective Oocyte Cryopreservation
    Chapter 17. Medical and Elective (Social) Egg Freezing: Key Insights from Womens Perspectives
    Part 4. Prenatal Testing
    Chapter 18. Non-invasive prenatal testing (NIPT) Past, Present and Future
    Chapter 19. Kurjak Antenatal Neurodevelopmental Test (Kanet Test) A Useful Tool for Fetal Neurodevelopmental Assessment
    Part 5. Recurrent Implantation Failure and Pregnancy Loss
    Chapter 20. Recurrent implantation failure
    Chapter 21. Recurrent Pregnancy Loss. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Giorgio Cavallini, Giovanni Beretta, editors.
    Summary: This book provides andrologists and other practitioners with reliable, up-to-date information on all aspects of male infertility and is designed to assist in the clinical management of patients. Clear guidance is offered on classification of infertility, sperm analysis interpretation and diagnosis. The full range of types and causes of male infertility are then discussed in depth. Particular attention is devoted to poorly understood conditions such as unexplained couple infertility and idiopathic male infertility, but the roles of diverse disorders, health and lifestyle factors and environmental pollution are also fully explored. Research considered stimulating for the reader is highlighted, reflecting the fascinating and controversial nature of the field. International treatment guidelines are presented and the role of diet and dietary supplements is discussed in view of their increasing importance. Clinicians will find that the book's straightforward approach ensures that it can be easily and rapidly consulted.

    Contents:
    Prevalence Definition and Classification of Infertility
    Sperm analysis interpretation
    Diagnosis of Infertility
    General therapeutic approach to male infertility
    Azoospermia
    Varicocele and Infertility
    Chromosomic causes of infertility
    Male idiopathic (oligo)±(astheno)±(terato)-spermia
    Obesity and male infertility
    Unexplained couple infertility (male role)
    Inflammatory Infertility
    Testicular Pathology
    Endocrine infertility
    Iatrogenic infertility
    Dietary Complements and phytotherapy
    Environmental pollution and infertility
    The role of the andrologist in assisted reproduction
    Sexual problems and infertility.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Glenn T. Sameshima, editor.
    Summary: This book is exceptional in being dedicated solely to root resorption caused by orthodontic tooth movement. While the core content is based on scientific evidence, the book is intended as a practical aid for the clinician who performs orthodontics. After explanation of the different types of root resorption, a series of clinically oriented chapters focus particularly on external apical root resorption. Readers will find clear guidance on etiology, risk factors, diagnosis, imaging, patient management and education, and treatment options. The long-term prognosis of teeth with resorbed roots is thoroughly discussed, and advice is provided on the measures that should be adopted if severe root resorption is encountered during or at the end of treatment. Valuable information is also presented on the practice management side of the problem, covering informed consent, record keeping, and documentation of risk. The closing chapter examines likely future directions in root resorption management. The principal author has lectured and published on the subject for more than 25 years and is internationally recognized as a leading authority. This is the FIRST book solely dedicated to orthodontic root resorption!

    Contents:
    Introduction to Root Resorption
    Types of Root Resorption
    Etiology of Root Resorption
    Diagnosis of Root Resorption
    Risk Factors for Root Resorption
    Imaging of Root Resorption
    Patient Management and Education of Root Resorption
    Treatment Options for Root Resorption
    Long-Term Prognosis of Root Resorption
    Resorption of Impacted Teeth
    Root Resorption: Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Paolo Sbraccia, Enzo Nisoli, Roberto Vettor, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: General remarks
    Overview of the Management of the Obese Patient
    Part II: Lifestyle modifications
    Diet
    Physical Activity
    Therapeutic education
    Part III: Treatment
    Pharmacological Management
    Bariatric surgery
    Metabolic-Nutritional-Psychological Rehabilitation in Obesity
    Part IV: Obesity in Particular Conditions and Treatment Algorithm
    Eating Disorders and Obesity
    Obesity in Pregnancy
    Childhood Obesity
    Geriatric Obesity
    Multidimensional Evaluation of the Obese patient and Level of Care
    Treatment Algorithm of Patients with Overweight and Obesity. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Kanna Jayaprakasan, Lucy Kean, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical overview of the clinical management of assisted reproduction treatment (ART), ranging from pre-pregnancy care through pregnancy, to birth and beyond. ART is increasingly used worldwide as it offers the greatest chances of success among currently available fertility treatment options, regardless of the cause of infertility. Over the last two decades, there have been considerable advances in the field of ART, and its use has become much more accessible. Clinical Management of Pregnancies following ART discusses the importance of understanding potential risks and problems, the psychological impact on prospective parents, and the available choices for parents. It is a useful guide for all health professionals involved in the care of women undergoing ART. .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: The book endeavors to provide a stimulating and thought provoking scientific content to share and exchange new clinical studies and advancements in dealing with pulmonary diseases. The topics vary from clinical to translational research in respiratory diseases such as lung cancer, obstructive sleep apnea, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bacterial and fungal infections, lung lesions during febrile maladies, and others. An attempt has been made to show the intertwined relationship between the pulmonary system and other body systems such as kidney, cardiac, or hormonal functions. The ensuing interlocked morbidities, often exacerbating one another, require the coordination of various medical specialties to optimize the diagnostic and therapeutic processes. The knowledge sharing through publications of research and clinical experiences is indispensable to accelerate the innovation spectrum and to continue working on the therapeutic and preventive strategies in chronic pulmonary diseases. The book is addressed to pulmonologists, chest physicians, researchers, and healthcare professionals engaged in patient care.

    Contents:
    Sociodemographic and Clinical Determinants of Quality of Life of Patients with Non-small Cell Lung Cancer
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea and Chronic Kidney Disease
    Mortality Due to Nosocomial Infection with Klebsiella pneumoniae ESBL+
    Echocardiographic Assessment in Patients with Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis
    Lung Lesions During Fever of Unknown Origin
    Importance of GOLD Guidelines for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Cardiac Arrhythmias in Patients with Exacerbation of COPD
    Enzymatic Activity of Candida spp. from Oral Cavity and Urine in Children with Nephrotic Syndrome
    Thyroid Autoimmunity in Girls with Turner Syndrome
    Preventive Chair Massage with Algometry to Maintain Psychosomatic Balance in White-Collar Workers
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Elspeth Cameron Ritchie, Maria D. Llorente, editors.
    Summary: This volume highlights the socioeconomic concerns related to medical care for homeless patients and places them at the interface of common psychiatric and medical problems clinicians encounter. Written by experts in psychiatry and other medical specialties, this volume is a concise, yet comprehensive overview of the homeless crisis, its costs, and ultimately, best practices for improved outcomes. The text begins by examining the scope and epidemiology of the problem and discusses its costs. It then examines the best practices for both physical and psychiatric care before concluding with a section on working with special populations that have unique concerns across the country including LGBTQ, women, children, veterans, and aging adults. As the first medical book on homelessness, it is designed to cover a broad range of concerns in a concise, practical fashion for all clinicians working with homeless patients. Clinical Management of the Homeless Patient is written by and for psychiatrists, general internists, geriatricians, pediatricians, addiction medicine physicians, VA physicians, and all others who may encounter this crisis in their work.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology
    Determinants of And Contributors To Homelessness
    Legal/ethical issues
    Excess Police/Justice Involvement
    Excess Ed Resource Use
    Human And Sex Trafficking And Homelessness
    The Housing First Model
    Pathways to Housing
    The VA
    Other
    Efforts To Reduce Justice Reinvolvement: Jail Diversion, Justice Outreach, Justice Re-Entry
    Employment, Job Training, Education
    Deinstitutionalization, Homelessness Among Seriously Mentally Ill, Prevalence Of Psychiatric Illness Among Homeless
    Substance Use Disorders
    Trauma
    Nonadherence to treatment
    Suicide Prevention
    Cognitive impairment/TBI
    Management of the chronic mentally ill and chronically suicidal patient who is in and out of the ER and inpatient all the time
    Diabetes, hypertension, HIV and other STDs, cellulitis, abscesses, arthritis
    Infestations: bed bugs, lice, ant and mosquito bites and associated cellulitis
    Managing these issues
    A focus on toenails
    Veterans
    Women
    Children
    LGBTQ
    Older Homeless (50-65, 65 to 85 Years).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kevin C. Chung, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I: Background Concepts
    Advances in the Medical Treatment of RA: What Surgeons Need to Know
    Etiology of Rheumatoid Arthritis: A Historical and Evidence-Based Perspective
    Preoperative and Postoperative Medical Management for Rheumatoid Hand Surgery
    Setting Priorities: The Timing and the Indication for Rheumatoid Surgical Procedures
    Upper Extremity Compression Neuropathies in Rheumatoid Patients
    Current Treatment Outcomes among Patients with Rheumatoid Hand and Wrist Deformities
    Application of Patient-Rated Questionnaires in Rheumatoid Hand Outcomes Research
    Part II: Rheumatoid Wrist
    Biomechanics of the Rheumatoid Wrist Deformity
    Concepts and Indications of Rheumatoid Wrist Surgery
    Management of the Distal Radioulnar Joint in Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Soft Tissue Reconstructive Procedures in the Rheumatoid Wrist, Including Tendon Transfer Procedures
    Advances in Total Wrist Arthroplasty
    Total Wrist Fusion and Limited Wrist Fusion Procedures in Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Application of Arthroscopy in Treatment of the Rheumatoid Wrist.
    Case Based Discussion of the Management of the Rheumatoid Wrist
    Part III: Rheumatoid Hand
    The Rheumatoid Finger: Treatment Concepts and Indications for Surgery
    Biomechanics of Rheumatoid Finger Deformities
    Treatment of MCP Joints in the Rheumatoid Hand
    Treatment of Boutonniere and Swan-Neck Deformities in Rheumatoid Fingers
    Concepts in Ulnar Drift Deformity
    The Rheumatoid Thumb
    Case Based Examples of Management of the Rheumatoid Hand
    Part IV: Rheumatoid Elbow
    Soft Tissue Management of the Elbow Deformities
    Arthroplasty Procedures for the Rheumatoid Elbow
    Case Based Examples of Management of Rheumatoid Elbow .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Joseph P. Mathew, Madhav Swaminathan, Chakib M. Ayoub, Alina Nicoara.
    Contents:
    Fundamentals of echocardiography
    Assessment of cardiac structure and function
    Clinical echocardiography
    Special topics
    Appendices.
  • Digital
    edited by Dawn Camp-Sorrell, Diane G. Cope, Rebecca A. Hawkins.
    Summary: "Patients with cancer can experience an array of complex medical issues during and following treatment, whether from the cancer itself, cancer therapy, or existing comorbidities. Advanced practice nurses providing care to this population need to be able to assess and treat acute and chronic conditions to promote favorable outcomes in symptom management and quality of life. This fourth edition builds upon the prior editions to address the nuances associated with assessing and intervening on symptoms to provide informed patient care. It has undergone extensive revision and incorporates new chapters to reflect current practice. Written by experts in oncology nursing and pharmacology, this comprehensive text serves as a quick reference guide for the diagnosis and treatment of emergent and ongoing problems occurring in patients with cancer. Symptoms are grouped by body system, and content is extensively cross-referenced to allow easy identification of symptoms to determine a medical diagnosis. This manual provides a detailed yet resource to guide busy practitioners within their practice"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Henry R. Kranzler, M.D., Domenic A. Ciraulo, M.D., Leah R. Zindel, R. Ph., M.A.L.S.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive, meticulously detailed review of the pharmacology of addictive drugs and the medications used to treat abuse of and dependence on these addictive drugs. Though rich in detailed background, it is written with a therapeutic focus, as a clinical guide for the use of pharmacotherapy in patients with substance use disorders. Experts cover all major classes of substances that are clinically important in relation to addiction.

    Contents:
    Alcohol / Henry R. Kranzler, Clifford Knapp, and Domenic Ciraulo
    Tobacco / Cheryl A. Oncken, and Tony P. George
    Opioids / John A. Renner Jr., Clifford M. Knapp, Domenic A. Ciraulo, and Steven Epstein
    Cannabis / John J. Mariani and Frances R. Levin
    Stimulants / Kyle M. Kampman
    Sedatives, hypnotics, and anxiolytics / Domenic A. Ciraulo
    Hallucinogens and related drugs / Torsten Passie and John H. Halpern
    Inhalants / Carlos Hernandez-Avila
    Club drugs and synthetic cannabinoid agonists / Richard N. Rosenthal and Ramon Solhkhah
    Treatment of substance use disorders / Nancy M. Petry, David M. Ledgerwood, and James R. McKay.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Dr. Syed A. Abutalib, Dr. Parameswaran Hari.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Molly McVoy, Ekaterina Stepanova, Robert L. Findling.
    Summary: "When it comes to the use of psychotropic agents in pediatric patients, it is not merely a question of extrapolating data from adults to children and adolescents; special consideration must be given to the effects of the drug on developing bodies and brains. That is what makes this fourth edition of the Clinical Manual of Child and Adolescent Psychopharmacology so essential. Updated to include a succinct yet thorough review of the most recent evidence-based information and data-driven best treatment practices in child and adolescent psychiatry, this new volume is organized by DSM-5-TR diagnosis and offers an exhaustive analysis of the use of drugs in nine disorder categories that include depressive disorders, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, autism spectrum disorder, eating disorders, and early schizophrenia and psychotic illnesses. Each chapter includes comprehensive medication tables that allow easy reference of dosing, side effects, and tips for management as well as key points that summarize the most essential information for treating clinicians. Whether they are clinical psychiatrists, medical students on psychiatry rotation, advanced practice providers, or pediatricians, readers will benefit from the depth of information in this indispensable desktop reference"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Developmental Aspects of Pediatric Psychopharmacology
    Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
    Disruptive Behavior Disorders and Aggression
    Anxiety Disorders
    Major Depressive Disorder
    Bipolar Disorders
    Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Tic Disorders
    Early-Onset Schizophrenia and Psychotic Illnesses
    Eating Disorders.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline [2024]
  • Digital
    edited by Molly McVoy, M.D., Assistant Professor and Training Director, Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, University Hospitals Cleveland Medical Center, Research Physician, Discovery and Wellness Center for Children, Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine, Cleveland, Ohio, Robert L. Findling, M.D., M.B.A., Director, Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Vice Chair, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, Maryland.
    Summary: The third edition reflects advances in this rapidly growing field and includes the latest research on the psychopharmacological treatment of children. Each chapter has been revised and updated in detail, emphasizing what has been learned since the last edition.

    Contents:
    Developmental aspects of pediatric psychopharmacology
    Attention-deficit/ hyperactivity disorder
    Disruptive behavior disorders and aggression
    Anxiety disorders
    Major depressive disorder
    Bipolar disorder
    Autism spectrum disorder
    Tic disorders
    Early-onset schizophrenia and psychotic illnesses
    Eating disorders.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Edward S. Bennett, Vinita Allee Henry.
    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction. Preliminary evaluation ; Optical considerations in contact lens practice
    Section II: Gas-permeable lenses. Corneal topography ; Material selection ; Gas-permeable lens design, fitting, and evaluation ; Gas-permeable lens care and patient education ; Verification ; Gas-permeable lens problem-solving ; Modification of gas-permeable corneal and scleral lenses
    Section III. Soft lenses. Soft material selection (hydrogel and silicone hydrogel) ; Soft contact lens fitting and evaulation ; Soft lens care and patient education ; Soft lens problem-solving
    Section IV: Challenging cases. Correction of astigmatism ; Multifocal contact lenses ; Overnight contact lens wear ; Pediatric contact lens fitting ; Keratoconus ; Postsurgical contacts lens fitting ; Scleral lenses ; Myopia control ; Orthokeratology ; Prosthetic contact lenses ; Management of contact lens-associated or lens-induced pathology ; Contact lens practice management ; Specialty contact lends coding and billing.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    William W. Huang, Christine S. Ahn.
    Summary: This manual provides an educationally focused and practically applicable resource for trainee dermatologists undertaking various dermatology board examinations. Concise, easy-to-follow chapters featuring relevant videos with editorial commentary aid the reader in developing an in depth understanding of a range of skin conditions and their management. Key concepts relevant to cutaneous neoplasms, fungal infections, dermatopharmacology, chemical peels, disorders of pigmentation and dermatopathology are all covered. Emphasis is placed on breaking topics down into modules, similar to that now taken by many dermatology board assessments for trainee dermatologists, aiding the reader easily access the content they need. Clinical Manual of Dermatology concisely describes many key concepts required to gain a thorough understanding of a range of topics in dermatology crucial to successfully completing dermatology board examinations. It is therefore, a valuable resource for all trainee dermatologists.

    Contents:
    Basic Science
    Immunology
    General Dermatology
    Cutaneous neoplasms
    Infectious Diseases
    Pediatric Dermatology
    Dermatopharmacology
    Dermatopathology
    Dermatologic Surgery
    Cosmetic Dermatology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey C. Gershel, Ellen F. Crain ; associate editor, Sandra J. Cunningham ; assistant editor, James A. Meltzer.
    Summary: "Extensively updated, with chapter revisions and an array of new material, the Sixth Edition of this Clinical Manual offers an indispensable resource on Emergency Pediatrics. Incorporating the latest guidelines concerning a wide range of conditions, the text is an up to date and practical resource for use at the point of care. Providing critical information in all sites where sick and injured children receive treatment - from emergency departments to private offices and primary care settings - this Sixth Edition enables first-rate care. Fully updated with current knowledge and guidance within the field. New topics include Ovarian Emergencies, Bedside Ultrasound, Zika Virus and Commercial Sexual Exploitation among others. Clear guidance enables effective patient evaluation and follow-up. Streamlined chapters, with increased use of tables to enable readers to locate critical information rapidly. Successful and trusted for more than 30 years, this updated handbook is a key resource for pediatricians, emergency medicine physicians, family practitioners, and trainees"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Print
    edited by Michelle B. Riba, Divy Ravindranath, Gerald S. Winder.
    Contents:
    Approach to psychiatric emergencies / Katherine Maloy, Emily Deringer, Kishor Malavade
    The suicidal patient / Jose R. Maldonado, Renee Garcia
    Violence risk assessment / Vasilis Pozios, Charletta Dillard, Ernest Poortinga
    Depression, euphoria, and anger in the emergency department / Philippe-Edouard Boursiquot, Jennifer S. Brasch
    The psychotic patient / Patricia Schwartz, Mary Weathers, Joshua Berezin
    The anxious patient / Steven Storage, Divy Ravindranath, James Abelson
    Agitation / G. Scott Winder, Rachel Glick
    The cognitively impaired patient / James Bourgeois, Tracy McCarthy
    Substance-related psychiatric emergencies / Adam Miller, G. Scott Winder, Kirk Brower
    Child and adolescent emergency psychiatry / B. Harrison Levine, Julia E. Najara
    Seclusion and restraint in emergency settings / Heather Schultz, Divy Ravindranath
    Legal and ethical issues in emergency psychiatry / Debra A. Pinals, Nancy Byatt
    Supervision of trainees in the psychiatry emergency service / Monique James, Eric Hung.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC480.6 .C55 2015
    1
  • Digital
    A. Sahib El-Radhi.
    Summary: The book covers all the different types of fever and its possible complications discussed the management of fever with guidelines on antipyretics and their side effects and differential diagnosis of fever, with problem-setting and solving as a case presentation. The second edition of this well-received book has been fully updated to include exciting new information of the pathogenesis of fever, including functions of interleukin and all the latest guidelines from NICE and Cochrane Library, as well as all the most up-to-date information and guidelines on febrile seizures.

    Contents:
    Fever: definitions, pattern
    Hyperthermia, classification, definitions
    Pathogenesis
    Temperature Measurement
    Fever in Common Infectious Diseases
    Fever in non-Infectious Diseases
    Febrile Seizures
    Hypothermia
    Is Fever Beneficial?
    Management of Fever
    Fever and Complementary Medicine
    Differential Diagnosis of Febrile Diseases
    History of fever
    Glossary of the Term Fever.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mugdha E. Thakur, Dan G. Blazer, David C. Steffens.
    Summary: Clinical Manual of Geriatric Psychiatry provides the most current information on psychiatric diagnoses seen in older patients in a concise format. Each chapter is broken into easily understandable, increasingly focused sections, and contains an extensive array of tables, references, and suggested readings.

    Contents:
    The psychiatric interview of older adults / Dan G. Blazer
    Psychopharmacology / Benoit H. Mulsant, Bruce G. Pollock
    Delirium / Li-Wen Huang, Sharon K. Inouye
    Dementia and milder cognitive syndromes / Constantine G. Lyketsos
    Mood disorders / Dan G. Blazer, David C. Steffens, John Beyer
    Schizophrenia and paranoid disorders / Jeste, Vahia, Lanouette
    Anxiety disorders / Eric J. Lenze, Julie Loebach Wetherell
    Sleep and circadian rhythm disorders / Andrew D. Krysal, Jack D. Edinger, William K. Wohlgemuth
    Alcohol and drug problems / David W. Oslin, Shahrzad Mavandadi
    Individual and group psychotherapy / Thomas Lynch, Moria Smoski
    Clinical psychiatry in the nursing home / Joel E. Streim, Ira R. Katz.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014
  • Digital
    Sandra A. Jacobson, M.D.
    Summary: Clinical Manual of Geriatric Psychopharmacology, Second Edition, covers all newly available drugs, new safety warnings, information about adverse effects, and efficacy for expanded or more limited indications. Information is presented as concise bulleted text, and key concepts are highlighted. Consideration has been given to DSM-5® compatibility.

    Contents:
    Cover; Contents; 1 Principles and Practice of Geriatric Psychopharmacology; Prescribing Principles; Psychopharmacology of the Aging Patient; 2 Antipsychotics; Pharmacokinetics; Pharmacodynamics and Mechanism of Action; Drug Interactions; Clinical Use; Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Syndromes and Disorders; Specific Drug Summaries; 3 Antidepressants; Pharmacokinetics; Pharmacodynamics and Mechanism of Action; Drug Interactions; Efficacy; Clinical Use; Adverse Effects; System-Specific Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Syndromes and Disorders Medical Disorders Associated With DepressionSpecific Drug Summaries; 4 Mood Stabilizers; Pharmacology; Drug Interactions; Clinical Use; Adverse Effects; System-Specific Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Syndromes and Disorders; Specific Drug Summaries; 5 Anxiolytic and Sedative-Hypnotic Medications; Pharmacokinetics; Pharmacodynamics and Mechanism of Action; Drug Interactions; Indications for Benzodiazepines in Elderly Patients; Efficacy of Anxiolytics and Sedative-Hypnotics; Clinical Use; Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Syndromes and Disorders; Specific Drug Summaries 6 Treatment of Substance-Related DisordersBasic Pharmacology of Ethanol; Alcohol-Related Disorders; Nicotine-Related Disorders; Abuse and Misuse of Prescribed Drugs; Specific Drug Summaries; 7 Treatment of Movement Disorders; Diagnostic Radiopharmaceuticals; Primary Movement Disorders; Drug-Induced Syndromes; Specific Drug Summaries; 8 Medications to Treat Neurocognitive Disorders; Diagnostic Radiopharmaceuticals; Medications Used to Treat Neurocognitive Disorders; Unlabeled Treatments for Neurocognitive Disorders; Treatments Under Investigation for Neurocognitive Disorders Treatment of Specific Neurocognitive DisordersTreatment of Cognitive Difficulties Related to Schizophrenia; Treatment of Selected Neurocognitive Disorder-Related Behavioral Disturbances; Specific Drug Summaries; 9 Medications to Treat Pain; Pain Classification and Basic Mechanisms of Analgesia; Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics; Drug Interactions; Clinical Use of Analgesics and Adjuvants; Acute Analgesic Overdose; Opioid Tolerance; Adverse Effects of Analgesics by Class; System-Specific Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Pain Syndromes Affecting Elderly Patients Specific Drug SummariesReferences; Index; A; B; C; D; E; F; G; H; I; K; L; M; N; O; P; Q; R; S; T; U; V; W; X; Z
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014
  • Digital
    by Nathan Fairman, Jeremy M. Hirst, Scott A. Irwin.
    Summary: The Clinical Manual of Palliative Care Psychiatry seeks to bridge the gulf between principles and practice for two groups of clinicians: frontline palliative care providers with little mental health training and mental health specialists who may lack familiarity with palliative care practice.

    Contents:
    Palliative care
    Psychiatry in palliative care
    Depression
    Anxiety
    Delirium
    Dementia in palliative care psychiatry
    Insomnia
    Substance use disorders in palliative care
    Psychotherapy in palliative care
    Pain management and psychopharmacology
    Palliative care psychiatry with children and adolescents.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2016
  • Digital
    Richard J. Shaw, M.B., B.S., Professor of Psychiatry and Pediatrics, Stanford University School of Medicine, Medical Director, Pediatric Psychiatry Consult Service at Lucile Packard Children's Hospital, Stanford, California, David R. DeMaso, M.D., Psychiatrist-in-Chief and Leon Eisenberg Chair in Psychiatry, Boston Children's Hospital; George P. Gardner-Olga E. Monks Professor of Child Psychiatry & Professor of Pediatrics, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts.
    Summary: "Completely updated to reflect advances in research and treatment options, Clinical Manual of Pediatric Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry provides practitioners with concise and pragmatic ways of organizing the key issues that arise in psychiatric consultation with physically ill children and their families. Covering all of the common clinical psychiatric consultation questions that arise in the pediatric hospital this book is designed for both novice trainees approaching their first pediatric consultation-liaison psychiatry rotations and advanced and experienced practitioners seeking information on psychopharmacological management of physically ill children. Chapters 1-4 provide an overview of pediatric consultation-liaison psychiatry, including assessment principles and legal and forensic issues. Chapters 5-14 are devoted to specific psychiatric symptoms and disorders in physically ill children and adolescents. Chapters 15-18 address issues related to treatment and intervention. New to the second edition are discussions of catatonia, serotonin syndrome, neuroleptic malignant syndrome, autoimmune encephalitis, and pediatric acute-onset neuropsychiatric syndrome (PANS), as well as an overview of fabricated or induced illness symptoms"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    edited by James L. Levenson, Stephen J. Ferrando.
    Summary: "With 19 new psychiatric drugs, 19 new forms of previously available drugs, and new medical agents, this third edition of the Clinical Manual of Psychopharmacology in the Medically Ill has been updated to account for both medical and psychiatric drugs that have become available since the 2017 publication of the second edition, as well as recent relevant randomized controlled trials, systematic reviews, and meta-analyses. Every chapter has been reviewed and revised by experts to guarantee the most up-to-date information on key differential diagnostic considerations, drug-drug interactions, disease-specific side effects of psychiatric drugs, and more for 15 categories of medical disorders, including cardiovascular disorders, oncology, obstetrics and gynecology, and substance use disorders. Deftly examining the intersection of psychiatric and medical illness, this new volume will prove an indispensable resource for mental health practitioners, as well as primary care physicians and internists, seeking to more safely and effectively work with patients with these comorbidities"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Pharmacokinetics, Pharmacodynamics, and Principles of Drug-Drug Interactions
    Severe Drug Reactions
    Alternative Routes of Drug Administration
    Gastrointestinal Disorders
    Renal and Urological Disorders
    Cardiovascular Disorders
    Respiratory Disorders
    Oncology
    Central Nervous System Disorders
    Endocrine and Metabolic Disorders
    Obstetrics and Gynecology
    Infectious Diseases
    Dermatological Disorders
    Rheumatological Disorders
    Surgery and Critical Care
    Organ Transplantation
    Pain Management
    Substance Use Disorders.
  • Digital
    edited by Yifrah Kaminer, Ken C. Winters.
    Summary: "This long-awaited follow-up to the classic text Clinical Manual of Adolescent Substance Abuse Treatment presents the latest research on substance use and substance use disorders (SUDs) in adolescents 12-18 and emerging adults 18-25 years of age. This new manual offers a substantive update of the previous manual's 16 chapters, offering 7 additional chapters devoted to important new topics, such as pediatric primary care assessment and intervention, electronic tools, specific substances (e.g., cannabis, opioids, alcohol), and much more. Psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, and substance abuse specialists, as well as applied researchers and public health professionals, will find this new manual a research-rich and clinically compelling resource for understanding disease course, prevention, diagnosis, substance-specific interventions, co-occurring disorders, and issues related to special populations"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis, Epidemiology, and Course of Youth Substance Use and Use Disorders / Gerald Montano, D.O., Tammy Chung, Ph.D.
    Prevention of Substance Use and Substance Use Disorders / Lawrence M. Scheier, Ph.D., Richard Catalano, Ph.D., Ken C. Winters, Ph.D.
    Screening and Assessing Youth With Substance Use Disorder / Ken C. Winters, Ph.D., Randy Stinchfield, Ph.D., Andria M. Botzet, M.A.
    Primary Care and Pediatric Settings : SCREENING, BRIEF INTERVENTION, AND REFERRAL TO TREATMENT (SBIRT) / Areej Hassan, M.D., M.P.H., Sion K. Harris, Ph.D., John Rogers Knight, M.D.
    Bioassays and Detection of Substances of Abuse in Youth / Albert J. Arias, M.D., Wendy Welch, M.D., C.P.E., Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A.
    Placement Criteria and Integrated Treatment Services for Youth With Substance Use Disorders / Marc Fishman, M.D.
    Youth Alcohol Use / Robert Miranda, Jr., Ph.D., Ryan W. Carpenter, Ph.D.
    Pharmacological Treatment of Youth Tobacco Use / Grace Kong, Ph.D.
    Youth Cannabis Use / Christian Thurstone, M.D., Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A.
    Youth Opioid Use / Christopher J. Hammond, M.D., Ph.D., Brian Hendrickson, M.D., Marc Fishman, M.D.
    Youth Club, Prescription, and Over-the-Counter Drug Use / Charles Albert Whitmore, M.D., M.P.H., Christian Hopfer, M.D.
    Continuity of Care for Abstinence and Harm Reduction / Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A., Mark D. Godley, Ph.D., Ken C. Winters, Ph.D., Kara Bagot, M.D.
    Brief Motivational Interventions, Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy, and Contingency Management / Anthony Spirito, Ph.D., A.B.P.P., Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A., Kimberly H. McManama O'Brien, Ph.D., L.I.C.S.W.
    Family and Community-Based Therapies / Molly Bobek, L.C.S.W., Susan H. Godley, Rh.D., Aaron Hogue, Ph.D.
    Twelve-Step and Mutual-Help Programs / John F. Kelly, Ph.D., Alexandra W. Abry, B.A., Nilofar Fallah-Sohy, B.S.
    Electronic Tools and Resources for Assessing and Treating Youth Substance Use Disorders / Rachel Gonzales-Castaneda, Ph.D., M.P.H., Kyle C. McCarthy, M.S., Briana Thrasher, B.A.
    Assessment and Treatment of Co-occurring Internalizing Disorders : DEPRESSION, ANXIETY DISORDERS, AND PTSD / Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A., Kristyn Zajac, Ph.D., Ken C. Winters, Ph.D.
    Assessment and Treatment of Co-occurring Suicidal Behavior / David B. Goldston, Ph.D., Angela M. Tunno, Ph.D., John F. Curry, Ph.D., Karen C. Wells, Ph.D., Michelle Roley-Roberts, Ph.D.
    Assessment and Treatment of Comorbid Psychotic Disorders : BIPOLAR DISORDER, SCHIZOPHRENIA, AND DRUG-INDUCED PSYCHOTIC DISORDERS / Kara S. Bagot, M.D., Robert Milin, M.D., F.R.C.P.C., Desiree Shapiro, M.D., Daphna Finn, M.D., Shavon Moore, M.D.
    Assessment and Treatment of Co-occurring Externalizing Disorders : ATTENTION-DEFICIT/HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER AND DISRUPTIVE BEHAVIOR DISORDERS / Martha J. Ignaszewski, M.D., K.A.H. Mirza, M.B., F.R.C.P.C., Oscar G. Bukstein, M.D., M.P.H.
    Behavioral Addictions : GAMBLING DISORDER AND INTERNET GAMING DISORDER / Luis C. Farhat, M.D., Jeffrey Derevensky, Ph.D., Marc N. Potenza, M.D., Ph.D.
    Management of Youth With Substance Use Disorders in the Juvenile Justice System / Kristyn Zajac, Ph.D., Tess K. Drazdowski, Ph.D., Ashli J. Sheidow, Ph.D.
    Maternal Substance Use in Pregnancy / Amy M. Johnson, M.D., F.A.C.O.G., Courtney Townsel, M.D., M.Sc., F.A.C.O.G
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2020
  • Digital
    Laura Weiss Roberts, Mark Siegler, editors.
    Summary: This instant gold standard title is a major contribution to the field of clinical medical ethics and will be used widely for reference and teaching purposes for years to come. Throughout his career, Mark Siegler, MD, has written on topics ranging from the teaching of clinical medical ethics to end-of-life decision-making and the ethics of advances in technology. With more than 200 journal publications and 60 book chapters published in this area over the course of his illustrious career, Dr. Siegler has become the pre-eminent scholar and teacher in the field. Indeed his work has had a profound impact on a range of therapeutic areas, especially internal medicine, pediatrics, surgery, oncology, and medical education. Having grown steadily in importance the last 30 years, clinical ethics examines the practical, everyday ethical issues that arise in encounters among patients, doctors, nurses, allied health workers, and health care institutions. The goal of clinical ethics is to improve patient care and patient outcomes, and almost every large hospital now has an ethics committee or ethics consultation service to help resolve clinical ethical problems; and almost every medical organization now has an ethics committee and code of ethics. Most significantly, clinical ethics discussions have become a part of the routine clinical discourse that occurs in outpatient and inpatient clinical settings across the country. This seminal collection of 46 landmark works written by Dr. Siegler with colleagues throughout his career was edited by Dr. Laura Weiss Roberts and by Dr. Siegler. Dr. Roberts is a prominent psychiatric ethicist and physician-scientist as well as a mentee and longtime collaborator of Dr. Siegler. The text is organized around five themes of foundational scholarship: restoring and transforming the ethical basis of modern clinical medicine, the doctor-patient relationship, education and professionalism, end-of-life care, and clinical innovation. With introductory perspectives by a group of renowned scholars in medicine, Clinical Medical Ethics: Landmark Works of Mark Siegler, MD explains the field authoritatively and comprehensively and will be of invaluable assistance to all clinicians and scholars concerned with clinical ethics.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Barker, Lewellys F.
    Digital Access Google Books 1922-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L61 .B25 1922
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] James Van Rhee, Christine Bruce, Stephanie Neary.
    Summary: "Clinical medicine, internal medicine, primary care. These are all course titles used by Physician Assistant (PA) programs throughout the United States to describe didactic or clinical year courses covering the essentials of evaluation, diagnosis, and management of clinical problems across clinical settings"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Dermatologic System / James Van Rhee
    Ocular System / Taylor L. Fischer, Ryan C. Chaney, Blakely A. Garrity, Lindsay Lyon, Diana M. Sukup
    Ears, Nose, and Throat Disorders / David Brissette, Rebecca Orsulak
    Pulmonary System / Jesse Coale, Analisa Ambrosi, Deanna Denault, Shannon Diallo
    Cardiovascular System / Christine Bruce, Jill Cowen
    Hematologic System / James Van Rhee
    Oncology / James Van Rhee
    Gastrointestinal System / Elizabeth Thompson, Nana Bernasko, Jessica Dahmus, Brandon Headlee
    Nutrition / Anne Wildermuth
    Renal System / James Van Rhee
    Genitourinary System / James Van Rhee, Chris Roman, Elizabeth Schmidt, Linda Lang, Mary Ruggeri
    Reproductive System / Stephanie Neary
    Musculoskeletal System / Christine Bruce; Paul Kuhlman; Tad Schrader; Carey Wheelhouse; Morgan Wilson
    Rheumatology / Christine Bruce; Carrie Beebout; Sylvie Fadrhonc; Benjamin Smith
    Neurologic System / Melinda Gottschalk
    Endocrine System / Stephanie Neary; Gina Hogg
    Infectious Diseases / James Van Rhee; Sampath Wijesinghe
    Psychiatry / Rachel Byrne
    Care of the Sexual and Gender Minority Patient / Dianne Bruessow, Jonathan Baker, Lauren Eisenbeis
    Preventive Medicine / John Bastin, Brigitta Cintron, Courtney Wilke
    Abuse / Tom Balga
    Surgery / Kenneth D. Sherry
    Genetic Disorders / Nguyen H. Park.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023]
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: This book presents an update on new trends and developments in broadly defined medical disciplines. The reader will learn about a whole range of multidisciplinary topics, regarded as being important for advancing the understanding of disease pathogenicity, diagnostic methods, and patient management. These topics include a holistic approach to physiotherapy, with proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation at the core of it. Furthermore potential ways to protect kidneys during ischemic coronary interventions, and psychosocial aspects in cancer survivors are discussed. Other topics deal with growth hormone deficiency in short children and responses of molecular markers of bone metabolism to growth hormone replacement therapy. In addition the modern use of transcranial laser-induced photobiomodulation showing surprising benefits in autism disorder is presented. The expert contributions take on the challenges presented to medical professionals by ever growing medical knowledge and various individual and contextual issues that require a multidisciplinary approach in patient management. The authors present bench-to-bed clinical research to make useful additions to the knowledge on contemporary diagnostic procedures, therapy, and quality of life of patients. The book aims to provide stimulus for new research ideas and to give new perspectives on practical clinical issues.

    Contents:
    Bioprogressive Paradigm in Physiotherapeutic and Antiaging Strategies: a Review
    Influence of Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation on Lung Function in Patients after Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Surgery
    Remote Ischemic Preconditioning in Renal Protection During Elective Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    Prognostic Impact of Extracapsular Lymph Node Invasion on Survival in Non-Small-cell Lung Cancer: a Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
    Influence of Transurethral Resection of Bladder Cancer on Sexual Function, Anxiety, and Depression
    Cognitive Predictors of Cortical Thickness in Healthy Aging
    Osteoprotegerin, a Receptor Activator of Nuclear Factor kappa B Ligand, and Growth Hormone/Insulin-like Growth Factor-1 Axis in Children with Growth Hormone Deficiency
    Inhibition of Cross-Reactive Carbohydrate Determinants in Allergy Diagnostics
    Effects of Reduced Glutathione on Hydrolytic Enzyme Activity in the Mouse Hepatocytes
    Adaptation to Occupational Exposure to Moderate Endotoxin Concentrations: a Study in Sewage Treatment Plants in Germany
    Effects of Low Level-Laser Therapy in Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Epidemiology of Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis in Poland, 2011-2015. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    by Robert Hutchison and Harry Rainy.
    Digital Access Google Books 1897-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L71 .H977 1918
    1
  • Digital
    by Sarah J. Pitt.
    Summary: "Clinical Microbiology for Diagnostic Laboratory Scientists is designed to encourage the reader to take a modern, evaluative and integrative approach to diagnostic microbiology and to develop a way of thinking that can be applied to any diagnostic scenario. Through consideration of a selected range of infections caused by pathogenic bacteria, viruses, fungi, protozoa and helminths, the book encourages readers to explore connections between the available information about clinical symptoms, pathogenesis of infections and the approaches used in laboratory diagnosis, in order to develop new insights. There is an introductory chapter, which outlines the scope of clinical diagnostic microbiology and the key areas for the laboratory scientist to be aware of. In the subsequent six chapters, a type of infection is reviewed in depth, using particular pathogenic microorganisms to illustrate salient points. At the end of each chapter there are three exercises related to management of a diagnostic service and assessing the suitability of test methods to specific contexts. There are no right or wrong answers to these, but the reader can discuss them with their laboratory colleagues or university tutor. Clinical Microbiology for Diagnostic Laboratory Scientists will stimulate the reader in critical appraisal of published evidence and encourage problem-solving in the clinical laboratory context, through the use of examples to illustrate clinical and diagnostic issues. The book makes extensive use of published research in the form of journal articles, publically available epidemiological data, professional guidelines and specialist websites. It therefore considers topics which are relevant to professional scientists working in the area of diagnostic microbiology"-- Provided by publisher. "This book is designed to encourage the reader to take a modern, evaluative and integrative approach to diagnostic microbiology and to develop a way of thinking that can be applied to any diagnostic scenario. Through consideration of a selected range of infections caused by pathogenic bacteria, viruses, fungi, protozoa and helminths, the book encourages readers to explore connections between the available information about clinical symptoms, pathogenesis of infections and the approaches used in laboratory diagnosis, in order to develop new insights"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    editor in chief, Amy L. Leber, Department of Laboratory Medicine, Nationwide Children's Hospital, Columbus, Ohio.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Wiley
  • Digital
    edited by Patrick F. Chinnery, Michael J. Keogh.
    Summary: "Mitochondrial disorders are a highly diverse group of conditions that can affect almost every major system in the human body, often mimicking common disorders. This clinical variety often results in prolonged and often dangerous, diagnostic delays. This textbook provides a practical framework, to enable rapid identification, investigation, and treatment of mitochondrial disorders across the spectrum of clinical practice. Clinically relevant and comprehensive, this textbook employs a system- and case-based approach for practitioners of all levels. It focuses on major phenotypic features, syndromes and management relevant for clinical practice, within a broad overview of the field. This interactive book supports readers with knowledge distilled from over 20 internationally recognized, mitochondrial experts"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Part I. Introduction to Mitochondrial Medicine: 1. Mitochondria in health and disease Carlo Viscomi and Massimo Zeviani; 2. Clinical approach in children Shamima Rahman; 3. Clinical approach in adults Michael J. Keogh, Hannah E. Steele and Patrick F. Chinnery; 4. Laboratory investigation of mitochondrial diseases Robert W. Taylor and David R. Thorburn; 5. Clinical genetics of mitochondrial diseases Marni J. Falk and Colleen Clarke Muraresku; 6. Clinical management of mitochondrial diseases Rita Horvath; Part II. Systems Involved in Mitochondrial Diseases: 7. Neurology
    the central nervous system Michael J. Keogh, Hannah E. Steele and Patrick F. Chinnery; 8. Neurology
    the peripheral nervous system
    muscle and nerve Robert D.S. Pitceathly, Michael G. Hanna and Mary M. Reilly; 9. Ophthalmology Patrick Yu-Wai-Man, Chiara La Morgia and Valerio Carelli; 10. Audiology Peter Kullar; 11. Cardiovascular medicine Michael J. Keogh, Hannah E. Steele and Patrick F. Chinnery; 12. Respiratory medicine and anaesthesiology Michael J. Keogh, Hannah E. Steele and Patrick F. Chinnery; 12. Respiratory medicine and anaesthesiology Philip G. Morgan and Margaret M. Sedensky; 13. Endocrinology and diabetes Mark Walker, Alison J. Heggie, Andrew M. Schaefer and Grainne S. Gorman; 14. Gastroenterology and hepatology Irenaeus F.M. de Coo and Jessie M. Hulst; 15. Nephrology Thomas M.F. Connor and Patrick H. Maxwell; 16. Psychiatry Laurence A. Bindoff.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Shiyang Pan, Jinhai Tang, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the discovery of molecular biomarkers, the development of laboratory testing techniques and their clinical applications, focusing on basic research to clinical practice. It introduces new and crucial knowledge and ethics of clinical molecular diagnosis. This book emphasizes the applications of clinical molecular diagnostic test on health management, especially from different diseased organs. It lets readers to understand and realize precision healthcare.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Coordinators
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Editors and Contributors
    About the Editors
    Editorial Board
    Contributors
    Part I: Principles of Clinical Molecular Diagnostics
    1: Molecules of Disease and Their Detection Methods
    1.1 Overview
    1.2 Molecular Mechanism of Diseases
    1.3 Nucleic Acid Detection Methods
    1.3.1 Nucleic Acid Amplification Technology
    1.3.2 Sequencing Technology
    1.3.3 Nucleic Acid Hybridization Technology
    1.3.4 Chip Technology
    1.3.5 Biosensing Technology
    1.4 Protein Detection Methods 1.4.1 Spectrum Technology
    1.4.2 Protein Chip Technology
    1.4.3 Labeled Immunoassay
    1.4.4 Mass Spectrometric Technique
    1.5 Future Trends
    References
    2: Assay Performance Evaluation
    2.1 Precision
    2.1.1 Terminology and Definitions
    2.1.2 Overview of the Precision Evaluation Process (Fig. 2.1)
    2.1.3 Features of the EP5-A2 Program
    2.1.4 EP5-A2 Experimental Protocol and Requirements
    2.1.4.1 Experimental Preparation
    Experimental Sample
    2.1.4.2 Experimental Method
    2.1.4.3 Quality Control
    2.1.5 Data Collection, Processing, and Statistical Analysis 2.1.5.1 Experimental Data Record
    2.1.5.2 Outlier Test
    2.1.5.3 Repeatability Estimate
    2.2 Accuracy
    2.2.1 Definitions
    2.2.2 Features of the EP9-A2 Program
    2.2.3 EP9-A2 Experimental Protocol and Requirements
    2.2.3.1 Experimental Preparation
    Sample Preparation
    Comparison Method Selection
    2.2.3.2 Experimental Method
    2.2.3.3 Quality Control
    2.2.4 Simple Accuracy Evaluation Plan
    2.2.4.1 Comparison of Patient Sample Results to Those of Another Procedure
    2.2.4.2 Method of Setting Reference Materials
    Sources of Reference Materials Procedure for Demonstration of Accuracy with Reference Materials
    2.3 Sensitivity
    2.3.1 Definitions
    2.3.2 Discussion of Several Common Terms
    2.3.3 Lower Limit of Linear Range (LLR), Biological Limit of Detection (BLD), and Functional Sensitivity (FS)
    2.3.3.1 Lower Limit of Linear Range (LLR)
    2.3.3.2 Biological Limit of Detection (BLD)
    2.3.3.3 Functional Sensitivity (FS)
    2.3.3.4 Experimental Precautions
    Blank Sample
    Detection Limit Sample
    Time Required for the Experiment
    2.3.4 Limits of Blank, Limits of Detection, and Limits of Quantitation 2.3.4.1 Overview
    2.3.4.2 General Method for Determining the Limits of Blank (LoB)
    2.4 Analytical Measurement Range
    2.4.1 Definitions
    2.4.2 EP6-A Protocol and Requirements
    2.4.2.1 Experimental Requirements
    Device Familiarization Period
    Duration of the Experiment
    Specimen of the Experiment
    Number of Samples
    Matrix Effects
    Selection of Materials Used to Supplement Samples
    Analyte Range
    Sample Preparation and Value Assignment
    2.4.2.2 Analytical Sequence
    2.4.2.3 Preliminary Data Check
    Outlier Inspection
    Determination of the Linear Range
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jerome Sarris, Jon Wardle.
    Summary: "Clinical Naturopathy: An evidence-based guide to practice articulates evidence-based clinical practice. It details the principles, treatment protocols and interventions at the forefront of naturopathic practice in the 21st century. Clinical Naturopathy equips you to critically evaluate your patients, analyse treatment protocols, and provide evidence-based prescriptions"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Naturopathic case taking
    Naturopathic diagnostic techniques
    Wellness, lifestyle and preventive medicine
    Irritable bowel syndrome
    Gastro-oesophageal reflux disease
    Food allergy/intolerance
    Liver dysfunction and disease
    Respiratory infections and immune insufficiency
    Asthma
    Congestive respiratory disorders
    Atherosclerosis and dyslipidaemia
    Hypertension and stroke
    Chronic venous insufficiency
    Anxiety
    Depression
    Insomnia
    Headache and migraine
    Stress and fatigue
    Diabetes type 2 and insulin resistance
    Thyroid abnormalities
    Dysmenorrhoea and menstrual complaints
    Endometriosis
    Polycystic ovarian syndrome
    Menopause
    Osteoarthritis
    Fibromyalgia
    Acne vulgaris
    Inflammatory skin disorders: atopic eczema and psoriasis
    Benign prostatic hypertrophy
    Recurrent urinary tract infection
    Autoimmune disease
    Cancer
    Paediatrics
    Fertility, preconception care and pregnancy
    Ageing and cognition
    Bipolar disorder
    Attention deficit and hyperactivity disorder
    Chronic fatigue syndrome
    Human immunodeficiency virus
    Pain management
    Polypharmacy and drug-nutraceutical interactions
    Appendices. Drug-herb interaction chart
    Drug-nutrient interaction chart
    Chemotherapy drugs and concurrent nutraceutical use
    Food sources of nutrients
    Laboratory reference values
    Taxonomic cross-reference of major herbs.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Carlos Guido Musso, José Ricardo Jauregui, Juan Florencio Macías-Núñez, Adrian Covic, editors.
    Summary: The increase in average life expectancy observed over recent decades has brought new challenges to nephrology practice. Several renal diseases are more frequent in elderly patients today, and even in healthy older individuals renal physiology has its own peculiarities. This leads to the need for a specific approach on renal aging and renal function in the elderly. However, despite the relevance of this topic, there are few books exclusively dedicated to geriatric nephrology. This book fills this gap by presenting a comprehensive overview of the differences between normal renal aging and chronic renal disease in the aged, and describes the particular aspects of nephropathy in the elderly, addressing it in a practical and clinically applicable fashion. Clinical Nephrogeriatrics bridges the gap between nephrology and geriatrics, discussing the most important issues concerning the relationship between these two medical specialties. This evidence-based resource, written by prominent specialists with extensive clinical experience, offers nephrologists, geriatricians, family physicians, and other medical professionals valuable practical guidelines and insights to enhance their clinical practice and provide optimal care.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Waxman, Stephen G.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    AccessNeurology
    AccessNeurology
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC346 .C492
    6
  • Digital
    Douglas Gould, Gustavo Patino.
    Contents:
    Section I. Muscle weakness
    Section II. Pain
    Section III. Peripheral nervous system
    Section IV. Autonomic nervous system
    Section V. Spinal cord and roots
    Section VI. Brainstem
    Section VII. Cranial nerves
    Section VIII. Cerebellum, basal nuclei, and hypothalamus
    Section IX. Cerebral hemisphers
    Appendix
    Glossary.
  • Digital
    Hans J. ten Donkelaar ; with contributions by Jonas Broman [and 22 others].
    Summary: Connections define the functions of neurons: information flows along connections, as well as growth factors and viruses, and even neuronal death can progress through connections. Accordingly, knowing how the various parts of the brain are interconnected to form functional systems is a prerequisite for properly understanding data from all fields in the neurosciences. Clinical Neuroanatomy: Brain Circuitry and Its Disorders bridges the gap between neuroanatomy and clinical neurology. It focuses on human and primate data in the context of brain circuitry disorders, which are so common in neurological practice. In addition, numerous clinical cases are presented to demonstrate how normal brain circuitry can be interrupted, and what the effects are. Following an introduction to the organization and vascularization of the human brain and the techniques used to study brain circuitry, the main neurofunctional systems are discussed, including the somatosensory, auditory, visual, motor, autonomic and limbic systems, the cerebral cortex and complex cerebral functions. In this 2nd edition, apart from a general updating, many new illustrations have been added and more emphasis is placed on modern techniques such as diffusion magnetic resonance imaging (dMRI) and network analysis. Moreover, a developmental ontology based on the prosomeric model is applied, resulting in a more modern subdivision of the brain. The new edition of Clinical Neuroanatomy is primarily intended for neurologists, neuroradiologists and neuropathologists, as well as residents in these fields, but will also appeal to (neuro)anatomists and all those whose work involves human brain mapping. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introductory chapters: Overview of the human brain and spinal cord
    Vascularization of the brain and spinal cord
    Notes on techniques.
    Special chapters (Neurofunctional systems): The somatosensory system
    The reticular formation and the neuromodularity systems
    The cranial nerves
    The auditory system
    The visual system
    Motor systems
    The cerebellum
    Basal ganglia
    The automatic nervous system
    The hypothalamus, the preoptic area, and hypothalamohypophysial systems
    The limbic system
    The cerebral cortex and complex cerebral functions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    volume editors, Eric Fliers, Márta Korbonits, and Johannes A. Romijn.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Genetic aspects of hypothalamic and pituitary gland development
    Ch. 2. Neuroendocrinology of pregnancy and parturition
    Ch. 3. Disorders of water metabolism: diabetes insipidus and the syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone secretion
    Ch. 4. The role of oxytocin and vasopressin in emotional and social behaviors
    Ch. 5. Corticotropin-releasing hormone and the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis in psychiatric disease
    Ch. 6. Genetic aspects of human obesity
    Ch. 7. Sleep characteristics and insulin sensitivity in humans
    Ch. 8. Hypothalamic-pituitary hormones during critical illness: a dynamic neuroendocrine response
    Ch. 9. Central regulation of the hypothalamo-pituitary-thyroid (HPT) axis: focus on clinical aspects
    Ch. 10. Evaluation of pituitary function
    Ch. 11. Imaging of pituitary pathology
    Ch. 12. Nonfunctioning pituitary tumors
    Ch. 13. Hyperprolactinemia and prolactinoma
    Ch. 14. Acromegaly
    Ch. 15. Cushing's disease
    Ch. 16. Craniopharyngioma
    Ch. 17. Rathke's cleft cyst
    Ch. 18. Alternative causes of hypopituitarism: traumatic brain injury, cranial irradiation and infections
    Ch. 19. Surgical approach to pituitary tumors
    Ch. 20. Medical approach to pituitary tumors
    Ch. 21. Radiation therapy in the management of pituitary adenomas
    Ch. 22. Nelson syndrome: definition and management
    Ch. 23. Familial pituitary tumors
    Ch. 24. Long-term effects of treatment of pituitary adenomas
    Ch. 25. Neuroendocrine mechanisms in athletes
    Ch. 26. Uncertainties in endocrine substitution therapy for central hypocortisolism
    Ch. 27. Uncertainties in endocrine substitution therapy for central endocrine insufficiencies: hypothyroidism
    Ch. 28. Uncertainties in endocrine substitution therapy for central endocrine insufficiencies: growth hormone deficiency
    Ch. 29. Autoimmune hypophysitis: new developments
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Michael Wilkinson, S. Ali Imran.
    Summary: This innovative, introductory text is authored by key subject leaders in clinical neuroendocrinology with decades of research and teaching experience. Addressing the need for a concise description of human neuroendocrine systems, this important review of various significant basic science advances is relevant for all levels of experience. An indispensable resource for a variety of learners, this book will also enable biomedical science graduate students to extend their knowledge using its valuable clinical context. Beautifully illustrated, this text integrates basic scientific principles with clinical cases and includes several illustrated imaging studies, and in-depth discussions of basic principles and their interpretations. Extensive reference lists of clinical papers, teaching resources and a selection of review questions are included with each chapter, emphasizing the real-life importance of basic neuroendocrine principles in human health and disease. Clinical reviews are included to provide convenient links to more specialized texts, ensuring a successful springboard for learners worldwide.

    Contents:
    Basic principles in clinical neuroendocrinology I : receptor mechanisms
    Basic principles in clinical neuroendocrinology II : assays, rhythms and pulses
    Neuroendocrinology of female reproduction
    Neuroendocrine regulation of appetite and body weight
    Hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal cortex axis
    Hypothalamic regulation of thyroid function
    Hypothalamic regulation of prolactin secretion
    Regulation of growth hormone secretion
    Posterior pituitary
    An introduction to Sellar Masses.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Vinit Suri.
    Summary: Bedside Neurological examination is an important tool in diagnosing neurological disorders. Despite significant advances in the investigations available for diagnosing neurological disorders bedside neurological examination remains the cornerstone in diagnosing neurological disorders and should not only be conducted prior to the investigations but should be actually be utilized to plan the appropriate investigations. The book provides a focused account of various aspects of the neurological examination leading to clinical localisation and hence obtaining the neurological diagnosis. It includes topics like' how to obtain a appropriate neurological history' , 'higher mental system examination', examination of speech and various cranial nerves and examination of other systems including motor system, sensory system, reflexes , cerebellar and autonomic nervous system.The book also includes certain interesting topics like 'neurological examination of the unconscious patient' and 'tricks and tips of neurological localisation'. The book is easy to read and memorise due to multiple self explanatory illustrations and important aspects being highlighted in bulleted format. The book will be of extreme help for MD and DNB students of Internal Medicine as well as DM and DNB students of Neurology and DNB and MCH Neurosurgery students , hence covering a fairly large readership base. It will also be read by practicing Internal medicine physicians, neurologists and neurosurgeons who may want to revise the basics and tricks of neurological examination and localization.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The Neurological History
    Higher Mental Function
    Cranial Nerve Examination
    Examination of Speech
    Motor system examination
    Reflexes
    Sensory system examination
    Cerebellar examination and examination of posture, stance and gait
    Involuntary movements
    Examination of Skull, Spine ,Nerves and Neuro-cutaneous markers
    Autonomic nervous system
    Examination of the Unconscious patient
    Summary of localization.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    editor, A.B. Baker ; associate editor, L.H. Baker.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    v. 1-5, 1971-
    (including updates)
    RC346 .C642
    5
  • Digital/Print
    Aminoff, Michael J.; Greenberg, David A.; Simon, Roger P.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessNeurology
    AccessNeurology
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC346 .S55
    9
  • Digital/Print
    Aaron L. Berkowitz.
    Summary: Clinical Neurology and Neuroanatomy delivers a clear, logical discussion of the complex relationship between neuroanatomical structure and function and neurologic disease. Written in an engagin, concise style, this unique text offers a succint overview of fundamental neuroanatomy and the clincal localization principles necessary to diagnose and treat patients with neurologic diseases. Unlike other neurology textbooks that either focus on neuroanatomy or clincal neurology, Clincal Neurology and Neuroanatomy integrates the two in a manner which simulates the way neurologists learn, teach, and think. - Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Diagnostic reasoning in neurology and the neurologic history and examination
    Introduction to neuroimaging and cerebrospinal fluid analysis
    Overview of the anatomy of the nervous system
    The motor and somatosensory pathways and approach to weakness and sensory loss
    The spinal cord and approach to myelopathy
    The visual pathway and approach to visual loss
    The cerebral hemispheres and vascular syndromes
    The cerebellum and approach to ataxia
    The brainstem and cranial nerves
    Pupillary control and approach to anisocoria
    Extraocular movements and approach to diplopia
    The auditory and vestibular pathways approach to hearing loss and dizziness/vertigo
    Facial sensation and movement and approach to facial sensory and motor deficits
    Cranial nerves 1, 9, 10, 11, and 12
    The peripheral nervous system and introduction to electromyography/nerve conduction studies
    Radiculopathy, plexopathy, and mononeuropathies of the upper extremity
    Radiculopathy, plexopathy, and mononeuropathies of the lower extremity
    Seizures and epilepsy
    Vascular diseases of the brain and spinal cord
    Infectious diseases of the nervous system
    Demyelinating diseases of the central nervous system
    Delirium, dementia, and rapidly progressive dementia
    Movement disorders
    Neoplastic and paraneoplastic disorders of the nervous system and neurologic complications of chemotherapy and radiation therapy
    Disorders of intracranial pressure
    Headache
    Peripheral neuropathy
    Motor neuron disease
    Motor neuron disease
    Disorders of the neuromuscular junction
    Dieseas of muscle
    Leukodystrophies and mitochondrial disorders
    Index.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC346 .B47 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Aaron L. Berkowitz.
    Summary: "[This book] offers a concise overview of fundamental neuroanatomy and the clinical localization principles necessary to diagnose and treat patients with neurologic diseases and disorders. Unlike other neurology textbooks that either focus on neuroanatomy or clinical neurology, Clinical Neurology and Neuroanatomy integrates the two in manner which simulates the way neurologists learn, teach, and think. Clinical Neurology and Neuroanatomy is divided into two main sections. In Part 1, clinically relevant neuroanatomy is presented in clinical context in order to provide a framework for neurologic localization and differential diagnosis. The diseases mentioned in localization-based discussions of differential diagnosis in Part 1 are then discussed in clinical detail with respect to their diagnosis and management in Part 2. Part 1 can therefore be consulted for a neuroanatomical localization-based approach to symptom evaluation, and Part 2 for the clinical features, diagnosis, and management of neurologic diseases." -- from website publisher

    Contents:
    Part I: Neuroanatomy and neuroanatomic localization --- Ch. 1: Diagnostic reasoning in neurology and the neurologic history and examination
    Ch. 2: Introduction to neuroimaging and cerebrospinal fluid analysis
    Ch. 3: Overview of the anatomy of the nervous system
    Ch. 4: The motor and somatosensory pathways and approach to weakness and sensory loss
    Ch. 5: The spinal cord and approach to myelopathy
    Ch. 6: The visual pathway and approach to visual loss
    Ch. 7: The cerebral hemispheres and vascular syndromes
    Ch. 8: The cerebellum and approach to ataxia
    Ch. 9: The brainstem and cranial nerves
    Ch. 10: Pupillary control and approach to anisocoria cranial nerves 2 and 3
    Ch. 11: Extraocular movements and approach to diplopia: cranial nerves 3, 4, and 6
    Ch. 12: The Auditory and vestibular pathways and approach to hearing loss and dizziness/vertigo: cranial nerve 8
    Ch. 13: Facial sensation and movement and approach to facial sensory and motor deficits: cranial nerves 5 and 7
    Ch. 14: Cranial nerves 1, 9, 10, 11, and 12
    Ch. 15: The peripheral nervous system and introduction to electromyography/nerve conduction studies
    Ch. 16: Radiculopathy, plexopathy, and mononeuropathies of the upper extremity
    Ch. 17: Radiculopathy, plexopathy, and mononeuropathies of the lower extremity --- Part II: Diseases of the nervous system --- Ch. 18: Seizures and epilepsy
    Ch. 19: Vascular Diseases of the Brain and Spinal Cord
    Ch. 20: Infectious Diseases of the Nervous System
    Ch. 21: Demyelinating diseases of the central nervous system
    Ch. 22: Delirium, dementia, and rapidly progressive dementia
    Ch. 23: Movement disorders
    Ch. 24: Neoplastic and paraneoplastic disorders of the nervous system and neurologic complications of chemotherapy and radiation therapy
    Ch. 25: Disorders of intracranial pressure
    Ch. 26: Headache
    Ch. 27: Peripheral neuropathy
    Ch. 28: Motor neuron disease
    Ch. 29: Disorders of the neuromuscular junction
    Ch. 30: Diseases of muscle
    Ch. 31: Leukodystrophies and mitochondrial disorders.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2022
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Devon I. Rubin, MD, Professor of Neurology, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Consultant, Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic, Jacksonville, Florida, Jasper R. Daube, MD, Professor Emeritus of Neurology, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC386.6.E43 C585 2016
    1
  • Print
    [edited by] Devon I. Rubin.
    Summary: "Clinical neurophysiology is the neurology subspecialty that focuses on the electrical activity within the nervous system. In all realms and types of testing performed in the practice of clinical neurophysiology, electrical signals that are spontaneously or intrinsically generated or induced by external stimulation are recorded and analyzed to determine the integrity and function of the central and peripheral systems. The underlying basis of all signals ultimately reflects the function of the neurons at a cellular level. Thus, while the clinical neurophysiologist focuses on the interpretation of these signals during testing in the laboratory, hospital, or operating room, a solid understanding of the function of each of the contributing cellular structures from which the signals are generated is necessary. This chapter reviews the basic principles underlying the activity of excitable cells as they apply to the basic neurophysiology of neurons and myocytes"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC386.6.E43 C585 2021
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Kerry H. Levin, Patrick Chauvel.
    Summary: Clinical Neurophysiology: Basis and Technical Aspects, the latest release in the Handbook of Clinical Neurology series, is organized into sections on basic physiological concepts, on the function and limitations of modern instrumentation, and on other fundamental or methodologic aspects related to the recording of various bioelectric signals from the nervous system for clinical or investigative purposes. There is discussion of the EEG, nerve conduction studies, needle electromyography, intra-operative clinical neurophysiology, sleep physiology and studies, the autonomic nervous system, various sensory evoked potentials, and cognitive neurophysiology.Provides an up-to-date review on the practice of neurophysiological techniques in the assessment of neurological disease. Explores the electrophysiological techniques used to better understand neurological function and dysfunction, first in the area of consciousness and epilepsy, then in the areas of the peripheral nervous system and sleep. Focuses on new techniques, including electrocorticography, functional mapping, stereo EEG, motor evoked potentials, magnetoencephalography, laser evoked potentials, and transcranial magnetic stimulation.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Print
    Puneet K. Gupta, MD, MSE, Assistant Professor, Department of Neurology and Neurotherapeutics, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, Texas, Pradeep Modur, MD, MS, Associate Professor, Department of Neurology and Neurotherapeutics, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, Texas, Srikanth Muppidi, Clinical Assistant Professor, Department of Neurology and Neurological Sciences, Stanford School of Medicine, Stanford, California.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology
    Electronics and instrumentation
    Nerve conduction studies and electromyography (EMG)
    Electroencephalography (EEG)
    Evoked potentials and intraoperative monitoring (IOM)
    Polysomnography and other sleep studies (PSG)
    Advanced topics : high frequency oscillations (HFOs), DC shifts, transcranial electrical stimulation (TES), motor evoked potential (MEP), transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), magnetoencephalopgraphy (MEG), autonomic testing, blink reflex, single fiber EMG (SFEMG), quantitative EEG (QEEG)
    Ethics and safety.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP356 .G868 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Andrea O. Rossetti, Steven Laureys, editors.
    Summary: Over the past two decades, electrophysiology has undergone unprecedented changes thanks to technical improvements, which simplify measurement and analysis and allow more compact data storage. This book covers in detail the spectrum of electrophysiology applications in patients with disorders of consciousness. Its content spans from clinical aspects of the management of subjects in the intensive care unit, including EEG, evoked potentials and related implications in terms of prognosis and patient management to research applications in subjects with ongoing consciousness impairment. While the first section provides up-to-date information for the interested clinician, the second part highlights the latest developments in this exciting field. The book comprehensively combines clinical and research information related to neurophysiology in disorder-of- consciousness patients, making it an easily accessible reference for neuro-ICU specialists, epileptologists and clinical neurophysiologists as well as researchers utilizing EEG and event-related potentials. ℗ℓ

    Contents:
    1. The acute clinical setting
    2. Electroencephalography (EEG) and evoked potentials (EP): technical background
    3. Which EEG patterns deserve treatment in the ICU?
    4. EEG in refractory status epilepticus
    5. Prognostic use of EEG in acute consciousness impairment
    6. Prognostic use of somatosensory EP in acute consciousness impairment (including drug effects)
    7. Prognostic use of cognitive EP in acute consciousness impairment
    8. The chronic clinical setting
    9. Correlations of JHD EEG with consciousness recovery
    10. Correlations of HD EP with consciousness recovery
    11. Disorders of consciousness and sleep
    EEG-TMS
    13. Outlook: imaging correlations.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Frederik Barkhof, Hans Rolf Jäger, Majda M. Thurnher, Àlex Rovira, editors.
    Summary: This superbly illustrated textbook, endorsed by the European Society of Neuroradiology, explains in detail the clinical importance of neuroradiology in complementing history taking and physical examination during the workup of patients suspected of having neurological, neurosurgical, or psychiatric disorders. The role of imaging of the brain and spinal cord is described across the full range of relevant conditions, including, cerebrovascular diseases, trauma, CSF disorders, developmental malformations, inflammatory diseases, epilepsy, tumors and tumor-like conditions, neurodegenerative diseases, metabolic conditions and neuromuscular disorders. The structured approach to imaging and image analysis will ensure that the book is an invaluable resource for neuroradiologists in training and clinicians alike. Starting from the clinical indication, suggestions for imaging protocols are provided and checklists of common findings and aspects key to interpretation are presented.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Paul Johns, BSc, BM, MSc, FRCPath.
    Summary: Provides a clear and readable introduction to the central concepts of clinical neuroscience. This book deals with fundamental areas of neuroscience required for a sound understanding of brain disease.

    Contents:
    Overview of the nervous system
    Development of the brain
    Functional neuroanatomy
    Sensory and motor pathways
    Neurons and glial cells
    Electrical signalling in neurons
    Synaptic transmission
    Cellular mechanisms of neurological disease
    Head injury
    Stroke
    Epilepsy
    Dementia
    Parkinson's disease
    Multiple sclerosis.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Orsolya Friedrich, Andreas Wolkenstein, Christoph Bublitz, Ralf J. Jox, Eric Racine, editors.
    Summary: Neurotechnologies such as brain-computer interfaces (BCIs), which allow technical devices to be used with the power of thought or concentration alone, are no longer a futuristic dream or, depending on the viewpoint, a nightmare. Moreover, the combination of neurotechnologies and AI raises a host of pressing problems. Now that these technologies are about to leave the laboratory and enter the real world, these problems and implications can and should be scrutinized. This volume brings together scholars from a wide range of academic disciplines such as philosophy, law, the social sciences and neurosciences, and is unique in terms of both its focus and its methods. The latter vary considerably, and range from philosophical analysis and phenomenologically inspired descriptions to legal analysis and socio-empirical research. This diversified approach allows the book to explore the entire spectrum of philosophical, normative, legal and empirical dimensions of intelligent neurotechnologies. Philosophical and legal analyses of normative problems are complemented by a thorough empirical assessment of how BCIs and other forms of neurotechnology are being implemented, and what their measurable implications are. To take a closer look at specific neurotechnologies, a number of applications are addressed. Case studies, previously unidentified issues, and normative insights on these cases complement the rich portrait this volume provides. Clinicians, philosophers, lawyers, social scientists and engineers will greatly benefit from the collection of articles compiled in this book, which will likely become a standard reference work on the philosophy of intelligent neurotechnologies.

    Contents:
    I Neurotechnologies and AI: State of the Art: Non-invasive Brain-Computer Communication: from basic science to application
    Towards a framework for the responsible development and use of intelligent neurotechnology
    II Philosophical aspects: Assessing human responsibility for actions mediated by neurotechnology: Complications, confusions and questions
    Will the real cyborg please stand up?
    Consenti et faciam quod vis? Anthropological and ethical implications of consenting to Black Box-algorithms
    Speech BCIs
    Agency, Responsibility, Selves, and the Mechanical Mind
    TBA (project member)
    III Legal aspects: Diffusion on both ends - legal protection and criminalisation in neurotechnological uncertainty
    Brain-computer interfaces and the law
    IV Social aspects: Eric Racine (University of Montreal) & Matthew Sample (University of Montreal): Pragmatism in a Digital Society: Unpacking the (In)Significance of Emerging Digital Technologies for Academics and Their Publics
    The Utopian Mundane: A Design Perspective on Future Technologies
    V Applications: TBA (invited for neurotech and nursing)
    Ethical implications of medical BCIs
    Subjectivation by Neurotechnologies: Some Irritating Implications
    Ethics of neuroprothetics
    Security Implications of Neurotechnology & Artificial Intelligence
    Connecting Brain and Machine: When your mind can directly interact with technology
    Wired emotions: affective brain-computer interfaces and beyond
    TBA (invited for brain hacking)
    Ethics and Brain-Computer Interfaces: A Mixed-Methods-Study with Healthy Users
    In your (inter-)face! Between participation and competitive interest Findings from an empirical interview study with brain-computer interface users
    Philosophical and ethical implications of Brain-to-Brain Interfaces.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by David S. Cantor, James R. Evans.
    Summary: Neurotherapy, sometimes called EEG biofeedback and/or neurobiofeedback involves techniques designed to manipulate brain waves through non-invasive means and are used as treatment for a variety of psychological and medical disorders. The disorders covered include ADHD, mood regulation, addiction, pain, sleep disorders, and traumatic brain injury. This book introduces specific techniques, related equipment and necessary training for the clinical practitioner. Sections focus on treatment for specific disorders and which individual techniques can be used to treat the same disorder and examples.

    Contents:
    1. Definitions, standard of care and ethical considerations / D. Corydon Hammond
    2. An introductory perspective on the emerging application of qEEG in neurofeedback / Richard Soutar
    3. Neurofeedback and psychopharmacology / Lukasz M. Konopka and Elizabeth M. Zimmerman
    4. Hidden factors thwarting success / Gerald Gluck
    5. Defining developing evidence-based medicine databases proving treatment efficacy / J. Lucas Koberda
    6. Treating attention deficits and impulse control / Dagmar Timmers
    7. Treating mood disorders / Emily Stevens
    8. Diagnosing and treating closed head injury / Carlos A. Novo-Olivas
    9. Treating thought disorders / Tanju Surmeli
    10. Treating chronic pain disorders / Erbil Dursun and Nigar Dursun
    11. Treating addiction disorders / Estate M. Sokhadze, David L. Trudeau and Rex L. Cannon
    12. Neurofeedback for seizure disorders / M.B. Sterman and Lynda M. Thompson
    13. Diagnosing and treating developmental disorders with qEEG and neurotherapy / Teresa Bailey
    14. Nutrition for ADHD and autism / Jacques Duff
    15. Vision therapy as a complementary procedure during neurotherapy / John K. Nash
    16. Future considerations / Thomas F. Collura.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Hojjat Ahmadzadehfar, Hans-Jürgen Biersack, Leonard M. Freeman, Lionel S. Zuckier, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andrea Varrone, Silvia Morbelli, Valentina Garibotto, editors.
    Summary: This book gathers a collection of cases with challenging diagnoses, in which nuclear medicine examinations have been particularly helpful in terms of the final diagnosis or follow-up. The cases presented chiefly involve patients with neurodegenerative disorders, epilepsy and brain tumors. The book is intended for nuclear medicine specialists as well as clinicians, offering essential guidance on the interpretation of neurology cases in the clinical setting, particularly with regard to correctly interpreting diagnostic imaging procedures. The authors were selected from the members of the Neuroimaging Committee of the EANM and have extensive experience as clinicians and teachers within the Nuclear Medicine Community.

    Contents:
    SECTION I - Nuclear Medicine cases of dementia and movement disorders
    Case 1: Mild cognitive impairment (MCI) [18F]FDG and amyloid PET
    Case 2: Alzheimer's disease - [18F]FDG, tau and amyloid PET
    Case 3: Alzheimerþs disease's Behavioural variant
    Case 4: Parkinsonþs disease with onset as MCI
    Case 5: Parkinsonþs disease with vascular abnormalities
    Case 6: Parkinsonþs disease with left-side spasticity
    Case 7: Holmes tremor
    Case 8: Multiple system atrophy with DAT SPECT and [18F]FDG PET
    Case 9: Progressive supranuclear palsy: Richardson syndrome and Parkinsonian variants
    Case 10: Progressive supranuclear palsy
    Case 11: Corticobasal syndrome - [18F]FDG and amyloid PET
    Case 12: Huntingtonþs disease with atypical onset
    Case 13: Huntingtonþs disease with psychiatric onset
    Case 14: Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease with pathological confirmation
    SECTION II - Nuclear Medicine cases of epilepsy and encephalitis. Case 15: Temporal lobe epilepsy
    Case 16: Ictal imaging in partial status epilept cus
    Case 17: Focal pharmacoresistant epilepsy
    Case 18: Post-surgical epilepsy
    Case 19: Thalamic hamartoma
    Case 20: Autoimmune encephalitis with unusual antibodies
    Case 21: Psychiatric presentation of anti-N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor (NMDAR) limbic encephalitis
    Case 22: Hashimoto encephalitis. SECTION III - Nuclear Medicine cases of brain tumors
    Case 23: Pseudoresponse in a case of Glioblastoma multiforme
    Case 24: Progressive Glioma
    Case 25: Isocitrate dehydrogenase (IDH) wild-type glioma
    Case 26: Post-operative meningioma
    Case 27: Meningioma with difficult delineation on MRI
    Case 28: Optic nerve sheath meningioma (ONSM)
    Case 29: Primary brain lymphoma
    Case 29: Neurolymphomatosis
    Case 30: Atypical teratoid rhabdoid tumor (ATRT)
    Case 31: Brain metastatis : progression/recurrence vs. radionecrosis
    Case 32: Tumefactive plaques
    SECTION IV - PET/MRI and challenging cases
    Case 33: Typical AD with discordant biomarkers
    Case 34: Fronto-temporal dementia, behavioural variant, mimicker
    Case 35: Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease
    Case 36: Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
    Case 37: Epilepsy
    Case 38: Limbic encephalitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Luigi Mansi [and three others], editors.
    Contents:
    The global effort towards harmonization of pediatrics imaging
    Peculiar aspects and problems of Diagnostic Nuclear Medicine in Pediatrics
    PET/MRI in children
    Current issues in molecular radiotherapy in children
    Radiation risk from medical exposure in children
    Emergency/urgency
    CNS (non-oncologic)
    Lung
    Endocrinology
    Cardiology
    Musculoskeletal
    Gastrointestinal
    Nephro-Urinary system
    Oncology
    Children Care in 2020: issues and perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    by Dafang Wu.
    Summary: This book serves as a casebook for clinical nuclear medicine neuroimaging. Clinical interpretation of nuclear medicine neuroimaging studies is often challenging, mainly due to the complexity of neuroanatomy and a lack of supportive reference books. This is an unmet need in many teaching hospitals. Utilizing a hands-on, case-based approach, this textbook guides readers through clinical nuclear medicine neuroimaging of major neurological diseases and conditions, including dementia, epilepsy, and brain death. Included here are basic guidelines and techniques for nuclear medicine neuroimaging practices, set alongside case examples that include standardized imaging display and detailed interpretation. Each chapter begins with examples of normal brain imaging as a reference point for the remainder of the chapter, which then presents detailed case examples of these diseases through various imaging techniques. Each of the cases highlights clinical and imaging key findings and precise impressions. This is an ideal guide for residents, fellows, and even practicing nuclear medicine physicians as a reference and teaching tool for neuroimaging in clinical nuclear medicine. It will be of significant value to residents, trainees, and young physicians in preparation for their in-service tests and board examinations.

    Contents:
    Positive Emission Tomography (PET) in Dementia
    Single Photo Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) in Dementia
    FDG PET Imaging of Epilepsy
    SPECT Imaging of Epilepsy
    PET imaging of brain tumors
    DaTscanNormal DaTscan
    SPECT Imaging of brain death
    SPECT imaging of Lyme Encephalopathy
    Nuclear Cisternogram
    Miscellaneous
    Self-Assessment Quiz.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] James L. Harris, Linda A. Roussel, Patricia L. Thomas.
    Summary: "The first three editions provided content necessary for educating students for success in CNL programs and achievement of goals as they transitioned into practice. The fourth edition will expand on the previous editions and show a vision for CNLs to manage care and lead improvement teams beyond the microsystem. It will highlight the unique attributes CNLs bring to community-based population health with the integration of concepts related to social determinants of health, population health, and global impact. It will also expand on collection, analysis, and dissemination of information and how big data will continuous influence CNL effectiveness and role sustainability in a digital society. As self-care and wellness have become central themes in today's society, this edition captures different ways CNLs will have measurable impacts on the wellbeing of patients, families, and the teams they lead. As the American Association of Colleges of Nursing leads efforts to transition the baccalaureate, masters, and doctoral essentials to a competency-based structure, the fourth edition will include how this will impact CNL education"-- Provided by publisher. "In today's rapidly changing healthcare landscape, a concise and comprehensive guide focused on preparing advanced clinical nurses to assume a leadership role is critical to improving the quality of patient care. Clinical Nurse Leaders Beyond the Microsystem: A Practical Guide, Fourth Edition is a core resource for CNLs which imparts the competencies necessary to lead improvement teams, analyze data, and ensure delivery of quality, safety, and value-based care in any healthcare setting.The Fourth Edition continues to highlight the contributions that the CNLs bring to community-based population health by integrating concepts related to social determinants of health, population health, and global impact. Another keen focus of this text is on the collection, analysis, and dissemination of data and the role of the CNL in the new digital world. Lastly, the authors explore the practice of self-care and the importance of the CNL role in promoting this concept within their practice and across their teams.New to the Fourth Edition: Big data's influence on the effectiveness and sustainability of the CNL roleMeasuring the impact CNLs have on patient and family wellness and the teams they lead Analysis of the competency-based structure in nursing education on the CNL track"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    Janet S. Fulton, Vincent W. Holly, editors.
    Summary: Developed under the direction of the International Council of Nurses (ICN), this book is part of a series exploring advanced practice globally. It is the first known volume to provide an international view of the advanced practice role of clinical nurse specialist (CNS). It features an in-depth examination of advanced speciality practice in nursing, and the advanced practice role of the clinical CNS. Content includes models of practice, core practice competencies, curricular recommendations, practice outcomes, and regulatory requirements related to scope of practice. The CNS role and practice as implemented in North America, Europe, Asia and Oceania are examined in the context of the country's healthcare system, educational traditions and regulatory requirements. Exemplars describe role implementation in various specialty practices and discuss how the role is implemented to advance nursing and improve clinical and fiscal outcomes. Measurement and evaluation of CNS practice in the context of countries and health care systems are examined. For practicing CNSs, this book provides an in-depth examination of the role from the global perspective; for administrators it provides a foundational understanding of the CNS role and practice and performance expectations. Educators will use the book as a resource for curriculum development, whereas students will offers an expanded global view of the role. Advanced practice roles, including the CNS, are continuing to evolve. This book makes important contributions to a global understanding of the CNS role.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Global View of the Clinical Nurse Specialist Role
    Chapter 2: Clinical Nurse Specialist Models for Practice
    Chapter 3: Core Practice Competencies
    Chapter 4: Educational Considerations
    Chapter 5: CNS Role and Practice in USA
    Chapter 6: CNS Role and Practice in Canada
    Chapter 7: CNS Role and Practice in UK
    Chapter 8: CNS Role and Practice in Ireland
    Chapter 9: CNS Role and Practice in Finland
    Chapter 10: CNS Role in France
    Chapter 11: CNS Role in Germany
    Chapter 12: CNS Role in Japan
    Chapter 13: CNS Role in China
    Chapter 14: CNS Role in Taiwan
    Chapter 15: CNS Role in Turkey
    Chapter 16: CNS Role in Saudi Arabia
    Chapter 17: CNS Role in Nigeria
    Chapter 18: CNS Role in Australia
    Chapter 19: CNS Role in New Zealand
    Chapter 20: Challenges and Opportunities for CNS Practice Globally.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Susan Sienkiewicz, Sandra Megerdichian.
    Summary: "Clinical Nursing Calculations is an essential text for teaching dosage calculation to undergraduate nursing students. The text employs the CASE approach, which is a step-by-step method for performing dosage calculations. The author team draws from extensive experience across the continuum of care to bring readers a truly informative and dynamic resource. Clinical Nursing Calculations has been expertly organized into four sections for easy navigation: Mathematics Overview, Principles of Medication Administration, Basic Dosage and Intravenous Calculations, and Advanced Calculations. In addition to clinical calculation coverage, the text also features expanded content on nutrition, insulin pencalculations, and the legal implications of medication administration. The Joint Commission and the Institute for Safe Medication Practice guidelines regarding safe medication administration are also featured. To facilitate learning, students will find examples in both electronic medication administration record (eMAR) and electronic health record format. This text can be used as a primary text for a dosage calculations course or as a supplemental text within a nursing program or pharmacology course"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Basic math
    Systems of measurement
    Medication administration equipment
    Medication orders
    Interpretation of medication labels and package inserts
    Elements of safe medication administration
    Dosage calculations
    Enteral medication dosage calculations
    Parenteral medication dosage calculations
    Infusion therapy and calculations
    Solution calculations
    Dosage calculations for special patient populations
    Hydration and nutrition calculations
    High-alert medications
    Critical care calculations
    Appendices. Calculating with complex fractions
    Apothecary system
    The Joint Commission's do not use list
    ISMP's list of error-prone abbreviations, symbols, and dose designations
    ISMP's list of confused drug names
    Adult nomogram
    Weight-based heparin protocol adjusted according to anti-factor Xa assay.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Anne Griffin Perry, Patricia A. Potter, Wendy R. Ostendorf.
    Summary: Clinical Nursing Skills & Techniques offers clear and comprehensive coverage of over 200 basic, intermediate and advanced skills. Features nearly 1,000 full-color photographs and drawings, a nursing process framework, step-by-step instructions with rationales, and a focus on critical thinking and evidence-based practice. This edition also includes new coverage of patient-centered care and safety guidelines, an enhanced emphasis on QSEN core competencies, and an expanded clinical focus with specialized Clinical Debriefs, Teach-Back, and sample documentation throughout.

    Contents:
    Supporting the patient through the health care system
    Vital signs and physical assessment
    Special procedures
    Infection control
    Activity and mobility
    Safety and comfort
    Hygiene
    Medications
    Oxygenation
    Fluid balance
    Nutrition
    Elimination
    Care of the surgical patient
    Dressings and wound care
    Home care
    Appendixes.
  • Print
    [edited by] John L. Rombeau, Michael D. Caldwell ; illustrations by David W. Low.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM216 .C5775 1990
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Jardine, Robert.
    Digital Access Google Books 1903-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    O129 .J37 1903
    1
  • Digital
    editors, E. Albert Reece, Gustavo F. Leguizamón, George A. Macones, Arnon Wiznitzer ; assistant publication editor, Julie A. Rosen ; foreword by Charles Lockwood.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Elizabeth A. Layden, Andrew Thomson, Philip Owen, Mayank Madhra, Brian A. Macgowan.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Keith R. Pine, Brian H. Sloan, Robert J. Jacobs.
    Summary: This is the first textbook to offer a comprehensive account of ocular prosthetics and the evidence used to underpin and support this field of healthcare. It does so by bringing together information from ophthalmology, prosthetic eye and contact lens literature, and from experts actively engaged in these fields. The book describes the psychological, anatomical and physiological aspects of eye loss as well as surgical procedures for removing the eye, patient evaluation, constructing prosthetic eyes (including prosthetic and surgical techniques for dealing with socket complications), the socket's response to prosthetic eyes, prosthetic eye maintenance and the history of prosthetic eyes. Though primarily intended for prosthetists, ophthalmologists, ophthalmic nurses, optometrists and students in the fields of ocular medicine, maxillofacial medicine and anaplastology, the book also offers a useful resource for other health workers and family members who care for prosthetic eye patients, and for those patients seeking a deeper understanding of the issues affecting them than they can find elsewhere.

    Contents:
    History of Prosthetic Eyes
    The Anophthalmic Patient
    Anatomy and Physiology
    Anophthalmia and Ocular Disfigurement
    Patient Evaluation
    Making and Fitting a Custom Moulded Prosthetic Eye
    Prosthetic Shells and Lenses
    Socket Complications
    Response of the Anophthalmic Socket to Prosthetic Eye Wear
    Mucoid Discharge Associated with Prosthetic Eye Wear
    Living with a Prosthetic Eye.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Antonella Surbone, Michael Rowe.
    Contents:
    Introduction to oncology and medical errors / Antonella Surbone and Michael Rowe
    Recognizing and facing medical errors : the perspective of a physician who is also patient / Itzhak Brook
    Psychological and existential consequences of medical error for oncology professionals / Mary J. Chalino, Evelyn Y.T. Wong, Bradley l. Collins, and Richard T. Penson
    To sue or not to sue : restoring trust in patient-doctor-family relationships / Michael Rowe and Antonella Surbone
    Prevention of errors and patient safety : oncology nurses' perspectives / Martha Polovich
    Prevention of errors and patient safety from the oncologists perspective / Meghan E.S. Shea, Nie Bohlen, and Inga T. Lennes
    Disclosing harmful medical errors / Walter Baile and Daniel Epner
    Do cross-cultural differences influence the occurrence and disclosure of medical errors in oncology / Lidia Schapira, Joseph R. Betancourt, and Alexander R. Green
    Prevention of errors and patient safety : institutional perspectives / Eric Manheimer
    Professional and ethical responsibilities in adverse events and medical errors : discussions when things go wrong / P.M. Forde and Albert W. Wu
    Medical error and patient advocacy / Juanne N. Clarke
    Conclusion : the "given" and "therefores" of clinical oncology and medical errors / Antonella Surbone and Michael Rowe.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Roger P. Harrie, Cynthia J. Kendall.
    Summary: The second editon of this popular ultrasound book expands the reader's understanding of the clinical applications of ocular ultrasound through a case study approach. With the addition of high-quality video segments of examination techniques not currently available in any other format, this edition appeals to a broader range of practitioners in the field by presenting the subject starting at the basic level and progressing to the advanced. The book is appealing to practitioners involved in ocular ultrasound, including ophthalmic technicians, ophthalmologists, optometrists, radiologists and emergency room physicians who, on occasion, are involved in the practice of ophthalmic ultrasound.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Arun D. Singh, Bertil E. Damato, editors.
    Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, the 3rd edition of this six volume textbook provides detailed practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. Supplying the reader with state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible, this book is divided into six volumes: Basic Principles, Eyelid and Conjunctival Tumors, Orbital Tumors, Uveal Tumors, Retinal Tumors, and Retinoblastoma. The information presented enables readers to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on ophthalmic oncology and to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations. Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology's clinically focused and user-friendly format allows for rapid retrieval of information in daily practice and is written for residents, fellows, and any physician involved in the care of patients with ocular or orbital malignancies. Additionally, this six volume edition adds several hundred new images to improve comprehension of procedures and techniques. This volume provides essential information on cancer epidemiology, etiology, pathology, angiogenesis, immunology, genetics, and staging systems and explains the principles underlying different therapeutic approaches.​
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jesse L. Berry, Jonathan W. Kim, Bertill E. Damato, Arun D. Singh, editors.
    Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, the 3rd edition of this six volume textbook provides detailed practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. Supplying the reader with state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible, this book is divided into six volumes: Basic Principles, Eyelid and Conjunctival Tumors, Orbital Tumors, Uveal Tumors, Retinal Tumors, and Retinoblastoma. The information presented enables readers to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on ophthalmic oncology and to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations.

    Contents:
    1. Retinoblastoma : evaluation and diagnosis / Brian Marr and Arun D. Singh
    2. Differential diagnosis of leukocoria / Jonathan W. Kim and Arun D. Singh
    3. Retinoblastoma : staging and grouping / Jesse L. Berry and A. Linn Murphree
    4. Retinoblastoma : incidence and etiologic factors / Manuela Orjuela-Grimm, Nakul Singh, Silvia Bhatt-Carreño, and Arun D. Singh
    5. Retinoblastoma : an international perspective / Guillermo L. Chantada and Carlos A. Leal
    6. Retinoblastoma tumorigenesis / Rachel C. Brennan and Michael A. Dyer
    7. Animal models in retinoblastoma research / Thomas A. Mendel and Anthony B. Daniels
    8. Retinocytoma or retinoma / Randy C. Bowen, Christina Stathopoulos, Francis L. Munier, and Arun D. Singh
    9. Retinoblastoma : genetic counseling and testing / Meghan J. DeBenedictis and Arun D. Singh
    10. Retinoblastoma : treatment options / Jonathan W. Kim, A. Linn Murphree, and Arun D. Singh
    11. Retinoblastoma : focal therapy : laser treatment and cryotherapy / Jesse L. Berry and A. Linn Murphree
    12. Retinoblastoma : focal therapies : brachytherapy / Jose J. Echegaray, Arun D. Singh, and Bertil E. Damato
    13. Retinoblastoma : intravenous chemotherapy / Rachana Shah, Rajkumar Venkatramani, and Rima Fuad Jubran 14. Intra-ophthalmic artery chemotherapy for retinoblastoma / Benjamin C. King, Brian C. Tse, Matthew W. Wilson, and Rachel C. Brennan
    15. Retinoblastoma : intravitreal chemotherapy / Christina Stathopoulos and Francis L. Munier
    16. Retinoblastoma : external beam radiation / Kenneth K. Wong, Jesse L. Berry, and Jonathan W. Kim
    17. Retinoblastoma : enucleation / Jonathan W. Kim and A. Linn Murphree
    18. Retinoblastoma : evolving therapies / Junyang Zhao and Honggai Yan
    19. Histopathologic features and prognostic factors / Patricia Chévez-Barrios, Ralph C. Eagle, and Eduardo F. Marback
    20. Orbital retinoblastoma : diagnosis and management / Bhavna Chawla and Maya Hada
    21. Retinoblastoma : metastatic disease / Ira J. Dunkel and Guillermo L. Chantada
    22. Non-ocular tumors and other long-term complications / Benjamin C. King, Brian C. Tse, Rachel C. Brennan, and Matthew W. Wilson
    23. Trilateral retinoblastoma / Jonathan W. Kim and Ira J. Dunkel
    24. Screening children at risk for retinoblastoma / Dan S. Gombos and Alison H. Skalet
    25. Children's oncology group (COG) trials for retinoblastoma / Dan S. Gombos, Anna T. Meadows, Murali Chintagumpala, Ira J. Dunkel, Debra Friedman, Julie Ann Stoner, Rima Fuad Jubran, and Judith Grob Villablanca
    26. Social aspects, advocacy and organizations / Helen Dimaras.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Bertil E. Damato and Arun D. Singh.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1: Uveal Tumors: Examination Techniques
    2: Classification of Uveal Tumors
    3: Benign Melanocytic Tumors of the Uveal
    4: Uveal Melanoma: Epidemiologic Aspects
    5: Uveal Melanoma: Clinical Features
    6: Uveal Melanoma: Differential Diagnosis
    7: Uveal Melanoma: Histopathologic Features
    8: Uveal Melanoma: Molecular Pathology
    9: Animal Models in Uveal Melanoma
    10: Iris Melanoma
    11: Management of Patients with Posterior Uveal Melanoma
    12: Uveal Melanoma: Brachytherapy
    13: Uveal Melanoma: Proton Beam Radiation Therapy
    14: Uveal Melanoma: Stereotactic Radiation Therapy
    15: Uveal Melanoma: Phototherapy
    16: Uveal Melanoma: Resection Techniques
    17: Uveal Melanoma: The Collaborative Ocular Melanoma Study
    18: Uveal Melanoma: Prognostic Factors
    19: Uveal Melanoma: Prognostication Methods
    20: Uveal Melanoma: Mortality
    21: Uveal Melanoma: Adjuvant Therapy
    22: Uveal Melanoma: Metastases
    23: Uveal Vascular Tumors
    24: Uveal Neural Tumors
    25: Intraocular Manifestations of Hematopoietic Disorders
    26: Uveal Myogenic, Fibro-histiocytic and Histiocytic Tumors
    27: Uveal Lymphoproliferative Tumors
    28: Uveal Metastatic Tumors
    29: Uveal Osseous Tumors
    30: Bilateral Diffuse Uveal Melanocytic Proliferation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Arun D. Singh, Bertil Damato, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Principles of Clinical Epidemiology / Annette C. Moll, Michiel R. de Boer, Lex M. Bouter, and Nakul Singh
    2. Etiology of Cancer / Brian T. Hill
    3. Cancer Pathology / Katarina Bartuma, Charlotta All-Ericsson, and Stefan Seregard
    4. Cancer Angiogenesis / Werner Wackernagel, Bela Anand-Apte, and Arun D. Singh
    5. Immunology of Ocular Tumors / Martine J. Jager and Inge H.G. Bronkhorst
    6. Cancer Genetics / J.William Harbour and Daniel L. Chao
    7. Cancer Staging / Paul T. Finger
    8. Principles of Cryotherapy / Dan S. Gombos
    9. Principles of Laser Therapy / Stefan Sacu and Ursula Schmidt-Erfurth
    10. Principles of Radiation Therapy / Abigail L. Stockham, Ehsan H. Balagamwala, Roger Macklis, Allan Wilkinson, and Arun D. Singh
    11. Ocular Complications of Radiotherapy / Mitchell Kamrava, James Lamb, and Tara A. McCannel
    12. Principles and Complications of Chemotherapy / Michael G. Levien, Nicola G. Ghazi, and Arun D. Singh
    13. Targeted Therapy and Their Ocular Complications / Denis Jusufbegovic, Pierre L. Triozzi, and Arun D. Singh
    14. Counseling Patients with Cancer / Laura Hope-Stone and Bertil Damato
    15. Cataract Associated with Intraocular Tumors / Carlos A. Medina, Mary E. Aronow, and Arun D. Singh
    16. Tumor-Associated Glaucoma / Reena S. Vaswani, Kathryn Bollinger, Annapurna Singh, and Arun D. Singh
    17. Graft-Versus-Host Disease / Edgar M. Espana, Sejal Shah, and Arun D. Singh
    18. Uveal Tumors: Diagnostic Techniques: Angiography / Kaan Gunduz, Jessica A. Adefusika, Thomas P. Link, and Jose S. Pulido
    19. Diagnostic Techniques: Optical Coherence Tomography / Rubens Belfort, Andre Romano, Eduardo Rodrigues, and Arun D. Singh
    20. Diagnostic Techniques: Autofluorescence / Edoardo Midena, Elisabetta Pilotto, and Raffaele Parrozzani
    21. Diagnostic Techniques: Ophthalmic Ultrasonography / Brandy Hayden Lorek, Mary E. Aronow, and Arun D. Singh.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jacob Peʼer, Arun D. Singh.
    Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology provides practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. The book supplies all of the state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible. Using the information provided, readers will be able to: Provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on all aspects of ophthalmic oncology. Verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations. Locate required information quickly owing to the clinically focused and user-friendly format. In this volume, the examination techniques, classification, and differential diagnosis of eyelid tumors and conjunctival and corneal tumors are carefully explained, and treatment options are considered in detail.

    Contents:
    Part I. Eyelid Tumors
    1. Examination Techniques / Bryan R. Costin and Julian D. Perry
    2. Eyelid Tumors: Classification and Differential Diagnosis / Jacob Pe'er
    3. Benign Squamous and Melanocytic Tumors / Lynn Schoenfield and Arun D. Singh
    4. Basal Cell Carcinoma / Mordechai Rosner and Ido Didi Fabian
    5. Squamous Cell Carcinoma / Mordechai Rosner and Ido Didi Fabian
    6. Sebaceous Gland Carcinoma / Mordechai Rosner and Ido Didi Fabian
    7. Eyelid Tumors: Cutaneous Melanoma / Jacob Pe'er and Robert Folberg
    8. Adnexal Tumors / Martina C. Herwig and Karin U. Loeffler
    9. Stromal Tumors / Geeta K. Vemuganti and Santosh G. Honavar
    10. Surgical Techniques / Jennifer I. Hui and David T. Tse
    11. Sentinel Lymph Node Assessment and Biopsy for Eyelid and Conjunctival Malignancies / Vivian T. Yin and Bita Esmaeli
    12. Systemic Associations / Lucy T. Xu, Arun D. Singh, and Elias I. Traboulsi
    Part II. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors
    13. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Examination Techniques / Jacob Pe'er
    14. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Classification and Differential Diagnosis / Jacob Pe'er
    15. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Benign Epidermal and Melanocytic Tumors / Jacob Pe'er
    16. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Ocular Surface Squamous Neoplasia / Jacob Pe'er and Joseph Frucht-Pery
    17. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Primary Acquired Melanosis / Jacob Pe'er and Robert Folberg
    18. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Melanoma / Jacob Pe'er and Robert Folberg
    19. Stromal Tumors / Jacob Pe'er
    20. Caruncular Tumors / Jill R. Wells and Hans E. Grossniklaus
    21. Surgical Techniques / Anat Galor, Bennie H. Jeng, and Arun D. Singh
    22. Systemic Associations / Lucy T. Xu, Arun D. Singh, and Elias I. Traboulsi.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Julian D. Perry, Arun D. Singh, editors.
    Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology provides practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. The book supplies all of the state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible. Using the information provided, readers will be able to: Provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on all aspects of ophthalmic oncology. Verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations. Locate required information quickly owing to the clinically focused and user-friendly format. This volume describes the classification, differential diagnosis, and imaging of orbital tumors and discusses the most suitable treatment options for different tumor types.

    Contents:
    1. Examination Techniques / Sandy X. Zhang-Nunes, Jill A. Foster, and Julian D. Perry
    2. Classification of Orbital Tumors / Bryan R. Costin, Julian D. Perry, and Jill A. Foster
    3. Differential Diagnosis in Children / Sandy X. Zhang-Nunes, Jill A. Foster, Julian D. Perry, and Paul L. Proffer
    4. Differential Diagnosis in Adults / Bryan R. Costin, Julian D. Perry, and Jill A. Foster
    5. Imaging Techniques / Patrick De Potter
    6. Nonspecific Orbital Inflammation / Roberta E. Gausas, M.R. Damani, and Kimberly P. Cockerham
    7. Orbital Vascular Tumors / Bryan R. Costin and Julian D. Perry
    8. Benign Orbital Tumors / Bhupendra C.K. Patel
    9. Optic Nerve Tumors / Jonathan J. Dutton 10. Lacrimal Gland Tumors / David H. Verity, Omar M. Durrani, and Geoffrey E. Rose
    11. Lacrimal Sac Tumors / Jacob Pe'er
    12. Orbital and Adnexal Lymphoma / Mary E. Aronow, Brian T. Hill, and Arun D. Singh
    13. Malignant Orbital Tumors / Bhupendra C.K. Patel
    14. Orbital Rhabdomyosarcoma / Natta Sakolsatayadorn and Julian D. Perry
    15. Enucleation for Ocular Tumors / Natta Sakolsatayadorn and Julian D. Perry
    16. Orbital Exenteration / Suresh Sagili and Raman Malhotra
    17. Principles of Orbital Surgery / David H. Verity and Geoffrey E. Rose
    18. Orbital Implants / David R. Jordan and Stephen R. Klapper 19. Ocular Prosthesis / Darrel W. Hardin.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Catherine J. Hwang, Bhupendra C. K. Patel and Arun D. Singh.
    Contents:
    Examination Techniques
    Classification of Orbital Tumors
    Differential Diagnosis in Children
    Orbital Tumors: Differential Diagnosis in Adults
    Imaging Techniques
    Specific Orbital Inflammatory Diseases
    Idiopathic Orbital Inflammation
    Orbital Vascular Anomalies
    Benign Orbital Tumors
    Orbital Meningioma
    Tumors of the optic nerve
    Optic Nerve Sheath Fenestration and Optic Nerve Biopsy
    Lacrimal Gland Tumors
    Lacrimal Sac Tumors
    Orbital and Adnexal Lymphoma
    Malignant Orbital Tumors
    Orbital Rhabdomyosarcoma
    Enucleation for Ocular Tumors
    Orbital Exenteration
    Principles of Orbital Surgery
    Orbital Implants
    Orbital Prostheses
    Ocular Prostheses.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Arun D. Singh, Bertil Damato, editors.
    Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology provides practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. The book supplies all of the state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible. Using the information provided, readers will be able to: Provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on all aspects of ophthalmic oncology. Verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations Locate required information quickly owing to the clinically focused and user-friendly format. In this volume guidance is provided on diagnosis and therapy for retinal tumors including vitreoretinal lymphoma and paraneoplastic disorders.

    Contents:
    Classification of Retinal and Retinal Pigment Epithelium Tumors
    Coats' Disease
    Retinal Vascular Tumors
    Retinal Astrocytic Tumors
    Retinal Pigment Epithelial Tumors
    Tumors of the Ciliary Epithelium
    Primary Central Nervous System and Retinal Lymphoma
    Retinal Metastatic Tumors
    Neuro-oculocutaneous Syndromes (Phakomatoses)
    Ocular Paraneoplastic Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Arun D. Singh, A. Linn Murphree, Bertill E. Damato, editors.
    Contents:
    Evaluation and Diagnosis
    Leukocoria: Differential Diagnosis
    Staging and Grouping
    Epidemiologic Aspects
    International Perspective
    Tumorigenesis
    Retinocytoma or Retinoma
    Genetic Counseling and Testing
    Treatment Options
    Focal Therapy
    Intravenous Chemotherapy
    Intra-Arterial Chemotherapy
    Intravitreal Chemotherapy
    Teletherapy
    Enucleaton
    Histopathologic Features and Risk Factors
    Orbital Retinoblastoma
    Metastatic Disease
    Non Ocular Tumors
    Trilateral Retinoblastoma
    Children's Oncology Group (COG) Trials for Retinoblastoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Bertil Damato, Arun D. Singh, editors.
    Contents:
    "This volume, devoted solely to uveal tumors, explains the various diagnostic and biopsy techniques that may be used and describes the therapeutic options of potential value for different types of tumor."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Jacob Pe'er, Arun D. Singh and Bertil E. Damato.
    Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, the 3rd edition of this six volume textbook provides detailed practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. Supplying the reader with state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible, this book is divided into six volumes: Basic Principles, Eyelid and Conjunctival Tumors, Orbital Tumors, Uveal Tumors, Retinal Tumors, and Retinoblastoma. The information presented enables readers to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on ophthalmic oncology and to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations.

    Contents:
    Eyelid tumors: Examination Techniques
    Eyelid Tumors: Classification and Differential Diagnosis
    Benign Squamous and Melanocytic Tumors
    Basal Cell Carcinoma.-Squamous Cell Carcinoma.-Sebaceous Gland Carcinoma
    Eyelid Tumors: Cutaneous Melanoma
    Adnexal Tumors.-Stromal Tumors
    Surgical Techniques
    Systemic Associations
    Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Examination Techniques
    Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Classification and Differential Diagnosis
    Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Benign Epidermal and Melanocytic Tumors
    Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Ocular Surface Squamous Neoplasia
    Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Primary Acquired Melanosis
    Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Melanoma
    Conjunctival Stromal Tumors
    Caruncle Tumors
    Pharmacotherapy for conjunctival malignancies
    Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy for Eyelid and Conjunctival Malignancies
    Surgical Techniques
    Radiation Therapy: Conjunctival and Eyelid tumors
    Conjunctival and corneal tumors: Systemic Associations.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Arun D. Singh, Bertil E. Damato, editors.
    Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, the 3rd edition of this six volume textbook provides detailed practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. Supplying the reader with state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible, this book is divided into six volumes: Basic Principles, Eyelid and Conjunctival Tumors, Orbital Tumors, Uveal Tumors, Retinal Tumors, and Retinoblastoma. The information presented enables readers to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on ophthalmic oncology and to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations.

    Contents:
    1. Classification of Retinal and Retinal Pigment Epithelium Tumors
    2. Coats' Disease
    3. Retinal Vascular Tumors
    4. Retinal Astrocytic Tumors
    5. Retinal Pigment Epithelial Tumors
    6. Tumors of the Ciliary Epithelium
    7. Primary Central Nervous System and Retinal Lymphoma
    8. Retinal Metastatic Tumors
    9. Neuro-oculocutaneous Syndromes (Phakomatoses)
    10. Ocular Paraneoplastic Diseases. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Von Arx, Thomas; Lozanoff, Scott.
    Summary: This superbly illustrated book presents the most current and comprehensive review of oral anatomy for clinicians and researchers alike. In 26 chapters, the reader is taken on a unique anatomical journey, starting with the oral fissure, continuing via the maxilla and mandible to the tongue and floor of the mouth, and concluding with the temporomandibular joint and masticatory muscles. Each chapter offers a detailed description of the relevant anatomical structures and their spatial relationships, provides quantitative morphological assessments, and explains the relevance of the region for clinical dentistry. All dental health care professionals require a sound knowledge of anatomy for the purposes of diagnostics, treatment planning, and therapeutic intervention. A full understanding of the relationship between anatomy and clinical practice is the ultimate objective, and this book will enable the reader to achieve such understanding as the basis for provision of the best possible treatment for each individual patient as well as recognition and comprehension of unexpected clinical findings.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Lips and Cheeks
    Anterior Maxilla
    Posterior Maxilla
    Retromaxillary and Retromandibular Areas
    Posterior Mandible
    Anterior Mandible
    Tongue
    Temporomandibular Joint.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jean M. Bruch, Nathaniel Treister.
    Contents:
    Normal Anatomy
    Variants of Normal and Common Benign Conditions
    Diagnostic Tests and Studies
    White Lesions
    Immune-mediated and Allergic Conditions
    Pigmented Lesions
    Oral Infections
    Salivary Gland Disease
    Oral Cancer
    Orofacial Pain Conditions
    Oral Manifestations of Systemic Disease
    Oral Sequelae of Cancer and Cancer Therapy
    Prescribing Guidelines for Commonly Used Medications.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Charles E. Giangarra, Robert C. Manske.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    [edited by] Myles L. Pensak, Daniel I. Choo.
    Contents:
    Basic Science
    Anatomy and embryology of the ear / John M. Ryzenman and Arvind Kumar
    Principles of clinical audiology and assessment of auditory physiology / Robert W. Keith, Jennifer A. Ratigan, and Daniel I. Choo
    Vestibular physiology / Maroun T. Semaan, Cameron C. Wick, and Cliff A. Megerian
    The eustachian tube / Ilkka Kivekäs and Dennis S. Poe
    Molecular biology of the inner ear / Elodie M. Richard, Rizwan Yousaf, Zubair M. Ahmed, and Saima Riazuddin
    Pharmacology of otologic drugs / Leonard P. Rybak. Evaluation
    Temporal bone imaging / Rebecca S. Cornelius and Humberto Morales
    Diagnostic audiology / Lisa L. Hunter and David K. Brown
    Assessment of auditory processing disorders / Lisa W. Hilbert
    Laboratory tests of vestibular and balance functioning / Dennis I. Bojrab, Danny J. Soares, and Matthew L. Kircher
    Clinical evaluation of the cranial nerves / Aaron C. Moberly and D. Bradley Welling
    Otologic photography and videography / Ken Yanagisawa and Eiji Yanagisawa
    Clinical evaluation of hearing loss / Lesley A. Rabach and John F. Kveton
    Evaluation of the dizzy patient / Joel A. Goebel and Eric L. Slattery. Management
    Disorders of the auricle / Nael M. Shoman
    Diseases of the external auditory canal / John P. Leonetti and Sam J. Marzo
    Aural atresia and unilateral hearing loss / Bradley W. Kesser and Daniel I. Choo
    Otitis media / Daniel Jensen and Keiko Hirose
    Chronic otitis media / Peter C. Weber
    Complications of otitis media / Kevin D. Brown, Samuel H. Selesnick, and Shan Tang
    Otosclerosis / Michael J. McKenna and Alicia M. Quesnel
    Temporal bone trauma / Brendan P. O'Connell, Paul R. Lambert, and May Y. Huang
    Hereditary hearing impairment / Matthew J. Provenzano and John H. Greinwald Jr.
    Nonhereditary hearing loss / Edwin M. Monsell and Eric L. Slattery
    Benign neoplasms of the temporal bone / Peter L. Santa Maria, Lawrence R. Lustig, and Robert K. Jackler
    Cystic lesions of the petrous apex / Laura Brainard, Todd A. Hillman, and Douglas A. Chen
    Malignant tumors of the temporal bone / Christine H. Heubi and Myles L. Pensak
    Vestibular disorders / Mitchell K. Schwaber
    Facial nerve disorders / Bruce J. Gantz and Pamela C. Roehm
    Immunologic disorders of the inner ear / Jason A. Brant and Michael J. Ruckenstein. Rehabilitation
    Adult audiological rehabilitation / Stephanie Lockhart and John Greer Clark
    Implantable hearing devices / Jeffrey J. Kuhn and Angel J. Perez
    Cochlear implants and auditory brainstem implants / Ravi N. Samy
    Rehabilitation of peripheral vestibular disorders / Kelly S. Beaudoin, Kathleen D. Coale, and Judith A. White
    Rehabilitation and reanimation of the paralyzed face / David B. Horn
    Otalgia / John S. McDonald
    Evaluation and management of pulsatile tinnitus / Aristides Sismanis
    Theory and treatment of tinnitus and decreased sound tolerance / Marcia L. Dewey and David R. Friedland
    Medical-legal aspects of otology / Benjamin H. Pensak and Myles L. Pensak.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne ComSci
  • Digital
    edited by J. Enrique Domínguez-Muñoz MD, PhD.
    Summary: "Since the book Clinical Pancreatology for practising Gastroenterologists and Surgeons was first published sixteen years ago, the knowledge and clinical management of pancreatic diseases have developed markedly. Thanks to the development of the translational research and the from bench to bedside concept, much progress from the lab has been applied to clinical practice. In addition, several highly relevant clinical trials published over the last years have resulted in the update and optimisation of clinical guidelines. A new and validated classification of severity and complications of acute pancreatitis is firmly rooted in clinical practice and has been the basis for the development of minimally invasive approaches to pancreatic necrosis. The etiopathogenic knowledge of chronic pancreatitis and other pancreatopaties, like that associated with diabetes mellitus, has developed significantly. Especially important has been the development of the field of cystic pancreatic tumours, which has been reflected in the publication of several guidelines and consensus reports over the last few years. Most research efforts have focused on pancreatic cancer, which have led and will further lead to a significant increase in the therapeutic armamentarium against this devastating disease. Finally, many newly published studies have changed the concept, causes, clinical relevance, diagnosis and treatment of exocrine pancreatic insufficiency. This new edition of Clinical Pancreatology for practising Gastroenterologists and Surgeons has enjoyed the collaboration of the world's leading experts in each of the areas of clinical Pancreatology with the aim of facilitating Gastroenterologists, Surgeons, Oncologists, Internists, Nutritionists, Diabetologists, Paediatricians, Radiologists, Pathologists and other specialists the decision making when facing patients with pancreatic diseases in their daily clinical practice. All in all, this book supplies an indispensable update of the relevant aspects of clinical Pancreatology"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Acute Pancreatitis. Acute Pancreatitis / Jodie A Barkin, Jamie S Barkin
    How to Deal with the Etiological Diagnosis of Acute Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice? / Soumya Jagannath, Pramod Kumar Garg
    Definition of Complications and Severity of Acute Pancreatitis for Clinical Practice / David X Jin, Peter A Banks, Julia McNabb-Baltar
    Early Prediction of Severity in Acute Pancreatitis / Peter J Lee, Georgios I Papachristou
    Role of CT Scan in Acute Pancreatitis / Elham Afghani, Mahya Faghih, Vikesh K Singh
    Role of MRI in Acute Pancreatitis / Fatih Akisik
    Treatment of Acute Pancreatitis in The Emergency Room / Thiruvengadam Muniraj, Santhi Swaroop Vege
    Acute Pancreatitis / Enrique Madaria, Felix Zubia-Olaskoaga
    Guidelines for the Treatment of Pain in Acute Pancreatitis / Laszlo Czako
    Nutrition in the Acute Phase of Pancreatitis / Angela Pham, Chris E Forsmark
    Oral Refeeding in Acute Pancreatitis / Jose Lario-Noia, Daniel Iglesia-Garcia
    Pharmacological Therapy for Acute Pancreatitis / Rajarshi Mukherjee, Muhammad Awais, Wenhao Cai, Wei Huang, Peter Szatmary, Robert Sutton
    Indication and Optimal Timing of ERCP in Acute Pancreatitis / Theodor Voiosu, Ivo Bolkoski, Guido Costamagna
    How to Deal with Infected Pancreatic Necrosis? / J Enrique Dominguez-Munoz
    Minimally Invasive Surgical Necrosectomy in Clinical Practice / Patricia Sanchez-Velazquez, Fernando Burdo, Ignasi Poves
    Endoscopic Necrosectomy in Clinical Practice / Jodie A Barkin, Andres Gelrud
    Management of Acute Pancreatic Pseudocyst / Muhammad F Dawwas, Kofi W Oppong
    The Disconnected Main Pancreatic Duct Syndrome / Mario Pelez-Luna, Andrea Soriano-Rios, Luis Uscanga-Dominguez
    Vasculature Complications in Pancreatitis / Daniel G McCall, Timothy B Gardner
    Acute Relapsing Pancreatitis / Jorge D Machicado, Dhiraj Yadav
    Diagnosis and Therapeutic Approach to Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency after Acute Pancreatitis / Hester C Timmerhuis, Christa J Sperna Weiland, Hjalmar C Santvoort
    Asymptomatic Chronic Elevation of Serum Pancreatic Enzymes / Giuseppe Vanella, Paolo Giorgio Arcidiacono, Gabriele Capurso
    Chronic Pancreatitis. Definition and Etiology of Chronic Pancreatitis / David C Whitcomb
    Epidemiology of Chronic Pancreatitis / Philippe L©♭vy, Vinciane Rebours
    Alcoholic Chronic Pancreatitis and the Impact of Alcohol and Smoking Cessation in Chronic Pancreatitis / Jeremy S Wilson, Romano C Pirola, Minoti V Apte
    What is Relevant on Genetics in Chronic Pancreatitis for Clinical Practice? / Jonas Rosendahl
    Pancreas Divisum and Other Potential Obstructive Causes of Chronic Pancreatitis / Matthew J DiMagno, Erik-Jan Wamsteker
    What to do in Clinical Practice Before Defining a Chronic Pancreatitis as Idiopathic? / Felix Lmmerhirt, Frank Ulrich Weiss, Markus M Lerch
    Computed Tomography for the Diagnosis, Evaluation of Severity, and Detection of Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Roberto Garc©Ưa-Figueiras, Sandra Baleato-Gonzalez, Gonzalo Tardguila Fuente
    Role of MRI and MRCP in the Diagnosis, Evaluation of Severity, and Detection of Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Jordan K Swensson, Temel Tirkes
    Role of Endoscopic Ultrasound and Associated Methods (Elastography, Contrast Enhancement) in the Diagnosis, Evaluation of Severity, and Detection of Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Julio Iglesias-Garcia
    Endoscopic Pancreatic Function Test for the Functional Diagnosis of Chronic Pancreatitis / Luis F Lara, Darwin L Conwell
    Role of Pancreatic Function Tests for the Diagnosis of Chronic Pancreatitis / J Enrique Dominguez-Munoz
    Follow-up of Patients with Chronic Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Antonio Mendoza-Ladd, Luis F Lara, Darwin L Conwell
    Quality of Life in Chronic Pancreatitis / Colin D Johnson
    Medical Treatment of Pain in Chronic Pancreatitis / Asbjorn Mohr Drewes, Louise Kuhlman, Trine Andresen, S©ıren Schou Olesen
    Endoscopic Treatment of Pain in Chronic Pancreatitis / Pauline M C Stassen, Pieter J F Jonge, Jan-Werner Poley, Djuna L Cahen, Marco J Bruno
    Diagnosis and Management of Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency in Chronic Pancreatitis / J Enrique Dominguez-Munoz
    Surgical Treatment of Pain in Chronic Pancreatitis / Benjamin PT Loveday, John A Windsor
    Management of Chronic Pancreatic Pseudocyst / Shyam Varadarajulu
    Vascular Complications in Chronic Pancreatitis / Anil K Agarwal, Raja Kalayarasan, Amit Javed
    Surgical Therapy of Local Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis / Ricardo Arvizu Castillo, Elena Munoz-Forner, Luis Sabater
    Endoscopic Treatment of Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis other than Pseudocyst / Jahangeer Basha, Rupjyoti Talukdar, D Nageshwar Reddy
    Autoimmune Pancreatitis. Autoimmune Pancreatitis / Miroslav Vujasinovic, J -Matthias L©œhr
    Diagnosis of Autoimmune Pancreatitis / Nicol©ø Pretis, Antonio Amodio, Luca Frulloni
    Treatment and Follow-up of Autoimmune Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Sushil Kumar Garg, Suresh T Chari
    Cystic Fibrosis (CFTR)-associated Pancreatic Disease. CFTR-associated Pancreatic Disease / Aimee Joy Wiseman, Chee Y Ooi
    Nutritional Therapy, Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency, and Pancreatic Enzyme Replacement Therapy in Cystic Fibrosis / Jefferson N Brownell, Laura Padula, Elizabeth Reid, Virginia A Stallings, Asim Maqbool
    Pancreatic Cancer. Epidemiological Impact of Pancreatic Cancer / Patrick Maisonneuve
    Molecular and Genetic Basis of Pancreatic Carcinogenesis / Ihsan Ekin Demir, Carmen Mota Reyes, Elke Demir, Helmut Friess
    New-onset Diabetes as a Harbinger of Pancreatic Cancer: is Early Diagnosis Possible? / Dana K Andersen, Suresh T Chari, Eithne Costello, Tatjana Crnogorac-Jurcevic, Phil A Hart, Anirban Maitra, Stephen J Pandol
    Pancreatic Cancer Screening / Christopher Paiji, Anne Marie Lennon, Elham Afghani
    Clinical Usefulness of Biological Markers in Pancreatic Cancer / David Anz, Ignazio Piseddu, Marlies Kopke, Ujjwal M Mahajan, Julia Mayerle
    Staging Classification and Stratification of Pancreatic Cancer for Clinical Practice / Akhil Chawla, Andrew J Aguirre
    Imaging Diagnosis and Staging of Pancreatic Cancer / Megan H Lee, Elliot K Fishman
    The Role of Endoscopic Ultrasound and Associated Methods (Elastography, Contrast Enhancement) in the Diagnosis and Assessment of Resectability of Pancreatic Cancer / Marc Giovannini
    EUS-Guided FNA/FNB for Pancreatic Solid Lesions / Mihai Rimbaß₉, Gianenrico Rizzatti, Alberto Larghi
    Surgical Treatment of Resectable Pancreatic Cancer / Jan G D'Haese, Bernhard W Renz, Jens Werner
    Complications After Pancreatic Surgery / Tommaso Giuliani, Giovanni Marchegiani, Giuseppe Malleo, Claudio Bassi
    Neoadjuvant Treatment of Pancreatic Cancer / Marta Sandini, Thilo Hackert, Ulla Klaiber, Markus W B©ơchler, John P Neoptolemos
    Adjuvant Therapy in Pancreatic Cancer / Jean-Luc Van Laethem
    Management of Pain in Pancreatic Cancer / J Enrique Dominguez-Munoz
    EUS-guided Celiac Plexus Neurolysis for Pain in Pancreatic Cancer / Jonathan M Wyse, Anand V Sahai
    The Role of Endoscopy in the Management of Unresectable Pancreatic Cancer / Jaimin P Amin, Ajaypal Singh, Irving Waxman
    Chemotherapy for Nonresectable Pancreatic Cancer / Raquel Fuentes, Juan Jos©♭ Serrano, Mercedes Rodriguez, Alfredo Carrato
    Diagnosis and Management of Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency in Pancreatic Cancer / Sarah Powell-Brett, Keith J Roberts
    Nutrition and Pancreatic Cancer / Mary Phillips, Oonagh Griffin
    Present and Future of Local Therapies for Unresectable Pancreatic Cancer / Sabrina Gloria Giulia Testoni, Gemma Rossi, Livia Archibugi, Paolo Giorgio Arcidiacono
    New Pharmacological Approaches for Pancreatic Cancer Therapy / Vineet K Gupta, Sulagna Banerjee, Ashok K Saluja
    Cystic Tumors of the Pancreas. Histological Classification of Pancreatic Cystic Neoplasms / Giuseppe Zamboni, Anna Pesci
    Role of Endoscopic Ultrasound and Endoscopic Ultrasound-associated Techniques in the Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis of Pancreatic Cystic Tumors / Maria-Victoria Alvarez-Sanchez, Bertrand Napoleon
    The Role of Multidetector CT, MRI and MRCP in the Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis of Pancreatic Cystic Neoplasms / Megan H Lee, Elliot K Fishman
    Intraductal Papillary Mucinous Neoplasm / Zhi Ven Fong, Carlos Fernandez-del Castillo
    Cystic Tumors Other than IPMN / John W Kunstman, James J Farrell
    Pancreatic Cystic Tumors: any Role for Local Therapies? / Julio Iglesias-Garcia
    Neuroendocrine and Other Tumors of the Pancreas. Diagnosis and Treatment of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors / Francesca Muffatti, Stefano Partelli, Valentina Andreasi, Massimo Falconi
    Other less Frequent Pancreatic Tumors / Rossana Percario, Paolo Panaccio, Fabio F Mola, Pierluigi Di Sebastiano, Tommaso Grottola
    Functional Alterations of the Pancreas in Other Clinical Situations. Diagnosis and Therapy of Exocrine Pancreatic Insufficiency after Gastric and Pancreatic Surgery / Raffaele Pezzilli
    Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency in Type 1 and Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus / Philip D Hardt
    Diabetes Mellitus Related to Diseases of the Exocrine Pancreas (Pancreatogenic Diabetes) / David A Bradley, Phil A Hart.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    edited by Hans Popper and Daniel S. Kushner.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Cardiovascular-renal problems.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    J6 .C77
    1
  • Digital
    Suresh S. David, editor.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
  • Digital
    Stacy V. Smith, Andrew G. Lee, Paul W. Brazis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
  • Digital
    Thomas Platz, editor.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This open access book focuses on practical clinical problems that are frequently encountered in stroke rehabilitation. Consequences of diseases, e.g. impairments and activity limitations, are addressed in rehabilitation with the overall goal to reduce disability and promote participation. Based on the available best external evidence, clinical pathways are described for stroke rehabilitation bridging the gap between clinical evidence and clinical decision-making. The clinical pathways answer the questions which rehabilitation treatment options are beneficial to overcome specific impairment constellations and activity limitations and are well acceptable to stroke survivors, as well as when and in which settings to provide rehabilitation over the course of recovery post stroke. Each chapter starts with a description of the clinical problem encountered. This is followed by a systematic, but concise review of the evidence (RCTs, systematic reviews and meta-analyses) that is relevant for clinical decision-making, and comments on assessment, therapy (training, technology, medication), and the use of technical aids as appropriate. Based on these summaries, clinical algorithms / pathways are provided and the main clinical-decision situations are portrayed. The book is invaluable for all neurorehabilitation team members, clinicians, nurses, and therapists in neurology, physical medicine and rehabilitation, and related fields. It is a World Federation for NeuroRehabilitation (WFNR) educational initiative, bridging the gap between the rapidly expanding clinical research in stroke rehabilitation and clinical practice across societies and continents. It can be used for both clinical decision-making for individuals and as well as clinical background knowledge for stroke rehabilitation service development initiatives. .

    Contents:
    Neurobiology of stroke recovery
    Clinical pathways in stroke rehabilitation
    Goal setting with ICF* and multidisciplinary team approach in stroke rehabilitation
    Disorders of consciousness
    Airway and ventilation management
    Recovery of swallowing
    Arm rehabilitation
    Mobility after stroke
    Re-learning to walk
    Post-stroke spasticity
    Rehabilitation of Communication Disorders
    Treating neurovisual deficits and spatial neglect
    Cognition, emotion and fatigue post stroke
    Driving after stroke
    Health care settings for rehabilitation after stroke.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Muzammil H. Musani, Eric J. Feldmann, Michael Poon.
    Summary: This book provides a carefully selected compilation of challenging cases representative of the situations and pathologies likely to be encountered when performing cardiovascular imaging using CT. The conditions covered include coronary artery disease, anomalous coronary arteries, congenital heart disease, coronary artery bypass grafts, infectious diseases, structural heart disease, tumors, and aortic pathology. The book also provides brief insight into use of Cardiac CT geared towards the pre-procedural use in patients undergoing atrial fibrillation ablation, thoracic endovascular aortic repair, or transcatheter aortic valve replacement. In addition, scanning techniques for some of the more difficult cases that a cardiac imager may encounter in practice are reviewed. All images are high-resolution reproductions, and subsequent cardiac catheterization images are included for cases in which obstructive coronary artery disease was revealed. Clinical Pearls in Diagnostic Cardiac Computed Tomographic Angiography is specifically designed to meet the needs of residents, fellows, and physicians who have an interest in cardiovascular CT.

    Contents:
    Introduction to cardiac computed tomography
    Artifacts
    Cardiac CT in adult congenital heart disease
    Coronary artery disease evaluation using cardiac CTA
    Utilization of CCTA for structural diseases
    Procedural complications
    Cardiac tumors
    Vascular angiography
    Incidental findings in cardiac CTA.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Erin S. Williams, MD, FAAP, Olutoyin A. Olutoye, MD, MSC, Catherine P. Seipel, MD, FAAP, Titilopemi A.O. Aina, MD, MPH, FAAP.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Herodotos Ellinas, Kai Matthes, Walid Alrayashi, Aykut Bilge.
    Summary: "The objective of this book is to provide a high-yield textbook of pediatric anesthesiology combined with high quality videos that can be repeatedly used to educate practitioners on the safest and most efficient methods. The text focuses on the unique aspects and considerations necessary for managing pediatric patients"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Print
    Lifshitz, Fima.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Clinical pediatrics (Marcel Dekker, Inc.) to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    edited by Onofrio Antonio Catalano.
    Summary: "Clinical PET/MR presents the state-of-the-art of PET/MR, guiding the reader from how to scan patients, how to read and report the studies, and how keep an eye on what is clinically relevant for a patient's care. Each chapter starts with the clinical scenario and then moves to pertinent imaging, addressing the need of a clinical PET/MR book written by world experts in both clinical and imaging fields. It discusses the clinical application of PET/MR in diverse subspecialties such as head and neck, neurology, cardiovascular, pediatrics, chest, bone, hematology, breast, hepatobiliary pancreatic, genitourinary, gynecology, and gastrointestinal tract. This book is a valuable resource for radiologists, oncologists and members of the biomedical field who need to learn more about clinical applications of PET/MR."--Provided by publisher
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Tony K.L. Kiang, Kyle John Wilby, Mary H.H. Ensom.
    Summary: This comprehensive review provides a systematic, unbiased analysis, critique and summary of the available literature and generates novel clinical decision-making algorithms which can aid clinicians and scientists in practice management and research development. Potential mechanisms for the identified drug interactions are deduced from available preclinical and in vitro data which are interpreted in the context of the in vivo findings. Current limitations and gaps in the literature are summarized, and potential future research directions / experimentations are also suggested. In addition to the main objective to review the available clinical pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic drug interactions associated with WHO-recommended antimalarial drugs on the market today (i.e. chloroquine, amodiaquine, sulfadoxine, pyrimethamine, mefloquine, artemisinin, artemether, artesunate, dihydroartemisinin, artemotil, lumefantrine, primaquine, atovaquone, proguanil, piperaquine and quinine), this book also provides succinct chapter summaries on the epidemiology of malaria infection, diagnosis and therapeutics, in vivo pharmacology and chemistry, preclinical pharmacology, in vitro pharmacodynamics, in vitro reaction phenotyping, and in vitro drug-drug interaction data associated with the identified antimalarial drugs.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Pharmacology of Recommended Antimalarial Agents
    Drug Interaction Potential of Antimalarial Drugs Based on Known Metabolic Properties of Antimalarials
    Pharmacokinetic Drug Interactions Affecting Antimalarials
    Effects of Antimalarials on the Pharmacokinetics of Co-Administered Drugs
    Effects of Antimalarials on the Pharmacokinetics of Co-Administered Antimalarials
    Pharmacodynamic Interactions: Clinical Evidence for Combination Therapy, In Vitro Interactions, and In Vivo Interactions
    Limitations, Future Directions, and Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Morris J. Brown, Pankaj Sharma, Fraz A. Mir, Peter N. Bennett.
    Contents:
    1. Clinical pharmacology
    2. Topics in drug therapy
    3. Discovery and development of drugs
    4. Evaluation of drugs in humans
    5. Health technology assessment
    6. Regulation of medicines
    7. Classification and naming of drugs
    8. General pharmacology
    9. Unwanted effects and adverse drug reactions
    10. Poisoning, overdose, antidotes
    11. Drug dependence
    12. Chemotherapy of infections
    13. Antibacterial drugs
    14. Chemotherapy of bacterial infections
    15. Viral, fungal, protozoal and helminthic infections
    16. Drugs for inflammation and joint disease
    17. Drugs and the skin
    18. Pain and analgesics
    19. Anaesthesia and neuromuscular block
    20. Psychotropic drugs
    21. Neurological disorders- epilepsy, Parkinson's disease and multiple sclerosis
    22. Cholinergic and antimuscarinic (anticholinergic) mechanisms and drugs
    23. Adrenergic mechanisms and drugs
    24. Arterial hypertension, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction and heart failure
    25. Cardiac arrhythmia
    26. Hyperlipidaemias
    27. Kidney and genitourinary tract
    28. Respiratory system
    29. Drugs and haemostasis
    30. Red blood cell disorders
    31. Neoplastic disease and immunosuppression
    32. Oesophagus, stomach and duodenum
    33. Intestines
    34. Liver and biliary tract
    35. Adrenal corticosteroids, antagonists, corticotropin
    36. Diabetes mellitus, insulin, oral antidiabestes agents, obesity
    37. Thyroid hormones, antithyroid drugs
    38. Hypothalamic, pituitary and sex hormones
    39. Vitamins, calcium, bone.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Ken B. Johnson.
    Contents:
    Section I: Core concepts in clinical pharmacology
    Section II: Anesthetic drugs
    Section III: Perioperative drugs for the anesthesiologist
    Section IV: Special populations
    Section V. Perioperative dosing considerations
    Section VI. Dosing considerations for selected cases.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael Levitzky, Kathleen McDonough, Dr. Alan David Kaye, MD, PhD, Stanley Hall.
    Summary: "The most concise and high yield presentation available for physiology topics for the anesthesia provider"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    edited by Constance Dahlin, Patrick J. Coyne, Betty R. Ferrell.
    Contents:
    Pain / Judith A. Paice
    Dyspnea / Kathleen Broglio
    Bowel symptoms : constipation, diarrhea, and obstruction / Kimberly Chow and Lauren Koranteng
    Challenging symptoms : dry mouth, hiccups, fevers, pruritus, and sleep disorders / Barton T. Bobb and Devon Fletcher
    Nausea and vomiting / Maureen Lynch
    Anxiety / Maria Gatto, Patricia Thomas, and Ann Berger
    Delirium / Peggy S. Burhenn
    Depression and suicide / John D. Chovan
    Palliative emergencies / Marcia J. Buckley and Ann Syrett
    Discontinuation of life sustaining therapies / Kathy Plakovic
    Withdrawal of cardiology technology / Patricia Maani Fogelman and Janine A. Gerringer
    Withdrawal of respiratory technology / Beth Wagner
    Palliative sedation / Peg Nelson
    Pediatric palliative care across the continuum / Vanessa Battista and Gina Santucci
    Palliative care of the geriatric patient / Phyllis B. Whitehead.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: The Clinical practice handbook for safe abortion care is intended to facilitate the practical application of the clinical recommendations from the second edition of Safe abortion: technical and policy guidance for health systems (World Health Organization [WHO] 2012). While legal, regulatory, policy and service-delivery contexts may vary from country to country, the recommendations and best practices described in both of these documents aim to enable evidence-based decision-making with respect to safe abortion care.
    Digital Access WHO 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RG734 .C556 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Arunaloke Chakrabarti, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses the unique epidemiology of fungal infections in Asia, illustrating that the situation in these countries is different from that in Western countries in terms of the causative species, natural history and management strategies. Asia, the world's largest continent and home to more than half the global population, has conditions that favor the growth of many fungi, including a number of unique species. Further, socio-economic conditions such as overcrowding, compromised health care facilities and lack of awareness add to the morbidity and mortality due to fungal diseases in this part of the world. Since the majority of Asian countries do not have good diagnostic mycology laboratories, antifungal management is often based on experience. The limited data from Asian countries suggest a very high incidence of fungal infections. This book addresses epidemiology of fungal infections in general and specific populations of Asia, fungal allergy, and diagnosis and management in resource-limited environments. The book is must read for busy clinicians, microbiologists and critical care providers.

    Contents:
    Intro; Distinctive Features of the Book; Contents; Editors and Contributors;
    1: Introduction; References; Part I: Epidemiology in Asia;
    2: Epidemiology of Superficial Fungal Infections in Asia; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Epidemiology of Dermatophytosis in Asia; 2.3 Epidemiology of Dermatophytes in India; 2.4 Epidemiology of Dermatophytes in China; 2.5 Epidemiology of Dermatophytes in Iran; 2.6 Epidemiology of Dermatophytes in Other Asian Countries; 2.7 Onychomycosis Due to Non-dermatophytic Molds; 2.8 Superficial Diseases Caused by Malassezia Species 2.8.1 Malassezia and Seborrheic Dermatitis/Dandruff2.8.2 Pityriasis Versicolor (PV); 2.8.3 Pityrosporum Folliculitis; 2.9 Tinea Nigra; 2.10 Piedra; 2.11 Fungal Keratitis; References;
    3: Epidemiology of Endemic Mycoses in Asia; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Epidemiology of Histoplasmosis, Talaromycosis, and Blastomycosis in Asia; 3.3 Epidemiology of Sporotrichosis; References;
    4: Epidemiology of Opportunist Fungal Infections in Asia; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Incidence/Prevalence; 4.1.2 Risk Factors/Underlying Illness; 4.1.2.1 Spectrum of Agents; 4.2 Conclusions; References Part II: Special Populatio
    n5: Mycoses in Intensive Care Units; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Invasive Candidiasis (IC); 5.2.1 Invasive Mold Infection (IMI); 5.2.2 Pneumocystis jirovecii Pneumonia (PCP) [7]; 5.3 Conclusion; References;
    6: Mycoses in AIDS; 6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 Pneumocystis jirovecii Pneumonia; 6.1.2 Cryptococcosis; 6.1.3 Talaromycosis (Formerly Penicilliosis); 6.1.4 Histoplasmosis; 6.1.5 Mucosal Candidiasis; 6.1.6 Aspergillosis; References;
    7: Mycoses in Neonates and Children; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Neonates; 7.2.1 Epidemiology 7.2.2 Clinical Presentation and Diagnosis7.2.3 Treatment [11]; 7.2.4 Prevention; 7.3 Children in the Critical Care Unit; 7.3.1 Epidemiology; 7.3.2 Risk Factors, Clinical Features and Diagnosis of IC; 7.3.3 Therapy; 7.3.4 Prevention; 7.4 Children on Cancer Chemotherapy/HSCT; 7.4.1 Epidemiology; 7.4.2 Diagnosis [22, 25]; 7.4.3 Treatment [22]; 7.4.4 Prevention/Prophylaxis [22, 26, 27]; 7.5 Children with Primary and Acquired Immunodeficiency; 7.6 Conclusions; References;
    8: Mycoses in Transplant; 8.1 Fungal Infections in Solid Organ Transplant; 8.2 Epidemiology 8.3 Reported Studies on IFI In Renal Transplant Recipients8.4 Reported Studies on IFI in Liver Transplant Recipients; 8.5 Presentation of IFI in Solid Organ Transplant; 8.6 Evaluation of Patient with Possible IFI; 8.7 Diagnosis of IFI; 8.8 Treatment of IFI; 8.9 Prophylaxis Against IFI; 8.10 Fungal Infections in Stem Cell Transplant (SCT); 8.11 Presentation of IFI in HSCT; 8.12 Diagnosis of IFI; 8.13 Treatment of IFI; 8.14 Prophylaxis Against IFI; References;
    9: Mycoses in Hematological Malignancies; 9.1 Introduction; 9.1.1 Magnitude of Problem; 9.2 IFD in AML; 9.3 IFD in ALL
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joanne V. Hickey, PhD, RN, ACNP-BC, FAAN, FCCM.
    Summary: This text prepares its users to deliver expert care in this most challenging nursing specialty. It addresses neuroanatomy, assessment, diagnostic evaluation and management of the complete range of neurological disorders for which nurses provide patient care, including trauma, stoke, tumors, seizures, headache, aneurysms, infections, degenerative disorders and features new chapters on neurological critical care and peripheral neuropathies. The new edition has been thoroughly revised to reflect standards of care based on evidence-based practice. It now includes separate pathophysiology sections in each chapter, new resource guides, such as internet sites and professional and patient information sources, key points summaries, evidence-based boxes, and nursing research features.

    Contents:
    The state of the science of neuroscience nursing practice / Joanne V. Hickey
    Care settings and transitions in care / Susan B. fowler and Joanne V. Hickey
    Ethical perspectives and end-of-life care / Shannon E. Pearce and Joanne V. Hickey
    Organ donation and donor management / Maureen T. Smith and Joanne V. Hickey
    Overview of neuroanatomy and neurophysiology / Joanne V. Hickey and Joseph T. Kanusky
    Diagnostics for patients with neurological disorders / Joanne V. Hickey
    Comprehensive neurological examination / Joanne V. Hickey
    Neurological assessment / Joanne V. Hickey
    Nutritional support for neuroscience patients / Joanne V. Hickey and Elizabeth O. Jacobs
    Neuroendocrine disorders in neuroscience patients / Laura J. Griffin and Joanne V. Hickey
    Rehabilitation of patients with neurological disorders / Joanne V. Hickey and Emily C. Bonvillain
    Pharmacologic management of neuroscience patients / Timothy F. Lassiter and Amy I. Henkel
    Intracranial hypertension : theory and management of increased intracranial pressure / Karen S. March and Joanne V. Hickey
    Management of patients undergoing neurosurgical procedures / Lori K. Madden, Peter K. Tham, and Kiarash Shahlaie
    Management of patients with a depressed level of consciousness / Joanne V. Hickey and Bahia Elkamand
    Craniocerebral injuries / Karen S. March and Joanne V. Hickey
    Spine and spinal cord injuries / Andrea L. Strayer and Joanne V. Hickey
    Back pain and spinal disorders / Andrea L. Strayer and Joanne V. Hickey
    Traumatic peripheral nerve injuries / Andrea L. Strayer and Joanne V. Hickey
    Brain tumors / Jennifer E. Cahill and Terri S. Armstrong
    Spinal cord tumors / Gisela Sanchez-Williams and Terri S. Armstrong
    Transient ischemic attacks and acute ischemic stroke / Sarah L. Livesay and Joanne V. Hickey
    Intracerebral hemorrhagic stroke / Joanne V. Hickey and Sarah L. Livesay
    Cerebral aneurysms / Deidre A. Buckley and Joanne V. Hickey
    Arteriovenous malformations and other cerebrovascular anomalies / Deidre A. Buckley and Joanne V. Hickey
    Chronic pain / Maureen F. Cooney
    Headaches / Joanne V. Hickey and Amy F. Larson
    Seizures and epilepsy / Kathy M. England and Madona D. Plueger
    Infections of the central nervous system / Michelle VanDemark and Joanne V. Hickey
    Mild cognitive impairment, dementias, and Alzheimer's disease / Vaunette P. Fay and Christine St. Michel
    Parkinson's disease / Joanne V. Hickey
    Multiple sclerosis / Megan R. Weigel and Joanne V. Hickey
    Myasthenia gravis / Wilma J. Koopman and Joanne V. Hickey
    Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis / Joanne V. Hickey
    Peripheral neuropathies / Joanne V. Hickey
    Cranial nerve diseases / Mary M. Guanci.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Joanne V. Hickey ; associate editor, Andrea L. Strayer.
    Summary: "Neuroscience nurses practice in a very complex and challenging environment, caring for equally complex patients with multiple needs. Therefore, the contemporary neuroscience nurse engages in high-level assessment, information processing, and decision making. This requires professional competency in not only the specialty of neuroscience nursing practice, but also in general nursing and interprofessional collaborative practice. Much of the care delivered is through teams, with the nurse being an integral team member. The complexities of team communications, coordination, continuity, and safety require new models of practice to achieve optimal outcomes"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Neuroscience nursing: contemporary practice
    The state of the science of neuroscience nursing practice
    Ethical perspectives and end-of-life care
    Beyond the hospital: preparing and caring for neuroscience patients after acute care
    Section 2. Assessment and evaluation of neuroscience patients
    Overview of neuroanatomy and neurophysiology
    Diagnostics for patients with neurological disorders
    Comprehensive neurological examination
    Neurological assessment
    Section 3. Neuroscience nursing: common management challenges
    Intracranial hypertension: theory and management of increased intracranial pressure
    Hydrocephalus
    Management of patients with an altered level of consciousness
    Neuroendocrine disorders in neuroscience patients
    Neurosurgical procedures: patient care management
    Rehabilitation of patients with neurological disorders
    Section 4. Nursing management of patients with injury to the neurological system
    Craniocerebral injuries
    Spine and spinal cord injuries
    Back pain and spinal disorders
    Section 5. Nursing management of cranial nerve disorders and peripheral nerve injuries
    Cranial nerve diseases
    Peripheral nerve injuries
    Section 6. Nursing management of patients with neoplasms of the neurological system
    Brain tumors
    Spinal cord tumors
    Section 7. Nursing management of patients with cerebrovascular disease
    Transient ischemic attacks and acute ischemic stroke
    Intracerebral hemorrhagic stroke
    Intracranial aneurysms
    Arteriovenous malformations and other cerebrovascular anomalies
    Section 8. Nursing management of patients with pain, seizures, and CNS infections
    Chronic pain
    Headaches
    Seizures and epilepsy
    Infections of the central nervous system
    Section 9. Nursing management of patients with movement disorders, neurodegenerative and neuromuscular diseases
    Parkinson's disease
    Alzheimer's disease and related dementias
    Multiple sclerosis
    Guillain-Barré syndrome
    Myasthenia gravis
    Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Sing Yu Moorcraft, Daniel L.Y. Lee, David Cunningham.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] David B. Elliott.
    Contents:
    Evidence-based eye examinations
    Communication skills
    Assessment of visual function
    Refraction and prescribing
    Contact lens assessment
    Assessment of Binocular Vision and Accommodation
    Ocular health assessment
    Variations in appearance of the normal eye
    Physical examination procedures.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Antonia Vlahou, Manousos Makridakis.
    Contents:
    Biological sample collection for clinical proteomics : existing SOPs / Vasiliki Lygirou, Manousos Makridakis, and Antonia Vlahou
    Targeting the proteome of cellular fractions : focus on secreted proteins / Agnieszka Latosinska [and others]
    Preparation of urinary exosomes : methodological issues for clinical proteomics / Marina Pitto, Samuele Corbetta, and Francesca Raimondo
    Sample treatment methods involving combinatorial peptide ligand libraries for improved proteomes analyses / Pier Giorgio Righetti and Egisto Boschetti
    Glycoprotein enrichment method Using a selective magnetic nano-probe platform (MNP) functionalized with lectins / Marta Cova [and others]
    Latest advancements in proteomic two-dimensional gel electrophoresis analysis applied to biological samples / Laura Santucci [and others]
    2DE maps in the discovery of human autoimmune kidney diseases : the case of membranous glomerulonephritis / Maurizio Bruschi, Laura Santucci, Gian Marco Ghiggeri, and Giovanni Candiano
    MALDI-imaging mass spectrometry on tissues / Veronica Mainini [and others]
    Laser capture microdissection of fluorescently labeled amyloid plaques from alzheimer's disease brain tissue for mass spectrometric analysis / Diana A.T. Nijholt, Christoph Stingl, and Theo M. Luider
    Urine sample preparation and fractionation for global proteome profiling by LC-MS / Magali Court, Jérôme Garin, and Christophe D. Masselon
    Methods in capillary electrophoresis coupled to mass spectrometry for the identification of clinical proteomic/peptidomic biomarkers in biofluids / Angelique Stalmach [and others]
    Quantification of proteins in urine samples using targeted mass spectrometry methods / Nina Khristenko and Bruno Domon
    Statistical issues in the design and planning of proteomic profiling experiments / David A. Cairns
    Integrating proteomics profiling data sets : a network perspective / Akshay Bhat, Mohammed Dakna, and Harald Mischak
    European medicines agency experience with biomarker qualification / Efthymios Manolis [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by S Paige Hertweck, Maggie L. Dwiggins.
    Summary: Published in association with NASPAG, this updated second edition gives quick access to the essential information. The authors combine their clinical experience with a complete review of the literature, placing it in an easy to consult format with photographs, figures, and algorithms.*Offers a concise guide to the clinical essentials in diagnosis and management for Pediatric & Adolescent Gynecology *Provides an invaluable quick reference for family physicians, nurses, residents, and trainees *Presents the clinical expertise of NASPAG experts
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Digital
    George T. Grossberg, Laurence J. Kinsella, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Psychopharmacology for Neurologists
    2. General Principles of Psychopharmacology
    3. Special Considerations for the Elderly
    4. Antidepressants
    5. Anxiolytics
    6. Sedatives and Hypnotics
    7. Treating the Behavioral Symptoms of Dementia
    8. Antipsychotics
    9. Cognitive Enhancers
    10. Mood Stabilizers, Anticonvulsants, and Anti-agitants
    11. Drug-Dietary Interactions: Over-the-Counter Medications, Herbs and Dietary Supplements.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Dr Mira Lal.
    Summary: The interplay between mind and body is a rapidly developing area of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, growing in prominence as many areas of medicine recognise the importance of understanding the physical, mental, and social aspects of numerous health conditions. Clinical Psychosomatic Obstetrics and Gynaecology: A Patient-Centred Biopsychosocial Practice is a fundamental work that enhances the understanding of the management of womens disease conditions resulting from psychosomatic or mind-body interactions that are routinely encountered by clinicians.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Mieczyslaw Pokorski.
    Summary: This book describes various aspects of current scientific interest in clinical developments and management of pulmonary pathologies. Non-communicable and communicable disorders are tackled. Chronic disorders of an inflammatory background, such as COPD and asthma, often overlapping, diagnostically and therapeutically misguided and always difficult to manage, are in focus due to an increasing prevalence across the age range. The authors dwell on the disease management, exacerbations, care and therapy, taking into account all too often overlooked psychosomatic determinants. Novel markers of pulmonary sarcoidosis, also an inflammatory disease, albeit of unknown etiology, are described. The outstanding lung images of cystic fibrosis are presented in another chapter. Finally, there are reports on the extent of the influenza scourge in Poland during the past 2016/2017 epidemic season. The book is addressed to clinicians, family physicians, medical scholars, and all professionals engaged in the preservation of respiratory health.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Coexistence of Chronic Bronchitis in Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease. -Influence of Gaseous Pollutants on COPD Exacerbations in Patients with Cardiovascular Comorbidities
    Chemotherapy-Induced Takotsubo Syndrome
    Blood Group and Incidence of Asthma and Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Satisfaction with Life and Adaptive Reactions in People Treated for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Estimates of Medication Expenditure for Ischemic Heart Disease Accompanying Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Proangiogenic and Profibrotic Markers in Pulmonary Sarcoidosis
    Congruence between Pulmonary Function and Computed Tomography Imaging Assessment of Cystic Fibrosis Severity
    Detection of Influenza in the Epidemic Season 2016/2017 Based on I-MOVE+ Project
    Influenza and Influenza-Like Viruses: Frequent Infections in Children under 14 Years of Age during the 2016/2017 Epidemic Season
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editor, William Small, Jr. ; associate editors, Nancy J. Tarbell, Min Yao ; section editors, Jason A. Efstathiou, Minesh P. Mehta, William Small, Jr., Christopher G. Willett, Min Yao.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Takeshi Kaneko, editor.
    Summary: "This book describes the underlying genetic basis of common pulmonary diseases and discusses their pathogenesis and pathophysiology. These insights provide the basis for understanding different subtypes and phonotypes, and will promote better treatment strategies and individualized medicine. The book provides new and valuable information for the development of the areas of study, as well as practical guidelines for clinicians engaged in treating pulmonary diseases.This volume of the Respiratory Disease Series - Diagnostic Tools and Disease Managements will broaden the understanding of beginning and experienced researchers and clinicians who treat pulmonary diseases. Moreover, residents and clinicians engaged in medical oncology will find it a valuable guide to support them in their day-to-day work."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I Introduction
    1. Clinical development of genomic medicine in pulmonary diseases: Are genetic factors enough to determine the phenotype and inheritance of pulmonary diseases-- 2. Statistical approaches and strategies for complex diseases - Overview - : What is the rationale for the genome-wide approach to understand complex diseases - its application and limitations
    Part II Genetic Disorders in Pulmonary Disease
    3 (4)Bronchial asthma: Is asthma inherited-- 4 (5)COPD - Hereditary (A1-AT) and Non-hereditary: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of COPD-- 5 (3)Smoking behavior and cessation (nicotine addiction): Are genetic factors involved in smoking behavior-- 6. Cystic fibrosis, Primary ciliary dyskinesia and Diffuse panbronchiolitis - Hereditary and Non-Hereditary: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of these diseases--^7. Pulmonary Fibrosis -Hereditary and Nonhereditary: What are the role of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of pulmonary fibrosis-- 8. Other diffuse lung diseases - Diffuse cystic lung diseases (LAM, TSC, BHD), Sarcoidosis, Pulmonary alveolar proteinosis, and Pulmonary alveolar microlithiasis: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of these diseases-- 9. Pulmonary vascular diseases - Pulmonary hypertension and HHT: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of pulmonary vascular diseases-- 10. Mycobacterial infection - TB and NTM: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of mycobacterial infection-- 11. Pulmonary malignancies (1): Lung cancer: What are the roles of genetic factors in lung cancer pathogenesis-- 12. Pulmonary malignancies (2): Mesothelioma: What are the Roles of Genetic Factors in the Pathogenesis of Mesothelioma--^13. Genetic Factors in Sleep Disorders: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of sleep disorders-- 14. Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and toxicities: What should we know about genetic factors that affect the pharmacotherapy of pulmonary diseases-- Part III Oncogenic Driver Mutation (Somatic Mutations) in Lung Cancer
    15. EGFR: How important is EGFR mutation status in the management of lung cancer-- 16. ALK, and others: How important are ALK, and other mutations in the management of lung cancer-- Part IV Current Topics
    17.Application of high-throughput technologies in personal genomics: How is the progress in personal genome service-- 18. Nucleic acid amplification-based diagnostics for pulmonary diseases : What is the current state and perspectives of nucleic acid amplification technologies used in diagnostics associated with pulmonary diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Tommaso Falcone, William W. Hurd, editors.
    Contents:
    Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Ovarian Axis and Control of the Menstrual Cycle
    Female and Male Gametogenesis
    Normal Puberty and Pubertal Disorders
    Fertilization and Implantation
    Reproductive Imaging
    Amenorrhea
    Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
    Menopause
    OSTEOPOROSIS FOR THE FEMALE PATIENT
    Male Infertility
    Infertility
    Fertility Preservation
    Ovarian Reserve Testing
    RECURRENT EARLY PREGNANCY LOSS
    Ovulation Induction
    Assisted Reproductive Technology: Clinical Aspects
    Assisted Reproductive Technology: Laboratory Aspects
    Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis and Genetic Screening
    Hysteroscopic Management of Intrauterine Disorders: Polypectomy, Myomectomy, Endometrial Ablation, Adhesiolysis, and Removal of Uterine Septum
    Uterine Leiomyomas
    Tubal Disease and Ectopic Pregnancy
    Endometriosis
    Contraception and Sterilization
    Surgical Techniques for Management of Anomalies of the Müllerian Ducts.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Tommaso Falcone, William W. Hurd, editors.
    Summary: Now in a completely revised and expanded fourth edition, including two new chapters, this user-friendly textbook offers a succinct overview of both the medical and surgical management of reproductive disorders, as well as coverage of associated imaging modalities. Included here are updated chapters on major reproductive endocrinology and infertility issues, such as polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), pubertal disorders, amenorrhea, menopause, management of endometriosis and fibroids (including interventional radiology), laboratory and clinical aspects of assisted reproductive technologies (ART), imaging modalities such as ultrasonography and sonohysterography, hysteroscopic and laparoscopic techniques, an expansion of female infertility and fertility, preimplantation diagnosis and screening, osteoporosis, and contraception and sterilization. Chapters new to this edition discuss third-party reproduction and uterine transplantation. In addition, chapters opens with a list of bulleted key points and end with multiple choice review questions, and most include vibrant clinical case material to illustrate important concepts. Residents, fellows, and new clinicians in obstetrics and gynecology interested in reproductive endocrinology and infertility will find this fourth edition of Clinical Reproductive Medicine and Surgery: A Practical Guide a valuable and focused reference.

    Contents:
    Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Ovarian Axis and Control of the Menstrual Cycle
    Female and Male Gametogenesis
    Normal Puberty and Pubertal Disorders
    Fertilization and Implantation
    Reproductive Imaging
    Amenorrhea
    Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
    Menopause
    Osteoporosis for the Female Patient
    Male Infertility
    Female Infertility
    Fertility Preservation
    Ovarian Reserve Testing
    Recurrent Early Pregnancy Loss
    Induction of Ovulation
    Assisted Reproductive Technology: Clinical Aspects
    Assisted Reproductive Technology: Laboratory Aspects
    Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis and Genetic Screening
    Hysteroscopic Management of Intrauterine Disorders
    Gynecologic Laparoscopy
    Uterine Leiomyomas
    Tubal Disease and Ectopic Pregnancy
    Endometriosis
    Contraception and Sterilization
    Surgical Techniques for Management of Anomalies of the Mullerian Ducts
    Third-party Reproduction
    Uterine Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    John G. Brock-Utne.
    Summary: This book provides insights into how to be a productive clinical researcher via real-life case examples of successful clinical research -- and also clinical research gone awry. Through these examples of success and failure, the book develops a blueprint for building a career in clinical research. Future medical practice depends on the quality of the clinical trials to which drugs, devices, and treatment procedures are subjected today. However, clinical trials are not easy to do, and many physicians and health care providers who attempt clinical research struggle in this endeavor, primarily because of lack of instruction. Clinical Research aims to fill the gap between training and research through case studies of a long-time clinical researcher's rich and varied experiences.

    Contents:
    Dedication
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Table of Contents
    Basic Premise
    Case 1. A 2good3 question
    Case 2. A 2bad3 question
    Case 3. Why were 116 patients excluded?
    Case 4. Sometimes a good question evolves from a bad one
    Case 5. What went wrong?
    Case 6. Check your facts
    Case 7. All is not lost
    Case 8. An important lesson
    Case 9. A lucky escape
    Case 10. A letter or a full paper
    Case 11. This could be serious. Be prepared
    Case 12. Not correct procedure
    Case 13. A lesson well learned
    Case 14. Taking out a patent. Should you or should you not?
    Case 15. Taking out a patent. Watch out
    Case 16. A laboratory lesson
    Case 17. Before you start any research
    Case 18. An offer of employment. What to look for
    Case 19. What should you do?
    Case 20. Who to trust
    Case 21. Elementary
    Case 22. Never give up
    Case 23. How long should a study go on?
    Case 24. What to do
    Case 25. To what journal should you send your work?
    Case 26. A drug sponsored trial
    Case 27. The difference between research and quality assurance/improvement
    Case 28. Stopping a clinical study
    Case 29. Controversy
    Case 30. The P Value
    Case 31. How many authors?
    Case 32. If you injure your patient
    Case 33. Multicenter trials
    Case 34. Unprofessional behavior
    Case 35. Tips on how to get the Institutional Review Board (IRB) submission completed and passed
    Case 36. How to perform and report the result of a survey
    Case 37. Validity of the cricoid pressure (Sellick's maneuver
    Case 38. Another unprofessional behavior
    Case 39. A data set
    Case 40. Taking over an ongoing clinical trial
    Case 41. Should you do a pilot study in this proposed trial?
    Case 42. An inconclusive result (negative result). What to do
    Case 43. Retrospective studies. What to watch out for
    Case 44. Plagiarism
    Case 45. Pediatric research
    Case 46. Your paper is rejected. What to do
    Case 47. You disagree with a conclusion of a published article
    Case 48. Is this a good study?
    Case 49. Meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials
    Case 50. Is the title of a paper or grant important?
    Case 51. Sampling and subjects
    Case 52. What not to do if you are a mentor
    Case 53. Be aware
    Case 54. A statistical impasse
    Case 55. A bad outcome
    Case 56. A case report
    Case 57. Are case reports becoming extinct
    Case 58. A clinical pharmacology study
    Case 59. Watch out
    Case 60. A new equipment
    Case 61. Those that ignore the past
    Case 62. What are the safety data for this formulation?
    Case 63. This is a test to see what you have learned
    Review of the clinical research process. From the beginning to the end
    The future of clinical research
    Summary of Pearls.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    John G. Brock-Utne.
    Summary: This book provides insights into how to be a productive clinical researcher via real-life case examples of successful clinical research -- and also clinical research gone awry. Through these examples of success and failure, the book develops a blueprint for building a career in clinical research. Future medical practice depends on the quality of the clinical trials to which drugs, devices, and treatment procedures are subjected today. However, clinical trials are not easy to do, and many physicians and health care providers who attempt clinical research struggle in this endeavor, primarily because of lack of instruction. Clinical Research aims to fill the gap between training and research through case studies of a long-time clinical researcher's rich and varied experiences.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: This book is a blend of medical research and clinical practice. Advancements in practice are inextricably bound to have research underpinnings. The articles highlight a range of practical topics. The respiratory tract is upfront as the first line of defense of the organism. Virological and bacteriological aspects of the infections that continue to be a scourge worldwide, influenza and tuberculosis, are dealt with. Sleep disordered breathing is another hot topic. Allergy and atopy, and the role of nutraceuticals in providing anticancer benefits due to the inhibitory effects on tumor growth and angiogenesis are referred to. Other chapters describe the use of mesenchymal stem cells for regeneration of the worn away cartilage tissue in the knee. The assessment and management of cognitive decline, sarcopenia and frailty of old age also figure prominently in the texts. The book is an attempt to demonstrate the viability of a bench-to-bedside design in point-of-care patient applications. Hopefully, it will be a source of information on interdisciplinary medical research advancements, addressing the needs of medical professionals, from scientists to clinicians and allied health professionals.

    Contents:
    Regional Diversification of Influenza Activity in Poland during the 2015/16 Epidemic Season, K. Szymański, D. Kowalczyk, K. Cieślak, L.B Brydak
    Impact of Internal and External Factors on EBC-pH and FeNO Changes in Humans Following Challenge with Ethyl Acrylate, F. Hoffmeyer, K. Sucker, H. Berresheim, C. Monsé, B. Jettkant, A. Beine, M. Raulf, J. Bünger, T. Brüning
    Influence of Socioeconomic Factors on Self-Reported Prevalence of Allergic Diseases among Female University Students, K. Kliś, M. Żurawiecka, A. Suder, I. Teul, B. Borowska-Strugińska, E. Suliga, I. Wronka
    Microbiologic Methods in the Diagnostics of Upper Respiratory Tract Pathogens, J. Kompanikova, A. Zumdick, M. Neuschlova, V. Sadlonova, and E. Novakova
    Seroprevalence of Bartonella Species in Patients with Ocular Inflammation, J. Brydak-Godowska, D. Kopacz, P.K. Borkowski, B. Fiecek, A. Hevelke, D. Rabczenko, S. Tylewska-Wierzbanowska, D. Kęcik, and Tomasz Chmielewski
    Body Composition, Anthropometric Indices and Hydration Status of Obstructive Sleep Apnea Patients: Can Cachexia Coexist with Obesity?, B. Kuźnar-Kamińska, M. Grabicki, T. Trafas, M. Szulińska, S. Cofta, T. Piorunek, B. Brajer-Luftmann, A. Nowicka, B. Bromińska, H. Batura-Gabryel
    Frailty and Primary Sarcopenia: a Review, E. Carmeli
    Exercise Strategies to Counteract Brain Aging Effects, D. Szalewska, M. Radkowski, U. Demkow, P.J. Winklewski
    Evaluation of Immune Indices and Serum Vitamin D Content in Children with Atopic Dermatitis, A. Lipińska-Opałka, A. Wawrzyniak, S. Lewicki, R Zdanowski, B. Kalicki
    Synergistic Activity for Natural and Synthetic Inhibitors of Angiogenesis Induced by Murine Sarcoma L-1 and Human Kidney Cancer Cells, B.J. Bałan, A.K.Siwicki, K. Pastewka, U. Demkow, P. Skopiński, E. Skopińska-Różewska, S. Lewicki, R. Zdanowski
    Solitary Rectal Ulcer Syndrome in Children: A Case Series Study, K. Kowalska-Duplaga, I. Lazowska-Przeorek, K. Karolewska-Bochenek, M. Woynarowski, G. Czaja-Bulsa, A. Stawarski, S. Pieczarkowski, E. Hapyn, J. Jozefczuk, B. Korczowski, A. Szaflarska-Poplawska, A. Banaszkiewicz
    Knee Cartilage Regeneration with Umbilical Cord Mesenchymal Stem Cells Embedded in Collagen Scaffold Using Dry Arthroscopy Technique, B. Sadlik, G. Jaroslawski, D. Gladysz, M. Puszkarz, M. Markowska, K. Pawelec, D. Boruczkowski, T. Oldak
    index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Rachel L. Richesson, James E. Andrews, editors.
    Summary: This extensively revised new edition comprehensively reviews the rise of clinical research informatics (CRI). It enables the reader to develop a thorough understanding of how CRI has developed and the evolving challenges facing the biomedical informatician in the modern clinical research environment. Emphasis is placed on the changing role of the consumer, and the need to merge clinical care delivery and research as part of a changing paradigm in global healthcare delivery. Clinical Research Informatics presents a detailed review of using informatics in the continually evolving clinical research environment. It represents a valuable textbook reference for all students and practising healthcare informaticians looking to learn and expand their understanding of this fast-moving and increasingly important discipline.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Section I: Contexts of Clinical Research Informatics
    From Notations to Data: The Digital Transformation of Clinical Research
    The Clinical Research Environment
    Methodological Foundations of Clinical Research
    Informatics Approaches to Participant Recruitment
    The Evolving Role of Consumers
    Clinical Research in the Post-genomic Era
    Section II: Data Management and Systems in Clinical Research
    Clinical Research Information Systems
    Study Protocol Representation
    Data Quality in Clinical Research
    Patient-Reported Outcome Data
    Biobanking Challenges and Informatics Opportunities
    Laboratory Data
    Patient Registries
    Knowledge Representation and Discovery
    Section III: Knowledge Representation and Ontologies
    Non hypothesis-driven Research: Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery
    Natural Language Processing, Electronic Health Records, and Clinical Research
    The Future of Clinical Research, Health, and Clinical Research Informatics
    Data Governance
    Data Sharing: Electronic Health Records and Research Interoperability
    Standards Development and the Future of Research Data Sources, Interoperability, and Exchange
    Pharmacovigilance
    Clinical Trials Registries and Results Databases
    Future Directions in Clinical Research Informatics.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the current trends and state of the art solutions addressing various issues related to pulmonary disorders. Diagnostic and therapeutic challenges are tackled, starting with the noncommunicable diseases of sarcoidosis and granulomatosis with polyangiitis. Pulmonary involvement, practically unavoidable, runs an insidious course, and is often occulted by systemic symptoms. The establishment of a firm diagnosis, with a precision no one could oppugn, is difficult. Other issues pertain to quality of life, disease preventive measures, and the move toward personal health care in chronic sufferers from multiple conditions in later life. There is also an update on the prevalence and diagnostic and treatment challenges of extrapulmonary tuberculosis. In addition, the place of neuroproteomics in modern clinical practice is presented. The practical insights emphasize the role of science in advancing biomedical knowledge and care. The book is addressed to researchers and practitioners, and allied health care professionals engaged in effective patient care and therapy.

    Contents:
    Peripheral Arterial Tonometry in Pulmonary Vasculitis / A. Falkowski, K.A. Wardyn, and K. Życińska
    Dominance of Comorbidities or Lung Function Detriment in Daily Activity Impairment in Sarcoidosis Patients / S. Kostorz, D. Jastrzebski, M. Sikora, A. Zebrowska, A. Margas, D. Stepanik, H. Swinder, and D. Ziora
    Physical Functioning and Symptoms of Chronic Fatigue in Sarcoidosis Patients / K. Pilzak, A. Żebrowska, M. Sikora, B. Hall, O. Łakomy, S. Kostorz, D. Ziora, and D. Jastrzębski
    Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma of the Cavernous Sinus- Otolaryngological Sequelae of Therapy: Case Report / E. Dzięciołowska-Baran and A. Gawlikowska-Sroka
    Tuberculosis of the Urogenital Tract in Adults in a Tertiary Referral Center / J. Jagodziński, T.M. Zielonka, K. Peplińska, and K. Życińska
    Therapeutic Efficacy of Mandibular Advancement Devices in Patients with Severe Sleep Apnea: A Preliminary Report / M. Wojda, J. Kostrzewa-Janicka, P. Bieleń, P. Jurkowski, and E. Mierzwińska-Nastalska
    Effectiveness of Healthcare Coordination in Patients with Chronic Respiratory Diseases / D. Kurpas, K. Szwamel, D. Lenarcik, M. Guzek, A. Prusaczyk, P. Żuk, J. Michalowska, A. Grzeda, and B. Mroczek
    Two-Year Follow-Up of Fall Prediction among Older Adults in an Independent-Living Community / O. Zur, Y. Berner, Y. Ohel, and E. Carmeli
    Activities of Lysosomal Enzymes in Alloxan-Induced Diabetes in the Mouse / B. Witek, D. Rochon-Szmejchel, I. Stanisławska, M. Łyp, K. Wróbel, A. Zapała, A. Kamińska, and A. Kołątaj
    Proteomics in the Diagnosis of Inborn Encephalopathies of Unknown Origin: a Myth or Reality / A. Kupniewska, K. Szymanska, and U. Demkow
    Expression of Inflammatory Mediators in Induced Sputum: Comparative Study in Asthma and COPD / Magdalena Paplińska-Goryca, Patrycja Nejman-Gryz, Katarzyna Górska, Katarzyna Białek-Gosk, Joanna Hermanowicz-Salamon, and Rafał Krenke
    Erratum to Expression of Inflammatory Mediators in Induced Sputum: Comparative Study in Asthma and COPD / Magdalena Paplińska-Goryca, Patrycja Nejman-Gryz, Katarzyna Górska, Katarzyna Białek-Gosk, Joanna Hermanowicz-Salamon, and Rafał Krenke.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Summary: Clinical research nursing focuses on the care of research participants and the protocols of clinical research and trials. The clinical researcher nurse (CRN) balances the needs of the participant and the requirements of research across settings. The result: exceptional, ethical, and safe care that yields reliable, valid data and findings, high quality research outcomes, and, in time, better quality health care. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Scope of Clinical Research Nursing Practice
    Introduction to Clinical Research Nursing
    Definitions of Clinical Research Nursing
    History and Evolution of the Practice of Clinical Research Nursing
    Prevalence of Clinical Research Nurses
    Populations Served by Clinical Research Nurses
    Clinical Research Nursing Practice Environments
    Roles and Practice of the Clinical Research Nurse
    Tenets of Clinical Research Nursing
    Principles that Guide Clinical Research Practice
    Professional Nursing Ethics in Clinical Research Nursing
    Educational Preparation for Clinical Research Nurses
    Continuing Professional Development for Clinical Research Nurses
    Specialty Practice Certification for Clinical Research Nurses
    Trends and Issues in Clinical Research Nursing
    Summary of the Scope of Clinical Research Nursing
    Standards of Clinical Research Nursing Practice
    Standards of Practice for Clinical Research Nursing
    Standards of Professional Performance for Clinical Research Nursing
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Olli S. Miettinen, Johann Steurer, Albert Hofman.
    Summary: This book delineates the fundamental transformations that, according to its precepts, are now needed in the objects and methods of 'patient-oriented' clinical research, in order to make it genuinely patient-relevant. These transformations are presented as providing for transition from today's 'evidence-based' practices (advocated by 'clinical epidemiologists') to knowledge-based succedanea of these. While those existing practices vary according to doctors' personal opinions about the burden of the available evidence, their knowledge-based succedanea will be essentially invariant across individual doctors, as they'll be guided by 'expert systems' (imbedded in cyberspace). At issue in this is transformation in what the authors present as the very essence of clinical medicine, namely clinical doctors' esoteric ad-hoc knowing: "gnosis." This is clinical doctors' knowing - probabilistic - about relevant-but-hidden truths about their patients' health, and constitutes the basis for their teaching ("doctoring") the patients about these esoteric insights. The probabilities are 'personalized' in the meaning of their specificity to the cases' gnostic profiles. Genuinely patient-relevant clinical knowledge this book presents as the requisite basis for three species of clinical doctors' gnosis: diagnosis - knowing about whether a particular type of illness is present (though hidden) in the patient; etiognosis - knowing about whether the patient's illness was caused by a particular antecedent of it; and prognosis - knowing about the patient's future health, including as to its dependence on the choice of treatment. Pivotal in gnostic clinical research this book presents to be the studies' objects design in terms of a statistical model for the rate of occurrence of the entity of health in question, in a defined domain of case presentations. The essentials of the studies' methods designs are deduced from their objects designs. Study of this book - on the theory of "meta-epidemiological clinical research"--Is essential preparation for teaching 'patient-oriented' clinical research and for actual design & conduct of the studies and of their critical reviews. And by the same token, study of this book is essential preparation for the needed replacement of 'case-based learning' of clinical medicine, for suitably-learned teaching of the practice of clinical medicine - focused on the status quo of the scientific knowledge-base for (gnoses in) the discipline ('specialty') at issue.

    Contents:
    Foreword Preface Acknowledgements Essence of Clinical Medicine Essence of Clinical Research Clinical Research and Clinical Medicine at present Clinical Research Transformative of Clinical Medicine Core Concepts of Epidemiology and Epidemiological Research The Epidemiological Interface of Gnostic Clinical Research The Logistic Regression Model Statistics from the Model's Fitting to Gnostic Data The Types of Diagnostic Challenge and Needs for Knowledge Harvesting Experts' Diagnostic Probability Estimates Objects Design for a Diagnostic Probability Study Methods Design for a Diagnostic Probability Study The Bayes' Theorem Framework for Diagnostic Research Research Focused on Diagnostic Tests Introduction to Etiognostic Research Objects Design for an Etiognostic Study Methods Design for an Etiognostic Study Introduction to Prognostic Research Example: Research on 'Hormone Replacement Therapy' Prognostic Probability Functions from Clinical-trial Data Non-experimental Intervention-prognostic Studies Intervention-prognostic Derivative Research Theory of Medicine Defining the Essential Missions for Clinical Research Theory of Clinical Research for Its Essential
    Gnosis-serving
    Missions Toward Worldwide Scientific Clinical Medicine Glossary Appendix 1: What about 'Machine Learning'? Appendix 2: On Excellence of Epidemiologic Academia Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Shahrokh C. Bagheri.
    Contents:
    Oral and maxillofacial radiology
    Pharmacology
    Anesthesia
    Oral and maxillofacial infections
    Dentoaveolar surgery
    Dental implant surgery
    Head and neck pathology
    Craniomaxillofacial trauma surgery
    Orthognathic surgery
    Temporomandibular joint disorders
    Oral cancer
    Reconstructive oral and maxillofacial surgery
    Facial cosmetic surgery
    Syndromes of the head and neck
    Medical conditions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    Anahita Dua, Sapan S. Desai, John B. Holcomb, Andrew R. Burgess, Julie Ann Freischlag, editors.
    Summary: Care of the vascular trauma patient is a unique undertaking that requires a cohesive, multidisciplinary approach from all the surgical subspecialties to be successful. This is the first textbook of its kind to bring together all prominent management strategies from each of the surgical subspecialties, creating a unified voice on the management of the vascular trauma patient.? The purpose of the book is to serve as a practical surgical reference for the diagnosis and management of traumatic vascular injuries. Management of common vascular injuries is examined from a general, trauma, vascular, orthopaedic, plastics, cardiothoracic, and neurosurgical perspective by respected experts from each of these fields. Each section has been edited by specialists in the other relevant disciplines to ensure that every chapter represents an evidence-based assessment of all of the surgical subspecialties. Some essential topics include ideal choices of incision, endovascular versus open surgery, and the order in which to repair complex orthopedic and vascular injuries. Supplementing the clear and concise text are dozens of surgical photographs, illustrations, tables, and charts that assist in conveying complex concepts in vascular trauma management. Insights from the multidisciplinary panel of authors and editors help to simplify complex decision-making and streamline the overall care for critically ill patients. The Clinical Review of Vascular Trauma will be essential reading for any healthcare professional involved in care of the trauma patient.

    Contents:
    Vascular Surgery Essentials: Vascular Pathophysiology
    Ultrasound
    Scoring Systems
    General Principles Of Anticoagulation
    Workup And Management Of The Vascular Trauma Patient-Hematological Perspectives
    Cerebrovascular And Upper Extremity: Carotid And Vertebral Injuries
    Axillary/Brachial Injury
    Radial/Ulnar Injury And Hand
    Chest: Management Of Vascular Trauma In The Chest
    Subclavian And Thoracic Duct
    Thoracic Aorta
    Heart And ?Great Vessels
    Abdominal Aorta
    IVC And Other Major Veins
    Mesenteric
    Pelvis- Section: Iliac Artery
    Iliac Vein
    KUB And Retroperitoneum
    Lower Extremity: Femoral/Popliteal
    Below Knee Pop/Distal Vessels & Foot
    Special Situations: Military Vascular Trauma
    Pediatric Vascular Trauma
    Ortho Trauma
    Utilization Of Shunting
    Endovascular Considerations In The Trauma Patient
    OB/GYN
    Surgical Critical Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Rohini Handa.
    Summary: Clinical Rheumatology is a book written by a clinician for clinicians. It covers all the essential clinical aspects of Rheumatology in an engaging, clear, and concise manner, thereby fulfilling an unmet need. The focus of this book is to cover clinically pertinent and practically relevant issues while pruning unnecessary detail. Patient photographs, tables, and boxes enhance readability. The bedside clinical and investigative approach is discussed in a lucid fashion illustrated by clinical photographs, flowcharts, and algorithms. The evidence-based treatment is spelt out in an easy to comprehend fashion. Key messages have been listed at the beginning of each chapter. The book is intended for undergraduate and postgraduate medical students, residents, fellows, and clinicians who want to gain practical knowledge and clinical insight into rheumatic diseases. The book is likely to appeal to internists, rheumatologists, physiatrists, physiotherapists, occupational therapists, as well as orthopaedic surgeons. They will find their day to day questions answered in a knowledge format that can be applied straight away. Senior clinicians will find it a ready reckoner and a handy manual to refresh and update their knowledge. Basic scientists will find it useful to gain clinical insight into the rheumatic diseases they research without being intimidated by the size of the text. Teachers will find it full of helpful teaching messages. Clinical Rheumatology is a must-have book for all those who deal with rheumatic musculoskeletal diseases.

    Contents:
    1 Bedside Approach to Musculoskeletal Complaints
    2 Laboratory investigations in Rheumatology
    3 Low Back Pain
    4 Osteoarthritis
    5 Gout and other Crystal Arthritides
    6 Rheumatoid Arthritis
    7 Spondyloarthritides
    8 Psoriatic Arthritis
    9 Reactive Arthritis
    10 Seronegative Arthritis
    11 Adult Stills Disease
    12 Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
    13 Connective Tissue Diseases- The Concept and Approach
    14 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    15 Sjogrens Syndrome
    16 Systemic Sclerosis
    17 Undifferentiated Connective Tissue Disease, Mixed Connective Tissue Disease and the Overlap Syndromes
    18 Antiphospholipid Syndrome
    19 Inflammatory Muscle Diseases
    20 Vasculitis
    21 Osteoporosis
    22 Behcets Syndrome
    23 Soft Tissue Rheumatism and Regional Pain Syndromes
    24 Fibromyalgia
    25 Complex Regional Pain Syndrome
    26 Benign Joint Hypermobility
    27 Tuberculous and Septic Arthritis
    28 Viral Arthritis
    29 Sarcoidosis- Rheumatological Considerations
    30 Emergencies in Rheumatology
    31 Joint Aspiration and Injection
    32 Pregnancy, Lactation, Contraception, and Fatherhood in Rheumatic Diseases
    33 Immunisation in Autoimmune Rheumatic Diseases
    34 Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) and the Rheumatologist
    35 Web Resources in Rheumatology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Anil Bhansali, Yashpal Gogate.
    Summary: This book covers interesting and yet often challenging cases among adult patients in a unique Question-Answer format. Simulating the bed-side case discussions during the ward rounds, one question logically leads to another question thereby generating curiosity and promoting evidence-based medicine. Taking the readers through the entire spectrum starting from etiology and pathophysiology to clinical presentation to management principles, each question addresses one key aspect of the disorder. Described in a very simple and lucid narrative, this book ensures sound conceptual understanding while covering each topic comprehensively. This volume covers important topics such as acromegaly, Cushing syndrome, osteoporosis, hypercalcemia, pheochromocytoma, hyperaldosteronism, thyroid disorders, and diabetes in adult patients. These cases are not only seen by endocrinologists, but are also managed by internists, orthopedic surgeons, obstetricians and gynecologists. Less common disorders such as adrenal disorders and androgen excess have also been covered.

    Contents:
    Acromegaly: Clinical Perspectives
    Acromegaly: Diagnosis and Treatment
    Hyperprolactinemia
    Cushing's Syndrome: Clinical Perspectives
    Chapter Cushing's Syndrome: Diagnosis and Treatment
    Disorders of Androgen Excess
    Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
    Disorders of Mineralocorticoid Excess
    Hypothyroidism
    Thyrotoxicosis
    Extra-thyroidal Manifestations of Autoimmune Thyroid Disease
    Thyroid Disorders During Pregnancy
    Disorders of Mineral Homeostasis
    Hyperparathyroidism
    Osteoporosis
    Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
    Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Diabetes-Related Complications-I
    Diabetes-Related Complications-II
    Diabetes During Pregnancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.